Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry

Big Ideas Math Book Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry

Right Triangles and Trigonometry Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Simplify the expression.

Question 1.
√75

Answer:
square root of 75 = 5,625.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
√75.
square root of 75 = 75 x 75.
75 x 75 = 5,625.
√75 = 5,625.

Question 2.
√270

Answer:
square root of 270 = 72,900.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
√270.
square root of 270 = 270 x 270.
270 x 270 = 72900.
√270 = 72900.

Question 3.
√135

Answer:
square root of 135 = 18225.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
√135.
square root of 135 = 135 x 135.
135 x 135 = 18225.
√135 = 18,225.

Question 4.
\(\frac{2}{\sqrt{7}}\)

Answer:
2/49 = 0.04.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
square root of 7 = 7 x 7.
7 x 7 = 49.
\(\frac{2}{\sqrt{7}}\).
2/49 = 0.04.

Question 5.
\(\frac{5}{\sqrt{2}}\)

Answer:
5/4 = 1.25.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
square root of 2 = 2 x 2.
2 x 2 = 4.
\(\frac{5}{\sqrt{2}}\).
5/4 = 1.25.

Question 6.
\(\frac{12}{\sqrt{6}}\)

Answer:
12/36 = 0.33.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
square root of 6 = 6 x 6.
6 x 6 = 36.
\(\frac{12}{\sqrt{6}}\).
12/36 = 0.33.

Solve the proportion.

Question 7.
\(\frac{x}{12}=\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:
x = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
\(\frac{x}{12}=\frac{3}{4}\)
x/12 = 3/4.
4x = 12 x 3.
4x = 36.
x = 36/4.
x = 9.

Question 8.
\(\frac{x}{3}=\frac{5}{2}\)

Answer:
x = 7.5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
\(\frac{x}{3}=\frac{5}{2}\)
x/3 = 5/2.
2x = 5 x 3.
2x = 15.
x = 15/2.
x = 7.5.

Question 9.
\(\frac{4}{x}=\frac{7}{56}\)

Answer:
x = 32.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
\(\frac{4}{x}=\frac{7}{56}\)
4/x = 7/56.
7x = 56 x 4.
7x = 224.
x = 224/7.
x = 32.

Question 10.
\(\frac{10}{23}=\frac{4}{x}\)

Answer:
x = 9.2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
\(\frac{10}{23}=\frac{4}{x}\)
x/4 = 10/23.
10x = 23 x 4.
10x = 92.
x = 92/10.
x = 9.2.

Question 11.
\(\frac{x+1}{2}=\frac{21}{14}\)

Answer:
x = 135.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
\(\frac{x + 1}{2}=\frac{21}{14}\)
x+12 x 2 = 21×14.
2x + 24= 294 .
2x = 294 – 24.
2x = 270.
x = 270/2.
x = 135.

Question 12.
\(\frac{9}{3 x-15}=\frac{3}{12}\)

Answer:
x = 6.33.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
\(\frac{9}{3 x-15}=\frac{3}{12}\)
27x – 135 = 3×12.
27x = 36 + 135.
27x = 171.
x = 171/27.
x = 6.33.

Question 13.
ABSTRACT REASONING
The Product Property of Square Roots allows you to simplify the square root of a product. Are you able to simplify the square root of a sum? of a diffrence? Explain.

Answer:
Yes, I am able to simplify the square root of a sum.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The product property of square roots allows you to simplify the square root of a product.
√3 + 1 = √4.
√4 = 4 x 4.
16.
√3 – 1 = √2.
√2 = 2 x 2.
4.

Right Triangles and Trigonometry Mathematical practices

Monitoring progress

Question 1.
Use dynamic geometry software to construct a right triangle with acute angle measures of 30° and 60° in standard position. What are the exact coordinates of its vertices?

Answer:

Question 2.
Use dynamic geometry software to construct a right triangle with acute angle measures of 20° and 70° in standard position. What are the approximate coordinates of its vertices?
Answer:

9.1 The Pythagorean Theorem

Exploration 1

Proving the Pythagorean Theorem without Words

Work with a partner.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 1

a. Draw and cut out a right triangle with legs a and b, and hypotenuse c.

Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
proving the Pythagorean theorem without words.
a2 + b2 = c2.
Bid-Ideas-Math-Book-Geometry-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Right Triangles and Trigonometry- 1

b. Make three copies of your right triangle. Arrange all tour triangles to form a large square, as shown.

Answer:
a2 + b2 = c2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
make three copies of your right triangle.
a2 + b2 = c2.

c. Find the area of the large square in terms of a, b, and c by summing the areas of the triangles and the small square.

Answer:
The area of the large square = a2 x b2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the area of the square = l x b.
where l = length, and b = breadth.
the area of the square = a x b.
area = a2 x b2.

d. Copy the large square. Divide it into two smaller squares and two equally-sized rectangles, as shown.

Answer:

e. Find the area of the large square in terms of a and b by summing the areas of the rectangles and the smaller squares.
Answer:

f. Compare your answers to parts (c) and (e). Explain how this proves the Pythagorean Theorem.

Answer:
a2 + b2 = c2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The length of the a and b is equal to the hypotenuse.
a2 + b2 = c2.
where a = one side and b = one side.

Exploration 2

Proving the Pythagorean Theorem

Work with a partner:

a. Draw a right triangle with legs a and b, and hypotenuse c, as shown. Draw the altitude from C to \(\overline{A B}\) Label the lengths, as shown.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 2

Answer:
a2 + b2 = c2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
a2 + b2 = c2.

Bid-Ideas-Math-Book-Geometry-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Right Triangles and Trigonometry- 2

b. Explain why ∆ABC, ∆ACD, and ∆CBD are similar.

Answer:
In a right-angle triangle all the angle are equal.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
∆ABC, ∆ACD, and ∆CBD are similar.
In a right-angle triangle all the angles are equal.

REASONING ABSTRACTLY
To be proficient in math, you need to know and flexibly use different properties of operations and objects.
Answer:

c. Write a two-column proof using the similar triangles in part (b) to prove that a2 + b2 = c2

Answer:
a2 + b2 = c2

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
In the pythagorean theorem.
a2 + b2 = c2
the length of the hypotenuse ie equal to the two side lengths.
a2 + b2 = c2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you prove the Pythagorean Theorem?

Answer:
a2 + b2 = c2

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
In the pythagorean theorem,
the length of the hypotenuse is equal to the length of the other two sides.
hypotenuse = c.
length = a.
the breadth = b.
a2 + b2 = c2

Question 4.
Use the Internet or sonic other resource to find a way to prove the Pythagorean Theorem that is different from Explorations 1 and 2.
Answer:

Lesson 9.1 The Pythagorean Theorem

Monitoring Progress

Find the value of x. Then tell whether the side lengths form a Pythagorean triple.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 3

Answer:
x = √52.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 6 and 4.
a2 + b2 = c2
6 x 6 + 4 x 4 = c2
36 + 16 = c2
52 = c2.
c = √52.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 4
Answer:
x = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 3 and 5.
x2 + 3 x 3 = 5 x 5.
x2 + 9 = 25.
x2 = 25 – 9.
x2 = 16.
x = 4.

Question 3.
An anemometer is a device used to measure wind speed. The anemometer shown is attached to the top of a pole. Support wires are attached to the pole 5 feet above the ground. Each support wire is 6 feet long. How far from the base of the pole is each wire attached to the ground?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 5

Answer:
x = √11.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
An anemometer is a device used to measure wind speed.
support wires are attached to the pole 5 feet above the ground.
Each support wire is 6 feet long.
d2 + 6  x 6 = 5 x 5.
d2 + 36 = 25.
d2 = 25 – 36.
d2 = 11.
d
= √11.

Tell whether the triangle is a right triangle.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 6

Answer:
Yes the triangle is a right triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the hypotenuse = 3 √34.
one side = 15.
the other side = 9.
so the triangle is a right triangle.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 7

Answer:
Yes, the triangle is a actute triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the hypotenuse = 22.
one side = 26.
the other side = 14.
so the triangle is a acute triangle.

Question 6.
Verify that segments with lengths of 3, 4, and 6 form a triangle. Is the triangle acute, right, or obtuse?

Answer:
Yes the lengths of the triangle form a acute triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lenths of 3, 4, and 6 form a triangle.
6 x 6 = 3 x 3 + 4 x 4.
36 = 9 + 16.
36 = 25.
so the length of the triangle forms a acute triangle.

Bid-Ideas-Math-Book-Geometry-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Right Triangles and Trigonometry- 3

Question 7.
Verify that segments with lengths of 2, 1, 2, 8, and 3.5 form a triangle. Is the triangle acute, right, or obtuse?
Answer:

Exercise 9.1 The Pythagorean Theorem

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
What is a Pythagorean triple?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 8
Find the length of the longest side.

Answer:
The length of the longest side = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 3 and 4.
in the pythagorean threoem,
the longest side is equal to the side lengths.
X = 4 x 4 + 3 x 3.
X x X = 16 + 9.
X x X = 25.
X = 5.

Find the length of the hypotenuse

Answer:
The length of the hypotenuse = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 3 and 4.
in the Pythagorean theorem,
the longest side is equal to the side lengths.
X = 4 x 4 + 3 x 3.
X x X = 16 + 9.
X x X = 25.
X = 5.

Find the length of the longest leg.

Answer:
The length of the longest leg = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 3 and 4.
in the pythagorean threoem,
the longest side is equal to the side lengths.
X = 4 x 4 + 3 x 3.
X x X = 16 + 9.
X x X = 25.
X = 5.

Find the length of the side opposite the right angle.

Answer:
The length of the side opposite to the right angle = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 3 and 4.
in the pythagorean threoem,
the longest side is equal to the side lengths.
X = 4 x 4 + 3 x 3.
X x X = 16 + 9.
X x X = 25.
X = 5.

Monitoring progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-6, find the value of x. Then tell whether the side lengths form a Pythagorean triple.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 10

Answer:
The length of the x = 34.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 30 and 16.
in the pythagorean threoem,
the longest side is equal to the side lengths.
X = 16 x 16 + 30 x 30.
X x X = 256 + 900.
X x X = 1156.
X = 34.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 12

Answer:
The length of the x = 7.2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 6 and 4.
in the pythagorean threoem,
the longest side is equal to the side lengths.
X = 4 x 4 + 6 x 6.
X x X = 16 + 36.
X x X = 52.
X = 7.2.

In Exercises 7 – 10, find the value of x. Then tell whether the side lengths form a Pythagorean triple.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 14

Answer:
The length of the X = 25.6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 24 and 9.
in the pythagorean threoem,
the longest side is equal to the side lengths.
X = 24 x 24 + 9 x 9.
X x X = 576 + 81.
X x X = 657.
X = 25.6.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 16

Answer:
The length of the x = 11.4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 7 and 9.
in the pythagorean threoem,
the longest side is equal to the side lengths.
X = 7 x 7 + 9 x 9.
X x X = 49 + 81.
X x X = 130.
X = 11.4.

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 11 and 12, describe and correct the error in using the Pythagorean Theorem (Theorem 9.1).

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 18

Answer:
x = 24.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 26 and 10.
26 x 26 = a x a + 10 x 10.
676 = a x a + 100.
676 – 100 = a x a.
576 = a x a.
a = 24.
x = 24.

Question 13.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The fire escape forms a right triangle, as shown. Use the Pythagorean Theorem (Theorem 9. 1) to approximate the distance between the two platforms. (See Example 3.)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 19
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 13

Question 14.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The backboard of the basketball hoop forms a right triangle with the supporting rods, as shown. Use the Pythagorean Theorem (Theorem 9.1) to approximate the distance between the rods where the meet the backboard.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 20

Answer:
x = 9.1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 13.4 and 9.8.
13.4 x 13.4 = X x X + 9.8 x 9.8.
179.56 = X x X + 96.04.
179.56 – 96.04 = X x X.
83.52 = X x X.
X = 9.1.
In Exercises 15 – 20, tell whether the triangle is a right triangle.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 21
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 22

Answer:
No, the triangle is not a right triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 23 and 11.4.
the hypotenuse = 21.2.
21.2 x 21.2 = 23 x 23 + 11.4 x 11.4.
449.44 = 529 + 129.96.
449.44 = 658.96.
449 is not equal to 658.96.
so the triangle is not a right triangle.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 23
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 24

Answer:
No, the triangle is not a right triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 5 and 1.
the hypotenuse = √26.
26 x 26 = 5 x 5 + 1 x 1.
676 = 25 + 1.
676 = 26.
676 is not equal to 26.
so the triangle is not a right triangle.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 26

Answer:
Yes, the triangle forms a right triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 80 and 39.
the hypotenuse = 89.
89 x 89 = 80 x 80 + 39 x 39.
7921 = 6400 + 1521.
7921 = 7921.
7921 is equal to 7921.
so the triangle forms a right triangle.

In Exercises 21 – 28, verify that the segment lengths form a triangle. Is the triangle acute, right, or obtuse?

Question 21.
10, 11, and 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 21

Question 22.
6, 8, and 10

Answer:
Yes, the triangle is forming a right triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 8 and 6.
the hypotenuse = 10.
10 x 10 = 8 x 8 + 6 x 6.
100 = 64 + 36.
100 = 100.
100 is  equal to 100.
so the triangle is forming a right triangle.

Question 23.
12, 16, and 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 23

Question 24.
15, 20, and 36

Answer:
Yes, the triangle is obtuse triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 15 and 20.
the hypotenuse = 36.
36 x 36 = 20 x 20 + 15 x 15.
1296 = 400 + 225.
1296 > 625.
1296 is greater than 625.
so the triangle is not a obtuse triangle.

Question 25.
5.3, 6.7, and 7.8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 25

Question 26.
4.1, 8.2, and 12.2

Answer:
No, the triangle is obtuse triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 4.1 and 8.2.
the hypotenuse = 12.2.
12.2 x 12.2 = 4.1 x 4.1 + 8.2 x 8.2`.
148.84 = 16.81 + 67.24.
148.84 > 84.05.
148.84 is greater than 84.05.
so the triangle is obtuse triangle.

Question 27.
24, 30, and 6√43
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 27

Question 28.
10, 15 and 5√13

Answer:
Yes, the triangle is an acute triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 10 and 5√13.
the hypotenuse = 15.
15 x 15 = 10 x 10 + 5√13 x 5√13.
225 = 100 + 34.81.
225 < 134.81.
225 is less than 134.81.
so the triangle is acute triangle.

Question 29.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
In baseball, the lengths of the paths between consecutive bases are 90 feet, and the paths form right angles. The player on first base tries to steal second base. How far does the ball need to travel from home plate to second base to get the player out?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 29

Question 30.
REASONING
You are making a canvas frame for a painting using stretcher bars. The rectangular painting will be 10 inches long and 8 inches wide. Using a ruler, how can you be certain that the corners of the frame are 90°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 27

Answer:
x = 12.8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 10 and 8.
the hypotenuse = x.
X x X = 10 x 10 + 8 x 8.
X = 100 + 64.
X = 12.8.
In Exercises 31 – 34, find the area of the isosceles triangle.

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 28
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 29

Answer:
The area of the Isosceles triangle = 12 ft.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
base = 32 ft.
hypotenuse = 20ft.
a2 + b2 = c2
h x h + 16 x 16 = 20 x 20.
h x h + 256 = 400.
h x h = 400 – 256.
h x h = 144.
h = 12 ft.
so the area of the isosceles triangle = 12 ft.

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 30
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 33

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 31

Answer:
The area of the Isosceles triangle = 48 m.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
base = 28 m.
hypotenuse = 50 m.
a2 + b2 = c2
h x h + 14 x 14 = 50 x 50.
h x h + 196 = 2500.
h x h = 2500 – 196.
h x h = 2304.
h = 48 m.
so the area of the isosceles triangle = 48 m.

Question 35.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Justify the Distance Formula using the Pythagorean Theorem (Thin. 9. 1).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 35

Question 36.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
How do you know ∠C is a right angle without using the Pythagorean Theorem (Theorem 9.1) ?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 32

Answer:
Yes, the triangle is forming a right triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 8 and 6.
the hypotenuse = 10.
10 x 10 = 8 x 8 + 6 x 6.
100 = 64 + 36.
100 = 100.
100 is  equal to 100.
so the triangle is forming a right triangle.

Question 37.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are making a kite and need to figure out how much binding to buy. You need the binding for the perimeter of the kite. The binding Comes in packages of two yards. How many packages should you buy?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 33
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 37

Question 38.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the Pythagorean Theorem (Theorem 9. 1) to prove the Hypotenuse-Leg (HL) Congruence Theorem (Theorem 5.9).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 34
Answer:

Question 39.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Converse of the Pythagorean Theorem (Theorem 9.2). (Hint: Draw ∆ABC with side lengths a, b, and c, where c is the length of the longest side. Then draw a right triangle with side lengths a, b, and x, where x is the length of the hypotenuse. Compare lengths c and x.)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 39

Question 40.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Consider two integers m and n. where m > n. Do the following expressions produce a Pythagorean triple? If yes, prove your answer. If no, give a counterexample.
2mn, m2 – n2, m2 + n2

Answer:

Question 41.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims 72 and 75 Cannot be part of a pythagorean triple because 722 + 752 does not equal a positive integer squared. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 41

Question 42.
PROVING A THEOREM
Copy and complete the proof of the pythagorean Inequalities Theorem (Theorem 9.3) when c2 < a2 + b2.
Given In ∆ABC, c2 < a2 + b2 where c is the length
of the longest side.
∆PQR has side lengths a, b, and x, where x is the length of the hypotenuse, and ∠R is a right angle.
Prove ∆ABC is an acute triangle.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 35

Statements Reasons
1. In ∆ABC, C2 < (12 + h2, where c is the length of the longest side. ∆PQR has side lengths a, b, and x, where x is the length of the hypotenuse, and ∠R is a right angle. 1. _____________________________
2. a2 + b2 = x2 2. _____________________________
3. c2 < r2 3. _____________________________
4. c < x 4. Take the positive square root of each side.
5. m ∠ R = 90° 5. _____________________________
6. m ∠ C < m ∠ R 6. Converse of the Hinge Theorem (Theorem 6.13)
7. m ∠ C < 90° 7. _____________________________
8. ∠C is an acute angle. 8. _____________________________
9. ∆ABC is an acute triangle. 9. _____________________________

Answer:

Question 43.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Pythagorean Inequalities Theorem (Theorem 9.3) when c2 > a2 + b2. (Hint: Look back at Exercise 42.)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 43.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 43.2

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Simplify the expression by rationalizing the denominator.

Question 44.
\(\frac{7}{\sqrt{2}}\)

Answer:
7/√2 = 7√2 /2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
\(\frac{7}{\sqrt{2}}\) = 7/√2.
7/√2 = 7/√2  x √2 /√2 .
7 √2 /√4.
7√2 /2.

Question 45.
\(\frac{14}{\sqrt{3}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 45

Question 46.
\(\frac{8}{\sqrt{2}}\)

Answer:
8/√2 = 8√2 /2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
\(\frac{8}{\sqrt{2}}\) = 8/√2.
8/√2 = 8/√2  x √2 /√2 .
8 √2 /√4.
8√2 /2.

Question 47.
\(\frac{12}{\sqrt{3}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 47

9.2 Special Right Triangles

Exploration 1

Side Ratios of an Isosceles Right Triangle

Work with a partner:

Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 36

a. Use dynamic geometry software to construct an isosceles right triangle with a leg length of 4 units.
Answer:

b. Find the acute angle measures. Explain why this triangle is called a 45° – 45° – 90° triangle.
Answer:

c. Find the exact ratios of the side lenghts (using square roots).
\(\frac{A B}{A C}\) = ____________
\(\frac{A B}{B C}\) = ____________
\(\frac{A B}{B C}\) = ____________
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
To be proficient in math, you need to express numerical answers with a degree of precision appropriate for the problem context.
Answer:

d. Repeat parts (a) and (c) for several other isosceles right triangles. Use your results to write a conjecture about the ratios of the side lengths of an isosceles right triangle.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Work with a partner.

a. Use dynamic geometry software to construct a right triangle with acute angle measures of 30° and 60° (a 30° – 60° – 90° triangle), where the shorter leg length is 3 units.

b. Find the exact ratios of the side lengths (using square roots).
\(\frac{A B}{A C}\) = ____________
\(\frac{A B}{B C}\) = ____________
\(\frac{A B}{B C}\) = ____________
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 37
Answer:

C. Repeat parts (a) and (b) for several other 30° – 60° – 90° triangles. Use your results to write a conjecture about the ratios of the side lengths of a 30° – 60° – 90° triangle.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What is the relationship among the side lengths of 45°- 45° – 90° triangles? 30° – 60° – 90° triangles?
Answer:

Lesson 9.2 Special Right Triangles

Monitoring Progress

Find the value of the variable. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 38

Answer:
x = 4

Explanation:
(2√2)² = x² + x²
8 = 2x²
x² = 4
x = 4

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 39

Answer:
y = 2

Explanation:
y² = 2 + 2
y² = 4
y = 2

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 40

Answer:
x = 3, y = 2√3

Explanation:
longer leg = shorter leg • √3
x = √3 • √3
x = 3
hypotenuse = shorter leg • 2
= √3 • 2 = 2√3

Question 4
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 41

Answer:
h = 2√3

Explanation:
longer leg = shorter leg • √3
h = 2√3

Question 5.
The logo on a recycling bin resembles an equilateral triangle with side lengths of 6 centimeters. Approximate the area of the logo.

Answer:
Area is \(\frac { 1 }{ 3√3 } \)

Explanation:
Area = \(\frac { √3 }{ 4 } \) a²
= \(\frac { √3 }{ 4 } \)(6)²
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 3√3 } \)

Question 6.
The body of a dump truck is raised to empty a load of sand. How high is the 14-foot-long body from the frame when it is tipped upward by a 60° angle?
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 42

Answer:
28/3 ft high is the 14-foot-long body from the frame when it is tipped upward by a 60° angle.

Explanation:
Height of body at 90 degrees = 14 ft
Height of body at 1 degree = 14/90
Height of body at 60 degrees = 14 x 60/90
= 14 x 2/3
= 28/3 ft

Exercise 9.2 Special Right Triangles

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Name two special right triangles by their angle measures.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain why the acute angles in an isosceles right triangle always measure 45°.

Answer:
Because the acute angles of a right isosceles triangle must be congruent by the base angles theorem and complementary, their measures must be 90°/2 = 45°.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6, find the value of x. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 43
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 44

Answer:
x = 10

Explanation:
hypotenuse = leg • √2
x = 5√2 • √2
x = 10

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 46
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 46

Answer:
x = \(\frac { 9 }{ √2 } \)

Explanation:
hypotenuse = leg • √2
9 = x • √2
x = \(\frac { 9 }{ √2 } \)

In Exercises 7 – 10, find the values of x and y. Write your answers in simplest form.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 47
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 48

Answer:
x = 3, y = 6

Explanation:
hypotenuse = 2 • shorter leg
y = 2 • 3
y = 6
longer leg = √3 • shorter leg
3√3 = √3x
x = 3

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 49
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 50

Answer:
x = 18, y = 6√3

Explanation:
hypotenuse = 2 • shorter leg
12√3 = 2y
y = 6√3
longer leg = √3 • shorter leg
x = √3 . 6√3
x = 18

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 11 and 12, describe and correct the error in finding the length of the hypotenuse.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 51
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 52

Answer:
hypotenuse = leg • √2 = √5 . √2 = √10

In Exercises 13 and 14. sketch the figure that is described. Find the indicated length. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 13.
The side length of an equilateral triangle is 5 centimeters. Find the length of an altitude.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 13

Question 14.
The perimeter of a square is 36 inches. Find the length of a diagonal.

Answer:
The length of a diagonal is 9√2

Explanation:
Side of the square = 36/4 = 9
square diagonal = √2a = √2(9) = 9√2

In Exercises 15 and 16, find the area of the figure. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 53
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 54

Answer:
Area is 40√(1/3) sq m

Explanation:
longer leg = √3 • shorter leg
4 = √3 • shorter leg
shorter leg = 4/√3
h² = 16/3 + 16
h² = 16(4/3)
h = 8√(1/3)
Area of the parallelogram = 5(8√(1/3)) = 40√(1/3) sq m

Question 17.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Each half of the drawbridge is about 284 feet long. How high does the drawbridge rise when x is 30°? 45°? 60°?
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 55
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 17

Question 18.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A nut is shaped like a regular hexagon with side lengths of 1 centimeter. Find the value of x. (Hint: A regular hexagon can be divided into six congruent triangles.)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 56

Answer:
Side length = 1cm
A regular hexagon has six equal the side length. A line drawn from the centre to any vertex will have the same length as any side.
This implies the radius is equal to the side length.
As a result, when lines are drawn from the centre to each of the vertexes, a
regular hexagon is said to be made of six equilateral triangles.
From the diagram, x = 2× apothem
Apothem is the distance from the centre of a regular polygon to the midpoint of side.
Using Pythagoras theorem, we would get the apothem
Hypotenuse² = opposite² + adjacent²
1² = apothem² + (½)²
Apothem = √(1² -(½)²)
= √(1-¼) = √¾
Apothem = ½√3
x = 2× Apothem = 2 × ½√3
x = √3

Question 19.
PROVING A THEOREM
Write a paragraph proof of the 45°- 45°- 90° Triangle Theorem (Theorem 9.4).
Given ∆DEF is a 45° – 45° – 90° triangle.
Prove The hypotenuse is √2 times as long as each leg.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 57
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 19

Question 20.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The diagram shows part of the wheel of Theodorus.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 58
a. Which triangles, if any, are 45° – 45° – 90° triangles?

Answer:

b. Which triangles, if any, are 30° – 60° – 90° triangles?

Answer:

Question 21.
PROVING A THEOREM
Write a paragraph proof of the 30° – 60° – 90° Triangle Theorem (Theorem 9.5).
(Hint: Construct ∆JML congruent to ∆JKL.)
Given ∆JKL is a 30° 60° 9o° triangle.
Prove The hypotenuse is twice as long as the shorter leg, and the longer leg is √3 times as long as the shorter leg.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 59
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 21.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 21.2

Question 22.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
A special right triangle is a right triangle that has rational angle measures and each side length contains at most one square root. There are only three special right triangles. The diagram below is called the Ailles rectangle. Label the sides and angles in the diagram. Describe all three special right triangles.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 60

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 1

Question 23.
WRITING
Describe two ways to show that all isosceles right triangles are similar to each other.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 23

Question 24.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Each triangle in the diagram is a 45° – 45° – 90° triangle. At Stage 0, the legs of the triangle are each 1 unit long. Your brother claims the lengths of the legs of the triangles added are halved at each stage. So, the length of a leg of a triangle added in Stage 8 will be \(\frac{1}{256}\) unit. Is your brother correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 61
Answer:

Question 25.
USING STRUCTURE
ΔTUV is a 30° – 60° – 90° triangle. where two vertices are U(3, – 1) and V( – 3, – 1), \(\overline{U V}\) is the hypotenuse. and point T is in Quadrant I. Find the coordinates of T.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 25.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 25.2

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the Value of x.

Question 26.
ΔDEF ~ ΔLMN
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 62

Answer:
x = 18

Explanation:
\(\frac { DE }{ LM } \) = \(\frac { DF }{ LN } \)
\(\frac { 12 }{ x } \) = \(\frac { 20 }{ 30 } \)
\(\frac { 12 }{ x } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
x = 12(\(\frac { 3 }{ 2 } \)) = 18

Question 27.
ΔABC ~ ΔQRS
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 63
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 27

9.3 Similar Right Triangles

Exploration 1

Writing a Conjecture

a. Use dynamic geometry software to construct right ∆ABC, as shown. Draw \(\overline{C D}\) so that it is an altitude from the right angle to the hypotenuse of ∆ABC.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 64
Answer:

b. The geometric mean of two positive numbers a and b is the positive number x that satisfies
\(\frac{a}{x}=\frac{x}{b}\)
x is the geometric mean of a and b.
Write a proportion involving the side lengths of ∆CBD and ∆ACD so that CD is the geometric mean of two of the other side lengths. Use similar triangles to justify your steps.
Answer:

c. Use the proportion you wrote in part (b) to find CD.
Answer:

d. Generalize the proportion you wrote in part (b). Then write a conjecture about how the geometric mean is related to the altitude from the right angle to the hypotenuse of a right triangle.
CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math, you need to understand and use stated assumptions, definitions, and previously established results in constructing arguments.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Comparing Geometric and Arithmetic Means

Work with a partner:
Use a spreadsheet to find the arithmetic mean and the geometric mean of several pairs of positive numbers. Compare the two means. What do you notice?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 65
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How are altitudes and geometric means of right triangles related?
Answer:

Lesson 9.3 Similar Right Triangles

Monitoring progress

Identify the similar triangles.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 66

Answer:
△QRS ~ △ QST

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 67
Answer:
△EFG ~ △ EHG

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 68

Answer:
△EGH ~ △EFG
\(\frac { EF }{ EG } \) = \(\frac { GF }{ GH } \)
\(\frac { 5 }{ 3 } \) = \(\frac { 4 }{ x } \)
x = 2.4

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 69
Answer:
△JLM ~ △LMK
\(\frac { JL }{ LM } \) = \(\frac { JM }{ KM } \)
\(\frac { 13 }{ 5 } \) = \(\frac { 12 }{ x } \)
x = 4.615

Find the geometric mean of the two numbers.

Question 5.
12 and 27

Answer:
x = √(12 x 27)
x = √324 = 18

Question 6.
18 and 54

Answer:
x = √(18 x 54) = √(972)
x = 31.17

Question 7.
16 and 18

Answer:
x = √(16 x 18) = √(288)
x = 16.970

Question 8.
Find the value of x in the triangle at the left.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 70

Answer:
x = √(9 x 4)
x = 6

Question 9.
WHAT IF?
In Example 5, the vertical distance from the ground to your eye is 5.5 feet and the distance from you to the gym wall is 9 feet. Approximate the height of the gym wall.

Answer:
9² = 5.5 x w
81 = 5.5 x w
w = 14.72
The height of the wall = 14.72 + 5.5 = 20.22

Exercise 9.3 Similar Right Triangles

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
If the altitude is drawn to the hypotenuse of a right triangle, then the two triangles formed are similar to the original triangle and ____________ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 1

Question 2.
WRITING
In your own words, explain geometric mean.

Answer:
The geometric mean is the average value or mean that signifies the central tendency of set of numbers by finding the product of their values.

Monitoring progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4, identify the similar triangles.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 71
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 72

Answer:
△LKM ~ △LMN ~ △MKN

In Exercises 5 – 10, find the value of x.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 73
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 74

Answer:
x = 9.6

Explanation:
\(\frac { QR }{ SR } \) = \(\frac { SR }{ TS } \)
\(\frac { 20 }{ 16 } \) = \(\frac { 12 }{ x } \)
1.25 = \(\frac { 12 }{ x } \)
x = 9.6

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 75
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 76

Answer:
x = 14.11

Explanation:
\(\frac { AB }{ AC } \) = \(\frac { BD }{ BC } \)
\(\frac { 16 }{ 34 } \) = \(\frac { x }{ 30 } \)
x = 14.11

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 77
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 78

Answer:
x = 2.77

Explanation:
\(\frac { 5.8 }{ 3.5 } \) = \(\frac { 4.6 }{ x } \)
x = 2.77

In Exercises 11 – 18, find the geometric mean of the two numbers.

Question 11.
8 and 32
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 11

Question 12.
9 and 16

Answer:
x = √(9 x 16)
x = 12

Question 13.
14 and 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 13

Question 14.
25 and 35

Answer:
x = √(25 x 35)
x = 29.5

Question 15.
16 and 25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 15

Question 16.
8 and 28

Answer:
x = √(8 x 28)
x = 14.96

Question 17.
17 and 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 17

Question 18.
24 and 45

Answer:
x = √(24 x 45)
x = 32.86

In Exercises 19 – 26. find the value of the variable.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 79
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 80

Answer:
y = √(5 x 8)
y = √40
y = 2√10

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 81
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 82

Answer:
10 • 10 = 25 • x
100 = 25x
x = 4

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 83
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 84

Answer:
b² = 16(16 + 6)
b² = 16(22) = 352
b = 18.76

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 85
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 86

Answer:
x² = 8(8 + 2)
x² = 8(10) = 80
x = 8.9

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 27 and 28, describe and correct the error in writing an equation for the given diagram.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 87
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 27

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 88

Answer:
d² = g • e

MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
In Exercises 29 and 30, use the diagram.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 89

Question 29.
You want to determine the height of a monument at a local park. You use a cardboard square to line up the top and bottom of the monument, as shown at the above left. Your friend measures the vertical distance from the ground to your eye and the horizontal distance from you to the monument. Approximate the height of the monument.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 29

Question 30.
Your classmate is standing on the other side of the monument. She has a piece of rope staked at the base of the monument. She extends the rope to the cardboard square she is holding lined up to the top and bottom of the monument. Use the information in the diagram above to approximate the height of the monument. Do you get the same answer as in Exercise 29? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 31 – 34. find the value(s) of the variable(s).

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 90
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 91

Answer:
\(\frac { 6 }{ b + 3 } \) = \(\frac { 8 }{ 6 } \)
36 = 8(b + 3)
36 = 8b + 24
8b = 12
b = \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 } \)

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 92
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 33

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 93

Answer:
x = 42.66, y = 40, z = 53

Explanation:
\(\frac { 24 }{ 32 } \) = \(\frac { 32 }{ x } \)
0.75 = \(\frac { 32 }{ x } \)
x = 42.66
y = √24² + 32²
y = √576 + 1024 = 40
z = √42.66² + 32² = √1819.87 + 1024 = 53

Question 35.
REASONING
Use the diagram. Decide which proportions are true. Select all that apply.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 94
(A) \(\frac{D B}{D C}=\frac{D A}{D B}\)
(B) \(\frac{B A}{C B}=\frac{C B}{B D}\)
(C) \(\frac{C A}{B \Lambda}=\frac{B A}{C A}\)
(D) \(\frac{D B}{B C}=\frac{D A}{B A}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 35

Question 36.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
You are designing a diamond-shaped kite. You know that AD = 44.8 centimeters, DC = 72 centimeters, and AC = 84.8 centimeters. You Want to use a straight crossbar \(\overline{B D}\). About how long should it be? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 95

Answer:
BD = 76.12

Explanation:
AD = 44.8 cm, DC = 72 cm, and AC = 84.8 cm
Two disjoint pairs of consecutive sides are congruent.
So, AD = AB = 44.8 cm
DC = BC = 72 cm
The diagonals are perpendicular.
So, AC ⊥ BD
AC = AO + OC
AX = x + y = 84.8 — (i)
Perpendicular bisects the diagonal BD into equal parts let it be z.
BD = BO + OD
BD = z + z
Using pythagorean theorem
44.8² = x² + z² —- (ii)
72² = y² + z² —– (iii)
Subtract (ii) and (iii)
72² – 44.8² = y²+ z² – x² – z²
5184 – 2007.04 = (x + y) (x – y)
3176.96 = (84.8)(x – y)
37.464 = x – y —- (iv)
Add (i) & (iv)
x + y + x – y = 84.8 + 37.464
2x = 122.264
x = 61.132
x + y = 84.8
61.132 + y = 84.8
y = 23.668
44.8² = x² + z²
z = 38.06
BD = z + z
BD = 76.12

Question 37.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Use the Geometric Mean Theorems (Theorems 9.7 and 9.8) to find AC and BD.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 96
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 37.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 37.2

Question 38.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
In which of the following triangles does the Geometric Mean (Altitude) Theorem (Theorem 9.7) apply?
(A)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 97
(B)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 98
(C)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 99
(D)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 100

Answer:

Question 39.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the diagram of ∆ABC. Copy and complete the proof of the Pythagorean Theorem (Theorem 9. 1).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 101
Given In ∆ABC, ∆BCA is a right angle.
Prove c2 = a2 + b2

Statements Reasons
1. In ∆ABC, ∠BCA is a right angle. 1. ________________________________
2. Draw a perpendicular segment (altitude) from C to \(\overline{A B}\). 2. Perpendicular Postulate (Postulate 3.2)
3. ce = a2 and cf = b2 3. ________________________________
4. ce + b2 = ___  + b2 4. Addition Property of Equality
5. ce + cf = a2 + b2 5. ________________________________
6. c(e + f) a2 + b2 6. ________________________________
7. e + f = ________ 7. Segment Addition Postulate (Postulate 1.2)
8. c  • c = a2 + b2 8. ________________________________
9. c2 = a2 + b2 9. Simplify.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 39.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 39.2

Question 40.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims the geometric mean of 4 and 9 is 6. and then labels the triangle, as shown. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 102

Answer:
G.M = √(4 x 9) = √36 = 6
My friend is correct.

In Exercises 41 and 42, use the given statements to prove the theorem.

Gien ∆ABC is a right triangle.
Altitude \(\overline{C D}\) is dravn to hypotenuse \(\overline{A B}\).

Question 41.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Geometric Mean (Altitude) Theorem (Theorem 9.7) b showing that CD2 = AD • BD.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 41.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 41.2

Question 42.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Geometric Mean ( Leg) Theorem (Theorem 9.8) b showing that CB2 = DB • AB and AC2 = AD • AB.

Answer:

Question 43.
CRITICAL THINKING
Draw a right isosceles triangle and label the two leg lengths x. Then draw the altitude to the hypotenuse and label its length y. Now, use the Right Triangle Similarity Theorem (Theorem 9.6) to draw the three similar triangles from the image and label an side length that is equal to either x or y. What can you conclude about the relationship between the two smaller triangles? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 43

Question 44.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The arithmetic mean and geometric mean of two nonnegative numbers x and y are shown.
arithmetic mean = \(\frac{x+y}{2}\)
geometric mean = \(\sqrt{x y}\)
Write an inequality that relates these two means. Justify your answer.

Answer:

Question 45.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Right Triangle Similarity Theorem (Theorem 9.6) by proving three similarity statements.
Given ∆ABC is a right triangle.
Altitude \(\overline{C D}\) is drawn to hvpotenuse \(\overline{A B}\).
Prove ∆CBD ~ ∆ABC, ∆ACD ~ ∆ABC,
∆CBD ~ ∆ACD
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 45.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 45.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 45.3

Maintaining Mathematical proficiency

Solve the equation for x.

Question 46.
13 = \(\frac{x}{5}\)

Answer:
13 = \(\frac{x}{5}\)
x = 65

Question 47.
29 = \(\frac{x}{4}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 47

Question 48.
9 = \(\frac{78}{x}\)

Answer:
9 = \(\frac{78}{x}\)
9x = 78
x = 8.6

Question 49.
30 = \(\frac{115}{x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 49

9.1 to 9.3 Quiz

Find the value of x. Tell whether the side lengths form a Pythagorean triple.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 103
Answer:
x = 15

Explanation:
x² = 9² + 12²
x² = 81 + 144
x² = 225
x = 15

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 104

Answer:
x = 10.63

Explanation:
x² = 7² + 8² = 49 + 64
x = √113
x = 10.63

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 105
Answer:
x = 4√3

Explanation:
8² = x² + 4²
64 = x² + 16
x² = 48
x = 4√3

Verify that the segment lengths form a triangle. Is the triangle acute, right, or obtuse?
(Section 9.1)
Question 4.
24, 32, and 40

Answer:
Triangle is a right angle trinagle.

Explanation:
40² = 1600
24² + 32² = 576 + 1024 = 1600
40² = 24² + 32²
So, the triangle is a right angle trinagle.

Question 5.
7, 9, and 13

Answer:
Triangle is an obtuse trinagle.

Explanation:
13² = 169
7² + 9² = 49 + 81 = 130
13² > 7² + 9²
So, the triangle is an obtuse trinagle.

Question 6.
12, 15, and 10√3

Answer:
Triangle is an acute trinagle.

Explanation:
15² = 225
12² + (10√3)² = 144 + 300 = 444
15² < 12² + (10√3)²
So, the triangle is an acute trinagle.

Find the values of x and y. Write your answers in the simplest form.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 106

Answer:
x = 6, y = 6√2

Explanation:
x = 6
hypotenuse = leg • √2
y = 6√2

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 107

Answer:
y = 8√3, x = 16

Explanation:
longer leg = shorter leg • √3
y = 8√3
x² = 8² + (8√3)² = 64 + 192
x = 16

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 108

Answer:
x = 5√2, y = 5√6

Explanation:
longer leg = shorter leg • √3
y = x√3
y = 5√6
hypotenuse = shorter leg • 2
10√2 = 2x
x = 5√2

Find the geometric mean of the two numbers.
Question 10.
6 and 12

Answer:
G.M = √(6 • 12) = 6√2

Question 11.
15 and 20

Answer:
G.M = √(15 • 20) = 10√3

Question 12.
18 and 26

Answer:
G.M = √(18 • 26) = 6√13

Identify the similar right triangles. Then find the value of the variable.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 109

Answer:
x = √(8 • 4)
x = 4√2

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 110

Answer:
y = √(9 • 6) = 3√6

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 111

Answer:

Question 16.
Television sizes are measured by the length of their diagonal. You want to purchase a television that is at least 40 inches. Should you purchase the television shown? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 112

Answer:
x² = 20.25² + 36²
x² = 410.0625 + 1296 = 1706.0625
x = 41.30
Yes, i will purchase the television.

Question 17.
Each triangle shown below is a right triangle.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 113
a. Are any of the triangles special right triangles? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
A is a similar triangle.

b. List all similar triangles. if any.
Answer:
B, C and D, E are similar triangles.

c. Find the lengths of the altitudes of triangles B and C.
Answer:
B altitude = √(9 + 27) = 6
C altitude = √(36 + 72) = 6√3

9.4 The Tangent Ratio

Exploration 1

Calculating a Tangent Ratio

Work with a partner

a. Construct ∆ABC, as shown. Construct segments perpendicular to \(\overline{A C}\) to form right triangles that share vertex A and arc similar to ∆ABC with vertices, as shown.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 114
Answer:

b. Calculate each given ratio to complete the table for the decimal value of tan A for each right triangle. What can you Conclude?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 115
Answer:

Exploration 2

Using a calculator

Work with a partner: Use a calculator that has a tangent key to calculate the tangent of 36.87°. Do you get the same result as in Exploration 1? Explain.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
To be proficient in math, you need to express numerical answers with a degree of precision appropriate for the problem context.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
Repeat Exploration 1 for ∆ABC with vertices A(0, 0), B(8, 5), and C(8, 0). Construct the seven perpendicular segments so that not all of them intersect \(\overline{A C}\) at integer values of x. Discuss your results.
Answer:

Question 4.
How is a right triangle used to find the tangent of an acute angle? Is there a unique right triangle that must be used?
Answer:

Lesson 9.4 The Tangent Ratio

Monitoring progress

Find tan J and tan K. Write each answer as a fraction and as a decimal rounded to four places.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 116

Answer:
tan K = \(\frac { opposite side }{ adjacent side } \) = \(\frac { JL }{ KL } \)
= \(\frac { 32 }{ 24 } \) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \) = 1.33
tan J = \(\frac { KL }{ JL } \) = \(\frac { 24 }{ 32 } \) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) = 0.75

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 117

Answer:
tan K = \(\frac { LJ }{ LK } \) = \(\frac { 15 }{ 8 } \)
tan J = \(\frac { LK }{ LJ } \) = \(\frac { 8 }{ 15 } \)

Find the value of x. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 118

Answer:
Tan 61 = \(\frac { 22 }{ x } \)
1.804 = \(\frac { 22 }{ x } \)
x = 12.1951

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 119

Answer:
tan 56 = \(\frac { x }{ 13 } \)
1.482 = \(\frac { x }{ 13 } \)
x = 19.266

Question 5.
WHAT IF?
In Example 3, the length of the shorter leg is 5 instead of 1. Show that the tangent of 60° is still equal to √3.

Answer:
longer leg = shorter leg • √3
= 5√3
tan 60 = \(\frac { 5√3 }{ 5 } \)
= √3

Question 6.
You are measuring the height of a lamppost. You stand 40 inches from the base of the lamppost. You measure the angle ot elevation from the ground to the top of the lamppost to be 70°. Find the height h of the lamppost to the nearest inch.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 120

Answer:
tan 70 = \(\frac { h }{ 40 } \)
2.7474 = \(\frac { h }{ 40 } \)
h = 109.896 in

Exercise 9.4 The Tangent Ratio

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The tangent ratio compares the length of _________ to the length of ___________ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain how you know the tangent ratio is constant for a given angle measure.

Answer:
When two triangles are similar, the corresponding sides are proportional which makes the ratio constant for a given acute angle measurement.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6, find the tangents of the acute angles in the right triangle. Write each answer as a fraction and as a decimal rounded to four decimal places.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 121
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 122

Answer:
tan F = \(\frac { DE }{ EF } \) = \(\frac { 24 }{ 7 } \)
tan D = \(\frac { EF }{ DE } \) = \(\frac { 7 }{ 24 } \)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 123
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 124

Answer:
tan K = \(\frac { JL }{ LK } \) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } \)
tan J = \(\frac { LK }{ JL } \) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 3 } \)

In Exercises 7 – 10, find the value of x. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 125
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 126

Answer:
tan 27 = \(\frac { x }{ 15 } \)
0.509 = \(\frac { x }{ 15 } \)
x = 7.635

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 127
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 128

Answer:
tan 37 = \(\frac { 6 }{ x } \)
0.753 = \(\frac { 6 }{ x } \)
x = 7.968

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 11 and 12, describe the error in the statement of the tangent ratio. Correct the error if possible. Otherwise, write not possible.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 129
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 130

Answer:

In Exercises 13 and 14, use a special right triangle to find the tangent of the given angle measure.

Question 13.
45°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 13

Question 14.
30°

Answer:
tan 30° = \(\frac { 1 }{ √3 } \)

Question 15.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A surveyor is standing 118 Feet from the base of the Washington Monument. The surveyor measures the angle of elevation from the ground to the top of the monument to be 78°. Find the height h of the Washington Monument to the nearest foot.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 131
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 15

Question 16.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Scientists can measure the depths of craters on the moon h looking at photos of shadows. The length of the shadow cast by the edge of a crater is 500 meters. The angle of elevation of the rays of the Sun is 55°. Estimate the depth d of the crater.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 132

Answer:
tan 55 = \(\frac { d }{ 500 } \)
1.428 = \(\frac { d }{ 500 } \)
d = 714 m
The depth of the crater is 714 m

Question 17.
USING STRUCTURE
Find the tangent of the smaller acute angle in a right triangle with side lengths 5, 12, and 13.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 17

Question 18.
USING STRUCTURE
Find the tangent 0f the larger acute angle in a right triangle with side lengths 3, 4, and 5.

Answer:
tan x = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)

Question 19.
REASONING
How does the tangent of an acute angle in a right triangle change as the angle measure increases? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 19

Question 20.
CRITICAL THINKING
For what angle measure(s) is the tangent of an acute angle in a right triangle equal to 1? greater than 1? less than 1? Justify your answer.

Answer:
In order for the tangent of an angle to equal 1, the opposite and adjacent sides of a right triangle must be the same. This means the right triangle is an isosceles right triangle so the angles are 45 – 45 – 90. The acute angle must be 1. In order for the tangent to be greater than 1, the opposite side must be greater than the adjacent side. This means the angle must be between 45 and 90 degrees. If the tangent is less than 1, this means the opposite side must be smaller than the adjacent side. The acute angle must be between 0 and 45.

Question 21.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your family room has a sliding-glass door. You want to buy an awning for the door that will be just long enough to keep the Sun out when it is at its highest point in the sky. The angle of elevation of the rays of the Sun at this points is 70°, and the height of the door is 8 feet. Your sister claims you can determine how far the overhang should extend by multiplying 8 by tan 70°. Is your sister correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 133
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 21

Question 22.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Write expressions for the tangent of each acute angle in the right triangle. Explain how the tangent of one acute angle is related to the tangent of the other acute angle. What kind of angle pair is ∠A and ∠B?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 134

Answer:
tan A = \(\frac { BC }{ AC } \) = \(\frac { a }{ b } \)
tan B = \(\frac { AC }{ BC } \) = \(\frac { b }{ a } \)

Question 23.
REASONING
Explain why it is not possible to find the tangent of a right angle or an obtuse angle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 23

Question 24.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
To create the diagram below. you begin with an isosceles right triangle with legs 1 unit long. Then the hypotenuse of the first triangle becomes the leg of a second triangle, whose remaining leg is 1 unit long. Continue the diagram Until you have constructed an angle whose tangent is \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{6}}\). Approximate the measure of this angle.

Answer:

Question 25.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Your class is having a class picture taken on the lawn. The photographer is positioned 14 feet away from the center of the class. The photographer turns 50° to look at either end of the class.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 135
a. What is the distance between the ends of the class?
b. The photographer turns another 10° either way to see the end of the camera range. If each student needs 2 feet of space. about how many more students can fit at the end of each row? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 25

Question 26.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Find the perimeter of the figure. where AC = 26, AD = BF, and D is the midpoint of \(\overline{A C}\).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 136

Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical proficiency

Find the value of x.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 137
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 27

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 138
Answer:
longer side = shorter side • √3
7 = x√3
x = \(\frac { 7 }{ √3 } \)
x = 4.04

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 139
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 29

9.5 The Sine and Cosine Ratios

Exploration 1

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software.

a. Construct ∆ABC, as shown. Construct segments perpendicular to \(\overline{A C}\) to form right triangles that share vertex A arid are similar to ∆ABC with vertices, as shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 140
Answer:

b. Calculate each given ratio to complete the table for the decimal values of sin A and cos A for each right triangle. What can you conclude?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 141
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
How is a right triangle used to find the sine and cosine of an acute angle? Is there a unique right triangle that must be used?
Answer:

Question 3.
In Exploration 1, what is the relationship between ∠A and ∠B in terms of their measures’? Find sin B and cos B. How are these two values related to sin A and cos A? Explain why these relationships exist.
LOOKING FOR STRUCTURE
To be proficient in math, you need to look closely to discern a pattern or structure.
Answer:

Lesson 9.5 The Sine and Cosine Ratios

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Find sin D, sin F, cos D, and cos F. Write each answer as a fraction and as a decimal rounded to four places.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 142
Answer:
sin D = \(\frac { 7 }{ 25 } \)
sin F = \(\frac { 24 }{ 25 } \)
cos D = \(\frac { 24 }{ 25 } \)
cos F = \(\frac { 7 }{ 25 } \)

Explanation:
sin D = \(\frac { EF }{ DF } \) = \(\frac { 7 }{ 25 } \)
sin F = \(\frac { DE }{ DF } \) = \(\frac { 24 }{ 25 } \)
cos D = \(\frac { DE }{ DF } \) = \(\frac { 24 }{ 25 } \)
cos F = \(\frac { EF }{ DF } \) = \(\frac { 7 }{ 25 } \)

Question 2.
Write cos 23° in terms of sine.

Answer:
cos X = sin(90 – X)
cos 23° = sin (90 – 23)
= sin(67)
So, cos 23° = sin 67°

Question 3.
Find the values of u and t using sine and cosine. Round your answers to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 143
Answer:
t = 7.2, u = 3.3

Explanation:
sin 65 = \(\frac { t }{ 8 } \)
0.906 = \(\frac { t }{ 8 } \)
t = 7.2
cos 65 = \(\frac { u }{ 8 } \)
0.422 x 8 = u
u = 3.3

Question 4.
Find the sine and cosine of a 60° angle.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 1
sin 60° = \(\frac { √3 }{ 2 } \)
cos 60° = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)

Question 5.
WHAT IF?
In Example 6, the angle of depression is 28°. Find the distance x you ski down the mountain to the nearest foot.

Answer:
sin 28° = \(\frac { 1200 }{ x } \)
x = \(\frac { 1200 }{ 0.469 } \)
x = 2558.6

Exercise 9.5 The Sine and Cosine Ratios

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
The sine raio compares the length of ______________ to the length of _____________
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which ratio does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 144
sin B

Answer:
sin B = \(\frac { AC }{ BC } \)

cos C

Answer:
cos C = \(\frac { AC }{ BC } \)

tan B

Answer:
tan B = \(\frac { AC }{ AB } \)

\(\frac{A C}{B C}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{A C}{B C}\) = sin B

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 8, find sin D, sin E, cos D, and cos E. Write each answer as a Fraction and as a decimal rounded to four places.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 145
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 146

Answer:
sin D = \(\frac { 35 }{ 37 } \)
sin E = \(\frac { 12 }{ 37 } \)
cos D = \(\frac { 12 }{ 37 } \)
cos E = \(\frac { 35 }{ 37 } \)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 147
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 148

Answer:
sin D = \(\frac { 36 }{ 45 } \)
sin E = \(\frac { 27 }{ 45 } \)
cos D = \(\frac { 27 }{ 45 } \)
cos E = \(\frac { 36 }{ 45 } \)

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 149
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 150

Answer:
sin D = \(\frac { 8 }{ 17 } \)
sin E = \(\frac { 15 }{ 17 } \)
cos D = \(\frac { 15 }{ 17 } \)
cos E = \(\frac { 8 }{ 17 } \)

In Exercises 9 – 12. write the expression in terms of cosine.

Question 9.
sin 37°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 9

Question 10.
sin 81°

Answer:
sin 81° = cos(90° – 81°) = cos9°

Question 11.
sin 29°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 11

Question 12.
sin 64°

Answer:
sin 64° = cos(90° – 64°) = cos 26°

In Exercise 13 – 16, write the expression in terms of sine.

Question 13.
cos 59°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 13

Question 14.
cos 42°

Answer:
cos 42° = sin(90° – 42°) = sin 48°

Question 15.
cos 73°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 15

Question 16.
cos 18°

Answer:
cos 18° = sin(90° – 18°) = sin 72°

In Exercises 17 – 22, find the value of each variable using sine and cosine. Round your answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 151
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 152

Answer:
p = 30.5, q = 14.8

Explanation:
sin 64° = \(\frac { p }{34 } \)
p = 0.898 x 34
p = 30.5
cos 64° = \(\frac { q }{ 34 } \)
q = 0.4383 x 34
q = 14.8

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 153
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 154

Answer:
s = 17.7, r = 19

Explanation:
sin 43° = \(\frac { s }{26 } \)
s = 0.681 x 26
s = 17.7
cos 43° = \(\frac { r }{ 26 } \)
r = 0.731 x 26
r = 19

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 155
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 156

Answer:
m = 6.7, n = 10.44

Explanation:
sin 50° = \(\frac { 8 }{n } \)
0.766 = \(\frac { 8 }{n } \)
n = 10.44
cos 50° = \(\frac { m }{ n } \)
0.642 = \(\frac { m }{ 10.44 } \)
m = 6.7

Question 23.
REASONING
Which ratios are equal? Select all that apply.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 157
sin X

cos X

sin Z

cos Z
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 23

Question 24.
REASONING
Which ratios arc equal to \(\frac{1}{2}\) Select all
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 158
sin L

Answer:
sin L = \(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)

cos L

Answer:
cos L = \(\frac { 2√3 }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { √3 }{ 2 } \)

sin J

Answer:
sin J = \(\frac { 2√3 }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { √3 }{ 2 } \)

cos J

Answer:
cos J = \(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)

Question 25.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding sin A.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 159
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 25

Question 26.
WRITING
Explain how to tell which side of a right triangle is adjacent to an angle and which side is the hypotenuse.
Answer:

Question 27.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The top of the slide is 12 feet from the ground and has an angle of depression of 53°. What is the length of the slide?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 160
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 27

Question 28.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Find the horizontal distance x the escalator covers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 161

Answer:
cos 41 = \(\frac { x }{ 26 } \)
0.754 = \(\frac { x }{ 26 } \)
x = 19.6 ft

Question 29.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are flying a kite with 20 feet of string extended. The angle of elevation from the spool of string to the kite is 67°.
a. Draw and label a diagram that represents the situation.
b. How far off the ground is the kite if you hold the spool 5 feet off the ground? Describe how the height where you hold the spool affects the height of the kite.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 29

Question 30.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Planes that fly at high speeds and low elevations have radar s sterns that can determine the range of an obstacle and the angle of elevation to the top of the obstacle. The radar of a plane flying at an altitude of 20,000 feet detects a tower that is 25,000 feet away. with an angle of elevation of 1°
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 162
a. How many feet must the plane rise to pass over the tower?

Answer:
sin 1 = \(\frac { h }{ 25000 } \)
0.017 = \(\frac { h }{ 25000 } \)
h = 425 ft
425 ft the plane rise to pass over the tower

b. PIanes Caillot come closer than 1000 feet vertically to any object. At what altitude must the plane fly in order to pass over the tower?

Answer:

Question 31.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend uses che equation sin 49° = \(\frac{x}{16}\) to find BC. Your cousin uses the equation cos 41° = \(\frac{x}{16}\) to find BC. Who is correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 163
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 31

Question 32.
WRITING
Describe what you must know about a triangle in order to use the sine ratio and what you must know about a triangle in order to use the cosine ratio

Answer:
sin = \(\frac { opposite side }{ hypotenuse } \)
cos = \(\frac { adjacent side }{ hypotenuse } \)

Question 33.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
If ∆EQU is equilateral and ∆RGT is a right triangle with RG = 2, RT = 1. and m ∠ T = 90°, show that sin E = cos G.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 33

Question 34.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Submarines use sonar systems, which are similar to radar systems, to detect obstacles, Sonar systems use sound to detect objects under water.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 164

a. You are traveling underwater in a submarine. The sonar system detects an iceberg 4000 meters a head, with an angle of depression of 34° to the bottom of the iceberg. How many meters must the submarine lower to pass under the iceberg?

Answer:
tan 34 = \(\frac { x }{ 4000 } \)
.674 = \(\frac { x }{ 4000 } \)
x = 2696

b. The sonar system then detects a sunken ship 1500 meters ahead. with an angle of elevation of 19° to the highest part of the sunken ship. How many meters must the submarine rise to pass over the sunken ship?

Answer:
tan 19 = \(\frac { x }{ 1500 } \)
0.344 = \(\frac { x }{ 1500 } \)
x = 516 m

Question 35.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Make a conjecture about how you could use trigonometric ratios to find angle measures in a triangle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 35

Question 36.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Using only the given information, would you use a sine ratio or a cosine ratio to find the length of the hypotenuse? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 166

Answer:
sin 29 = \(\frac { 9 }{ x } \)
0.48 = \(\frac { 9 }{ x } \)
x = 18.75
The length of hypotenuse is 18.75

Question 37.
MULTIPLE REPRESENTATIONS
You are standing on a cliff above an ocean. You see a sailboat from your vantage point 30 feet above the ocean.

a. Draw and label a diagram of the situation.
b. Make a table showing the angle of depression and the length of your line of sight. Use the angles 40°, 50°, 60°, 70°, and 80°.
c. Graph the values you found in part (b), with the angle measures on the x-axis.
d. Predict the length of the line of sight when the angle of depression is 30°.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 37.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 37.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 37.3

Question 38.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
One of the following infinite series represents sin x and the other one represents cos x (where x is measured in radians). Which is which? Justify your answer. Then use each series to approximate the sine and cosine of \(\frac{\pi}{6}\).
(Hints: π = 180°; 5! = 5 • 4 • 3 • 2 • 1; Find the values that the sine and cosine ratios approach as the angle measure approaches zero).
a.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 166

Answer:
For x = 0
0 – \(\frac { 0³ }{ 3! } \) + \(\frac { 0⁵ }{ 5! } \) – \(\frac { 0⁷ }{ 7! } \) + . . . = 0
sin x = x – \(\frac { x³ }{ 3! } \) + \(\frac { x⁵ }{ 5! } \) – \(\frac { x⁷ }{ 7! } \) + . . .
sin \(\frac { π }{ 6 } \) = 0.5

b.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 167

Answer:
1 – \(\frac { 1² }{ 2! } \) + \(\frac { 1⁴ }{ 4! } \) – \(\frac { 1⁶ }{ 6! } \) + . .  = 1
cos x =x1 – \(\frac { x² }{ 2! } \) + \(\frac { x⁴ }{ 4! } \) – \(\frac { x⁶ }{ 6! } \) + . .
cos \(\frac { π }{ 6 } \) = 0.86

Question 39.
CRITICAL THINKING
Let A be any acute angle of a right triangle. Show that
(a) tan A = \(\frac{\sin A}{\cos A}\) and
(b) (sin A)2 + (cos A)2 = 1.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 39

Question 40.
CRITICAL THINKING
Explain why the area ∆ ABC in the diagram can be found using the formula Area = \(\frac{1}{2}\) ab sin C. Then calculate the area when a = 4, b = 7, and m∠C = 40°:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 168
Answer:
Area = \(\frac{1}{2}\) ab sin C
= \(\frac{1}{2}\) (4 x 7) sin 40°
= 14 x 0.642
= 8.988

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the value of x. Tell whether the side lengths form a Pythagorean triple.

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 169
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 41

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 170
Answer:
x = 12√2

Explanation:
c² = a² + b²
x² = 12² + 12²
x² = 144 + 144
x² = 288
x = 12√2

Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 171
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 43

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 172

Answer:
x = 6√2

Explanation:
c² = a² + b²
9² = x² + 3²
81 = x² + 9
x² = 81 – 9
x = 6√2

9.6 Solving Right Triangles

Exploration 1

Solving Special Right Triangles

Work with a partner. Use the figures to find the values of the sine and cosine of ∠A and ∠B. Use these values to find the measures of ∠A and ∠B. Use dynamic geometry software to verify your answers.
a.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 173
Answer:

b.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 174
Answer:

Exploration 2

Solving Right Triangles

Work with a partner: You can use a calculator to find the measure of an angle when you know the value of the sine, cosine, or tangent of the rule. Use the inverse sine, inverse cosine, 0r inverse tangent feature of your calculator to approximate the measures of ∠A and ∠B to the nearest tenth of a degree. Then use dynamic geometry software to verify your answers.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
To be proficient in math, you need to calculate accurately and efficiently, expressing numerical answers with a degree of precision appropriate for the problem context.
a.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 175
Answer:

b.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 176
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
When you know the lengths of the sides of a right triangle, how can you find the measures of the two acute angles?
Answer:

Question 4.
A ladder leaning against a building forms a right triangle with the building and the ground. The legs of the right triangle (in meters) form a 5-12-13 Pythagorean triple. Find the measures of the two acute angles to the nearest tenth of a degree.
Answer:

Lesson 9.6 Solving Right Triangles

Determine which of the two acute angles has the given trigonometric ratio.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 177

Question 1.
The sine of the angle is \(\frac{12}{13}\).

Answer:
Sin E = \(\frac{12}{13}\)
m∠E = sin-1(\(\frac{12}{13}\)) = 67.3°

Question 2.
The tangent of the angle is \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Answer:
tan F = \(\frac{5}{12}\)
m∠F = tan-1(\(\frac{5}{12}\)) = 22.6°

Let ∠G, ∠H, and ∠K be acute angles. Use a calculator to approximate the measures of ∠G, ∠H, and ∠K to the nearest tenth of a degree.

Question 3.
tan G = 0.43

Answer:
∠G = inverse tan of 0.43 = 23.3°

Question 4.
sin H = 0.68

Answer:
∠H = inverse sin of 0.68 = 42.8°

Question 5.
cos K = 0.94

Answer:
∠K = inverse cos of 0.94 = 19.9°

Solve the right triangle. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 178

Answer:
DE = 29, ∠D = 46.05°, ∠E = 42.84°

Explanation:
c² = a² + b²
x² = 20² + 21²
x² = 400 + 441
x² = 841
x = 29
sin D = \(\frac { 21 }{ 29 } \)
∠D = 46.05
sin E = \(\frac { 20 }{ 29 } \)
∠E = 42.84

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 179

Answer:
GJ = 60, ∠G = 56.09°, ∠H = 33.3°

Explanation:
c² = a² + b²
109² = 91² + x²
x² = 11881 – 8281
x² = 3600
x = 60
sin G = \(\frac { 91 }{ 109 } \)
∠G = 56.09
sin H = \(\frac { 60 }{ 109 } \)
∠H = 33.3

Question 8.
Solve the right triangle. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 180

Answer:
XY = 13.82, YZ = 6.69, ∠Y = 37.5

Explanation:
cos 52 = \(\frac { 8.5 }{ XY } \)
0.615 = \(\frac { 8.5 }{ XY } \)
XY = 13.82
sin 52 = \(\frac { YZ }{ XY } \)
0.788 = \(\frac { YZ }{ 8.5 } \)
YZ = 6.69
sin Y = \(\frac { 8.5 }{ 13.82 } \)
∠Y = 37.5

Question 9.
WHAT IF?
In Example 5, suppose another raked stage is 20 feet long from front to back with a total rise of 2 feet. Is the raked stage within your desired range?

Answer:
x = inverse sine of \(\frac { 2 }{ 20 } \)
x = 5.7°

Exercise 9.6 Solving Right Triangles

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
To solve a right triangle means to find the measures of all its ________ and _______ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain when you can use a trigonometric ratio to find a side length of a right triangle and when you can use the Pythagorean Theorem (Theorem 9.1 ).
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6. determine which of the two acute angles has the given trigonometric ratio.

Question 3.
The cosine of the angle is \(\frac{4}{5}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 181
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 3

Question 4.
The sine of the angle is \(\frac{5}{11}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 182

Answer:
Sin(angle) = \(\frac { opposite }{ hypo } \)
sin A = \(\frac{5}{11}\)
The acute angle that has a sine of the angle is \(\frac{5}{11}\) is ∠A.

Question 5.
The sine of the angle is 0.95.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 183
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 5

Question 6.
The tangent of the angle is 1.5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 184

Answer:
tan(angle) = \(\frac { opposite }{ adjacent } \)
1.5 = \(\frac { 18 }{ 12 } \)
tan C = 1.5
The acute angle that has a tangent of the angle is 1.5 ∠C.

In Exercises 7 – 12, let ∠D be an acute angle. Use a calculator to approximate the measure of ∠D to the nearest tenth of a degree.

Question 7.
sin D = 0.75
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 7

Question 8.
sin D = 0.19

Answer:
sin D = 0.19
∠D = inverse sine of 0.19
∠D = 10.9°

Question 9.
cos D = 0.33
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 9

Question 10.
cos D = 0.64

Answer:
cos D = 0.64
∠D = inverse cos of 0.64
∠D = 50.2°

Question 11.
tan D = 0.28
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 11

Question 12.
tan D = 0.72

Answer:
tan D = 0.72
∠D = inverse tan of 0.72
∠D = 35.8°

In Exercises 13 – 18. solve the right triangle. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 185
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 186
Answer:
ED = 2√65, ∠E = 59.3, ∠D = 29.7

Explanation:
c² = 8² + 14²
x² = 64 + 196
x² = 260
x = 2√65
sin E = \(\frac { 14 }{ 2√65 } \)
∠E = 59.3
sin D = \(\frac { 8 }{ 2√65 } \)
∠D = 29.7

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 187
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 188
Answer:
HJ = 2√15, ∠G = 28.9, ∠J = 61

Explanation:
c² = a² + b²
16² = 14² + x²
x² = 256 – 196
x² = 60
x = 2√15
sin G = \(\frac { 2√15 }{ 16 } \)
∠G = 28.9
sin J = \(\frac { 14 }{ 16 } \)
∠J = 61

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 189
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 190

Answer:
RT = 17.8, RS = 9.68, ∠T = 32.8

Explanation:
sin 57 = \(\frac { 15 }{ x } \)
0.838 = \(\frac { 15 }{ x } \)
x = 17.899
RT = 17.8
cos 57 = \(\frac { x }{ 17.8 } \)
0.544 = \(\frac { x }{ 17.8 } \)
x = 9.68
RS = 9.68
sin T = \(\frac { 9.68 }{ 17.8 } \)
∠T = 32.8

Question 19.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in using an inverse trigonometric ratio.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 191
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 19

Question 20.
PROBLEM SOLVING
In order to unload clay easily. the body of a dump truck must be elevated to at least 45° The body of a dump truck that is 14 feet long has been raised 8 feet. Will the clay pour out easily? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Angle of elevation: sin x = \(\frac { 8 }{ 14 } \)
x = inverse sine of \(\frac { 8 }{ 14 } \) = 34.9
The clay will not pour out easily.

Question 21.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are standing on a footbridge that is 12 feet above a lake. You look down and see a duck in the water. The duck is 7 feet away from the footbridge. What is the angle of elevation from the duck to you
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 192
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 21

Question 22.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Write three expressions that can be used to approximate the measure of ∠A. Which expression would you choose? Explain your choice.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 193

Answer:
Three expressions are ∠A = inverse tan of (\(\frac { 15 }{ 22 } \)) = 34.2°
∠A = inverse sine of (\(\frac { 15 }{ BA } \))
∠A = inverse cos of (\(\frac { 22 }{ BA } \))

Question 23.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards specify that awheel chair ramp may not have an incline greater than 4.76. You want to build a ramp with a vertical rise of 8 inches. you want to minimize the horizontal distance taken up by the ramp. Draw a diagram showing the approximate dimensions of your ramp.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 23

Question 24.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The horizontal part of a step is called the tread. The vertical part is called the riser. The recommended riser – to – tread ratio is 7 inches : 11 inches.

a. Find the value of x for stairs built using the recommended riser-to-tread ratio.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 194

Answer:

b. you want to build stairs that are less steep than the stairs in part (a). Give an example of a riser – to – tread ratio that you could use. Find the value of x for your stairs.
Answer:

Question 25.
USING TOOLS
Find the measure of ∠R without using a protractor. Justify your technique.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 195
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 25

Question 26.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that tan-1x = \(\frac{1}{\tan x}\). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
No
For example
tan-1(√3) = 60
\(\frac{1}{\tan √3}\) = 33.1

USING STRUCTURE
In Exercises 27 and 28, solve each triangle.

Question 27.
∆JKM and ∆LKM
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 196
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 27.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 27.2

Question 28.
∆TUS and ∆VTW
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 197

Answer:
TS = 8.2, UT = 7.3, ∠T = 28.6
TV = 13.2, TW = 9.6, ∠V = 46, ∠T = 42.84

Explanation:
tan 64 = \(\frac { TS }{ 4 } \)
TS = 2.05 x 4
TS = 8.2
sin 64 = \(\frac { UT }{ 8.2 } \)
0.898= \(\frac { UT }{ 8.2 } \)
UT = 7.3
sin T = \(\frac { 4 }{ 8.2 } \)
∠T = 28.6
TV = TS + SV
TV = 8.2 + 5 = 13.2
13.2² = TW² + 9²
TW² = 174.24 – 81
TW = 9.6
sin V = \(\frac { 9.6 }{ 13.2 } \)
∠V = 46
sin T = \(\frac { 9 }{ 13.2 } \)
∠T = 42.84

Question 29.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Write an expression that can be used to find the measure of the acute angle formed by each line and the x-axis. Then approximate the angle measure to the nearest tenth of a degree.
a. y = 3x
b. y = \(\frac{4}{3}\)x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 29

Question 30.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Simplify each expression. Justify your answer.
a. sin-1 (sin x)

Answer:
sin-1 (sin x) = x

b. tan(tan-1 y)

Answer:
tan(tan-1 y) = y

C. cos(cos-1 z)

Answer:
cos(cos-1 z) = z

Question 31.
REASONING
Explain why the expression sin-1 (1.2) does not make sense.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 31

Question 32.
USING STRUCTURE
The perimeter of the rectangle ABCD is 16 centimeters. and the ratio of its width to its length is 1 : 3. Segment BD divides the rectangle into two congruent triangles. Find the side lengths and angle measures of these two triangles.

Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangle ABCD is 16 centimeters
2(l + b) = 16
l + b = 8
b : l = 1 : 3
4x = 8
x = 2
l = 6, b = 2
BD = √(6² + 2²) = √40 = 2√10
sin B = \(\frac { AD }{ BD } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 2√10 } \)
∠ABD = 18.4
∠CBD = 71.6
sin D = \(\frac { AB }{ BD } \) = \(\frac { 6 }{ 2√10 } \)
∠ADB = 71
∠CDB = 19

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation

Question 33.
\(\frac{12}{x}=\frac{3}{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 33

Question 34.
\(\frac{13}{9}=\frac{x}{18}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{13}{9}=\frac{x}{18}\)
x = 1.44 x 18
x = 26

Question 35.
\(\frac{x}{2.1}=\frac{4.1}{3.5}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 35

Question 36.
\(\frac{5.6}{12.7}=\frac{4.9}{x}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5.6}{12.7}=\frac{4.9}{x}\)
0.44 = 4.9/x
x = 11.13

9.7 Law of Sines and Law of Cosines

Exploration 1

Discovering the Law of Sines

Work with a partner.

a. Copy and complete the table for the triangle shown. What can you conclude?
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 198
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 199
Answer:

b. Use dynamic geometry software to draw two other triangles. Copy and complete the table in part (a) for each triangle. Use your results to write a conjecture about the relationship between the sines of the angles and the lengths of the sides of a triangle.
USING TOOLS STRATEGICALLY
To be proficient in math, you need to use technology to compare predictions with data.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Discovering the Law of Cosines

Work with a partner:

a. Copy and complete the table for the triangle in Exploration 1 (a). What can you conclude?
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 200
Answer:

b. Use dynamic geometry software to draw two other triangles. Copy and complete the table in part (a) for each triangle. Use your results to write a conjecture about what you observe in the completed tables.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What are the Law of Sines and the Law of Cosines?
Answer:

Question 4.
When would you use the Law of Sines to solve a triangle? When would you use the Law of Cosines to solve a triangle?
Answer:

Lesson 9.7 Law of Sines and Law of Cosines

Monitoring Progress

Use a calculator to find the trigonometric ratio. Round your answer to four decimal places.

Question 1.
tan 110°

Answer:
tan 110° = -2.7474

Question 2.
sin 97°

Answer:
sin 97° = 0.9925

Question 3.
cos 165°

Answer:
cos 165° = -0.9659

Find the area of ∆ABC with the given side lengths and included angle. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Question 4.
m ∠ B = 60°, a = 19, c = 14

Answer:
Area = 155.18

Explanation:
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) ac sin B
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) (19 x 14) sin 60°
= 133 x 0.866
= 155.18

Question 5.
m ∠ C = 29°, a = 38, b = 31

Answer:
Area = 282.72

Explanation:
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) ab sin C
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) (38 x 31) sin 29
= 598 x 0.48
= 282.72

Solve the triangle. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 201

Answer:
∠C = 46.6, ∠B = 82.4, AC = 23.57

Explanation:
Using law of sines
\(\frac { c }{ sin C } \) = \(\frac { a }{ sin A } \)
\(\frac { 17 }{ sin C } \) = \(\frac { 18 }{ sin 51 } \)
\(\frac { 17 }{ sin C } \) = \(\frac { 18 }{ 0.77 } \)
sin C = 0.7274
∠C = 46.6
∠A + ∠B + ∠C  = 180
51 + 46.6 + ∠B = 180
∠B = 82.4
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin A }{ a } \)
\(\frac { 0.99 }{ b } \) = \(\frac { 0.77 }{ 18 } \)
b = 23.57

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 202

Answer:
∠B = 31.3, ∠C  = 108.7, c = 23.6

Explanation:
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin A }{ a } \)
\(\frac { sin B }{ 13 } \) = \(\frac { sin 40 }{ 16 } \)
sin B = \(\frac { .64 }{ 16 } \) x 13
sin B = 0.52
∠B = 31.3
∠A + ∠B + ∠C  = 180
40 + 31.3 + ∠C  = 180
∠C  = 108.7
\(\frac { c }{ sin C } \) = \(\frac { a }{ sin A } \)
\(\frac { c }{ sin 108.7 } \) = \(\frac {16 }{ sin 40 } \)
c = \(\frac {16 }{ .64 } \) x 0.947
c = 23.6

Solve the triangle. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 203

Answer:
∠C = 66, a = 4.36, c = 8.27

Explanation:
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
29 + 85 + ∠C = 180
∠C = 66
\(\frac { a }{ sin A } \) = \(\frac { b }{ sin B } \) = \(\frac { c }{ sin C } \)
\(\frac { a }{ sin 29 } \) = \(\frac { 9 }{ sin 85 } \)
\(\frac { a }{ 0.48 } \) = \(\frac { 9 }{ 0.99 } \)
a = 4.36
\(\frac { b }{ sin B } \) = \(\frac { c }{ sin C } \)
\(\frac { 9 }{ sin 85 } \) = \(\frac { c }{ sin 66 } \)
\(\frac { 9 }{ 0.99 } \) = \(\frac { c }{ 0.91 } \)
c = 8.27

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 204

Answer:
∠A = 29, b = 19.37, c = 20.41

Explanation:
∠A + ∠B + ∠C  = 180
∠A + 70 + 81 = 180
∠A = 29
\(\frac { a }{ sin A } \) = \(\frac { b }{ sin B } \) = \(\frac { c }{ sin C } \)
\(\frac { 10 }{ sin 29 } \) = \(\frac { b }{ sin 70 } \)
\(\frac { 10 }{ 0.48 } \) = \(\frac { b }{ 0.93 } \)
b = 19.37
\(\frac { a }{ sin A } \) = \(\frac { c }{ sin C } \)
\(\frac { 10 }{ sin 29 } \) = \(\frac { c }{ sin 81 } \)
\(\frac { 10 }{ 0.48 } \) = \(\frac { c }{ 0.98 } \)
c = 20.41

Question 10.
WHAT IF?
In Example 5, what would be the length of a bridge from the South Picnic Area to the East Picnic Area?

Answer:
The length of a bridge from the South Picnic Area to the East Picnic Area is 188 m.

Explanation:
\(\frac { a }{ sin A } \) = \(\frac { b }{ sin B } \) = \(\frac { c }{ sin C } \)
\(\frac { a }{ sin 71 } \) = \(\frac { 150 }{ sin 49 } \)
a = 188

Solve the triangle. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 205

Answer:
b = 61.3, ∠A = 46, ∠C  = 46

Explanation:
b² = a² + c² − 2ac cos B
b² = 45² + 43² – 2(45)(43) cos 88
b² = 2025 + 1849 – 3870 x 0.03 = 3757.9
b = 61.3
\(\frac { sin A }{ a } \) = \(\frac { sin B }{ b } \)
\(\frac { sin A }{ 45 } \) = \(\frac { sin 88 }{ 61.3 } \)
sin A = 0.72
∠A = 46
∠A + ∠B + ∠C  = 180
46 + 88 + ∠C  = 180
∠C  = 46

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 206

Answer:
a = 41.1, ∠C  = 35.6, ∠B = 30.4

Explanation:
a² = b² + c² − 2bc cos A
a² = 23² + 26² – 2(23)(26) cos 114
a² = 529 + 676 – 1196 x -0.406
a² = 1690.5
a = 41.1
\(\frac { sin 114 }{ 41.1 } \) = \(\frac { sin B }{ 23 } \)
0.02 = \(\frac { sin B }{ 23 } \)
sin B = 0.507
∠B = 30.4
∠A + ∠B + ∠C  = 180
114 + 30.4 + ∠C  = 180
∠C  = 35.6

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 207
Answer:
∠A = 41.4, ∠B = 81.8, ∠C  = 56.8

Explanation:
a² = b² + c² − 2bc cos A
4² = 6² + 5² – 2(6)(5) cos A
16 = 36 + 25 – 60 cos A
-45 = – 60 cos A
cos A = 0.75
∠A = 41.4
\(\frac { sin 41.4 }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { sin B }{ 6 } \)
0.165 = \(\frac { sin B }{ 6 } \)
sin B = 0.99
∠B = 81.8
∠A + ∠B + ∠C  = 180
41.4 + 81.8 + ∠C  = 180
∠C  = 56.8

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 208

Answer:
∠B = 81.8, ∠A = 58.6, ∠C  = 39.6

Explanation:
a² = b² + c² − 2bc cos A
23² = 27² + 16² – 2(27)(16) cos A
529 = 729 + 256 – 864 cos A
456 = 864 cos A
cos A = 0.52
∠A = 58.6
\(\frac { sin 58.6 }{ 23 } \) = \(\frac { sin B }{ 27 } \)
0.03 = \(\frac { sin B }{ 27 } \)
sin B = 0.99
∠B = 81.8
∠A + ∠B + ∠C  = 180
58.6 + 81.8 + ∠C  = 180
∠C  = 39.6

Exercise 9.7 Law of Sines and Law of Cosines

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
What type of triangle would you use the Law of Sines or the Law of Cosines to solve?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY
What information do you need to use the Law of Sines?

Answer:

Monitoring progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 8, use a calculator to find the trigonometric ratio, Round your answer to four decimal places.

Question 3.
sin 127°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 3

Question 4.
sin 98°

Answer:
sin 98° = 0.9902

Question 5.
cos 139°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 5

Question 6.
cos 108°

Answer:
cos 108° = -0.309

Question 7.
tan 165°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 7

Question 8.
tan 116°

Answer:
tan 116° = -2.0503

In Exercises 9 – 12, find the area of the triangle. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 209
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 210

Answer:
Area = \(\frac{1}{2}\)bc sin A
Area = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(28)(24) sin83
Area = 332.64

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 211
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 212

Answer:
Area = \(\frac{1}{2}\)ab sin C
Area = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(15)(7) sin 96
Area = 51.9

In Exercises 13 – 18. solve the triangle. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 213
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 214

Answer:
∠B = 38.3, ∠A = 37.7, a = 15.7

Explanation:
\(\frac { sin B }{16 } \) = \(\frac { sin 104 }{ 25 } \)
sin B = 0.62
∠B = 38.3
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
∠A + 38.3 + 104 = 180
∠A = 37.7
\(\frac { sin 37.7 }{ a } \) = \(\frac { sin 104 }{ 25 } \)
\(\frac { 0.61 }{ a } \) = 0.0388
a = 15.7

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 215
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 216

Answer:
∠B = 65, b = 33.55, a = 24.4

Explanation:
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
42 + 73 + ∠B = 180
∠B = 65
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin C }{ c } \)
\(\frac { sin 65 }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin 73 }{ 34 } \)
b = 33.55
\(\frac { sin A }{ a } \) = \(\frac { sin C }{ c } \)
\(\frac { sin 42 }{ a } \) = \(\frac { sin 73 }{ 34 } \)
a = 24.4

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 217
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 218

Answer:
∠C = 90, b = 39.56, a = 17.6

Explanation:
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
24 + 66 + ∠C = 180
∠C = 90
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin C }{ c } \)
\(\frac { sin 66 }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin 90 }{ 43 } \)
\(\frac { .91 }{ b } \) = 0.023
b = 39.56
\(\frac { sin A }{ a } \) = \(\frac { sin C }{ c } \)
\(\frac { sin 24 }{a } \) = \(\frac { sin 90 }{ 43 } \)
\(\frac { 0.406 }{a } \) = 0.023
a = 17.6

In Exercises 19 – 24, solve the triangle. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 219
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 220

Answer:
b = 29.9, ∠A = 26.1, ∠C = 15.07

Explanation:
b² = a² + c² – 2ac cos B
b² = 20² + 12² – 2(12)(20) cos 138
b² = 400 + 144 – 480 (-0.74)
b² = 899.2
b = 29.9
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin A }{ a } \)
\(\frac { sin 138 }{ 29.9 } \) = \(\frac { sin A }{ 20 } \)
\(\frac { 0.66 }{ 29.9 } \) = \(\frac { sin A }{ 20 } \)
sin A = 0.44
∠A = 26.1
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin C }{ c } \)
\(\frac { sin 138 }{ 29.9 } \) = \(\frac { sin C }{ 12 } \)
sin C = 0.26
∠C = 15.07

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 221
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 222

Answer:
∠A = 107.3, ∠B = 51.6, ∠C = 21.1

Explanation:
b² = a² + c² – 2ac cos B
28² = 18² + 13² – 2(18)(13) cos B
784 = 324 + 169 – 468 cos B
291 = 468 cos B
cos B = 0.62
∠B = 51.6
\(\frac { sin C }{ c } \) = \(\frac { sin B }{ b } \)
\(\frac { sin C }{ 13 } \) = \(\frac { sin 51.6 }{ 28 } \)
sin C = 0.36
∠C = 21.1
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
51.6 + 21.1 + ∠A = 180
∠A = 107.3

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 223
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 224

Answer:
∠A = 23, ∠B = 132.1, ∠C = 24.9

Explanation:
b² = a² + c² – 2ac cos B
5² = 12² + 13² – 2(12)(13) cos B
25 = 144 + 169 – 312 cos B
288 = 312 cos B
cos B = 0.92
∠B = 23
\(\frac { sin C }{ c } \) = \(\frac { sin B }{ b } \)
\(\frac { sin C }{ 13 } \) = \(\frac { sin 23 }{ 5 } \)
sin C = 1.014
∠C = 24.9
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
23 + 24.9 + ∠B = 180
∠B = 132.1

Question 25.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding m ∠ C.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 225
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 25

Question 26.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding m ∠ A in ∆ABC when a = 19, b = 21, and c = 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 226

Answer:
a² = b² + c² – 2bc cos A
19² = 21² + 11² – 2(21)(11) cos A
361 = 441 + 121 – 462 cosA
201 = 462 cosA
cos A = 0.43
∠A = 64.5

COMPARING METHODS

In Exercise 27 – 32. tell whether you would use the Law of Sines, the Law of Cosines. or the Pythagorean Theorem (Theorem 9.1) and trigonometric ratios to solve the triangle with the given information. Explain your reasoning. Then solve the triangle.

Question 27.
m ∠ A = 72°, m ∠ B = 44°, b = 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 27

Question 28.
m ∠ B = 98°, m ∠ C = 37°, a = 18

Answer:
∠A = 45, b = 25.38, c = 15.38

Explanation:
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
∠A + 98 + 37 = 180
∠A = 45
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin A }{ a } \)
\(\frac { sin 98 }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin 45 }{ 18 } \)
\(\frac { 0.99 }{ b } \) = 0.039
b = 25.38
\(\frac { sin A }{ a } \) = \(\frac { sin C }{ c } \)
\(\frac { sin 45 }{ 18 } \) = \(\frac { sin 37 }{ c } \)
0.039 = \(\frac { sin 37 }{ c } \)
c = 15.38

Question 29.
m ∠ C = 65°, a = 12, b = 21
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 29

Question 30.
m ∠ B = 90°, a = 15, c = 6

Answer:
b = 3√29, ∠A = 66.9, ∠C = 23.1

Explanation:
b² = a² + c²- 2ac cos B
b² = 15² + 6² – 2(15)(6) cos 90
= 225 + 36 – 180(0)
b² = 261
b = 3√29
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin A }{ a } \)
\(\frac { sin 90 }{ 3√29 } \) = \(\frac { sin A }{ 15 } \)
sin A = 0.92
∠A = 66.9
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
66.9 + 90 + ∠C = 180
∠C = 23.1

Question 31.
m ∠ C = 40°, b = 27, c = 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 31

Question 32.
a = 34, b = 19, c = 27

Answer:
∠B = 33.9, ∠A = 78.5, ∠C = 67.6

Explanation:
b² = a² + c²- 2ac cos B
19² = 34² + 27²- 2(34)(27) cos B
361 = 1156 + 729 – 1836 cos B
cos B = 0.83
∠B = 33.9
\(\frac { sin 33.9 }{ 19 } \) = \(\frac { sin A }{ 34 } \)
sin A = 0.98
∠A = 78.5
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
78.5 + 33.9 + ∠C = 180
∠C = 67.6

Question 33.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You and your friend are standing on the baseline of a basketball court. You bounce a basketball to your friend, as shown in the diagram. What is the distance between you and your friend?
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 227
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 33

Question 34.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A zip line is constructed across a valley, as shown in the diagram. What is the width w of the valley?
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 228

Answer:
w = 92.5 ft

Explanation:
w² = 25² + 84² – 2(25)(84) cos 102
w² = 7681 – 4200 cos 102
w = 92.5 ft

Question 35.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You are on the observation deck of the Empire State Building looking at the Chrysler Building. When you turn 145° clockwise, you see the Statue of Liberty. You know that the Chrysler Building and the Empire Slate Building arc about 0.6 mile apart and that the Chrysler Building and the Statue of Liberty are about 5.6 miles apart. Estimate the distance between the Empire State Building and the Statue of Liberty.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 35.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 35.2

Question 36.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The Leaning Tower of Pisa in Italy has a height of 183 feet and is 4° off vertical. Find the horizontal distance d that the top of the tower is off vertical.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 229

Answer:

Question 37.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says that the Law of Sines can be used to find JK. Your cousin says that the Law of Cosines can be used to find JK. Who is correct’? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 230
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 37

Question 38.
REASONING
Use ∆XYZ
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 231
a. Can you use the Law of Sines to solve ∆XYZ ? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

b. Can you use another method to solve ∆XYZ ? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 39.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend calculates the area of the triangle using the formula A = \(\frac{1}{2}\)qr sin S and says that the area is approximately 208.6 square units. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 232
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 39

Question 40.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You are fertilizing a triangular garden. One side of the garden is 62 feet long, and another side is 54 feet long. The angle opposite the 62-foot side is 58°.
a. Draw a diagram to represent this situation.
b. Use the Law of Sines to solve the triangle from part (a).
c. One bag of fertilizer covers an area of 200 square feet. How many bags of fertilizer will you need to cover the entire garden?

Answer:
C = 47.6, A = 74.4, a = 70.4
9 bags of fertilizer.

Question 41.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A golfer hits a drive 260 yards on a hole that is 400 yards long. The shot is 15° off target.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 233
a. What is the distance x from the golfer’s ball to the hole?
b. Assume the golfer is able to hit the ball precisely the distance found in part (a). What is the maximum angle θ (theta) by which the ball can be off target in order to land no more than 10 yards fr0m the hole?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 41.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 41.2

Question 42.
COMPARING METHODS
A building is constructed on top of a cliff that is 300 meters high. A person standing on level ground below the cliff observes that the angle of elevation to the top of the building is 72° and the angle of elevation to the top of the cliff is 63°.
a. How far away is the person from the base of the cliff?

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 1

b. Describe two different methods you can use to find the height of the building. Use one of these methods to find the building’s height.

Answer:
Consider △SYZ and evaluate d using tangent function
tan SYZ = \(\frac { 300 }{ d } \)
d = \(\frac { 300 }{ tan 63 } \)
d = 152.86
The person is standing 152.86 m away from the base of the cliff.
Consider △XYS and evaluate h + 300
tan XYZ = \(\frac { h + 300 }{ d } \)
h = 152.86 x tan 72 – 300
h = 170.45
The building is 170.45 m high.

Question 43.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Find the values of x and y.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 234
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 43.1

Question 44.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Would you use the Law of Sines or the Law of Cosines to solve the triangle?
Answer:

Question 45.
REWRITING A FORMULA
A Simplify the Law of Cosines for when the given angle is a right angle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 45

Question 46.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Consider any triangle with side lengths of a, b, and c. Calculate the value of s, which is half the perimeter of the triangle. What measurement of the triangle is represented by \(\sqrt{s(s-a)(s-b)(s-c)} ?\)
Answer:

Question 47.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
The ambiguous case of the Law of Sines occurs when you are given the measure of one acute angle. the length of one adjacent side, and the length of the side opposite that angle, which is less than the length of the adjacent side. This results in two possible triangles. Using the given information, find two possible solutions for ∆ABC
Draw a diagram for each triangle.
(Hint: The inverse sine function gives only acute angle measures. so consider the acute angle and its supplement for ∠B.)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 235
a. m ∠ A = 40°, a = 13, b = 16
b. m ∠ A = 21°, a = 17, b = 32
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 47.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 47.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 47.3

Question 48.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Use the Law of Cosines to show that the measure of each angle of an equilateral triangle is 60°. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a² = b² + c²- 2bc cos A
a² = a² + a² – 2 aa cos A
a² = 2a² coas A
cos A = 1/2
∠A = 60

Question 49.
CRITICAL THINKING
An airplane flies 55° east of north from City A to City B. a distance of 470 miles. Another airplane flies 7° north of east from City A to City C. a distance of 890 miles. What is the distance between Cities B and C?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 49

Question 50.
REWRITING A FORMULA
Follow the steps to derive the formula for the area of a triangle.
Area = \(\frac{1}{2}\)ab sin C.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 236
a. Draw the altitude from vertex B to \(\overline{A C}\). Label the altitude as h. Write a formula for the area of the triangle using h.
Answer:

b. Write an equation for sin C
Answer:

c. Use the results of parts (a) and (b) to write a formula for the area of a triangle that does not include h.
Answer:

Question 51.
PROVING A THEOREM
Follow the steps to use the formula for the area of a triangle to prove the Law of Sines (Theorem 9.9).

a. Use the derivation in Exercise 50 to explain how to derive the three related formulas for the area of a triangle.
Area = \(\frac{1}{2}\)bc sin A,
Area = \(\frac{1}{2}\)ac sin B,
Area = \(\frac{1}{2}\)ab sin C
b. why can you use the formulas in part (a) to write the following statement?
\(\frac{1}{2}\)bc sin A = \(\frac{1}{2}\)ac sin B = \(\frac{1}{2}\)ab sin C
c. Show how to rewrite the statement in part (b) to prove the Law of Sines. Justify each step.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 51.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 51.2

Question 52.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the given information to complete the two – column proof of the Law of Cosines (Theorem 9.10).
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 237
Given \(\overline{B D}\) is an altitude of ∆ABC.
Prove a2 = b2 + c2 – 2bc cos A

Statements Reasons
1. \(\overline{B D}\) is an altitude of ∆ABC. 1. Given
2. ∆ADB and ∆CDB are right triangles. 2. _______________________
3. a2 = (b – x)2 + h2 3. _______________________
4. _______________________ 4. Expand binomial.
5. x2 + h2 = c2 5. _______________________
6. _______________________ 6. Substitution Property of Equality
7. cos A = \(\frac{x}{c}\) 7. _______________________
8. x = c cos A 8. _______________________
9. a2 = b2 + c2 – 2bc Cos A 9. _______________________

Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the radius and diameter of the circle.

Question 53.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 238
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 53

Question 54.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 239

Answer:
The radius is 10 in and the diameter is 20 in.

Question 55.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 240
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 55

Question 56.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 241

Answer:
The radius is 50 in and the diameter is 100 in.

Right Triangles and Trigonometry Review

9.1 The Pythagorean Theorem

Find the value of x. Then tell whether the side lengths form a Pythagorean triple.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 242

Answer:
x = 2√34
The sides will not form a Pythagorean triple.

Explanation:
x² = 6² + 10²
x²= 36 + 100
x = 2√34

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 243

Answer:
x = 12
The sides form a Pythagorean triple.

Explanation:
20² = 16²+ x²
400 = 256 + x²
x² = 144
x = 12

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 244

Answer:
x = 2√30
The sides will not form a Pythagorean triple.

Explanation:
13² = 7² + x²
169 = 49 + x²
x = 2√30

Verify that the segments lengths form a triangle. Is the triangle acute, right, or obtuse?

Question 4.
6, 8, and 9

Answer:
9² = 81
6² + 8² = 36 + 64 = 100
9² < 6² + 8²
So, the triangle is acute

Question 5.
10, 2√2, and 6√3

Answer:
10² = 100
(2√2)² + (6√3)² = 8 + 108 = 116
So, the triangle is acute.

Question 6.
13, 18 and 3√55

Answer:
18² = 324
13² + (3√55)² = 169 + 495 = 664
So, the triangle is acute.

9.2 Special Right Triangles

Find the value of x. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 245

Answer:
hypotenuse = leg • √2
x = 6√2

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 246

Answer:
longer leg = shorter leg • √3
14 = x • √3
x = 8.08

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 247

Answer:
longer leg = shorter leg • √3
x = 8√3 • √3
x = 24

9.3 Similar Right Triangles

Identify the similar triangles. Then find the value of x.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 248

Answer:
9 = √(6x)
81 = 6x
x = \(\frac { 27 }{ 2 } \)

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 249

Answer:
x = √(6 x 4)
x = 2√6

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 250

Answer:
\(\frac { RP }{ RQ } \) = \(\frac { SP }{ RS } \)
\(\frac { 9 }{ x } \) = \(\frac { 6 }{ 3 } \)
x = 3.5

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 251

Answer:
\(\frac { SU }{ ST } \) = \(\frac { SV }{ VU } \)
\(\frac { 16 }{ 20 } \) = \(\frac { x }{ (x – 16) } \)
4(x – 16) = 5x
x = 16

Find the geometric mean of the two numbers.

Question 14.
9 and 25

Answer:
mean = √(9 x 25)
= 15

Question 15.
36 and 48

Answer:
mean = √(36 x 48)
= 24√3

Question 16.
12 and 42

Answer:
mean = √(12 x 42)
= 6√14

9.4 The Tangent Ratio

Find the tangents of the acute angles in the right triangle. Write each answer as a fraction and as a decimal rounded to four decimal places.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 253

Answer:
tan J = \(\frac { Opposite side }{ Adjacent side } \)
tan J = \(\frac { LK }{ JK } \) = \(\frac { 11 }{ 60 } \)
tan L = \(\frac { JK }{ LK } \) = \(\frac { 60 }{ 11 } \)

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 253

Answer:
tan P = \(\frac { MN }{ MP } \) = \(\frac { 35 }{ 12 } \)
tan N = \(\frac { MP }{ MN } \) = \(\frac { 12 }{ 35 } \)

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 254

Answer:
tan A = \(\frac { BC }{ AC } \) = \(\frac { 7 }{ 4√2 } \)
tan B = \(\frac { AC }{ BC } \) = \(\frac { 4√2 }{ 7 } \)

Find the value of x. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 255

Answer:
tan 54 = \(\frac { x }{ 32 } \)
1.37 = \(\frac { x }{ 32 } \)
x = 43.8

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 256

Answer:
tan 25 = \(\frac { x }{ 20 } \)
0.46 x 20 = x
x = 9.2

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 257

Answer:
tan 38 = \(\frac { 10 }{ x } \)
x = 12.82

Question 23.
The angle between the bottom of a fence and the top of a tree is 75°. The tree is 4 let from the fence. How tall is the tree? Round your answer to the nearest foot.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 258

Answer:
tan 75 = \(\frac { x }{ 4 } \)
x = 14.92

9.5 The Sine and Cosine Ratios

Find sin X, sin Z, cos X, and cos Z. Write each answer as a fraction and as a decimal rounded to four decimal places.

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 259

Answer:
sin X = \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } \)
sin Z = \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 } \)
cos X = \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 } \)
cos Z = \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } \)

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 260

Answer:
sin X = \(\frac { 7 }{ √149 } \)
sin Z = \(\frac { 10 }{ √149 } \)
cos X = \(\frac { 10 }{ √149 } \)
cos Z = \(\frac { 7 }{ √149 } \)

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 261

Answer:
sin X = \(\frac { 55 }{ 73 } \)
sin Z = \(\frac { 48 }{ 73 } \)
cos X = \(\frac { 48 }{ 73 } \)
cos Z = \(\frac { 55 }{ 73 } \)

Find the value of each variable using sine and cosine. Round your answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 262

Answer:
sin 23 = \(\frac { t }{ 34 } \)
t = 13.26
cos 23 = \(\frac { s }{ 34 } \)
s = 31.28

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 263

Answer:
sin 36 = \(\frac { s }{ 5 } \)
s = 2.9
cos 36 = \(\frac { r }{ 5 } \)
r = 4

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 264

Answer:
sin 70 = \(\frac { v }{ 10 } \)
v = 9.39
cos 70 = \(\frac { w }{ 10 } \)
w = 3.42

Question 30.
Write sin 72° in terms of cosine.

Answer:
sin 72 = cos(90 – 72)
= cos 18 = 0.95

Question 31.
Write cos 29° in terms of sine.

Answer:
sin 29 = cos(90 – 29)
= cos 61 = 0.48

9.6 Solving Right Triangles

Let ∠Q be an acute angle. Use a calculator to approximate the measure of ∠Q to the nearest tenth of a degree.

Question 32.
cos Q = 0.32

Answer:
cos Q = 0.32
∠Q = inverse cos of .32
∠Q = 71.3

Question 33.
sin Q = 0.91

Answer:
sin Q = 0.91
∠Q = inverse sin of 0.91
∠Q = 65.5

Question 34.
tan Q = 0.04

Answer:
tan Q = 0.04
∠Q = inverse tan of 0.04
∠Q = 2.29

Solve the right triangle. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 265

Answer:
a = 5√5, ∠A = 47.7, ∠B = 42.3

Explanation:
c² = a² + b²
15² = a² + 10²
a² = 125
a = 5√5
sin A = \(\frac { 5√5 }{ 15 } \) = 0.74
∠A = 47.7
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
47.7 + ∠B + 90 = 180
∠B = 42.3

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 266

Answer:
NL = 7.59, ∠L = 53, ML = 4.55

Explanation:
cos 37 = \(\frac { 6 }{ NL } \)
NL = 7.59
∠N + ∠M + ∠L = 180
37 + 90 + ∠L = 180
∠L = 53
sin 37 = \(\frac { ML }{ 7.59 } \)
ML = 4.55

Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 267

Answer:
XY = 17.34, ∠X = 46, ∠Z = 44

Explanation:
c² = a² + b²
25² = 18²+ b²
b² = 301
b = 17.34
sin X = \(\frac { 18 }{ 25 } \)
∠X = 46
sum of angles = 180
46 + 90 + ∠Z = 180
∠Z = 44

9.7 Law of Sines and Law of Cosines

Find the area of ∆ABC with the given side lengths and included angle.

Question 38.
m ∠ B = 124°, a = 9, c = 11

Answer:
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) ac sin B
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) (9 x 11) sin 124
= 40.59

Question 39.
m ∠ A = 68°, b = 13, c = 7

Answer:
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) bc sin A
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) (13 x 7) sin 68
= 41.86

Question 40.
m ∠ C = 79°, a = 25 b = 17

Answer:
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) ab sin C
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) (25 x 17) sin 79
= 208.25

Solve ∆ABC. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 41.
m ∠ A = 112°, a = 9, b = 4

Answer:
∠B = 24, ∠C = 44, c = 6.76

Explanation:
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin A }{ a } \)
\(\frac { sin B }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { sin 112 }{ 9 } \)
sin B = 0.408
∠B = 24
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
112 + 24 + ∠C = 180
∠C = 44
\(\frac { sin 112 }{ 9 } \) = \(\frac { sin 44 }{ c } \)
c = 6.76

Question 42.
m ∠ 4 = 28°, m ∠ B = 64°, c = 55

Answer:
∠C = 88, b = 49.4, a = 25.5

Explanation:
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
28 + 64 + ∠C = 180
∠C = 88
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin C }{ c } \)
\(\frac { sin 64 }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin 88 }{ 55 } \)
\(\frac { sin 64 }{ b } \) = 0.018
b = 49.4
\(\frac { sin 28 }{ a } \) = \(\frac { sin 88 }{ 55 } \)
a = 25.5

Question 43.
m ∠ C = 48°, b = 20, c = 28

Answer:
∠B = 31.3, ∠A = 100.7, a = 37.6

Explanation:
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin C }{ c } \)
\(\frac { sin B }{ 20 } \) = \(\frac { sin 48 }{ 28 } \)
\(\frac { sin B }{ 20 } \) = 0.026
sin B = 0.52
∠B = 31.3
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
∠A + 31.3 + 48 = 180
∠A = 100.7
\(\frac { sin 100.7 }{ a } \) = \(\frac { sin 48 }{ 28 } \)
a = 37.6

Question 44.
m ∠ B = 25°, a = 8, c = 3

Answer:
b = 5.45, ∠A = 37.5, ∠C = 117.5

Explanation:
b² = a² + c²- 2ac cos B
b² = 8² + 3² – 2(8 x 3) cos 25 = 73 – 43.2 = 29.8
b = 5.45
\(\frac { sin A }{ 8 } \) = \(\frac { sin 25 }{ 5.45 } \)
sin A = 0.61
∠A = 37.5
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
37.5 + 25 + ∠C = 180
∠C = 117.5

Question 45.
m ∠ B = 102°, m ∠ C = 43°, b = 21

Answer:
∠A = 35, c = 14.72, a = 12.3

Explanation:
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
∠A + 102 + 43 = 180
∠A = 35
\(\frac { sin 102 }{ 21 } \) = \(\frac { sin 43 }{ c } \)
0.046 = \(\frac { sin 43 }{ c } \)
c = 14.72
\(\frac { sin 102 }{ 21 } \) = \(\frac { sin 35 }{ a } \)
0.046 = \(\frac { sin 35 }{ a } \)
a = 12.3

Question 46.
a = 10, b = 3, c = 12

Answer:
∠B = 11.7, ∠C = 125.19, ∠A = 43.11

Explanation:
b² = a² + c²- 2ac cos B
3² = 10² + 12²- 2(10 x 12) cos B
9 = 100 + 144 – 240 cos B
cos B = 0.979
∠B = 11.7
a² = b² + c²- 2bc cos A
100 = 9 + 144 – 72 cos A
cos A = 0.73
∠A = 43.11
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
43.11 + 11.7 + ∠C = 180
∠C = 125.19

Right Triangles and Trigonometry Test

Find the value of each variable. Round your answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 268
Answer:
sin 25 = \(\frac { t }{ 18 } \)
t = 7.5
cos 25 = \(\frac { s }{ 18 } \)
s = 16.2

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 269
Answer:
sin 22 = \(\frac { 6 }{ x } \)
x = 16.21
cos 22 = \(\frac { y }{ 16.21 } \)
y = 14.91

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 270
Answer:
tan 40 = \(\frac { k }{ 10 } \)
k = 8.3
cos 40 = \(\frac { 10 }{ j } \)
j = 13.15

Verity that the segment lengths form a triangle. Is the triangle acute, right, or obtuse?

Question 4.
16, 30, and 34

Answer:
34²= 16² + 30²
So, the triangle is a right-angled triangle.

Question 5.
4, √67, and 9

Answer:
9² = 81
4² + (√67)² = 83
So the triangle is acute

Question 6.
√5. 5. and 5.5

Answer:
5.5² = 30.25
√5² + 5² = 30
So the triangle is obtuse

Solve ∆ABC. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 271
Answer:
c = 12.08, ∠A = 24.22, ∠C = 65.78

Explanation:
tan A = \(\frac { 5 }{ 11 } \)
∠A = 24.22
c² = 11²+ 5²
c = 12.08
24.22 + 90 + ∠C = 180
∠C = 65.78

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 272

Answer:
∠B = 35.4, ∠C = 71.6, c = 17.9

Explanation:
\(\frac { sin 73 }{ 18 } \) = \(\frac { sin B }{ 11 } \)
sin B = 0.58
∠B = 35.4
73 + 35.4 + ∠C = 180
∠C = 71.6
\(\frac { sin 73 }{ 18 } \) = \(\frac { sin 71.6 }{ c } \)
c = 17.9

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 273

Answer:
BC = 4.54, ∠B = 59.3, ∠A = 30.7

Explanation:
9.2² = 8² + x²
x = 4.54
\(\frac { sin 90 }{ 9.2 } \) = \(\frac { sin B }{ 8 } \)
sin B = 0.86
∠B = 59.3
∠A + 59.3 + 90 = 180
∠A = 30.7

Question 10.
m ∠ A = 103°, b = 12, c = 24

Answer:
a = 29, ∠B = 53.5

Explanation:
a² = b² + c²- 2bc cos A
a² = 144 + 24² – 2(12 x 24) cos 103
a = 29
\(\frac { sin B }{ 12 } \) = \(\frac { sin 103 }{ 29 } \)
∠B = 23.5
∠C = 180 – (103 + 23.5) = 53.5

Question 11.
m ∠ A = 26°, m ∠ C = 35°, b = 13

Answer:
∠B = 119, a = 6.42, c = 8.5

Explanation:
∠B + 26 + 35 = 180
∠B = 119
\(\frac { sin 119 }{ 13 } \) = \(\frac { sin 26 }{ a } \)
a = 6.42
\(\frac { sin 119 }{ 13 } \) = \(\frac { sin 35 }{ c } \)
c = 8.5

Question 12.
a = 38, b = 31, c = 35

Answer:
∠B=50.2, ∠C = 59.8, ∠A = 70

Explanation:
b² = a² + c²- 2ac cos B
31² = 38²+ 35²- 2(35 x 38) cos B
cos B = 0.64
∠B=50.2
a² = b² + c²- 2bc cos A
38² = 31²+ 35²- 2(31 x 35) cos A
cos A = 0.341
∠A = 70
∠C = 59.8

Question 13.
Write cos 53° in terms of sine.

Answer:
cos 53° = sin (90 – 53) = sin 37

Find the value of each variable. Write your answers in simplest form.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 274
Answer:
sin 45 = \(\frac { 16 }{ q } \)
q = 22.6
cos 45 = \(\frac { r }{ q } \)
r = 16

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 275
Answer:

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 276
Answer:
sin 30 = \(\frac { f }{ 9.2 } \)
f = 4.6
cos 30 = \(\frac { 8 }{ h } \)
h = 9.2

Question 17.
In ∆QRS, m ∠ R = 57°, q = 9, and s = 5. Find the area of ∆QRS.

Answer:
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) qs sin R
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) (9 x 5) sin 57 = 18.675

Question 18.
You are given the measures of both acute angles of a right triangle. Can you determine the side lengths? Explain.

Answer:
No.

Question 19.
You are at a parade looking up at a large balloon floating directly above the street. You are 60 feet from a point on the street directly beneath the balloon. To see the top of the balloon, you look up at an angle of 53°. To see the bottom of the balloon, you look up at an angle of 29°. Estimate the height h of the balloon.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 277

Answer:

Question 20.
You warn to take a picture of a statue on Easter Island, called a moai. The moai is about 13 feet tall. Your camera is on a tripod that is 5 feet tall. The vertical viewing angle of your camera is set at 90°. How far from the moai should you stand so that the entire height of the moai is perfectly framed in the photo?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 278

Answer:

Right Triangles and Trigonometry Cummulative Assessment

Question 1.
The size of a laptop screen is measured by the length of its diagonal. you Want to purchase a laptop with the largest screen possible. Which laptop should you buy?
(A)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 279
(B)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 280
(C)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 281
(D)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 282
Answer:
(B)

Explanation:
(a) d = √9² + 12² = 15
(b) d = √11.25² + 20² = 22.94
(c) d = √12² + 6.75² = 13.76
(d) d = √8² + 6² = 10

Question 2.
In ∆PQR and ∆SQT, S is between P and Q, T is between R and Q, and \(\) What must be true about \(\overline{S T}\) and \(\overline{P R}\)? Select all that apply.
\(\overline{S T}\) ⊥ \(\overline{P R}\)      \(\overline{S T}\) || \(\overline{P R}\)    ST = PR        ST = \(\frac{1}{2}\)PR
Answer:

Question 3.
In the diagram, ∆JKL ~ ∆QRS. Choose the symbol that makes each statement true.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 283
<      =       >
sin J ___________ sin Q                 sin L ___________ cos J                   cos L ___________ tan Q
cos S ___________ cos                  J cos J ___________ sin S                 tan J ___________ tan Q
tan L ___________ tan Q               tan S ___________ cos Q                sin Q ___________ cos L
Answer:
sin J = sin Q                 sin L = cos J                   cos L = tan Q
cos S > cos J                  cos J > sin S                 tan J = tan Q
tan L < tan Q               tan S > cos Q                sin Q = cos L

Question 4.
A surveyor makes the measurements shown. What is the width of the river.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 284

Answer:
tan 34 = \(\frac { AB }{ 84 } \)
AB = 56.28

Question 5.
Create as many true equations as possible.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 285

____________ = ______________

sin X            cos X           tan x           \(\frac{X Y}{X Z}\)           \(\frac{Y Z}{X Z}\)

Sin Z            cos Z           tan Z           \(\frac{X Y}{Y Z}\)           \(\frac{Y Z}{X Y}\)

Answer:
sin X = \(\frac{Y Z}{X Z}\) = cos Z
cos X = \(\frac{X Y}{X Z}\) = sin Z
tan x = \(\frac{Y Z}{X Y}\)
tan Z = \(\frac{X Y}{Y Z}\)

Question 6.
Prove that quadrilateral DEFG is a kite.
Given \(\overline{H E} \cong \overline{H G}\), \(\overline{E G}\) ⊥ \(\overline{D F}\)
Prove \(\overline{F E} \cong \overline{F G}\), \(\overline{D E} \cong \overline{D G}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 286
Answer:

Question 7.
What are the coordinates of the vertices of the image of ∆QRS after the composition of transformations show?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 287
(A) Q’ (1, 2), R'(5, 4), S'(4, -1)
(B) Q'(- 1, – 2), R’ (- 5, – 4), S’ (- 4, 1)
(C) Q'(3, – 2), R’ (- 1, – 4), S’ (0, 1)
(D) Q’ (-2, 1), R'(- 4, 5), S'(1, 4)
Answer:

Question 8.
The Red Pyramid in Egypt has a square base. Each side of the base measures 722 feet. The height of the pyramid is 343 fee.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 288

a. Use the side length of the base, the height of the pyramid, and the Pythagorean Theorem to find the slant height, AB, of the pyramid.

Answer:
343² = h² + 722²
h = 635.3

b. Find AC.
Answer:
AC = 343

c. Name three possible ways of finding m ∠ 1. Then, find m ∠ 1.
Answer:
Three possible ways are sin 1, cos 1 and tan 1
tan 1 = \(\frac { 722 }{ 635.3 } \)
∠1 = 48

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles

Big Ideas Math Book Geometry Chapter 10 Circles Answers are provided here. Students who have been looking for the BIM Geometry Chapter 10 Circles Answers can read the following sections. The high school students can find a direct link to download Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles pdf for free of cost. With the help of this answer key, you can prepare well for the exam.

Big Ideas Math Book Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles

The different chapters included in Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions are Lines and Segments That Intersect Circles, Finding Arc Measures, Inscribed Angles and Polygons, Angle Relationships in Circles, Segment Relationships in Circles, Circles in the Coordinate Plane, and Using Chords. Students have to practise all the questions from Big Ideas Math Textbook Geometry Chapter 10 Circles.

This Big Ideas Math Book Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles helps the students while doing the assignments. Get the solutions for all the questions through the quick links provided in the following sections. Test your skills through performance task, chapter review, and maintaining mathematical proficiency.

Circles Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the Product.

Question 1.
(x + 7) (x + 4)

Answer:
(x + 7) (x + 4) = x² + 14x + 28

Explanation:
(x + 7) (x + 4) = x(x + 7) + 7(x + 4)
= x² + 7x + 7x + 28
= x² + 14x + 28

Question 2.
(a + 1) (a – 5)

Answer:
(a + 1) (a – 5) = a² – 4a – 5

Explanation:
(a + 1) (a – 5) = a(a – 5) + 1(a – 5)
= a² – 5a + a – 5
= a² – 4a – 5

Question 3.
(q – 9) (3q – 4)

Answer:
(q – 9) (3q – 4) = 3q² – 31q + 32

Explanation:
(q – 9) (3q – 4) = q(3q – 4) – 9(3q – 4)Exercise 10.3 Using Chords

= 3q² – 4q – 27q + 32
= 3q² – 31q + 32

Question 4.
(2v – 7) (5v + 1)

Answer:
(2v – 7) (5v + 1) = 10v² – 33v – 7

Explanation:
(2v – 7) (5v + 1) = 2v(5v + 1)- 7(5v + 1)
= 10v² + 2v – 35v – 7
= 10v² – 33v – 7

Question 5.
(4h + 3) (2 + h)

Answer:
(4h + 3) (2 + h) = 4h² + 11h + 6

Explanation:
(4h + 3) (2 + h) = 4h(2 + h) + 3(2 + h)
= 8h + 4h² + 6 + 3h
= 4h² + 11h + 6

Question 6.
(8 – 6b) (5 – 3b)

Answer:
(8 – 6b) (5 – 3b) = 18b² – 54b + 40

Explanation:
(8 – 6b) (5 – 3b) = 8(5 – 3b) – 6b(5 – 3b)
= 40 – 24b – 30b + 18b²
= 18b² – 54b + 40

Solve the equation by completing the square. Round your answer to the nearest hundredth, if necessary.

Question 7.
x2 – 2x = 5

Answer:
The solutions are x = √6 + 1, x = 1 – √6

Explanation:
x² – 2x = 5
x² – 2x + 1² = 5 + 1²
(x – 1)² = 6
x – 1 = ±√6
x = ±√6 + 1
The solutions are x = √6 + 1, x = -√6 + 1

Question 8.
r2 + 10r = -7

Answer:
The solutions are r = √18 – 5, r = 5 – √18

Explanation:
r2 + 10r = -7
r² + 10r + 5² = -7 + 5²
(r + 5)² = -7 + 25 = 18
r + 5 = ±√18
r = ±√18 – 5
The solutions are r = √18 – 5, r = 5 – √18

Question 9.
w2 – 8w = 9

Answer:
The solutions are w = 9, w = -1

Explanation:
w2 – 8w = 9
w2 – 8w + 4² = 9 + 4²
(w – 4)² = 9 + 16 = 25
w – 4 = ±5
w = 5 + 4, w = -5 + 4
w = 9, w = -1
The solutions are w = 9, w = -1

Question 10.
p2 + 10p – 4 = 0

Answer:
The solutions are p = √29 – 5, p = 5 – √29

Explanation:
p2 + 10p = 4
p² + 10p + 5² = 4 + 5²
(p + 5)² = 4 + 25
(p + 5)² = 29
p + 5 = ±√29
p = ±√29 – 5
The solutions are p = √29 – 5, p = 5 – √29

Question 11.
k2 – 4k – 7 = 0

Answer:
The solutions are k = √11 + 2, k = 2 – √11

Explanation:
k² – 4k= 7
k² – 4k + 2² = 7 + 4
(k – 2)² = 11
k – 2 = ±√11
k = √11 + 2, k = 2 – √11
The solutions are k = √11 + 2, k = 2 – √11

Question 12.
– z2 + 2z = 1

Answer:
The solutions are z = 1

Explanation:
-z² + 2z = 1
z² – 2z = -1
z² – 2z + 1 = -1 + 1
(z – 1)² = 0
z = 1
The solutions are z = 1

Question 13.
ABSTRACT REASONING
write an expression that represents the product of two consecutive positive odd integers. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Let us take two consecutive odd integers are x and (x + 2)
The product of two consecutive odd integers is x • (x + 2)
x(x + 2) = x² + 2x

Circles Mathematical Practices

Monitoring progress

Let ⊙A, ⊙B, and ⊙C consist of points that are 3 units from the centers.

Circles Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency Find the Product. Question 1. (x + 7) (x + 4) Answer: Question 2. (a + 1) (a - 5) Answer: Question 3. (q - 9) (3q - 4) Answer: Question 4. (2v - 7) (5v + 1) Answer: Question 5. (4h + 3) (2 + h) Answer: Question 6. (8 - 6b) (5 - 3b) Answer: Solve the equation by completing the square. Round your answer to the nearest hundredth, if necessary. Question 7. x<sup>2</sup> - 2x = 5 Answer: Question 8. r<sup>2</sup> + 10r = -7 Answer: Question 9. w<sup>2</sup> - 8w = 9 Answer: Question 10. p<sup>2</sup> + 10p - 4 = 0 Answer: Question 11. k<sup>2</sup> - 4k - 7 = 0 Answer: Question 12. - z<sup>2</sup> + 2z = 1 Answer: Question 13. ABSTRACT REASONING write an expression that represents the product of two consecutive positive odd integers. Explain your reasoning. Answer: Circles Mathematical Practices Monitoring progress Let ⊙A, ⊙B, and ⊙C consist of points that are 3 units from the centers. im - 1 Question 1. Draw ⊙C so that it passes through points A and B in the figure at the right. Explain your reasoning. Answer: Question 2. Draw ⊙A, ⊙B, and OC so that each is tangent to the other two. Draw a larger circle, ⊙D, that is tangent to each of the other three circles. Is the distance from point D to a point on ⊙D levss than, greater than, or equal to 6? Explain. Answer:

Question 1.
Draw ⊙C so that it passes through points A and B in the figure at the right. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 1

Question 2.
Draw ⊙A, ⊙B, and OC so that each is tangent to the other two. Draw a larger circle, ⊙D, that is tangent to each of the other three circles. Is the distance from point D to a point on ⊙D less than, greater than, or equal to 6? Explain.

Answer:

10.1 Lines and Segments that Intersect Circles

Exploration 1

Lines and Line Segments That Intersect Circles

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 2

Work with a partner: The drawing at the right shows five lines or segments that intersect a circle. Use the relationships shown to write a definition for each type of line or segment. Then use the Internet or some other resource to verify your definitions.
Chord: _________________
Secant: _________________
Tangent: _________________
Radius: _________________
Diameter: _________________

Answer:
Chord: A chord of a circle is a straight line segment whose endpoints both lie on a circular arc.
Secant: A straight line that intersects a circle in two points is called a secant line.
Tangent: Tangent line is a line that intersects a curved line at exactly one point.
Radius: It is the distance from the centre of the circle to any point on the circle.
Diameter: It the straight that joins two points on the circle and passes through the centre of the circle.

Exploration 2

Using String to Draw a Circle

Work with a partner: Use two pencils, a piece of string, and a piece of paper.

a. Tie the two ends of the piece of string loosely around the two pencils.
Answer:

b. Anchor one pencil of the paper at the center of the circle. Use the other pencil to draw a circle around the anchor point while using slight pressure to keep the string taut. Do not let the string wind around either pencil.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 3
Answer:

c. Explain how the distance between the two pencil points as you draw the circle is related to two of the lines or line segments you defined in Exploration 1.
REASONING ABSTRACTLY
To be proficient in math, you need to know and flexibly use different properties of operations and objects.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What are the definitions of the lines and segments that intersect a circle?
Answer:

Question 4.
Of the five types of lines and segments in Exploration 1, which one is a subset of another? Explain.
Answer:

Question 5.
Explain how to draw a circle with a diameter of 8 inches.
Answer:

Lesson 10.1 Lines and Segments that Intersect Circles

Monitoring progress

Question 1.
In Example 1, What word best describes \(\overline{A G}\)? \(\overline{C B}\)?

Answer:
\(\overline{A G}\) is secant because it is a line that intersects the circle at two points.
\(\overline{C B}\) is the radius as it is the distance from the centre to the point of a circle.

Question 2.
In Example 1, name a tangent and a tangent segment.

Answer:
\(\overline{D E}\) is the tangent of the circle
\(\overline{D E}\) is the tangent segment of the circle.

Tell how many common tangents the circles have and draw them. State whether the tangents are external tangents or internal tangents.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 4

Answer:
4 tangents.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 2
A tangent is a line segment that intersects the circle at exactly one point. Internal tangents are the lines that intersect the segments joining the centres of two circles. External tangents are the lines that do not cross the segment joining the centres of the circles.
Blue lines represent the external tangents and red lines represent the internal tangents.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 5

Answer:
One tangent.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 3
One external tangent.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 6

Answer:
No tangent.
It is not possible to draw a common tangent for this type of circle.

Question 6.
Is \(\overline{D E}\) tangent to ⊙C?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 7

Answer:
Use the converse of Pythagorean theorem i.e 2² = 3² + 4²
4 = 9 + 16
By the tangent line to the circle theorem, \(\overline{D E}\) is not a tangent to ⊙C

Question 7.
\(\overline{S T}\) is tangent to ⊙Q.
Find the radius of ⊙Q.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 8

Answer:
The radius of ⊙Q is 7 units.

Explanation:
By using the Pythagorean theorem
(18 + r)² = r² + 24²
324 + 36r + r² = r² + 576
36r = 576 – 324
36r = 252
r = 7

Question 8.
Points M and N are points of tangency. Find the value(s) of x.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 9

Answer:
The values of x are 3 or -3.

Explanation:
x² = 9
x = ±3

Exercise 10.1 Lines and Segments that Intersect Circles

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
How are chords and secants alike? How are they different?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain how you can determine from the context whether the words radius and diameter are referring to segments or lengths.

Answer:
Radius and diameter are the lengths of the line segments that pass through the centre of a circle. Radius is half of the diameter.

Question 3.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
Coplanar circles that have a common center are called ____________ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 3

Question 4.
WHICH ONE DOESNT BELONG?
Which segment does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
chord radius tangent diameter

Answer:
A chord, a radius and a diamter are segments and they intersect a circle in two points. A tangent is a line that intersects a circle at one point.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5 – 10, use the diagram.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10

Question 5.
Name the circle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 5

Question 6.
Name two radii.

Answer:
The name of the two radii is CD and AC.

Question 7.
Name two chords.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 7

Question 8.
Name a diameter.

Answer:
The name of diameter is AD

Question 9.
Name a secant.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 9

Question 10.
Name a tangent and a point of tangency

Answer:
GE is the tangent and F is the point of tangency.

In Exercises 11 – 14, copy the diagram. Tell how many common tangents the circles have and draw them.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 12

Answer:
No common tangent because two circles do not intersect at one point.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 14

Answer:
One common tangent.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 3

In Exercises 15 – 18, tell whether the common tangent is internal or external.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 16

Answer:
The common tangent is the internal tangent because it intersects the segment that joins the centres of two circles.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 18
Answer:
The common tangent is the internal tangent because it intersects the segment that joins the centres of two circles.

In Exercises 19 – 22, tell whether \(\overline{A B}\) is tangent to ⊙C. Explain your reasoning.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 19
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 20

Answer:
Use the converse of the Pythagorean theorem
18² _____________ 15² + 9²
324 _____________ 225 + 81
324 ≠ 304
△ ACB is not a right angled triangle.
So, \(\overline{A B}\) is not tangent to ⊙C at B.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 21
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 22

Answer:
Use the converse of the Pythagorean theorem
8² _____________ 12² + 16²
64 _____________ 144 + 256
64 ≠ 400
△ ACB is not a right angled triangle.
So, \(\overline{A B}\) is not tangent to ⊙C at B.

In Exercises 23 – 26, point B is a point of tangency. Find the radius r of ⊙C.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 23
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 24

Answer:
(r + 6)² = r² + 9²
r² + 12r + 36 = r² + 81
12r = 81 – 36
12r = 45
r = \(\frac { 15 }{ 4 } \)
Therefore, the radius of ⊙C is \(\frac { 15 }{ 4 } \)

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 26

Answer:
(r + 18)² = r² + 30²
r² + 36r + 324 = r² + 900
36r = 900 – 324
36r = 576
r = 16
Therefore, the radius of ⊙C is 16

CONSTRUCTION
In Exercises 27 and 28. construct ⊙C with the given radius and point A outside of ⊙C. Then construct a line tangent to ⊙C that passes through A.

Question 27.
r = 2 in.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 27

Question 28.
r = 4.5 cm

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 5

In Exercises 29 – 32, points B and D are points of tangency. Find the value(s) of x.

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 27
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 29

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 28

Answer:
3x + 10 = 7x – 6
7x – 3x = 10 + 6
4x = 16
x = 4

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 29
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 30

Answer:
2x + 5 = 3x² + 2x – 7
3x² = 5 + 7
3x² = 12
x² = 4
x = ±2

Question 33.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in determining whether \(\overline{X Y}\) is tangent to ⊙Z.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 31
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 33

Question 34.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the radius of ⊙T.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 32

Answer:
39² = 36² + 15²
So, 15 is the diameter.
The radius is \(\frac { 15 }{ 2 } \).

Question 35.
ABSTRACT REASONING
For a point outside of a circle, how many lines exist tangent to the circle that pass through the point? How many such lines exist for a point on the circle? inside the circle? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 35

Question 36.
CRITICAL THINKING
When will two lines tangent to the same circle not intersect? Justify your answer.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 6
Using tangent line to circle theorem, it follow that the angle between tangent and radius is a right angle. Let’s draw these tangents at the two ends of the same diameter. We can observe a diameter AD like a transverzal of these tangents.

Question 37.
USING STRUCTURE
Each side of quadrilateral TVWX is tangent to ⊙Y. Find the perimeter of the quadrilateral.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 33
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 37

Question 38.
LOGIC
In ⊙C, radii \(\overline{C A}\) and \(\overline{C B}\) are perpendicular. Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 34 are tangent to ⊙C.

a. Sketch ⊙C, \(\overline{C A}\), \(\overline{C B}\), Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 34.
Answer:

b. What type of quadrilateral is CADB? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 39.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Two hike paths are tangent to an approximately circular pond. Your class is building a nature trail that begins at the intersection B of the bike paths and runs between the bike paths and over a bridge through the center P of the pond. Your classmate uses the Converse of the Angle Bisector Theorem (Theorem 6.4) to conclude that the trail must bisect the angle formed by the bike paths. Is your classmate correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 35
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 39

Question 40.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A bicycle chain is pulled tightly so that \(\overline{M N}\) is a common tangent of the gears. Find the distance between the centers of the gears.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 36

Answer:
height h = 4.3 – 1.8
h = 2.5
x² = MN² + h²
x² = 17.6² + 2.5²
x² = 316.01
x = 17.8
Therefore, the distance between the centre of the gear is 17.8 in.

Question 41.
WRITING
Explain why the diameter of a circle is the longest chord of the circle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 41

Question 42.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
In the figure, \(\vec{P}\)A is tangent to the dime. \(\vec{P}\)C is tangent to the quarter, and \(\vec{P}\)B is a common internal tangent. How do you know that \(\overline{P A} \cong \overline{P B} \cong \overline{P C}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 37
Answer:

Question 43.
PROOF
In the diagram, \(\overline{R S}\) is a common internal tangent to ⊙A and ⊙B. Prove that \(\frac{\Lambda C}{B C}=\frac{R C}{S C}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 38
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 43.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 43.2

Question 44.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
A polygon is circumscribed about a circle when every side of the polygon is tangent to the circle. In the diagram. quadrilateral ABCD is circumscribed about ⊙Q. Is it always true that AB + CD = AD + BC? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 39
Answer:

Question 45.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Find the values of x and y. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 40
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 45

Question 46.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the External Tangent Congruence Theorem (Theorem 10.2).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 41
Given \(\overline{S R}\) and \(\overline{S T}\) are tangent to ⊙P.
Prove \(\overline{S R} \cong \overline{S T}\)

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 7
∠PRS and ∠PTS are the right angles. So the legs of circles are congruent.
Therefore, \(\overline{S R} \cong \overline{S T}\)

Question 47.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the diagram to prove each part of the biconditional in the Tangent Line to Circle Theorem (Theorem 10.1 ).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 42
a. Prove indirectly that if a line is tangent to a circle, then it is perpendicular to a radius. (Hint: If you assume line m is not perpendicular to \(\overline{Q P}\), then the perpendicular segment from point Q to line m must intersect line m at some other point R.)
Ghen Line m is tangent to ⊙Q at point P.
Prove m ⊥ \(\overline{Q P}\)
b. Prove indirectly that if a line is perpendicular to a radius at its endpoint, then the line is tangent to the circle.
Gien m ⊥ \(\overline{Q P}\)
Prove Line m is tangent to ⊙Q.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 47.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 47.2

Question 48.
REASONING
In the diagram, AB = AC = 12, BC = 8, and all three segments are Langent to ⊙P. What is the radius of ⊙P? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 43

Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the indicated measure.

Question 49.
m∠JKM
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 44
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.1 Ans 49

Question 50.
AB
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 45

Answer:
AC = AB + BC
10 = AB + 7
AB = 10 – 7
AB = 3

10.2 Finding Arc Measures

Exploration 1

Measuring Circular Arcs

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software to find the measure of \(\widehat{B C}\). Verify your answers using trigonometry.

a.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 46
Points
A(0, 0)
B(5, 0)
C(4, 3)

Answer:
30 degrees

b.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 47
Points
A(0, 0)
B(5, 0)
C(3, 4)

Answer:
60 degrees

c.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 48
Points
A(0, 0)
B(4, 3)
C(3, 4)

Answer:
15 degrees

d.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 49
Points
A(0, 0)
B(4, 3)
C(- 4, 3)

Answer:
90 degrees

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
How are circular arcs measured?
Answer:

Question 3.
Use dynamic geometry software to draw a circular arc with the given measure.
USING TOOLS STRATEGICALLY
To be proficient in math, you need to use technological tools to explore and deepen your understanding of concepts.
a. 30°

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 8

b. 45°

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 9

c. 60°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10

d. 90°

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 11

Lesson 10.2 Finding Arc Measures

Monitoring Progress

Identify the given arc as a major arc, minor arc, or semicircle. Then find the measure of the arc.

Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 50

Question 1.
\(\widehat{T Q}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{T Q}\) is a minor arc.
\(\widehat{T Q}\) = 120°

Question 2.
\(\widehat{Q R T}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{Q R T}\)

Question 3.
\(\widehat{T Q R}\) is a major arc.
\(\widehat{Q R T}\) = QR + RS + ST
RS = 360° – (60 + 120 + 80)
= 360 – 260 = 100°
So, \(\widehat{Q R T}\) = 60° + 100° + 80°
\(\widehat{Q R T}\) = 240°

Answer:

Question 4.
\(\widehat{Q S}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{Q S}\) = QR + RS
= 60 + 100 = 160°
Therefore, \(\widehat{Q S}\) = 160° and it is a minor arc.

Question 5.
\(\widehat{T S}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{T S}\) = 80° and it is a minor arc.

Question 6.
\(\widehat{R S T}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{R S T}\) = 100 + 80 = 180
Therefore, \(\widehat{R S T}\) = 180° and it is a minor arc.

Tell whether the red arcs are congruent. Explain why or why not.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 51

Answer:
\(\widehat{A B}\), \(\widehat{C D}\) are congruent as they measure same radius and same arc length.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 52

Answer:
\(\widehat{M N}\), \(\widehat{P Q}\) are not congruent as they measure different radius.

Exercise 10.2 Finding Arc Measures

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Copy and complele:
If ∠ACB and ∠DCE are congruent central angles of ⊙C, then \(\widehat{A B}\) and \(\widehat{D E}\) arc.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESNT BELONG?
Which circle does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 53

Answer:
We know that 1 ft = 12 in
So, the fourth circle does not belong to the other three as its diameter is different.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6, name the red minor arc and find its measure. Then name the blue major arc and find its measure.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 54
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 55

Answer:
The minor arc \(\widehat{E F}\) = 68° and major arc \(\widehat{F G E}\) = 360° – 68° = 292°.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 56
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 57

Answer:
The minor arc is \(\widehat{M N}\) = 170°, major arc \(\widehat{N P M}\) = 360° – 170° = 190°.

In Exercises 7 – 14. identify the given arc as a major arc, minor arc, or semicircle. Then find the measure of the arc.

Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 58

Question 7.
\(\widehat{B C}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 7

Question 8.
\(\widehat{D C}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{D C}\) is a minor arc and it has a measure of 65°.

Question 9.
\(\widehat{E D}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 9

Question 10.
\(\widehat{A E}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{A E}\) is a minor arc and it has a measure of 70°.

Question 11.
\(\widehat{E A B}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 11

Question 12.
\(\widehat{A B C}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{A B C}\) is a semicircle and it has a measure of 180°.

Question 13.
\(\widehat{B A C}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 13

Question 14.
\(\widehat{E B D}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{E B D}\) is a major arc and it has a measure of 315°.

In Exercises 15 and 16, find the measure of each arc.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 59

a. \(\widehat{J L}\)

b. \(\widehat{K M}\)

c. \(\widehat{J L M}\)

d. \(\widehat{J M}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 60

a. \(\widehat{R S}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{R S}\) = \(\widehat{Q R S}\) – \(\widehat{Q R}\)
= 180 – 42
= 138°
So, \(\widehat{R S}\) = 138°

b. \(\widehat{Q R S}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{Q R S}\) = 180°

c. \(\widehat{Q S T}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{Q S T}\) = \(\widehat{Q R S}\) + \(\widehat{S T}\)
= 180 + 42 = 222
So, \(\widehat{Q S T}\) = 222°

d. \(\widehat{Q T}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{Q T}\) = 360 – (42 + 138 + 42)
= 360 – (222)
= 138°
\(\widehat{Q T}\) = 138°

Question 17.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A recent survey asked high school students their favorite type of music. The results are shown in the circle graph. Find each indicated arc measure.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 61
a. m\(\widehat{A E}\)
b. m\(\widehat{A C E}\)
c. m\(\widehat{G D C}\)
d. m\(\widehat{B H C}\)
e. m\(\widehat{F D}\)
f. m\(\widehat{F B D}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 17

Question 18.
ABSTRACT REASONING
The circle graph shows the percentages of students enrolled in fall Sports at a high school. Is it possible to find the measure of each minor arc? If so, find the measure 0f the arc for each category shown. If not, explain why it is not possible.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 62

Answer:
Soccer angle = 30% of 360 = 108°
Volleyball angle = 15% of 360 = 54°
Cross-country angle = 20% of 360 = 72°
None angle = 15% of 360 = 54°
Football angle = 20% of 360 = 72°

In Exercises 19 – 22, tell whether the red arcs are congruent. Explain why or why not.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 63
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 64

Answer:
\(\widehat{L P}\) and \(\widehat{M N}\) are not congruet because they are not in the same circle.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 65
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 66

Answer:
\(\widehat{R S Q}\), \(\widehat{F G H}\) are not congruent because those two circles have different radii.

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 23 and 24. find the value of x. Then find the measure of the red arc.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 67
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 68

Answer:
4x + 6x + 7x + 7x = 360
24x = 360
x = 15
m\(\widehat{R S T}\) = 6(15) + 7(15)
= 90 + 105 = 195°
So, m\(\widehat{R S T}\) = 195°

Question 25.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that any two arcs with the same measure are similar. Your cousin claims that an two arcs with the same measure are congruent. Who is correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 25

Question 26.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that there is not enough information given to find the value of x. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 69

Answer:
My friend is wrong.
4x + x + x + 4x = 360
10x = 360
x = 36°

Question 27.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in naming the red arc.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 70
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 27

Question 28.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in naming congruent arc.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 71

Answer:
\(\widehat{J K}\), \(\widehat{N P}\) are not congruent because those two arcs are from different circles.

Question 29.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
Two diameters of ⊙P are \(\widehat{A B}\) and \(\widehat{C D}\). Find m\(\widehat{A C D}\) and m\(\widehat{A C}\) when m\(\widehat{A D}\) = 20°.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 29

Question 30.
REASONING
In ⊙R, m\(\widehat{A B}\) = 60°, m\(\widehat{B C}\) = 25°. m\(\widehat{C D}\) = 70°, and m\(\widehat{D E}\) = 20°. Find two possible measures of \(\widehat{A E}\).

Answer:
\(\widehat{A E}\) = 360 – (\(\widehat{A B}\) + \(\widehat{B C}\) + \(\widehat{C D}\) + \(\widehat{D E}\))
= 360 – (60 + 25 + 70 + 20)
= 360 – (175)
= 185
\(\widehat{A E}\) = \(\widehat{A B}\) + \(\widehat{B C}\) + \(\widehat{C D}\) + \(\widehat{D E}\)
= 60 + 25 + 70 + 20 = 175
So, the two possibilities of \(\widehat{A E}\) are 185°, 175°

Question 31.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
On a regulation dartboard, the outermost circle is divided into twenty congruent sections. What is the measure of each arc in this circle?
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 72
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 31

Question 32.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You can use the time zone wheel to find the time in different locations across the world. For example, to find the time in Tokyo when it is 4 P.M. in San Francisco, rotate the small wheel until 4 P.M. and San Francisco line up, as shown. Then look at Tokyo to see that it is 9 A.M. there.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 73
a. What is the arc measure between each time zone 0n the wheel?

Answer:
As the circle is divided into 24 sectors, each time zone angle = \(\frac { 360 }{ 24 } \) = 15°

b. What is the measure of the minor arc from the Tokyo zone to the Anchorage zone?

Answer:
The measure of the minor arc from the Tokyo zone to the Anchorage zone = 15 + 15 + 15 + 15 + 15 + 15
= 90°

c. If two locations differ by 180° on the wheel, then it is 3 P.M. at one location when it is _________ at the other location.

Answer:
Kuwaiti city.

Question 33.
PROVING A THEOREM
Write a coordinate proof of the Similar Circles Theorem (Theorem 10.5).
Given ⊙O with center O(0, 0) and radius r.
⊙A with center A(a, 0) and radius s
Prove ⊙O ~ ⊙A
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 74
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 33

Question 34.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Is there enough information to tell whether ⊙C ≅ ⊙D? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 75

Answer:
Both circles ⊙C and ⊙D have the same radius so those circles are congruent.

Question 35.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the diagram to prove each part of the biconditional in the Congruent Circles Theorem (Theorem 10.3).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 297
a. Given \(\overline{A C} \cong \overline{B D}\)
Prove ⊙A ≅ ⊙B
b. Given ⊙A ≅ ⊙B
prove \(\overline{A C} \cong \overline{B D}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 35

Question 36.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Are the circles on the target similar or congruent? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 76
Answer:

Question 37.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the diagram to prove each part of the biconditional in the Congruent Central Angles Theorem (Theorem 10.4).
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 77
a. Given ∠ABC ≅ ∠DAE
Prove \(\widehat{B C}\) ≅ \(\widehat{D E}\)
b. Given \(\widehat{B C}\) ≅ \(\widehat{D E}\)
Prove ∠ABC ≅ ∠DAE
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 37

Question 38.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Write a formula for the length of a circular arc. Justify your answer.

Answer:
The formula to find the length of a circular arc is radius x angle.

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the value of x. Tell whether the side lengths form a Pythagorean triple.

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 78
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 39

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 81

Answer:
x² = 13² + 13²
= 169 + 169
= 338
x = 13√2

Question 41
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 79
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.2 Ans 41

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 80

Answer:
14² = x² + 10²
196 = x² + 100
x² = 196 – 100
x² = 96
x = 4√6

10.3 Using Chords

Exploration 1

Drawing Diameters

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software to construct a circle of radius 5 with center at the origin. Draw a diameter that has the given point as an endpoint. Explain how you know that the chord you drew is a diameter.
a. (4, 3)
b. (0, 5)
c. (-3, 4)
d. (-5, 0)

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 12

Exploration 2

Writing a Conjecture about Chords

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software to construct a chord \(\overline{B C}\) of a circle A. Construct a chord on the perpendicular bisector of \(\overline{B C}\). What do you notice? Change the original chord and the circle several times. Are your results always the same? Use your results to write a conjecture.
LOOKING FOR STRUCTURE
To be proficient in math, you need to look closely to discern a pattern or structure.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 82
Answer:

Exploration 3

A Chord Perpendicular to a Diameter

Work with a partner. Use dynamic geometry software to construct a diameter \(\overline{B C}\) of a circle A. Then construct a chord \(\overline{D E}\) perpendicular to \(\overline{B C}\) at point F. Find the lengths DF and EF. What do you notice? Change the chord perpendicular to \(\overline{B C}\) and the circle several times. Do you always get the same results? Write a conjecture about a chord that is perpendicular to a diameter of a circle.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 83
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
What are two ways to determine when a chord is a diameter of a circle?

Answer:
If a chord passes through the centre of the circle, then it is the diameter of a circle.
The longest chord of the circle is the diameter of a circle.

Lesson 10.3 Using Chords

Monitoring Progress

In Exercises 1 and 2, use the diagram of ⊙D.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 84

Question 1.
If m\(\widehat{A B}\) = 110°. find m\(\widehat{B C}\).

Answer:
Because AB and BC are congruent chords in congruent circles, the corresponding minor arcs \(\widehat{A B}\), \(\widehat{B C}\) are congruent by the congruent corresponding chords theorem.
So, \(\widehat{A B}\) = \(\widehat{B C}\)
\(\widehat{B C}\) = 110°

Question 2.
If m\(\widehat{A C}\) = 150° find m\(\widehat{A B}\).

Answer:
\(\widehat{A C}\) = 360 – (\(\widehat{A B}\) + \(\widehat{B C}\))
150 = 360 – 2(\(\widehat{A B}\))
2(\(\widehat{A B}\)) = 360 – 150 = 210
\(\widehat{A B}\) = 105°

In Exercises 3 and 4. find the indicated length or arc measure.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 85

Question 3.
CE

Answer:
CE = 5 + 5
= 10 units

Question 4.
m\(\widehat{C E}\)

Answer:
m\(\widehat{C E}\) = 9x + 180 – x = 180 – 8x
m\(\widehat{C E}\) = 180 – 8x

Question 5.
In the diagram, JK = LM = 24, NP = 3x, and NQ = 7x – 12. Find the radius of ⊙N
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 86

Answer:

Exercise 10.3 Using Chords

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
Describe what it means to bisect a chord.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Two chords of a circle are perpendicular and congruent. Does one of them have to be a diameter? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 14
Imagine a line segment of length 3 units, AB.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 15
A second congruent segment of length 3 that is perpendicular to AB called CD.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 16
Circumscribe both these line segments and note that AB and CD are now chords.
While both chords are perpendicular and congruent, neither chord is a diameter. Thus, it is possible to have two chords of this type with neither one diameter of the circle.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6, find the measure of the red arc or chord in ⊙C.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 87
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 88

Answer:
Arc length = radius x angle
= 5 x 34 = 170

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 89
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 90

Answer:
As the two circles radius is the same and the angle is the same so the chord length is 11 units.

In Exercise 7-10, find the value of x.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 91
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 92

Answer:
By the perpendicular bisector theorem RS = ST
x = 40°

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 93
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 94

Answer:
5x + 2 = 7x – 12
7x – 5x = 2 + 12
2x = 14
x = 7

Question 11.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 95
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 11

Question 12.
PROBLEM SOLVING
In the cross section of the submarine shown, the control panels are parallel and the same length. Describe a method you can use to find the center of the cross section. Justify your method.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 96

Answer:

In Exercises 13 and 14, determine whether \(\overline{A B}\) is a diameter of the circle. Explain your reasoning.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 97
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 98

Answer:
5² = 3² + x²
25 = 9 + x²
x² = 25 – 9
x = 4
So, AB is not diameter of the circle.

In Exercises 15 and 16, find the radius of ⊙Q.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 99
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 100

Answer:
AD = BC
4x + 4 = 6x – 6
6x – 4x = 4 + 6
2x = 10
x = 5
BC = 6(5) – 6 = 30 – 6 = 24
QC² = 5² + 12²
= 25 + 144 = 169
QC = 13
Therefore, the radius is 13.

Question 17.
PROBLEM SOLVING
An archaeologist finds part of a circular plate. What was the diameter of the plate to the nearest tenth of an inch? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 101
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 17

Question 18.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
What can you conclude from each diagram? Name a theorem that justifies your answer.
a.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 102

Answer:
Perpendicular chord bisector converse theorem.

b.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 103

Answer:
Congruent Corresponding Chords theorem

c.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 104

Answer:
Perpendicular chord bisector theorem

d.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 105

Answer:
Equidistant chords theorem

Question 19.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the diagram to prove each part of the biconditional in the Congruent Corresponding Chords Theorem (Theorem 10.6).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 106
a. Given \(\overline{A B}\) and \(\overline{C D}\) are congruent chords.
Prove \(\widehat{A B} \cong \widehat{C D}\)
b. Given \(\widehat{A B} \cong \widehat{C D}\)
Prove \(\overline{A B}\) ≅ \(\overline{C D}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 19

Question 20.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In ⊙P, all the arcs shown have integer measures. Show that x must be even.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 109

Answer:

Question 21.
REASONING
In ⊙P. the lengths of the parallel chords are 20, 16, and 12. Find m\(\widehat{A B}\). Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 109
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 21

Question 22.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use congruent triangles to prove the Perpendicular Chord Bisector Theorem (Theorem 10.7).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 109
Given \(\overline{E G}\) is a diameter of ⊙L.
\(\overline{E G}\) ⊥ \(\overline{D F}\)
Prove \(\overline{D C}\) ≅ \(\overline{F C}\), \(\widehat{D G} \cong \widehat{F G}\)

Answer:
Let L be the centre of the circle
draw any chord DF on the circle
As DF passes through LG.
The length of DC is the same as FC.

Question 23.
PROVING A THEOREM
Write a proof of the Perpendicular Chord Bisector Converse (Theorem 10.8).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 110
Given \(\overline{Q S}\) is a perpendicular bisector of \(\overline{R T}\).
Prove \(\overline{Q S}\) is a diameter of the circle L.
(Hint: Plot the center L and draw △LPT and △LPR.)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 23

Question 24.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Consider two chords that intersect at point P. Do you think that \(\frac{A P}{B P}=\frac{C P}{D P}\)? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 111

Answer:

Question 25.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the diagram with the Equidistant Chords Theorem (Theorem 10.9) to prove both parts of the biconditional of this theorem.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 112
\(\overline{A B}\) ≅ \(\overline{C D}\) if and only if EF = EG
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 25

Question 26.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
A car is designed so that the rear wheel is only partially visible below the body of the car. The bottom edge of the panel is parallel [o the ground. Your friend claims that the point where the tire touches the ground bisects \(\widehat{A B}\). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 113

Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the missing interior angle measure.

Question 27.
Quadrilateral JKLW has angle measures m∠J = 32°, m∠K = 25°, and m∠L = 44°. Find m∠M.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.3 Ans 27

Question 28.
Pentagon PQRST has angle measures m∠P = 85°, m∠Q = 134°, m∠R = 97°, and m∠S =102°.
Find m∠T.

Answer:
The sum of interior angles of a pentagon = 540°
m∠T = 540 – (85 + 134 + 97 + 102)
= 540 – 418 = 122
m∠T = 122°.

10.1 – 10.3 Quiz

In Exercises 1 – 6, use the diagram. (Section 10.1)

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 114

Question 1.
Name the circle.

Answer:
The circle has a chord, diameter and tangent.

Question 2.
Name a radius.

Answer:
NP is the radius of the circle.

Question 3.
Name a diameter.

Answer:
KN is the diameter of the circle.

Question 4.
Name a chord.

Answer:
JL is the chord

Question 5.
Name a secant.

Answer:
SN is the secant

Question 6.
Name a tangent.

Answer:
QR is the tangent.

Find the value of x.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 115

Answer:
(9 + x)² = x² + 15²
81 + 18x + x² = x² + 225
18x = 225 – 81
18x = 144
x = 8

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 116
Answer:
6x – 3 = 3x + 18
6x – 3x = 18 + 3
3x = 21
x = 7

Identify the given arc as a major arc, minor arc, or semicircle. Then find the measure of the arc.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 117

Question 9.
\(\widehat{A E}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{A E}\) = 180 – 36
= 144
So, \(\widehat{A E}\) = 144°

Question 10.
\(\widehat{B C}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{B C}\) = 180 – (67 + 70)
= 180 – 137 = 43
So, \(\widehat{B C}\) = 43°

Question 11.
\(\widehat{A C}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{A C}\) = 43 + 67 = 110°

Question 12.
\(\widehat{A C D}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{A C D}\) = 180°

Question 13.
\(\widehat{A C E}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{A C E}\) = 180 + 36 = 216°

Question 14.
\(\widehat{B E C}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{B E C}\) = 70 + 36 + 43 = 149°

Tell whether the red arcs are congruent. Explain why or why not.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 118

Answer:
As two chords pass through the centre of the circle. Those two red arcs are congruent.

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 119
Answer:
Red arcs are not congruent because the radius of the two circles is different.

Question 17.
Find the measure of the red arc in ⊙Q.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 120

Answer:

Question 18.
In the diagram. AC = FD = 30, PG = x + 5, and PJ = 3x – 1. Find the radius of ⊙P.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 121

Answer:

Question 19.
A circular clock can be divided into 12 congruent sections.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 122

a. Find the measure of each arc in this circle.
Answer:
The measure of each arc = \(\frac { 360 }{ 12 } \) = 30°

b. Find the measure of the minor arc formed by the hour and minute hands when the times is 7:00.
Answer:
When the time is 7:00 the minute hand is at 12 and hour hand is at 7 and so the minor arc is subtended by 12 – 7 = 5 of these sections and so the angle subtended is 30 x 5 = 150°

c. Find a time at which the hour and minute hands form an arc that is congruent to the arc in part (b).
Answer:
A minor arc is equal to 150° can be formed by multiple placements of the hour and the minute hand. One of them can be the time 5:00 when the minute hand is at 12 and the hour hand is at 5.

10.4 Inscribed Angles and Polygons

Exploration 1

Inscribed Angles and Central Angles

work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software.

Sample
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 123

a. Construct an inscribed angle in a circle. Then construct the corresponding central angle.
Answer:

b. Measure both angles. How is the inscribed angle related to its intercepted arc?
Answer:

c. Repeat parts (a) and (b) several times. Record your results in a table. Write a conjecture about how an inscribed angle is related to its intercepted arc.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
To be proficient in math, you need to communicate precisely with others.
Answer:

Exploration 2

A Quadrilateral with Inscribed Angles

work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software.

Sample
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 124

a. Construct a quadrilateral with each vertex on a circle.
Answer:

b. Measure all four angles. What relationships do you notice?
Answer:

c. Repeat parts (a) and (b) several times. Record your results in a table. Then write a conjecture that summarizes the data.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How are inscribed angles related to their intercepted arcs? How are the angles of an inscribed quadrilateral related to each other?
Answer:

Question 4.
Quadrilateral EFGH is inscribed in ⊙C. and m ∠ E = 80°. What is m ∠ G? Explain.

Answer:
m ∠ E + m ∠ H = 80 + 80 = 160°
m ∠ E + m ∠ H + m ∠ G + m ∠ F = 360
160° + m ∠ G + m ∠ F = 360
m ∠ G + m ∠ F = 360 – 160 = 200
m ∠ G = 100°

Lesson 10.4 Inscribed Angles and Polygons

Monitoring Progress

Find the measure of the red arc or angle.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 125

Answer:
m∠G = \(\frac { 90 }{ 2 } \) = 45°

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 126

Answer:
\(\widehat{T V}\) = 2 • 38 = 76°

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 127

Answer:
m∠W = 72°

Find the value of each variable.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 128

Answer:
x° = 90°
y° = 180 – (40 + 90) = 180 – 130
y° = 50°

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 129

Answer:
∠B + ∠D = 180
∠B + 82 = 180
x° = 98°
∠C + ∠A = 180
68 + y° = 180
y° = 112°

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 130

Answer:
∠S + ∠U = 180°
c + 2c – 6 = 180
3c = 186
c = 62°
∠T + ∠V = 180°
10x + 8x = 180
18x = 180
x = 10°

Question 7.
In Example 5, explain how to find locations where the left side of the statue is all that appears in your camera’s field of vision.
Answer:

Exercise 10.4 Inscribed Angles and Polygons

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
If a circle is circumscribed about a polygon, then the polygon is an ___________ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different?
Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 131

Find m∠ABC.
Answer:
m∠ABC = 60°

Find m∠AGC.
Answer:
m∠AGC = 180 – (25 + 25)
= 180 – 50 = 130°

Find m∠AEC.
Answer:
m∠AEC = 180 – (50 + 50)
= 180 – 100 = 80°

Find m∠ADC.
Answer:
m∠ADC = 180 – (25 + 50)
= 180 – 75 = 105°

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 8, find the indicated measure.

Question 3.
m∠A
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 132
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 3

Question 4.
m∠G
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 133
Answer:
m∠G = 360 – (70 + 120)
= 360 – 190 = 170°

Question 5.
m ∠ N
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 134
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 5

Question 6.
m\(\widehat{R S}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 135
Answer:
m\(\widehat{R S}\) = 2 • 67 = 134°

Question 7.
m\(\widehat{V U}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 136
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 7

Question 8.
m\(\widehat{W X}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 137
Answer:
m\(\widehat{W X}\) = \(\frac { 75 }{ 2 } \) = 37.5

In Exercises 9 and 10, name two pairs of congruent angles.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 138
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 139
Answer:
m∠W = m∠Z, m∠X = m∠Y

In Exercises 11 and 12, find the measure of the red arc or angle.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 140
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 141
Answer:
\(\widehat{P S}\) = 2 • 40 = 80

In Exercises 13 – 16, find the value of each variable.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 142
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 143
Answer:
m∠E + m∠G = 180
m + 60 = 180
m = 120°
m∠D + m∠F = 180
60 + 2k = 180
k = 60°

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 144
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 145
Answer:
3x° = 90°
x° = 30°
2y° + 90° + 34° = 180°
2y° + 124° = 180°
2y° = 56°
y° = 28°

Question 17.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding m\(\widehat{B C}\).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 146
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 17

Question 18.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A carpenter’s square is an L-shaped tool used to draw right angles. You need to cut a circular piece of wood into two semicircles. How can you use the carpenter’s square to draw a diameter on the circular piece of wood?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 147
Answer:
Recall that when a right triangle is inscribed in a circle, then the hypotenuse is the diameter of the circle. Simply use the carpenter’s square to inscribe it into the circle. The hypotenuse formed by both legs of the square should provide a diameter for the circle.

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 19 – 21, find the values of x and y. Then find the measures of the interior angles of the polygon.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 148
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 149
Answer:
∠B + ∠C = 180
14x + 4x = 180
18x = 180°
x = 10°
∠A + ∠D = 180
9y + 24y = 180
33y = 180°
y = 5.45°
∠A = 130.9°, ∠B = 40°, ∠C = 140°, ∠D = 49°

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 150
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 21

Question 22.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that ∠PTQ ≅ ∠PSQ ≅ ∠PRQ. Is our friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 151
Answer:
Yes, my friend is correct.
∠PTQ ≅ ∠PSQ ≅ ∠PRQ is correct according to the inscribed angles of a circle theorem.

Question 23.
CONSTRUCTION
Construct an equilateral triangle inscribed in a circle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 23

Question 24.
CONSTRUTION
The side length of an inscribed regular hexagon is equal to the radius of the circumscribed circle. Use this fact to construct a regular hexagon inscribed in a circle.

Answer:
As the side length is equal to the radius. Draw a line representing the radius and draw a chord different chords in the form of hexagons of the radius of the circle.

REASONING
In Exercises 25 – 30, determine whether a quadrilateral of the given type can always be inscribed inside a circle. Explain your reasoning.

Question 25.
Square
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 25

Question 26.
rectangle
Answer:
yes, angles are right angles.

Question 27.
parallelogram
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 27

Question 28.
kite
Answer:
No.

Question 29.
rhombus
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 29

Question 30.
isosceles trapezoid
Answer:
Yes, the opposite angles are always supplementary.

Question 31.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Three moons, A, B, and C, are in the same circular orbit 1,00,000 kilometers above the surface of a planet. The planet is 20,000 kilometers in diameter and m∠ABC = 90°. Draw a diagram of the situation. How far is moon A from moon C?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 31

Question 32.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
At the movie theater. you want to choose a seat that has the best viewing angle, so that you can be close to the screen and still see the whole screen without moving your eyes. You previously decided that seat F7 has the best viewing angle, but this time someone else is already sitting there. Where else can you sit so that your seat has the same viewing angle as seat F7? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 152
Answer:

Question 33.
WRITING
A right triangle is inscribed in a circle, and the radius of the circle is given. Explain how to find the length of the hypotenuse.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 33

Question 34.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Let point Y represent your location on the soccer field below. What type of angle is ∠AYB if you stand anywhere on the circle except at point A or point B?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 153
Answer:

Question 35.
WRITING
Explain why the diagonals of a rectangle inscribed in a circle are diameters of the circle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 35

Question 36.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The figure shows a circle that is circumscribed about ∆ABC. Is it possible to circumscribe a circle about any triangle? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 154
Answer:
Yes.

Question 37.
PROVING A THEOREM
If an angle is inscribed in ⊙Q. the center Q can be on a side of the inscribed angle, inside the inscribed angle, or outside the inscribed angle. Prove each case of the Measure of an Inscribed Angle Theorem (Theorem 10. 10).

a. Case 1
Given ∠ABC is inscribed in ⊙Q
Let m∠B = x°
Center Q lies on \(\overline{B C}\).
Prove m∠ABC = \(\frac{1}{2}\)m\(\widehat{A C}\)
(Hint: Show that ∆AQB is isosceles. Then write m\(\widehat{A C}\) in terms of x.)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 155
b. Case 2
Use the diagram and auxiliary line to write Given and Prove statements for Case 2. Then write a proof
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 156
c. Case 3
Use the diagram and auxiliary line to write Given and Prove statements for Case 3. Then write a proof.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 157
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 37.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 37.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 37.3

Question 38.
PROVING A THEOREM
Write a paragraph proof of the Inscribed Angles of a Circle Theorem (Theorem 10.11). First, draw a diagram and write Given and Prove statements.
Answer:
If two inscribed angles of a circle intercept the same arc, then the angles are congruent.

Question 39.
PROVING A THEOREM
The Inscribed Right Triangle Theorem (Theorem 10.12) is written as a conditional statement and its converse. Write a plan for proof for each statement.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 39

Question 40.
PROVING A THEOREM
Copy and complete the paragraph proof for one part of the Inscribed Quadrilateral Theorem (Theorem 10. 13).
Given ⊙C with inscribed quadrilateral DEFG
Prove m ∠ D + m ∠ F = 180°,
m ∠ E + m ∠ G = 180°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 158
By the Arc Addition Postulate (Postulate 10. 1),
m\(\widehat{E F G}\) + ________ = 360° and m\(\widehat{F G D}\) + m\(\widehat{D E F}\) = 360°.
Using the ___________ Theorem. m\(\widehat{E D G}\) = 2m ∠ F, m\(\widehat{E F G}\) = 2m∠D, m\(\widehat{D E F}\) = 2m∠G, and m\(\widehat{F G D}\) = 2m ∠ E. By the Substitution Property of Equality, 2m∠D + ________ = 360°, So _________ . Similarly, __________ .
Answer:
m\(\widehat{E F G}\) + m\(\widehat{E D F}\) = 360° and m\(\widehat{F G D}\) + m\(\widehat{D E F}\) = 360°.
Using the the measure of an inscribed angle Theorem. m\(\widehat{E D G}\) = 2m ∠ F, m\(\widehat{E F G}\) = 2m∠D, m\(\widehat{D E F}\) = 2m∠G, and m\(\widehat{F G D}\) = 2m ∠ E. By the Substitution Property of Equality, 2m∠D + 2m∠G = 360°.

Question 41.
CRITICAL THINKING
In the diagram, ∠C is a right angle. If you draw the smallest possible circle through C tangent to \(\overline{A B}\), the circle will intersect \(\overline{A C}\) at J and \(\overline{B C}\) at K. Find the exact length of \(\overline{J K}\).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 159
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 41

Question 42.
CRITICAL THINKING
You are making a circular cutting board. To begin, you glue eight 1-inch boards together, as shown. Then you draw and cut a circle with an 8-inch diameter from the boards.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 160
a. \(\overline{F H}\) is a diameter of the circular cutting board. Write a proportion relating GJ and JH. State a theorem in to justify your answer.
Answer:
Each board is 1 inch and FJ spans 6 boards.
\(\overline{F H}\) = 6 inches

b. Find FJ, JH, and GJ. What is the length of the cutting board seam labeled \(\overline{G K}\)?
Answer:
Each board is 1 inch and JH spans 2 boards.
JH = 2 inches
Equation is \(\frac { JH }{ GJ } \) = \(\frac { GJ }{ FJ } \)
\(\frac { 2 }{ GJ } \) = \(\frac { GJ }{ 6 } \)
12 = GJ²
GJ = 2√3
GK = 2(GJ)
GK = 4√3
So, FJ = 6, JH = 2, JG = 2√3, GK = 4√3

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 43.
3x = 145
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 43

Question 44.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)x = 63
Answer:
x = 63 • 2
x = 126

Question 45.
240 = 2x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.4 Ans 45

Question 46.
75 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x – 30)
Answer:
75 • 2 = x – 30
150 + 30 = x
x = 180

10.5 Angle Relationships in Circles

Exploration 1

Angles Formed by a Chord and Tangent Line

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software.

Sample
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 161

a. Construct a chord in a circle. At one of the endpoints of the chord. construct a tangent line to the circle.
Answer:

b. Find the measures of the two angles formed by the chord and the tangent line.
Answer:

c. Find the measures of the two circular arcs determined by the chord.
Answer:

d. Repeat parts (a) – (c) several times. Record your results in a table. Then write a conjecture that summarizes the data.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Angles Formed by Intersecting Chords

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software.

sample
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 162

a. Construct two chords that intersect inside a circle.
Answer:

b. Find the measure of one of the angles formed by the intersecting chords.
Answer:

c. Find the measures of the arcs intercepted h the angle in part (b) and its vertical angle. What do you observe?
Answer:

d. Repeat parts (a) – (c) several times. Record your results in a table. Then write a conjecture that summarizes the data.
CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math, you need to understand and use stated assumptions, definitions, and previously established results.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
When a chord intersects a tangent line or another chord, what relationships exist among the angles and arcs formed?
Answer:

Question 4.
Line m is tangent to the circle in the figure at the left. Find the measure of ∠1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 163
Answer:
m∠1 = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) • 148
m∠1 = 74°

Question 5.
Two chords intersect inside a circle to form a pair of vertical angles with measures of 55°. Find the sum of the measures of the arcs intercepted by the two angles.
Answer:
The sum of the measures of the arcs intercepted by the two angles = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) • 55
= 27.5

Lesson 10.5 Angle Relationships in Circles

Monitoring Progress

Line m is tangent to the circle. Find the indicated measure.

Question 1.
m ∠ 1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 164
Answer:
m ∠ 1 = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) • 210
m ∠ 1 = 105°

Question 2.
m\(\widehat{R S T}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 165
Answer:
m\(\widehat{R S T}\) = 2 • 98 = 196°
m\(\widehat{R S T}\) = 196°

Question 3.
m\(\widehat{X Y}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 166
Answer:
m\(\widehat{X Y}\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) • 80
m\(\widehat{X Y}\) = 40°

Find the value of the variable.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 167
Answer:
y° = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) • (102 + 95)
= 98.5°

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 168
Answer:
a° = 2 • 30° + 44°
= 60° + 44° = 104°
So, a° = 104°.

Find the value of x.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 169
Answer:
x° = 180° – 120°
x° = 60°

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 170
Answer:
50° = 180° – x°
x° = 180° – 50°
x° = 130°

Question 8.
You are on top of Mount Rainier on a clear day. You are about 2.73 miles above sea level at point B. Find m\(\widehat{C D}\), which represents the part of Earth that you can see.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 171
Answer:
CB and BD are tangents, CB is perpendicular to AB and CD is perpendicular to AD by the tangent line to circle theorem.
△ABC is similar to △ABD by the hypotenuese leg congruence theorem.
∠CBA is similar to ∠ABD. So, m∠CBA = 74.5°, m∠CBD = 2 • 74.5° = 149°
m∠CBD = 180° – m∠CAD
m∠CBD = 180° – CD
149° = 180° – CD
CD = 31°
The part of earth you can see

Exercise 10.5 Angle Relationships in Circles

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
Points A, B, C, and D are on a circle, and Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 172 intersects Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 173 at point P.
If m∠APC = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(m\(\widehat{B D}\) – m\(\widehat{A C}\)). then point P is _________ the circle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain how to find the measure of a circumscribed angle.
Answer:
A circumscribed angle is the angle made by two intersecting tangent lines to a circle. Draw lines from the circle centre to the point of tangency. The angle between the radius and tangent line is 90°. The sum of angles of a quadrilateral is 360°. Angles between radii and tangent lines is 180°. The angle at two tangent lines meet is circumscribed angle.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6, line t is tangent to the circle. Find the indicated measure.

Question 3.
m\(\widehat{A B}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 174
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 3

Question 4.
m\(\widehat{D E F}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 175
Answer:
m\(\widehat{D E F}\) = 2(117°) = 234°

Question 5.
m < 1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 176
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 5

Question 6.
m ∠ 3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 177
Answer:
m ∠ 3 = ½ • 140 = 70°

In Exercises 7 – 14, find the value of x.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 178
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 179
Answer:
x° = ½ • (30 + 2x – 30)

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 180
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 181
Answer:
34° = ½ (3x – 2 – (x + 6))
34° = ½ (3x – 2 – x – 6)
34° = ½ (2x – 8)
34° = x – 4
x° = 34 + 4
x° = 38°

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 182
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 183
Answer:
6x – 11 = 2  • 125
6x = 250 + 11
6x = 261
x° = 43.5°

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 184
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 185

Answer:
17x° = 75°
x° = 4.41°

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 15 and 16, describe and correct the error in finding the angle measure.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 186
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 187
Answer:
m∠1 = ½ (122 – 70)
= ½ (52) = 26
So, m∠1 = 26°

In Exercises 17 – 22, find the indicated angle measure. justify your answer.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 188

Question 17.
m ∠ 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 17

Question 18.
m ∠ 2
Answer:
m ∠ 2 = 60°

Explanation:
m ∠ 3 =30°, So, m ∠ 2 = 180° – (90° + 30°)
= 180° – 120° = 60°
Therefore, m ∠ 2 = 60°

Question 19.
m ∠ 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 19

Question 20.
m ∠ 4
Answer:
m ∠ 4 = 90°

Question 21.
m ∠ 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 21

Question 22.
m ∠ 6
Answer:
m ∠ 6 = 180° – (60° + 30° + 30°) = 180° – 120°
m ∠ 6 = 60°

Question 23.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are flying in a hot air balloon about 1.2 miles above the ground. Find the measure of the arc that represents the part of Earth you can see. The radius of Earth is about 4000 miles.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 189
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 23

Question 24.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are watching fireworks over San Diego Bay S as you sail away in a boat. The highest point the fireworks reach F is about 0.2 mile above the bay. Your eyes E are about 0.01 mile above the water. At point B you can no longer see the fireworks because of the curvature of Earth. The radius of Earth is about 4000 miles, and \(\overline{F E}\) is tangent to Earth at point T. Find m\(\widehat{s B}\). Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 190
Answer:

Question 25.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In the diagram, \(\vec{B}\)A is tangent to ⊙E. Write an algebraic expression for m\(\widehat{C D}\) in terms of x. Then find m\(\widehat{C D}\).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 191
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 25

Question 26.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The circles in the diagram are concentric. Write an algebraic expression for c in terms of a and b.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 192
Answer:
a° = ½(c° – b°)

Question 27.
ABSTRACT REASONING
In the diagram. \(\vec{P}\)L is tangent to the circle, and \(\overline{K J}\) is a diameter. What is the range of possible angle measures of ∠LPJ? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 193
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 27

Question 28.
ABSTRACT REASONING
In the diagram, \(\overline{A B}\) is an chord that is not a diameter of the circle. Line in is tangent to the circle at point A. What is the range of possible values of x? Explain your reasoning. (The diagram is not drawn to scale.)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 194
Answer:
The possible values of x are less than 180°.

Question 29.
PROOF
In the diagram Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 195 and Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 196 are secant lines that intersect at point L. Prove that m∠JPN > m∠JLN.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 197
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 29

Question 30.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that it is possible for a circumscribed angle to have the same measure as its intercepted arc. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Yes, when the circumscribed angle measures 90°, the central angle measures 90°, so the intercepted arc also measures 90°.

Question 31.
REASONING
Points A and B are on a circle, and t is a tangent line containing A and another point C.
a. Draw two diagrams that illustrate this situation.
b. Write an equation for m\(\widehat{A B}\) in terms of m∠BAC for each diagram.
c. For what measure of ∠BAC can you use either equation to find m\(\widehat{A B}\)? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 31

Question 32.
REASONING
∆XYZ is an equilateral triangle inscribed in ⊙P. AB is tangent to ⊙P at point X, \(\overline{B C}\) is tangent to ⊙P at point Y. and \(\overline{A C}\) is tangent to ⊙P at point Z. Draw a diagram that illustrates this situation. Then classify ∆ABC by its angles and sides. Justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 33.
PROVING A THEOREM
To prove the Tangent and Intersected Chord Theorem (Theorem 10. 14), you must prove three cases.
a. The diagram shows the case where \(\overline{A B}\) contains the center of the circle. Use the Tangent Line to Circle Theorem (Theorem 10.1) to write a paragraph proof for this case.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 198
b. Draw a diagram and write a proof for the case where the center of the circle is in the interior of ∠CAB.
c. Draw a diagram and write a proof for the case where the center of the circle is in the exterior of ∠CAB.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 33.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 33.2

Question 34.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
In the diagram, television cameras are Positioned at A and B to record what happens on stage. The stage is an arc of ⊙A. You would like the camera at B to have a 30° view of the stage. Should you move the camera closer or farther away? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 199

Answer:
25° = ½(80° – 30°) = ½(50°)
So, you should move the camera closer.

Question 35.
PROVING A THEOREM
Write a proof of the Angles Inside the Circle Theorem (Theorem 10.15).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 200
Given Chords \(\overline{A C}\) and \(\overline{B D}\) intersect inside a circle.
Prove m ∠ 1 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(m\(\widehat{D C}\) + m\(\widehat{A B}\))
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 35

Question 36.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
In the figure, Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 201 and Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 202 are tangent to the circle. Point A is any point on the major are formed by the endpoints of the chord \(\overline{B C}\). Label all congruent angles in the figure. Justify your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 203

Answer:
m∠CPB = ½(CAB – CB)

Question 37.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the diagram below to prove the Angles Outside the Circle Theorem (Theorem 10.16) for the case of a tangent and a secant. Then copy the diagrams for the other two cases on page 563 and draw appropriate auxiliary segments. Use your diagrams to prove each case.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 204
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 37.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 37.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 37.3

Question 38.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove that the Circumscribed Angle Theorem (Theorem 10.17) follows from the Angles Outside the Circle Theorem (Theorem 10.16).
Answer:

In Exercises 39 and 40, find the indicated measure(s). justify your answer

Question 39.
Find m ∠ P when m\(\widehat{W Z Y}\) = 200°
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 205
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 39

Question 40.
Find m\(\widehat{A B}\) and m\(\widehat{E D}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 206

Answer:
m\(\widehat{E D}\) = ½ (115°) = 57.5°
∠GJA = 30°

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation.

Question 41.
x2 + x = 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 41

Question 42.
x2 = 12x + 35

Answer:

Explanation:
x² = 12x + 35
x = \(\frac { 12 ± √(144 + 140)  }{ 2 } \)
x = \(\frac { 12 ± √284  }{ 2 } \)
x = \(\frac { 12 + √284  }{ 2 } \), \(\frac { 12 – √284  }{ 2 } \)

Question 43.
– 3 = x2 + 4x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.5 Ans 43

10.6 Segment Relationships in Circles

Exploration 1

Segments Formed by Two Intersecting Chords

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software.

Sample
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 207

a.
Construct two chords \(\overline{B C}\) and \(\overline{D E}\) that intersect in the interior of a circle at a point F.
Answer:

b.
Find the segment lengths BE, CF, DF, and EF and complete the table. What do you observe?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 298
Answer:

c. Repeat parts (a) and (b) several times. Write a conjecture about your results.
REASONING ABSTRACTLY
To be proficient in math, you need to make sense of quantities and their relationships in problem situations.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Secants Intersecting Outside a Circle

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software.

Sample
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 208

a. Construct two secant Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 209 and Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 210 that intersect at a point B outside a circle, as shown.
Answer:

b. Find the segment lengths BE, BC, BF, and BD. and complete the table. What do you observe?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 299
Answer:

c. Repeat parts (a) and (b) several times. Write a conjecture about your results.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What relationships exist among the segments formed by two intersecting chords or among segments of two secants that intersect outside a circle?

Question 4.
Find the segment length AF in the figure at the left.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 211

Answer:

Explanation:
EA • AF = AD • AC
18 • AF = 9 • 8
AF = 4

Lesson 10.6 Segment Relationships in Circles

Monitoring Progress

Find the value of x.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 212

Answer:
x = 8

Explanation:
4 • 6 = 3 • x
3x = 24
x = 8

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 213

Answer:
x = 5

Explanation:
2 • x + 1 = 4 • 3
x + 1 = 6
x = 5

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 214

Answer:
x = \(\frac { 54 }{ 5 } \)

Explanation:
6 • 9 = 5 • x
54 = 5x
x = \(\frac { 54 }{ 5 } \)

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 215

Answer:
x = \(\frac { 3 ± √37 }{ 2 } \)

Explanation:
3 • x + 2 = x + 1 • x – 1
3x + 6 = x² – 1
x² – 3x – 7 = 0
x = \(\frac { 3 ± √(9 + 28) }{ 2 } \)
x = \(\frac { 3 ± √37 }{ 2 } \)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 216

Answer:
x = ±√3

Explanation:
x² = 3 • 1
x² = 3
x = ±√3

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 217

Answer:
x = \(\frac { 49 }{ 5 } \)

Explanation:
7² = 5 • x
49 = 5x
x = \(\frac { 49 }{ 5 } \)

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 218

Answer:
x = 14.4

Explanation:
12² = 10x
144 = 10x
x = 14.4

Question 8.
WHAT IF?
In Example 4, CB = 35 feet and CE = 14 feet. Find the radius of the tank.

Answer:
The radius of the tank is 36.75

Explanation:
CB² = CE ⋅ CD
35² = 14 ⋅ (2r + 14)
1225 = 28r + 196
28r = 1029
r = 36.75

Exercise 10.6 Segment Relationships in Circles

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
The part of the secant segment that is outside the circle is called a(n) ______________ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain the difference between a tangent segment and a secant segment.

Answer:
A tangent segment intersects the circle at only one point. It actually doesn’t go through the circle. If a ball is rolling on a table top, then it would be the tangent. A secant segment intersects the circle in two points. It goes through the circle. In a tangent, no part is in the interior of the circle. In a secant, there is a part in the interior called a chord.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6, find the value of x.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 219
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 220

Answer:
x = 23

Explanation:
10 • 18 = 9 • (x – 3)
20 = x – 3
x = 23

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 221
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 222

Answer:
x = 5

Explanation:
2x • 12 = 15 • (x + 3)
24x = 15x + 45
9x = 45
x = 5

In Exercises 7 – 10, find the value of x.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 223
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 224

Answer:
x = \(\frac { 35 }{ 4 } \)

Explanation:
5 • 7 = 4 • x
4x = 35
x = \(\frac { 35 }{ 4 } \)

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 225
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 226

Answer:
x = 30

Explanation:
45 • x = 50 • 27
45x = 1350
x = 30

In Exercises 11 – 14. find the value of x.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 227
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 228

Answer:
x = 48

Explanation:
24² = 12x
576 = 12x
x = 48

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 229
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 230

Answer:
x = 1.5

Explanation:
3 = 2x
x = 1.5

Question 15.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding CD.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 231
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 15

Question 16.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The Cassini spacecraft is on a mission in orbit around Saturn until September 2017. Three of Saturn’s moons. Tethys. Calypso, and Teleslo. have nearly circular orbits of radius 2,95,000 kilometers. The diagram shows the positions of the moons and the spacecraft on one of Cassini’s missions. Find the distance DB from Cassini to Tethys when \(\overline{A D}\) is tangent to the circular orbit.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 232

Answer:
BD = 579493 km

Explanation:
(203,000)² = 83000x
x = 496493
BC = 496493
BD = 496493 + 83000 = 579493

Question 17.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The circular stone mound in Ireland called Newgrange has a diameter of 250 feet. A passage 62 feet long leads toward the center of the mound. Find the perpendicular distance x from the end of the passage to either side of the mound.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 233
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 17

Question 18.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You are designing an animated logo for our website. Sparkles leave point C and move to the Outer circle along the segments shown so that all of the sparkles reach the outer circle at the same time. Sparkles travel from point C to point D at 2 centimeters per second. How fast should sparkles move from point C to point N? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 234

Answer:
5.33 should sparkles move from point C to point N.

Explanation:
4 • 8 = 6 • x
x = 5.33

Question 19.
PROVING A THEOREM
Write a two-column proof of the Segments of Chords Theorem (Theorem 10.18).

Plan for Proof:
Use the diagram to draw \(\overline{A C}\) and \(\overline{D B}\). Show that ∆EAC and ∆EDB are similar. Use the fact that corresponding side lengths in similar triangles are proportional.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Ch
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 19.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 19.2

Question 20.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Segments of Secants Theorem (Theorem 10.19). (Hint: Draw a diagram and add auxiliary line segments to form similar triangles.)
Answer:

Question 21.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the Tangent Line to Circle Theorem (Theorem 10. 1) to prove the Segments of Secants and Tangents Theorem (Theorem 10.20) for the special case when the secant segment Contains the center of the circle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 21

Question 22.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Segments of Secants and Tangents Theorem (Theorem 10.20). (Hint: Draw a diagram and add auxiliary line segments to form similar triangles.)
Answer:

Question 23.
WRITING EQUATIONS
In the diagram of the water well, AB, AD, and DE are known. Write an equation for BC using these three measurements.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 236
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 23

Question 24.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Which two theorems would you need to use to tind PQ? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 237

Answer:

Question 25.
CRITICAL THINKING
In the figure, AB = 12, BC = 8, DE = 6, PD = 4, and a is a point of tangency. Find the radius of ⊙P.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 238
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 25

Question 26.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Circumscribe a triangle about a circle. Then, using the points of tangency, inscribe a triangle in the circle. Must it be true that the two triangles are similar? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation by completing the square.

Question 27.
x2 + 4x = 45
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 27

Question 28.
x2 – 2x – 1 = 8

Answer:
x = 1 + √10, x = 1 – √10

Explanation:
x² – 2x – 1 = 8
x² – 2x – 9 = 0
x = \(\frac { 2 ± √(4 + 36) }{ 2 } \)
x = \(\frac { 2 ± √40 }{ 2 } \)
x = 1 + √10, x = 1 – √10

Question 29.
2x2 + 12x + 20 = 34
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.6 Ans 29

Question 30.
– 4x2 + 8x + 44 = 16

Answer:
x = 1 + √8, x = 1 – √8

Explanation:
– 4x² + 8x + 44 = 16
4x² – 8x – 28 =0
x² – 2x – 7 = 0
x = \(\frac { 2 ± √(4 + 28) }{ 2 } \)
x = \(\frac { 2 ± √32 }{ 2 } \)
x = 1 ± √8

10.7 Circles in the Coordinate Plane

Exploration 1

The Equation of a Circle with Center at the Origin

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software to Construct and determine the equations of circles centered at (0, 0) in the coordinate plane, as described below.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 300
a. Complete the first two rows of the table for circles with the given radii. Complete the other rows for circles with radii of your choice.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 18

b. Write an equation of a circle with center (0, 0) and radius r.

Answer:
x²  + y²  = r²

Explanation:
(x – 0)² + (y – 0)²  = r²
x²  + y²  = r²

Exploration 2

The Equation of a Circle with Center (h, k)

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software to construct and determine the equations of circles of radius 2 in the coordinate plane, as described below.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 301
a. Complete the first two rows of the table for circles with the given centers. Complete the other rows for circles with centers of your choice.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 17

b. Write an equation of a circle with center (h, k) and radius 2.

Answer:
(x – h)² + (y – k)² = 4

c. Write an equation of a circle with center (h, k) and radius r.

Answer:
(x – h)² + (y – k)² = r²

Exploration 3

Deriving the Standard Equation of a Circle

Work with a partner. Consider a circle with radius r and center (h, k).

Write the Distance Formula to represent the distance d between a point (x, y) on the circle and the center (h, k) of the circle. Then square each side of the Distance Formula equation.

How does your result compare with the equation you wrote in part (c) of Exploration 2?

MAKING SENSE OF PROBLEMS
To be proficient in math, you need to explain correspondences between equations and graphs.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 239

Answer:
(x – h)² + (y – k)² = r²

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
What is the equation of a circle with center (h, k) and radius r in the coordinate plane?

Answer:
(x – h)² + (y – k)² = r²

Question 5.
Write an equation of the circle with center (4, – 1) and radius 3.

Answer:
x² + y² – 8x + 2y + 8 = 0

Explanation:
(x – 4)² + (y + 1)² = 9
x² – 8x + 16 + y² + 2y + 1 = 9
x² + y² – 8x + 2y = 9 – 17
x² + y² – 8x + 2y + 8 = 0

Lesson 10.7 Circles in the Coordinate Plane

Monitoring Progress

Write the standard equation of the circle with the given center and radius.

Question 1.
center: (0, 0), radius: 2.5

Answer:
x² + y² = 6.25

Explanation:
(x – 0)² + (y – 0)² = 2.5²
x² + y² = 6.25

Question 2.
center: (- 2, 5), radius: 7

Answer:
(x + 2)² + (y – 5)² = 49

Explanation:
(x + 2)² + (y – 5)² = 7²
(x + 2)² + (y – 5)² = 49

Question 3.
The point (3, 4) is on a circle with center (1, 4). Write the standard equation of the circle.

Answer:
(x – 1)² + (y – 4)² = 4

Explanation:
r = √(3 – 1)² + (4 – 4)²
= √(2)²
r = 2
(x – 1)² + (y – 4)² = 2²
(x – 1)² + (y – 4)² = 4

Question 4.
The equation of a circle is x2 + y2 – 8x + 6y + 9 = 0. Find the center and the radius of the circle. Then graph the circle.

Answer:
The center of the circle (4, -3) and radius is 4.

Explanation:
x² + y² – 8x + 6y + 9 = 0
x² – 8x + 16 + y² + 6y + 9 = 16
(x – 4)² + (y + 3)² = 4²
The center of the circle (4, -3) and radius is 4.

Question 5.
Prove or disprove that the point (1, √5 ) lies on the circle centered at the origin and containing the point (0, 1).

Answer:
Disproved.

Explanation:
We consider the circle centred at the origin and containing the point (0, 1).
Therefore, we can conclude that the radius of the circle r = 1, let O (0, 0) and B (1, √5). So the distance between two points is
OB = √(1 – 0) + (√5 – 0)² = √(1 + 5) = √6
As the radius of the given circle is 1 and distance of the point B from its centre is √6. So we can conclude that point does lie on the given circle.

Question 6.
why are three seismographs needed to locate an earthquake’s epicentre?

Answer:

Exercise 10.7 Circles in the Coordinate Plane

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
What is the standard equation of a circle?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain why knowing the location of the center and one point on a circle is enough to graph the circle.

Answer:
If we know the location of the center and one point on the circle, we can graph a circle because the distance from the center to the point is called the radius.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 8, write the standard equation of the circle.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 240
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 241

Answer:
x² + y² = 36

Explanation:
The center is (0, 0) and the radius is 6
(x – h)² + (y – k)² = r²
(x – 0)² + (y – 0)² = 6²
x² + y² = 36

Question 5.
a circle with center (0, 0) and radius 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 5

Question 6.
a circle with center (4, 1) and radius 5

Answer:
(x – 4)² + (y – 1)² = 25

Explanation:
(x – h)² + (y – k)² = r²
(x – 4)² + (y – 1)² = 5²
(x – 4)² + (y – 1)² = 25

Question 7.
a circle with center (- 3, 4) and radius 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 7

Question 8.
a circle with center (3, – 5) and radius 7

Answer:
(x – 3)² + (y + 5)² = 49

Explanation:
(x – h)² + (y – k)² = r²
(x – 3)² + (y + 5)² = 7²
(x – 3)² + (y + 5)² = 49

In Exercises 9 – 11, use the given information to write the standard equation of the circle.

Question 9.
The center is (0, 0), and a point on the circle is (0, 6).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 9

Question 10.
The center is (1, 2), and a point on the circle is (4, 2).

Answer:
x² + y² = 9

Explanation:
r = √(x – h)² + (y – k)²
= √(4 – 1)² + (2 – 2)²
= √3²
r = 3
(x – h)² + (y – k)² = r²
(x – 0)² + (y – 0)² = 3²
x² + y² = 9

Question 11.
The center is (0, 0). and a point on the circle is (3, – 7).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 11

Question 12.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in writing the standard equation of a circle.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 242

Answer:
(x – h)² + (y – k)² = r²
(x + 3)² + (y + 5)² = 3²
(x + 3)² + (y + 5)² = 9

In Exercises 13 – 18, find the center and radius of the circle. Then graph the circle.

Question 13.
x2 + y2 = 49
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 13

Question 14.
(x + 5)2 + (y – 3)2 = 9

Answer:
Center is (-5, 3) and rdaius is 3.

Explanation:
For the equation (x + 5)2 + (y – 3)2 = 9, center is (-5, 3) and rdaius is 3.

Question 15.
x2 + y2 – 6x = 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 15

Question 16.
x2 + y2 + 4y = 32

Answer:
The center is (0, -2) and radius is 6

Explanation:
x2 + y2 + 4y = 32
x² + y² + 4y + 4 = 32 + 4
x² + (y + 2)² = 36
(x – 0)² + (y – (-2))² = 6²
The center is (0, -2) and radius is 6
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 21

Question 17.
x2 + y2 – 8x – 2y = – 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 17

Question 18.
x2 + y2 + 4x + 12y = – 15

Answer:
The center is (-2, -6) and radius is 5

Explanation:
x2 + y2 + 4x + 12y = – 15
x² + 4x + 4 + y² + 12y + 36 = -15 + 36 + 4
(x + 2)² + (y + 6)² = 5²
The center is (-2, -6) and radius is 5

In Exercises 19 – 22, prove or disprove the statement.

Question 19.
The point (2, 3) lies on the circle centered at the origin with radius 8.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 19

Question 20.
The point (4, √5) lies on the circle centered at the origin with radius 3.

Answer:
The point (4, √5) does not lie on the circle.

Explanation:
r² = (x – h)² + (y – k)²
3² ______________ (4 – 0)² + (√5 – 0)²
9 ______________ 16 + 5
9 ≠ 21
Because the radius is 3 and the distance between center and the point is more than the radius. So the point does not lie on the circle.

Question 21.
The point (√6, 2) lies on the circle centered at the origin and containing the point (3, – 1).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 21

Question 22.
The point (√7, 5) lies on the circle centered at the origin and containing the point (5, 2).

Answer:
The point (√7, 5) does not lie on the circle.

Explanation:
r² = (x – h)² + (y – k)²
= (√7 – 0)² + (5 – 0)² = 7 + 25 = 32
r = 5.65
(5.65)² ______________ (5 – 0)² + (2 – 0)²
32 ______________ 25 + 4
32 ≠ 29
Because the radius is 3 and the distance between center and the point is more than the radius. So the point does not lie on the circle.

Question 23.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A City’s commuter system has three zones. Zone I serves people living within 3 miles of the city’s center. Zone 2 serves those between 3 and 7 miles from the center. Zone 3 serves those over 7 miles from the center.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 243
a. Graph this Situation on a coordinate plane where each unit corresponds to 1 mile. Locate the city’s center at the origin.
b. Determine which zone serves people whose homes are represented by the points (3, 4), (6, 5), (1, 2), (0.3). and (1, 6).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 23.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 23.2

Question 24.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Telecommunication towers can be used to transmit cellular phone calls. A graph with units measured in kilometers shows towers at points (0, 0), (0, 5), and (6, 3). These towers have a range of about 3 kilometers.
a. Sketch a graph and locate the towers. Are there any locations that may receive calls from more than one tower? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

b. The center of City A is located at (- 2, 2.5), and the center of City B is located at (5, 4). Each city has a radius of 1.5 kilometers. Which city seems to have better cell phone coverage? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
There are three towers at points (0, 0), (0, 5) and (6, 3) with range of about 3 km
a. Let’s sketch the graph to locate towers. Draw the points (0, 0), (0, 5) and (6, 3). Then draw three circles with centers at these points and radii 3.
There are locations that can receive calls from more that one tower because circles with centers (0, 0) and (0, 5) overlap. Locations in their intersection can receive calls from two towers.
The city A has a center located at (-2, 2.5) and city B has a center located at (5, 4). Both cities have radius 1.5 km
Let’s draw the city A as a circle with center (-2, 2.5) and radius 1.5 and city B with center (5, 4) and radius 1.5.
From the graph we can conclude that the city B has better cell phone coverage because parts of city A do not have coverage.

Question 25.
REASONING
Sketch the graph of the circle whose equation is x2 + y2 = 16. Then sketch the graph of the circle after the translation (x, y) → (x – 2, y – 4). What is the equation of the image? Make a conjecture about the equation of the image of a circle centered at the origin after a translation m units to the left and n units down.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 25

Question 26.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Match each graph with its equation.

a. Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 244 A. x2 + (y + 3) 2 = 4
b. Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 245 B. (x – 3) 2 + y2 = 4
c. Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 246 C. (x + 3) 2 + y2 = 4
d. Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 247 D. x2 + (y – 3) 2 = 4

Answer:
a ➝ C, b ➝ A, c ➝ D, d ➝ B

Question 27.
USING STRUCTURE
The vertices of ∆XYZ are X(4, 5), Y(4, 13), and Z(8, 9). Find the equation of the circle circumscribed about ∆XYZ. Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 27.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 27.2

Question 28.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
A circle has center (h, k) and contains point (a, b). Write the equation of the line tangent to the circle at point (a, b).

Answer:
y – b = \(\frac { h – a }{ b – k } \)(x – a)

Explanation:
It is given a circle with center C(h, k. A circle with point A(a, b). We have to write the equation of a tangent that intersects the circle at point A
By the tangent line to circle theorem, a tangent is perpendicular to the radius. Two lines are perpendicular if and only if their slopes are negative reciprocals. So, find the equation of the line AC to know its slope.
The equation of the line which has two points (a, b), (c, d) is y – b = \(\frac { b – c }{ a – d } \)(x – a)
The equation of the line which has two points A(a, b) and C(h, k) is
y – b = \(\frac { b – k }{ a – h } \)(x – a)
Therefore, the slope of the line through A nad C is \(\frac { b – k }{ a – h } \)
Hence the slope of the tangent is –\(\frac { a – h }{ b – k } \) = \(\frac { h – a }{ b – k } \)
Use the equation of the line y = kx + n through the point (a, b)
y – b = k(x – a) to find the equation of the tangent
The equation of the tangent with slope \(\frac { h – a }{ b – k } \) and through the point A(a, b) is y – b = \(\frac { h – a }{ b – k } \)(x – a)

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 29 – 32, use the equations to determine whether the line is a tangent, a secant a secant that contains the diameter, or name of these. Explain your reasoning.

Question 29.
Circle: (x – 4)2 + (y – 3)2 = 9
Line: y = 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 29.1

Question 30.
Circle: (x + 2)2 + (y – 2)2 = 16
Line: y = 2x – 4

Answer:
The line is a secant line.

Explanation:
(x + 2)2 + (y – 2)2 = 16, y = 2x – 4
(x + 2)2 + (2x – 4 – 2)2 = 16
x² + 4x + 4 + (2x – 6)² = 16
x² + 4x + 4 + 4x² – 24x + 36 = 16
5x² – 20x + 40 – 16 = 0
5x² – 20x + 24 = 0
x = \(\frac { 20 ±√-80 }{ 10 } \)
x = 2, y = 2 • 2 – 4 = 0, (2, 0)
The system has two solutions and point does not lie on the line. So the line is a secant line.

Question 31.
Circle: (x – 5)2 + (y + 1)2 = 4
Line: y = \(\frac{1}{5}\)x – 3\
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 31.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 31.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 31.3

Question 32.
Circle: (x + 3)2 + (y – 6)2 = 25
Line: y = –\(\frac{4}{3}\)x + 2

Answer:
The line is a secant line.

Explanation:
(x + 3)2 + (y – 6)2 = 25, y = –\(\frac{4}{3}\)x + 2
(x + 3)2 + (-\(\frac{4}{3}\)x + 2 – 6)2 = 25
x² + 6x + 9 + \(\frac { 16x² }{ 9 } \) + \(\frac { 32x }{ 3 } \) + 16 = 25
\(\frac { 25x² }{ 9 } \) + \(\frac { 50x }{ 3 } \) = 0
x(25x + 150) = 0
x = 0 or x = -6
y = 2, y = 10
(0, 2) and (-6, 10)
d = √(0 + 6)² + (2 – 10)²
= √(36 + 64)
= 10 ≠ 5
The system has two solutions and point does not lie on the line. So the line is a secant line.

MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Question 33.
Your friend claims that the equation of a circle passing through the points (- 1, 0) and (1, 0) is x2 – 2yk + y2 = 1 with center (0, k). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 33

Question 34.
REASONING
Four tangent circles are centered on the x-axis. The radius of ⊙A is twice the radius of ⊙O, The radius of ⊙B is three times the radius of ⊙O, The radius of ⊙C is four times the radius of ⊙O, All circles have integer radii, and the point (63, 16) is On ⊙C. What is the equation of ⊙A? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 248
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Identify the arc as a major arc, minor arc, or semicircle. Then find the measure of the arc.

Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 10 Circles 249

Question 35.
\(\widehat{R S}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 35

Question 36.
\(\widehat{P R}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{P R}\) is a right angle
\(\widehat{P R}\) = 25 + 65 = 90°

Question 37.
\(\widehat{P R T}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 37

Question 38.
\(\widehat{S T}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{S T}\) is a major arc
\(\widehat{S T}\) = 360 – (90 + 65 +25 + 53) = 127°

Question 39.
\(\widehat{R S T}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 10.7 Ans 39

Question 40.
\(\widehat{Q S}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{Q S}\) is a minor arc
\(\widehat{Q S}\) = 25 + 53 = 78°

Circles Review

10.1 Lines and Segments That Intersect Circles

Tell whether the line, ray, or segment is best described as a radius, chord, diameter, secant, or tangent of ⊙P.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 250

Question 1.
\(\overline{P K}\)

Answer:
\(\overline{P K}\) is radius

Question 2.
\(\overline{N M}\)

Answer:
\(\overline{N M}\) is chord

Question 3.
\(\vec{J}\)L

Answer:
\(\vec{J}\)L is tangent

Question 4.
\(\overline{K N}\)

Answer:
\(\overline{K N}\) is diameter

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 251

Answer:
NL is secant

Question 6.
\(\overline{P N}\)

Answer:
\(\overline{P N}\) is radius

Tell whether the common tangent is internal or external.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 252

Answer:
Internal common tangent

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 253

Answer:
External common tangent

Points Y and Z are points of tangency. Find the value of the variable.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 254

Answer:
a = \(\frac { 3 ± 33 }{ 18 } \)

Explanation:
3a = 9a² – 30
9a² – 3a – 30 = 0
a = \(\frac { 3 ± 33 }{ 18 } \)

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 255

Answer:
c = 2

Explanation:
2c² + 9c + 6 = 9c + 14
2c² – 8 = 0
c² – 4 = 0
c = 2

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 256

Answer:
r = 12

Explanation:
(3 + r)² = r² + 9²
9 + 6r + r² = r² + 81
6r = 72
r = 12

Question 12.
Tell whether \(\overline{B D}\) is tangent to ⊙C. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 257

Answer:
\(\overline{B D}\) is not tangent to ⊙C

Explanation:
52² = 10² + 48²
2704 = 100 + 2304
So, \(\overline{B D}\) is not tangent to ⊙C

10.2 Finding Arc Measures

Use the diagram above to find the measure of the indicated arc.

Question 13.
\(\widehat{K L}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{K L}\) = 100°

Explanation:
\(\widehat{K L}\) = ∠KPL = 100°

Question 14.
\(\widehat{L M}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{L M}\) = 60°

Explanation:
\(\widehat{L M}\) = 180° – 120°
= 60°

Question 15.
\(\widehat{K M}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{K M}\) = 160°

Explanation:
\(\widehat{K M}\) = 100° + 60°
= 160°

Question 16.
\(\widehat{K N}\)

Answer:
\(\widehat{K N}\) = 80°

Explanation:
\(\widehat{K N}\) = 360 – (120 + 100 + 60)
= 360 – 280 = 80°

Tell whether the red arcs are congruent. Explain why or why not.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 258

Answer:
\(\widehat{S T}\), \(\widehat{Y Z}\) are not congruent.

Explanation:
\(\widehat{S T}\), \(\widehat{Y Z}\) are not congruent. Because both arcs are from different circles and having different radii.

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 259

Answer:
\(\widehat{A B}\), \(\widehat{E F}\) are congruent.

Explanation:
\(\widehat{A B}\), \(\widehat{E F}\) are congruent. Because those circles have same radii.

10.3 Using Chords

Find the measure of \(\widehat{A B}\).

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 260

Answer:
\(\widehat{A B}\) = 61°

Explanation:
\(\widehat{A B}\) = 61°
If ED = AB, then \(\widehat{A B}\) = \(\widehat{E D}\)

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 261

Answer:
\(\widehat{A B}\) = 65°

Explanation:
\(\widehat{A B}\) = \(\widehat{A D}\)
So, \(\widehat{A B}\) = 65°

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 262

Answer:
\(\widehat{A B}\) = 91°

Explanation:
\(\widehat{A B}\) = \(\widehat{E D}\)
So, \(\widehat{A B}\) = 91°

Question 22.
In the diagram. QN = QP = 10, JK = 4x, and LM = 6x – 24. Find the radius of ⊙Q.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 263

Answer:
The radius of ⊙Q is 26.

Explanation:
6x – 24 = 4x
6x – 4x = 24
2x = 24
x = 12
ML = 6(12) – 24 = 48
JN = \(\frac { 48 }{ 2 } \) = 24
JQ² = JN² + NQ²
= 24² + 10² = 576 + 100
JQ = 26
Therefore, the radius of ⊙Q is 26

10.4 Inscribed Angles and Polygons

Find the value(s) of the variable(s).

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 264

Answer:
x° = 80°

Explanation:
x° = 2 • 40° = 80°

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 265

Answer:
q° = 100°, r° = 20°

Explanation:
q° + 80° = 180°
q° = 100°
4r° + 100 = 180°
4r° = 80°
r° = 20°

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 266

Answer:
d° = 5°

Explanation:
14d° = 70°
d° = 5°

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 267

Answer:
y° = 30°, z° = 10°

Explanation:
3y° = 90°
y° = 30°
50° + 90° + 4z° = 180°
4z° = 40°
z° = 10°

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 268

Answer:
m° = 44°
n° = 39°

Explanation:
m° = 44°
n° = 39°

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 269

Answer:
c° = 28°

Explanation:
c° = ½ • 56 = 28

10.5 Angle Relationships in Circles

Find the value of x.

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 270

Answer:
x° = 250°

Explanation:
x° = 250°

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 271

Answer:
x° = 106°

Explanation:
x° = ½(152 + 60)
= ½(212) = 106°

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 272

Answer:
x° = 28°

Explanation:
x° = ½(96 – 40)
= ½(56) = 28°

Question 32.
Line l is tangent to the circle. Find m\(\widehat{X Y Z}\).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 273

Answer:
m\(\widehat{X Y Z}\) = 240°

Explanation:
m\(\widehat{X Y Z}\) = 2(120)
= 240°

10.6 Segment Relationships in Circles

Find the value of x.

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 274

Answer:
x = 8

Explanation:
3 • x = 4 • 6
x = 8

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 275

Answer:
x = 3

Explanation:
(x + 3) • x = (6 – x) • 2x
x + 3 = 12 – 2x
3x = 9
x = 3

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 276

Answer:
x = 18

Explanation:
12² = 8 • x
144 = 8x
x = 18

Question 36.
A local park has a circular ice skating rink. You are standing at point A, about 12 feet from the edge of the rink. The distance from you to a point of tangency on the rink is about 20 feet. Estimate the radius of the rink.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 277

Answer:
Estimated radius of the rink is 10 ft

Explanation:
20² = 12 • (2r + 12)
400 = 24r + 144
256 = 24r
r = 10.66
Therefore, estimated radius of the rink is 10 ft

10.7 Circles in the Coordinate Plane

Write the standard equation of the circle shown.

Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 278

Answer:
(x – 4)² + (y + 1)² = 12.25

Explanation:
(x – 4)² + (y + 1)² = 3.5²
(x – 4)² + (y + 1)² = 12.25

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 279

Answer:
(x – 8)² + (y – 5)² = 36

Explanation:
(x – 8)² + (y – 5)² = 6²
(x – 8)² + (y – 5)² = 36

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 280

Answer:
x² + y² = 4

Explanation:
(x – 0)² + (y – 0)² = 2²
x² + y² = 4

Write the standard equation of the circle with the given center and radius.

Question 40.
center: (0,0), radius: 9

Answer:
x² + y² = 81

Explanation:
(x – 0)² + (y – 0)² = 9²
x² + y² = 81

Question 41.
center: (- 5, 2), radius: 1.3

Answer:
(x + 5)² + (y – 2)² = 1.69

Explanation:
(x + 5)² + (y – 2)² = 1.3²
(x + 5)² + (y – 2)² = 1.69

Question 42.
center: (6, 21), radius: 4

Answer:
(x – 6)² + (y – 21)² = 16

Explanation:
(x – 6)² + (y – 21)² = 4²
(x – 6)² + (y – 21)² = 16

Question 43.
center: (- 3, 2), radius: 16

Answer:
(x + 3)² + (y – 2)² = 256

Explanation:
(x + 3)² + (y – 2)² = 16²
(x + 3)² + (y – 2)² = 256

Question 44.
center: (10, 7), radius: 3.5

Answer:
(x – 10)² + (y – 7)² = 12.25

Explanation:
(x – 10)² + (y – 7)² = 3.5²
(x – 10)² + (y – 7)² = 12.25

Question 45.
center: (0, 0), radius: 5.2

Answer:
x² + y² = 27.04

Explanation:
(x – 0)² + (y – 0)² = 5.2²
x² + y² = 27.04

Question 46.
The point (- 7, 1) is on a circle with center (- 7, 6). Write the standard equation of the circle.

Answer:
(x + 7)² + (y – 6)² = 25

Explanation:
r² = (-7 + 7)² + (6 – 1)²
= 5²
r = 5
And, centre is (-7, 6)
The standard equation of a circle is (x – (-7))² + (y – 6)² = 5²
(x + 7)² + (y – 6)² = 25

Question 47.
The equation of a circle is x2 + y2 – 12x + 8y + 48 = 0. Find the center and the radius of the circle. Then graph the circle.

Answer:
The radius of the circle is 2, the centre is (6, -4)

Explanation:
x2 + y2 – 12x + 8y + 48 = 0
x² – 12x + 36 + y² + 8y + 16 = 4
(x – 6)² + (y + 4)² = 2²
So, the radius of the circle is 2, the centre is (6, -4)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 23

Question 48.
Prove or disprove that the point (4, – 3) lies on the circle centred at the origin and containing
the point (- 5, 0).

Answer:
The point (4, – 3) lies on the circle.

Explanation:
Use the distance formula to find the radius of the circle with cente (0, 0) and a point (-5, 0)
r = √(-5 – 0)² + (0 – 0)² = 5
The distance from the point (4, -3) to the center (0, 0)
d = √(4 – 0)² + (-3 – 0)² = √(16 +9) = 5
Since the radius of the circle is 5, the point lies on the circle.

Circles Chapter Test

Find the measure of each numbered angle in ⊙P. Justify your answer.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 281

Answer:
m∠1 = 72.5°
m∠2 = 145°

Explanation:
m∠1 = \(\frac { 145 }{ 2 } \)
= 72.5°
m∠2 = 145°

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 282

Answer:
m∠1 = 60°, m∠2 = 90°

Explanation:
A tangent is perpendicualr to diameter. So, m∠2 = 90°
m∠1 = 60°

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 283

Answer:
m∠1 = 48°

Explanation:
m∠1 = \(\frac { 96 }{ 2 } \) = 48°

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 284

Answer:

Use the diagram.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 285

Question 5.
AG = 2, GD = 9, and BG = 3. Find GF.

Answer:

Question 6.
CF = 12, CB = 3, and CD = 9. Find CE.

Answer:

Question 7.
BF = 9 and CB = 3. Find CA

Answer:

Question 8.
Sketch a pentagon inscribed in a circle. Label the pentagon ABCDE. Describe the relationship between each pair of angles. Explain your reasoning.

a. ∠CDE and ∠CAE

Answer:

b. ∠CBE and ∠CAE

Answer:

Find the value of the variable. Justify your answer.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 286

Answer:
x = 5

Explanation:
5x – 4 = 3x + 6
5x – 3x = 6 + 4
2x = 10
x = 5

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 287

Answer:
r = 9

Explanation:
(6 + r)² = 12² + r²
36 + 12r + r² = 144 + r²
12r = 108
r = 9

Question 11.
Prove or disprove that the point (2√2, – 1) lies on the circle centered at (0, 2) and containing the point (- 1, 4).

Answer:
Disproved

Explanation:
We consider the circle centred at the A(0, 2) and containing the point B(-1, 4).
AB = √(-1 – 0)² + (4 – 2)² = √1 + 4 = √5
The distance between centre A(0, 2) and P(2√2, – 1) is
AP = √(2√2 – 0)² + (-1 – 2)² = √8 + 9 = √17
AB ≠ AP
So, the point (2√2, – 1) dies not lie on the circle.

Prove the given statement.

Question 12.
\(\widehat{S T} \cong \widehat{R Q}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 288

Answer:

Question 13.
\(\widehat{J M} \cong \widehat{L M}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 289

Answer:

Question 14.
\(\widehat{D G} \cong \widehat{F G}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 290

Answer:

Question 15.
A bank of lighting hangs over a stage. Each light illuminates a circular region on the stage. A coordinate plane is used to arrange the lights, using a corner of the stage as the origin. The equation (x – 13)2 + (y – 4)2 = 16 represents the boundary of the region illuminated by one of the lights. Three actors stand at the points A(11, 4), B(8, 5), and C(15, 5). Graph the given equation. Then determine which actors are illuminated by the light.

Answer:
The equation (x – 13)² + (y – 4)²= 16 represents the standard equation of the circle with center (13, 4) and radius 4
Graph the circle with center S(13, 4), radius 4. Then graph the points A(11,4), B (8, 5), C(15,5) which represents the places where the actors stand.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 10 Circles 24
From the graph, we can see that points A and C inside the circle and point B is outside the circle. Therefore, actors who stand at points A and C are illuminated by the light

Question 16.
If a car goes around a turn too quickly, it can leave tracks that form an arc of a circle. By finding the radius of the circle, accident investigators can estimate the speed of the car.
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 10 Circles 291

a. To find the radius, accident investigators choose points A and B on the tire marks. Then the investigators find the midpoint C of \(\overline{A B}\). Use the diagram to find the radius r of the circle. Explain why this method works.

Answer:
The radius r of the circle = 155.71 ft

Explanation:
Given that,
AC = 130 ft, CD = 70 ft
CE = (r – 70) ft
r² = a² + b²
r²= 130²+ (r – 70)²
r² = 16900 + r² – 140r + 4900
140r = 21,800
r = 155.71 ft

b. The formula S = 3.87√fr can be used to estimate a car’s speed in miles per hour, where f is the coefficient of friction and r is the radius of the circle in feet. If f = 0.7, estimate the car’s speed in part (a).

Answer:
The estimated car’s speed is 39.67 miles per hour

Explanation:
S = 3.87√fr
S = 3.8 √(0.7 x 155.71)
S = 3.8 √108.997
S = 3.8 x 10.44
S = 39.67

Circles Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
Classify each segment as specifically as possible.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 292
a. \(\overline{B G}\)

Answer:
\(\overline{B G}\) is a chord

b. \(\overline{C D}\)

Answer:
\(\overline{C D}\) is radius.

c. \(\overline{A D}\)

Answer:
\(\overline{A D}\) is diameter.

d. \(\overline{F E}\)

Answer:
\(\overline{F E}\) is a chord

Question 2.
Copy and complete the paragraph proof.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 293

Given Circle C with center (2, 1) and radius 1,
Circle D with center (0, 3) and radius 4
Prove Circle C is similar to Circle D.

Map Circle C to Circle C’ by using the _________ (x, y) → _________ so that Circle C’ and Circle D have the same center at (____, _____). Dilate Circle C’ using a cellIer of dilation (_____, _____) and a scale factor of _____ . Because there is a _________ transformation that maps Circle C to Circle D, Circle C is __________ Circle D.

Answer:
Map Circle C to Circle C’ by using the scale factor (x, y) → (0, 3) so that Circle C’ and Circle D have the same center at (2, 1). Dilate Circle C’ using a cellIer of dilation (2, 1) and a scale factor of circles. Because there is a transformation that maps Circle C to Circle D, Circle C is similar to Circle D.

Question 3.
Use the diagram to write a proof.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 294
Given ∆JPL ≅ ∆NPL
\(\overline{P K}\) is an altitude of ∆JPL
\(\overline{P M}\) is an altitude ∆NPL
Prove ∆PKL ~ ∆NMP

Answer:
∆JPL is similar to ∆NPL and PK is the altitude of ∆JPL and PM is an altitude of ∆NPL
Altitude is a line drawn from one vertex to the opposite site. It is perpendicular to the side.
So, ∆PKL is similar to ∆NMP

Question 4.
The equation of a circle is x² + y² + 14x – 16y + 77 = 0. What are the center and radius of the circle?
(A) center: (14, – 16). radius: 8.8
(B) center: (- 7, 8), radius: 6
(C) center (- 14, 16), radius: 8.8
(D) center: (7, – 8), radius: 5.2

Answer:
(B) center: (- 7, 8), radius: 6

Explanation:
x² + y² + 14x – 16y + 77 = 0
x² + 14x + 49 + y² – 16y + 64 = 36
(x + 7)² + (y – 8)² = 6²
So, the centre is (-7, 8) and radius is 6.

Question 5.
The coordinates of the vertices of a quadrilateral are W(- 7, – 6), X(1, – 2), Y(3, – 6) and Z(- 5, – 10). Prove that quadrilateral WXYZ is a rectangle.

Answer:
Proved

Explanation:
Find the distance of WY and ZX
WY = √(-7 – 3)² + (-6 + 6)² = √(-10)² = 10
ZX = √(1 + 5)² + (-2 + 10)² = √6² + 8² = 10
WY = ZX, the diagonals are congruent
Use the slope formula to find the slopes of diagonals
Slope of WY = \(\frac { -6 + 6 }{ -7 – 3 } \) = 0
Slope of ZX = \(\frac { -2 + 10 }{ 1 + 5 } \) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)
Because the product of slopes of diagonals is 0, the diagonals are not perpendicular
Therefore, the quadrilateral WXYZ is a rectangle.

Question 6.
Which angles have the same measure as ∠ACB? Select all that apply.
im – 295
∠DEF ∠JGK ∠KGL ∠LGM ∠MGJ
∠QNR ∠STV ∠SWV ∠VWU ∠XYZ
Answer:
∠VWU

Question 7.
Classify each related conditional statement based on the conditional statement
“If you are a soccer player. then you are an athlete.”
a. If you are not a soccer player, then you are not an athlete.

Answer:
False

b. If you are an athlete, then you are a soccer player.

Answer:
False

c. You are a soccer player if and only if you are an athlete.

Answer:
True

d. If you are not an athlete, then you are not a soccer player.

Answer:
False

Question 8.
Your friend claims that the quadrilateral shown can be inscribed in a circle. Is your friend correct? Explain our reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 10 Circles 296

Answer:
If the sum of any two angles is 180°, then the quadrilateral is inscribed in a circle.
So, 70° + 110° = 180°, 110° + 70°= 180°
So, my friend is correct.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability

Get the pdf link of Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability from this page. The concepts to learn in Probability are Sample Spaces and Probability, Independent and Dependent Events, Two-Way Tables and Probability, Probability of Disjoint and Overlapping Events and Permutations and Combinations, Binomial Distributions. Get step by step explanations for all the questions from Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability.

Big Ideas Math Book Geometry Answer Key Chapter 12 Probability

Most of the students think that probability is the toughest chapter in maths. But if you understand the logic this will be the easiest of all the chapters. Click on the below attached links and start practicing the problems. Learn the concepts in depth and test your knowledge by solving the questions given at the end of the chapter.

Lesson: 1 Sample Spaces and Probability

Lesson: 2 Independent and Dependent Events

Lesson: 3 Two-Way Tables and Probability

Quiz

Lesson: 4 Probability of Disjoint and Overlapping Events

Lesson: 5 Permutations and Combinations

Lesson: 6 Binomial Distributions

Chapter: 12 – Probability 

Probability Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Write and solve a proportion to answer the question.

Question 1.
What percent of 30 is 6?
Answer: 20

Explanation:
100% = 30
x% = 6
100% = 30(1)
x% = 6(2)
100%/x% = 30/6
Taking the inverse of both sides
x%/100% = 6/30
x = 20%
Thus 6 is 20% of 30.

Question 2.
What number is 68% of 25?
Answer: 17

Explanation:
68% × 25
(68 ÷ 100) × 25
(68 × 25) ÷ 100
1700 ÷ 100 = 17

Question 3.
34.4 is what percent of 86?
Answer: 40

Explanation:
100% = 86
x% = 34.4
100% = 86(1)
x% = 34.4(2)
100%/x% = 86/34.4
Taking the inverse of both sides
x%/100% = 34.4/86
x = 40%
Therefore, 34.4 is 40% of 86.

Display the data in a histogram.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability img_1

Question 5.
ABSTRACT REASONING
You want to purchase either a sofa or an arm chair at a furniture store. Each item has the same retail price. The sofa is 20% off. The arm chair is 10% off. and you have a coupon to get an additional 10% off the discounted price of the chair. Are the items equally priced after the discounts arc applied? Explain.
Answer: Yes

Explanation:
You want to purchase either a sofa or an armchair at a furniture store.
Each item has the same retail price. The sofa is 20% off. The armchair is 10% off. and you have a coupon to get an additional 10% off the discounted price of the chair.
The price of armchair and sofa are the same.
If you add 10% to chair the discount for the chair and sofa will be the same.
10% + 10% = 20%

Probability Monitoring Progress

In Exercises 1 and 2, describe the event as unlikely, equally likely to happen or not happen, or likely. Explain your reasoning.

Question 1.
The oldest child in a family is a girl.
Answer:

Question 2.
The two oldest children in a family with three children are girls.
Answer:

Question 3.
Give an example of an event that is certain to occur.
Answer:
If A and B are independent event
P(A) = 1/2
P(B) = 1/5
P(A and B) = P(A) × P(B)
= 1/2 × 1/5
= 1/10

12.1 Sample Spaces and Probability

Exploration 1

Finding the Sample Space of an Experiment

Work with a partner: In an experiment, three coins are flipped. List the possible outcomes in the sample space of the experiment.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 2
Answer:
The number of different outcomes when three coins are tossed is 2 × 2 × 2 = 8.
All 8 possible outcomes are HHH, HHT, HTH, HTT, THH, THT, TTH and TTT.

Exploration 2

Finding the Sample Space of an Experiment

Work with a partner: List the possible outcomes in the sample space of the experiment.

a. One six-sided die is rolled.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 3
Answer: 6 possible outcomes

b. Two six-sided die is rolled.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 4
Answer:
Rolling two six-sided dice: Each die has 6 equally likely outcomes, so the sample space is 6 . 6 or 36 equally likely outcomes.

Exploration 3

Finding the Sample Space of an Experiment

Work with a partner: In an experiment, a spinner is spun.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 5

a. How many ways can you spin a 1? 2? 3? 4? 5?
Answer: 1, 2, 3, 2, 4

b. List the sample space.
Answer: 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 5, 5, 5, 5

c. What is the total number of outcomes?
Answer: 12

Exploration 4

Finding the Sample Space of an Experiment

Work with a partner: In an experiment, a bag contains 2 blue marbles and 5 red marbles. Two marbles arc drawn from the bag.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 6

a. How many ways can you choose two blue? a red then blue? a blue then red? two red?
Answer: BB – 2, RB – 10, BR – 10, RR – 20

b. List the sample space.
Answer:

c. What is the total number of outcomes?
Answer: 42

Communicate Your Answer

Question 5.
How can you list the possible outcomes in the sample space of an experiment?
Answer:
There are four possible outcomes for each spin: red, blue, yellow, green. Then, multiply the number of outcomes by the number of spins. June flipped the coin three times. The answer is there are 12 outcomes in the sample space.

Question 6.
For Exploration 3, find the ratio of the number of each possible outcome to the total number of outcomes. Then find the sum of these ratios. Repeat for Exploration 4. What do you observe?
LOOKING FOR A PATTERN
To be proficient in math, you need to look closely to discern a pattern or structure.
Answer:

Lesson 12.1 Sample Spaces and Probability

Monitoring Progress

Find the number of possible outcomes in the sample space. Then list the possible outcomes.

Question 1.
You flip two coins.
Answer: 4

Explanation:
When we flip two coins simultaneoulsy then the possible outcomes will be (H, H), (T, T), (T, H), (H, T)
where H represents heads
T represents tails.
Thus the possible outcomes are 2² = 4

Question 2.
You flip two Coins and roll a six-sided die.
Answer: 6 × 2² = 24

Explanation:
We roll a die and flip two coins. We have to find the number of possible outcomes in this space. Also we have to list the possible outcomes.
1 = {When rolling the dice, the number 1 fell};
2 = {When rolling the dice, the number 2 fell};
3 = {When rolling the dice, the number 3 fell};
4 = {When rolling the dice, the number 4 fell};
5 = {When rolling the dice, the number 5 fell};
6 = {When rolling the dice, the number 6 fell};
On the other hand, using H for Heads and T for Tails we can list the outcomes.
(1, H, H), (2, H, H), (3, H, H), (4, H, H), (5, H, H), (6, H, H)
(1, T, H), (2, T, H), (3, T, H), (4, T, H), (5, T, H), (6, T, H)
(1, H, T), (2, H, T), (3, H, T), (4, H, T), (5, H, T), (6, H, T)
(1, T, T), (2, T, T), (3, T, T), (4, T, T), (5, T, T), (6, T, T)
Therefore, we can conclude that the number of all possible outcomes is
6 × 2² = 24

Question 3.
You flip a coin and roll a six-sided die. What is the probability that the coin shows tails and the die shows 4?
Answer:
The sample space has 12 possible outcomes.
Heads, 1
Heads, 2
Heads, 3
Heads, 4
Heads, 5
Heads, 6
Tails, 1
Tails, 2
Tails, 3
Tails, 4
Tails, 5
Tails, 6
Probability that the coin shows tails and the die shows 4 is 4/12 = 1/3

Find P(\(\bar{A}\)).

Question 4.
P(A) = 0.45
Answer:
P(\(\bar{A}\)) = 1 – P(A)
P(A) = 0.45
P(\(\bar{A}\)) = 1 – 0.45
P(\(\bar{A}\)) = 0.55

Question 5.
P(A) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:
P(\(\bar{A}\)) = 1 – P(A)
P(A) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
P(\(\bar{A}\)) = 1 – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
P(\(\bar{A}\)) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 6.
P(A) = 1
Answer:
P(\(\bar{A}\)) = 1 – P(A)
P(A) = 1
P(\(\bar{A}\)) = 1 – 1
P(\(\bar{A}\)) = 0

Question 7.
P(A) = 0.03
Answer:
P(\(\bar{A}\)) = 1 – P(A)
P(A) = 0.03
P(\(\bar{A}\)) = 1 – 0.03
P(\(\bar{A}\)) = 0.97

Question 8.
In Example 4, are you more likely to get 10 points or 5 points?
Answer:
10: 0.09
5: (5 – 10)/324
= (36π – 9π)/324
= 27π/324
= 0.26

Question 9.
In Example 4, are you more likely to score points (10, 5, or 2) or get 0 points?
Answer:
2: (2 – 5)/324
= (81π – 36π)/324
= 45π/324
= 0.43
0.09 + 0.26 + 0.43 = 0.78
More likely to get 2 points.

Question 10.
In Example 5, for which color is the experimental probability of stopping on the color greater than the theoretical probability?
Answer:
9/20 = 0.45

Question 11.
In Example 6, what is the probability that a pet-owning adult chosen at random owns a fish?
Answer:
146/1328 = 73/664 = 0.11

Exercise 12.1 Sample Spaces and Probability

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
A number that describes the likelihood of an event is the ___________ of the event.
Answer:
A number that describes the likelihood of an event is the Probability of the event.

Question 2.
WRITING
Describe the difference between theoretical probability and experimental probability.
Answer: Experimental probability is the result of an experiment. Theoretical probability is what is expected to happen.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6. find the number of possible outcomes in the sample space. Then list the possible outcomes.

Question 3.
You roll a die and flip three coins.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.1 Qu 3.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.1 Qu 3.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.1 Qu 3.3

Question 4.
You flip a coin and draw a marble at random from a hag containing two purple marbles and one while marble.
Answer:
Given data,
You flip a coin and draw a marble at random from a hag containing two purple marbles and one while marble.
the probability of getting a purple marble = 2/3
the probability of getting a white marble = 1/3

Question 5.
A bag contains four red cards numbered 1 through 4, four white cards numbered 1 through 4, and four black cards numbered 1 through 4. You choose a card at random.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.1 Qu 5

Question 6.
You draw two marbles without replacement from a bag containing three green marbles and four black marbles.
Answer:
In all there are 7 marbles when you first grab a marble, after that you take one marble away then you have 6 marbles to choose.
7 × 6 = 42
42 possible outcomes: GG, GG, GB, GB, GB, GB, GG, GG, GB, GB, GB, GB, GG, GG, GB, GB, GB, GB, BG, BG, BG, BB, BB, BB, BG, BG, BG, BB, BB, BB, BG, BG, BG, BB, BB, BB, BG, BG, BG, BB, BB, BB, BB.

Question 7.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A game show airs on television five days per week. Each day, a prize is randomly placed behind one of two doors. The contestant wins the prize by selecting the correct door. What is the probability that exactly two of the five contestants win a prize during a week?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.1 Qu 7.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.1 Qu 7.2

Question 8.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Your friend has two standard decks of 52 playing cards and asks you to randomly draw one card from each deck. What is the probability that you will draw two spades?
Answer:
You have two decks of 52 cards and in a normal deck, there are 13 cards of each suit.
So there are 13 spades in the deck.
Therefore the probability of you drawing a spade is 13 out of all the 52 cards or \(\frac{13}{52}\), which can be reduced to \(\frac{1}{4}\). You do this two times with different decks that are exactly the same so you multiply \(\frac{1}{4}\) times \(\frac{1}{4}\). 1 times 1 is 1 and 4 times 4 is 16, so it is \(\frac{1}{16}\).
You can turn this into a percentage by dividing 1 by 16 and moving the decimal place to places to the right.
6.25% is the probability that you will draw two spades.

Question 9.
PROBLEM SOLVING
When two six-sided dice are rolled, there are 36 possible outcomes. Find the probability that
(a) the sum is not 4 and
(b) the sum is greater than 5.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.1 Qu 9.1

Question 10.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The age distribution of a population is shown. Find the probability of each event.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 8
a. A person chosen at random is at least 15 years old.
Answer: 80%

b. A person chosen at random is from 25 to 44 years old.
Answer: 13% + 13% = 26%

Question 11.
ERROR ANALYSIS
A student randomly, guesses the answers to two true-false questions. Describe and correct the error in finding the probability of the student guessing both answers correctly.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.1 Qu 11

Question 12.
ERROR ANALYSIS
A student randomly draws a number between 1 and 30. Describe and correct the error in finding the probability that the number drawn is greater than 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 10
Answer:
The error is that the probability of the complement of the event is 4/30, not 3/30, because if you are looking for a sum greater than 4, than you subtract 1 by numbers less than or equal to 4 by the total amount of numbers, which is 30.
P(Sum is greater than 4)=1-P(Sum is less than or equal to 4)
1 – 2/15
= 13/15

Question 13.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
You throw a dart at the board shown. Your dart is equally likely to hit any point inside the square board. What is the probability your dart lands in the yellow region?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.1 Qu 13

Question 14.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The map shows the length (in miles) of shoreline along the Gulf of Mexico for each state that borders the body of water. What is the probability that a ship coming ashore at a random point in the Gulf of Mexico lands in the given state?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12
a. Texas
Answer:
By using the above map we can solve the problem
Total length of the shoreline: 367 + 397 + 44 + 53 + 770 = 1631 miles
The probability of the ship landing in Texas: 367/1631 = 0.23

b. Alabama
Answer:
The probability of the ship landing in Alabama: 53/1631 = 0.03

c. Florida
Answer:
The probability of the ship landing in Florida: 770/1631 = 0.47

d. Louisiana
Answer:
The probability of the ship landing in Louisiana: 397/1631 = 0.24

Question 15.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
You roll a six-sided die 60 times. The table shows the results. For which number is the experimental probability of rolling the number the same as the theoretical probability?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.1 Qu 15

Question 16.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A bag contains 5 marbles that are each a different color. A marble is drawn, its color is recorded, and then the marble is placed back in the hag. This process is repeated until 30 marbles have been drawn. The table shows the results. For which marble is the experimental probability of drawing the marble the same as the theoretical probability?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 14
Answer:
Total number of marbles = 30
6/30 = 1/5
For black marble the experimental probability of drawing the marble the same as the theoretical probability.

Question 17.
REASONING
Refer to the spinner shown. The spinner is divided into sections with the same area.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 15
a. What is the theoretical probability that the spinner stops on a multiple of 3?
b. You spin the spinner 30 times. If stops on a multiple of 3 twenty times. What is the experimental probability of Stopping on a multiple of 3?
c. Explain why the probability you found in part (b) is different than the probability you found in part (a).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.1 Qu 17

Question 18.
OPEN-ENDED
Describe a real-life event that has a probability of 0. Then describe a real-life event that has a probability of 1.
Answer:
The probability of rolling a 7 with a standard 6-sided die = 0
The probability of rolling a natural number with a standard 6-sided die = 1

Question 19.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A survey of 2237 adults ages 18 and over asked which Sport 15 their favorite. The results are shown in the figure. What is the probability that an adult chosen at random prefers auto racing?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.1 Qu 19

Question 20.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A survey of 2392 adults ages 18 and over asked what type of food they Would be most likely to choose at a restaurant. The results are shown in the figure. What is the probability that an adult chosen at random prefers Italian food?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 17
Answer:
P(Italian) = 526/1196
= 263/1196
P(Italian) ≈ 22%

Question 21.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Refer to the board in Exercise 13. Order the likelihoods that the dart lands in the given region from least likely to most likely.
A. green
B. not blue
C. red
D. not yellow
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.1 Qu 21.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.1 Qu 21.2

Question 22.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Refer to the chart below. Order the following events from least likely to most likely.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 18
A. It rains on Sunday.
Answer:
80%
= 80/20 = 4/1
The ratio is 4:1

B. It does not rain on Saturday.
Answer:
100 – 30 = 70%
= 30/70 = 3 : 7

C. It rains on Monday.
Answer: 90%
= 90/10 = 9/1
= 9 : 1

D. It does not rain on Friday.
Answer:
100 – 5 = 95%
= 5/95 = 1/19
= 1 : 19

Question 23.
USING TOOLS
Use the figure in Example 3 to answer each question.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 19
a. List the possible sums that result from rolling two six-sided dice.
b. Find the theoretical probability of rolling each sum.
c. The table below shows a simulation of rolling two six-sided dice three times. Use a random number generator to simulate rolling two six-sided dice 50 times. Compare the experimental probabilities of rolling each sum with the theoretical probabilities.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.1 Qu 23.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.1 Qu 23.2

Question 24.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
You flip a coin three times. It lands on heads twice and on tails once. Your friend concludes that the theoretical probability of the coin landing heads up is P(heads up) = \(\frac{2}{3}\). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
The friend is incorrect because the probability of heads here is \(\frac{2}{3}\), is the experimental probabiility of heads for this particular case, while its theoretical probability will always be \(\frac{1}{2}\).

Question 25.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
A sphere fits inside a cube so that it touches each side, as shown. What is the probability a point chosen at random inside the cube is also inside the sphere ?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.1 Qu 25.1

Question 26.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Consider the graph of f shown. What is the probability that the graph of y = f(x) + c intersects the x-axis when c is a randomly chosen integer from 1 to 6? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 21
Answer:

Question 27.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A manufacturer tests 1200 computers and finds that 9 of them have defects. Find the probability that a computer chosen at random has a defect. Predict the number of computers with defects in a shipment of 15,000 computers. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.1 Qu 27

Question 28.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The tree diagram shows a sample space. Write a probability problem that can be represented by the sample space. Then write the answer(s) to the problem.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 22
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Simplify the expression. Write your answer using only positive exponents.

Question 29.
\(\frac{2 x^{3}}{x^{2}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.1 Qu 29

Question 30.
\(\frac{2 x y}{8 y^{2}}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{2y}{8 y^{2}}\)
= \(\frac{2}{8y}\)
= \(\frac{1}{4y}\)

Question 31.
\(\frac{4 x^{9} y}{3 x^{3} y}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.1 Qu 31

Question 32.
\(\frac{6 y^{0}}{3 x^{-6}}\)
Answer:
Given,
\(\frac{6 y^{0}}{3 x^{-6}}\)
= 6 . 1/3x-6
= 2 . x6

Question 33.
(3Pq)4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.1 Qu 33

Question 34.
\(\left(\frac{y^{2}}{x}\right)^{-2}\)
Answer: (\(\frac{y}{x}\))²

12.2 Independent and Dependent Events

Exploration 1

Identifying Independent and Dependent Events

Work with a partner: Determine whether the events are independent or dependent. Explain your reasoning.
REASONING ABSTRACTLY
To be proficient in math, you need to make sense of quantities and their relationships in problem situations.
a. Two six-sided dice are rolled.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 23
Answer:
P = Number of outcomes that satisfy the requirements/Total number of possible outcomes
Probability for rolling two dice with the six sided dots such as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 dots in each die.
When two dice are thrown simultaneously, thus the number of event can be 62 = 36 because each die has 1 to 6 number on its faces.
This is independent event

b. Six pieces of paper, numbered 1 through 6, are in a bag, Two pieces of paper are selected one at a time without replacement.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 24
Answer:
P = Number of outcomes that satisfy the requirements/Total number of possible outcomes
When we pick up any paper the probability result is equal of 1/6
This is dependent event

Exploration 2

Work with a partner:

a. In Exploration 1(a), experimentally estimate the probability that the sum of the two numbers rolled is 7. Describe your experiment.
Answer:

(b). In Exploration 1 (b), experimentally estimate the probability that the sum of the two numbers selected is 7. Describe your experiment.
Answer:

Exploration 3

Finding Theoretical Probabilities

Work with a partner:
a. In Exploration 1(a), find the theoretical probability that the sum of the two numbers rolled is 7. Then compare your answer with the experimental probability you found in Exploration 2(a).
Answer:
For each of the possible outcomes add the numbers on the two dice and count how many times this sum is 7. If you do so you will find that the sum is 7 for 6 of the possible outcomes. Thus the sum is a 7 in 6 of the 36 outcomes and hence the probability of rolling a 7 is 6/36 = 1/6.

b. In Exploration 1(b). find the theoretical probability that the sum of the two numbers selected is 7. Then compare your answer with the experimental probability you found in Exploration 2(b).
Answer:

C. Compare the probabilities you obtained in parts (a) and (b).
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you determine whether two events are independent or dependent?
Answer:
Two events A and B are said to be independent if the fact that one event has occurred does not affect the probability that the other event will occur.
If whether or not one event occurs does affect the probability that the other event will occur, then the two events are said to be dependent.

Question 5.
Determine whether the events are independent or dependent. Explain your reasoning.
a. You roil a 4 on a six-sided die and spin red on a spinner.
Answer: Independent

b. Your teacher chooses a student to lead a group. chooses another student to lead a second group. and chooses a third student to lead a third group.
Answer: Dependent

Lesson 12.2 Independent and Dependent Events

Monitoring progress

Question 1.
In Example 1, determine whether guessing Question 1 incorrectly and guessing Question 2 correctly are independent events.
Answer:

Question 2.
In Example 2, determine whether randomly selecting a girl first and randomly selecting a boy second are independent events.
Answer:

Question 3.
In Example 3, what is the probability that you spin an even number and then an odd number?
Answer:

Question 4.
In Example 4, what is the probability that both hills are $1 hills?
Answer:

Question 5.
In Example 5, what is the probability that none of the cards drawn are hearts when (a) you replace each card, and (b) you do not replace each card? Compare the probabilities.
Answer:
(a) you replace each card,
P(A and B and C) = P(A) P(B) P(C)
= 13/52 . 13/52 . 13/52 = 1/4 . 1/4 . 1/4 = 1/64 = 0.016

Question 6.
In Example 6, find (a) the probability that a non-defective part “passes” and (b) the probability that a defective part “fails.”
Answer:
(a) the probability that a non-defective part “passes”
P(P/D) = 3/39 = 1/13 = 0.077
(b) the probability that a defective part “fails.”
P(F/N) = 11/461 = 0.024

Question 7.
At a coffee shop. 80% of customers order coffee. Only 15% of customers order coffee and a bagel. What is the probability that a customer who orders coffee also orders a bagel?
Answer:
A: Customer order coffee
B: Customer order a bagel
P(B/A) = P(A and B)/P(A)
80% of customers order coffee and Only 15% of customers order coffee and a bagel.
P(A) = 80/100 = 0.8
P(A and B) = 15/100 = 0.15
P(B/A) = P(A and B)/P(A) = 0.15/0.8 = 0.1875 = 18.75%

Exercise 12.2 Independent and Dependent Events

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
Explain the difference between dependent events and independent events, and give an example of each.
Answer:
When two events are dependent, the occurrence of one event affects the other. When two events are independent, the occurence of one event does not affect the other.

Question 2.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The probability that event B will occur given that event A has occurred is called the _____________ of B given A and is written as _____________ .
Answer:
The probability that event B will occur given that event A has occurred is called the conditional probability of B given A and is written as P(B/A).

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6, tell whether the events are independent or dependent. Explain your reasoning.

Question 3.
A box of granola bars contains an assortment of flavors. You randomly choose a granola bar and eat it. Then you randomly choose another bar.
Event A: You choose a coconut almond bar first.
Event B: You choose a cranberry almond bar second.
Answer:
The two events, which considered in this experiment are an example of dependent events.

Question 4.
You roll a six-sided die and flip a coin.
Event A: You get a 4 when rolling the die.
Event B: You get tails when flipping the coin
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 25
Answer: Independent, the events do not influence each other.

Question 5.
Your MP3 player contains hip-hop and rock songs. You randomly choose a song. Then you randomly choose another song without repeating song choices.
Event A: You choose a hip-hop song first.
Event B: You choose a rock song second.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 26
Answer:
The events are dependent because the occurrence of event A affects the occurrence of event B.

Question 6.
There are 22 novels of various genres on a shell. You randomly choose a novel and put it back. Then you randomly choose another novel.
Event A: You choose a mystery novel.
Event B: You choose a science fiction novel.
Answer:
The 1st book chosen is put back so the second book picked has the same probability of being chosen a if the 1st book was never chosen to begin with the events are independent.

In Exercises 7 – 10. determine whether the events are independent.

Question 7.
You play a game that involves spinning a wheel. Each section of the wheel shown has the same area. Use a sample space to determine whether randomly spinning blue and then green are independent events.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 28
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.2 Qu 7

Question 8.
You have one red apple and three green apples in a bowl. You randomly select one apple to eat now and another apple for your lunch. Use a sample space to determine whether randomly selecting a green apple first and randomly selecting a green apple second are independent events.
Answer:
Let R represent the red apple.
Let G1, G2, G3 represent the 3 green apples.
P(G first) = P(green apple first) = 9/12 = 3/4 = 0.75
P(G second) = P(green apple second) = 9/12 = 3/4 = 0.75
P(green apple first and second) = 6/12 = 1/2 = 0.5
Events are not independent.

Question 9.
A student is taking a multiple-choice test where each question has four choices. The student randomly guesses the answers to the five-question test. Use a sample space to determine whether guessing Question 1 correctly and Question 2 correctly are independent events.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.2 Qu 9

Question 10.
A vase contains four white roses and one red rose. You randomly select two roses to take home. Use a sample space to determine whether randomly selecting a white rose first and randomly selecting a white rose second are independent events.
Answer:
P(A and B) = P(A) and P(B)
A = {First randomly selected roses is white}
B = {Second randomly selected roses is white}
P(A) = Number of favorable outcomes/Total number of outcomes = 4/5
P(B) = 4/5
P(A) . P(B) = 4/5 . 4/5 = 16/25

Question 11.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You play a game that involves spinning the money wheel shown. You spin the wheel twice. Find the probability that you get more than $500 on your first spin and then go bankrupt on your second spin.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 28
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.2 Qu 11

Question 12.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You play a game that involves drawing two numbers from a hat. There are 25 pieces of paper numbered from 1 to 25 in the hat. Each number is replaced after it is drawn. Find the probability that you will draw the 3 on your first draw and a number greater than 10 on your second draw.
Answer:
P(A) = 1/25
P(B) = 15/25
P(A and B) = P(A) . P(B)
= 1/25 . 15/25 = 3/125
Thus P(A and B) = 3/125

Question 13.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A drawer contains 12 white socks and 8 black socks. You randomly choose 1 sock and do not replace it. Then you randomly choose another sock. Find the probability that both events A and B will occur.
Event A: The first sock is white.
Event B: The second sock is white.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.2 Qu 13

Question 14.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A word game has 100 tiles. 98 of which are letters and 2 of which are blank. The numbers of tiles of each letter are shown. You randomly draw 1 tile, set it aside, and then randomly draw another tile. Find the probability that both events A and B will occur.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 29
Answer:
P(A) = 56/100 = 0.56
P(B) = 42/(100 – 1) = 0.424
P(A) . P(B) = 0.56 × 0.424 = 0.2376

Question 15.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Events A and B are independent. Describe and correct the error in finding P(A and B).
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 30
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.2 Qu 15

Question 16.
ERROR ANALYSIS
A shelf contains 3 fashion magazines and 4 health magazines. You randomly choose one to read, set it aside, and randomly choose another for your friend to read. Describe and correct the error in finding the probability that both events A and B occur.
Event A: The first magazine is fashion.
Event B: The second magazine is health.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 31
Answer:
P(A) = 3/7
P(B/A) = 4/(7 – 1) = 4/6
P(A and B) = P(A) × P(B/A)
P(A and B) = 3/7 × 4/6 = 2/7

Question 17.
NUMBER SENSE
Events A and B are independent. Suppose P(B) = 0.4 and P(A and B) = 0.13. Find P(A).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.2 Qu 17

Question 18.
NUMBER SENSE
Events A and B are dependent. Suppose P(B/A) = 0.6 and P(A and B) = 0.15. Find P(A).
Answer:
P(A) = x
P(B/A) = 0.6
P(A and B) = 0.15
P(A and B) = P(A) × P(B/A)
0.15 = x × 0.6
x = 0.15/0.6
x = 0.25

Question 19.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
You randomly select three cards from a standard deck of 52 playing cards. What is the probability that all three cards are face cards when (a) you replace each card before selecting the next card, and (b) you do not replace each card before selecting the next card? Compare the probabilities.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.2 Qu 19

Question 20.
A bag contains 9 red marbles. 4 blue marbles, and 7 yellow marbles. You randomly select three marbles from the hag. what is the probability that all three marbles are red when (a) you replace each marble before selecting the next marble, and (b) you do not replace each marble before selecting the next marble? Compare the probabilities.
Answer:
a. There are a total of 9 + 4 + 7= 20 marbles.
Therefore, the probability of selecting a red marble in each attempt is 9/20 when the marble is replaced.
Therefore the probability of selecting a red marble in each of 3 of the attempt is
9/20 × 9/20 × 9/20 = 0.09125
The replacement makes these independent events.
b. There are total of 9 + 4 + 7 = 20 marbles.
The probability of selecting a red marble in the first attempt is 9/20, second attempt is 8/19 and the third attempt is 7/18 when the marbles are not replaced.
Therefore the probability of selecting a red marble in each of 3 of the attempts is 9/20 × 8/19 × 7/18 = 0.0737

Question 21.
ATTEND TO PRECISION
The table shows the number of species in the United States listed as endangered and threatened. Find (a) the probability that a randomly selected endangered species is a bird, and (b) the probability that a randomly selected mammal is endangered.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 32
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.2 Qu 21

Question 22.
ATTEND TO PRECISION
The table shows the number of tropical cyclones that formed during the hurricane seasons over a 12-year period. Find (a) the probability to predict whether a Future tropical cyclone in the Northern Hemisphere is a hurricane, and (b) the probability to predict whether a hurricane is in the Southern Hemisphere.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 33
Answer:

Question 23.
PROBLEM SOLVING
At a school, 43% of students attend the homecoming football game. Only 23% of students go to the game and the homecoming dance. What is the probability that a student who attends the football game also attends the dance?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.2 Qu 23

Question 24.
PROBLEM SOLVING
At a gas station. 84% of customers buy gasoline. Only 5% of customers buy gasoline and a beverage. What is the probability that a customer who buys gasoline also buys a beverage?
Answer:
Given,
P(A) = 84% = 0.84
P(A and B) = 5% = 0.05
P(A and B) = P(A) × P(B/A)
P(B/A) = 0.05/0.84
P(B/A) = 0.0595

Question 25.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You and 19 other students volunteer to present the “Best Teacher” award at a school banquet. One student volunteer will be chosen to present the award. Each student worked at least 1 hour in preparation for the banquet. You worked for 4 hours, and the group worked a combined total of 45 hours. For each situation, describe a process that gives you a “fair” chance to be chosen. and find the probability that you are chosen.
a. “Fair” means equally likely.
b. “Fair” means proportional to the number of hours each student worked in preparation.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.2 Qu 25

Question 26.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
A bag contains one red marble and one blue marble. The diagrams show the possible outcomes of randomly choosing two marbles using different methods. For each method. determine whether the marbles were selected with or without replacement.
a.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 34
Answer:

b.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 35
Answer:

Question 27.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
A meteorologist claims that there is a 70% chance of rain. When it rains. there is a 75% chance that your softball game will be rescheduled. Your friend believes the game is more likely to be rescheduled than played. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
The chance that the game will be rescheduled is (0.7)(0.75) = 0.525
which is 52.5 percent
making it greater than 50 percent.

Question 28.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Two six-sided dice are rolled once. Events A and B are represented by the diagram. Describe each event. Are the two events dependent or independent? Justify your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 36
Answer:

Question 29.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A football team is losing by 14 points near the end of a game. The team scores two touchdowns (worth 6 points each) before the end of the game. After each touchdown, the coach must decide whether to go for 1 point with a kick (which is successful 99% of the time) or 2 points with a run or pass (which is successful 45% of the time).
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 37
a. If the team goes for 1 point after each touchdown, what is the probability that the team wins? loses? ties?
b. If the team goes for 2 points after each touchdown. what is the probability that the team wins? loses? ties?
c. Can you develop a strategy so that the coach’s team has a probability of winning the game that is greater than the probability of losing? If so, explain your strategy and calculate the probabilities of winning and losing the game.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.2 Qu 29

Question 30.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Assume that A and B are independent events.
a. Explain why P(B) = P(B/A) and P(A) = P(A/B).
Answer:
P(B) = P(B/A)
P(B) = P(A) . P(B/A)
P(A) = P(A/B).
P(A) = P(B) . P(A/B)

b. Can P(A and B) also be defined as P(B) • P(A/B)? Justify your reasoning.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 31.
\(\frac{9}{10}\) x = 0.18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.2 Qu 31

Question 32.
\(\frac{1}{4}\)x + 0.5x = 1.5
Answer:
Given,
\(\frac{1}{4}\)x + 0.5x = 1.5
0.25x + 0.50x = 1.5
0.75x = 1.5
x = 1.5/0.75
x = 2

Question 33.
0.3x – \(\frac{3}{5}\)x + 1.6 = 1.555
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.2 Qu 33

12.3 Two-Way Tables and Probability

Exploration 1

Completing and Using a Two-Way Table

Work with a partner: A two-way table displays the same information as a Venn diagram. In a two-way table, one category is represented by the rows and the other category is represented by the columns.

The Venn diagram shows the results of a survey in which 80 students were asked whether they play a musical instrument and whether they speak a foreign language. Use the Venn diagram to complete the two-way table. Then use the two-way table to answer each question.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 38
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 39
a. How many students play an instrument?
Answer: 41

b. How many students speak a foreign language?
Answer: 46

c. How many students play an instrument and speak a foreign language?
Answer: 16

d. How many students do not play an instrument and do not speak a foreign language?
Answer: 9

e. How many students play an instrument and do not speak a foreign language?
Answer: 25

Exploration 2

Two – Way Tables and Probability

Work with a partner. In Exploration 1, one student is selected at random from the 80 students who took the survey. Find the probability that the student
a. plays an instrument.
Answer: 41/80

b. speaks a foreign language.
Answer: 46/80

c. plays an instrument and speaks a foreign language.
Answer: 16/80

d. does not play an instrument and does not speak a foreign language.
Answer: 9/80

e. plays an instrument and does not speak a foreign language.
Answer:

Exploration 3

Conducting a Survey

Work with your class. Conduct a survey of the students in your class. Choose two categories that are different from those given in Explorations 1 and 2. Then summarize the results in both a Venn diagram and a two-way table. Discuss the results.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
To be proficient in math, you need to identify important quantities in a practical situation and map their relationships using such tools as diagrams and two-way tables.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you construct and interpret a two-way table?
Answer:
Identify the variables. There are two variables of interest here: the commercial viewed and opinion.
Determine the possible values of each variable. For the two variables, we can identify the following possible values
Set up the table
Fill in the frequencies

Question 5.
How can you use a two-way table to determine probabilities?
Answer:

Lesson 12.3 Two-Way Tables and Probability

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
You randomly survey students about whether they are in favor of planting a community garden at school. of 96 boys surveyed, 61 are in favor. 0f 88 girls surveyed, 17 are against. Organize the results in a two-way table. Then find and interpret the marginal frequencies.
Answer:
In order to find out how many boys are against you do 96 – 61. In order to find out how many girls are in favor you do 88 – 17.
In order to find the probability you make a proportion. It will be:
P/100 = number of girls against/total number of students
17/184 = p/100
17 × 100 = 184p
1700 = 184p
p = 9.23

Question 2.
Use the survey results in Monitoring Progress Question 1 to make a two-way table that shows the joint and marginal relative frequencies.
Answer:

Question 3.
Use the survey results in Example 1 to make a two-way table that shows the conditional relative frequencies based on the column totals. Interpret the conditional relative frequencies in the context of the problem.
Answer:

Question 4.
Use the survey results in Monitoring Progress Question 1 to make a two-way table that shows the conditional relative frequencies based on the row totals. Interpret the conditional relative frequencies in the context of the problem.
Answer:

Question 5.
In Example 4, what is the probability that a randomly selected customer who is located in Santa Monica will not recommend the provider to a friend?
Answer:

Question 6.
In Example 4, determine whether recommending the provider to a friend and living in Santa Monica are independent events. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 7.
A manager is assessing three employees in order to offer one of them a promotion. Over a period of time, the manager records whether the employees meet or exceed expectations on their assigned tasks. The table shows the managers results. Which employee should be offered the promotion? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 12 Probability 40
Answer:

Exercise 12.3 Two-Way Tables and Probability

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
A(n) ______________ displays data collected from the same source that belongs to two different categories.
Answer:
A two-way table displays data collected from the same source that belongs to two different categories.

Question 2.
WRITING
Compare the definitions of joint relative frequency, marginal relative frequency, and conditional relative frequency.
Answer:
Joint relative frequency: joint relative frequency is the ratio of a frequency that is not in the total row or the total column to the total number of values.
Marginal relative frequency: marginal relative frequency is the sum of the joint relative frequencies in a given row or column.
Conditional relative frequency: It is the ratio of joint relative frequency to the marginal relative frequency.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4, complete the two-way table.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 12 Probability 41
Answer:
Number of students who have passed the exam is 50 – 10 = 40
Of those 40 students, 6 did not study for the exam,
Number of the students who studied and have passed the exam is 40 – 6 = 34
Number of the students who did not study and did not pass the exam is 10 – 4 = 6
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.3 Qu 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 12 Probability 42
Answer:
Number of students who said no is 49 – 7 = 42
Total number of students is 56 + 42 = 98
Total number of people is 98 + 10 = 108
Out of the total number of people, 49 of them said no,
Total number of people who said yes is 108 – 49 = 59
Number of teachers who said yes is 59 – 56 = 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Geometry-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Probability-42 (1)

Question 5.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You survey 171 males and 180 females at Grand Central Station in New York City. Of those, 132 males and 151 females wash their hands after using the public rest rooms. Organize these results in a two-way table. Then find and interpret the marginal frequencies.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 12 Probability 43
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.3 Qu 5.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.3 Qu 5.2

Question 6.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A survey asks 60 teachers and 48 parents whether school uniforms reduce distractions in school. Of those, 49 teachers and 18 parents say uniforms reduce distractions in school, Organize these results in a two-way table. Then find and interpret the marginal frequencies.
Answer:
Given,
A survey asks 60 teachers and 48 parents whether school uniforms reduce distractions in school. Of those, 49 teachers and 18 parents say uniforms reduce distractions in school
Number of teacher who said no is 60 – 49 = 11
Number of parents who said no = 48 – 18 = 30
Total number of people who said yes = 49 + 18 = 67
Total number of people who said no = 11 + 30 = 41
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability img_15

USING STRUCTURE
In Exercises 7 and 8, use the two-way table to create a two-way table that shows the joint and marginal relative frequencies.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 12 Probability 44
Answer:
P1,1 = Number of favorable outcomes/Total number of outcomes
= 11/231 = 0.0476
P2,1 = 24/231 = 0.1039
P1,2 = 104/231 = 0.4502
P2,2 = 92/231 = 0.3983
The marginal relative frequencies we find as the sum of each row and each column.
P(A randomly chosen person is male) = 115/231 = 0.4978
P(A randomly chosen person is female) = 116/231 = 0.5022
P(A randomly chosen person have left dominant hand) = 35/231 = 0.1515
P(A randomly chosen person have left dominant hand) = 196/231 = 0.8484
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.3 Qu 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 12 Probability 45
Answer:
P1,1 = Number of favorable outcomes/Total number of outcomes
= 62/410 = 0.1513
The marginal relative frequencies we find as the sum of each row and each column.
P(A randomly chosen person is male) = 377/410 = 0.9195
P(A randomly chosen person is female) = 33/410 = 0.0805

Question 9.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Use the survey results from Exercise 5 to make a two-way table that shows the joint and marginal relative frequencies.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.3 Qu 9

Question 10.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
In a survey, 49 people received a flu vaccine before the flu season and 63 people did not receive the vaccine. Of those who receive the flu vaccine, 16 people got the flu. Of those who did not receive the vaccine, 17 got the flu. Make a two-way table that shows the joint and marginal relative frequencies.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 12 Probability 46
Answer:
We see that the total no. of people who received the vaccine is 49, of which 16 got a fly.
Number of people who received the vaccine and did not get a fly is 49 – 16 = 33
Number of people who did not received the vaccine and did not get a fly is 63 – 17 = 46
Total number of people who got a fly is 16 + 17 = 33
Total Number of people who did not get a fly is 33 + 46 = 79
We also know that the total number of people who were surveyed is 49 + 63 = 112
P1,1 = Number of favorable outcomes/Total number of outcomes
= 16/112 = 0.1428
The marginal relative frequencies we find as the sum of each row and each column.
P(A randomly chosen person got a fly) = 33/112 = 0.2946
P(A randomly chosen person did not get a fly) = 79/112 = 0.7053

Question 11.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A survey finds that 110 people ate breakfast and 30 people skipped breakfast. Of those who ate breakfast. 10 people felt tired. Of those who skipped breakfast. 10 people felt tired. Make a two-way table that shows the conditional relative frequencies based on the breakfast totals.
Answer:
Given,
A survey finds that 110 people ate breakfast and 30 people skipped breakfast.
Of those who ate breakfast. 10 people felt tired. Of those who skipped breakfast. 10 people felt tired.
Number of people who ate breakfast and not tired is 110 – 10 = 100
Number of people who did not eat breakfast and not tired is 30 – 10 = 20
Total number of people who felt tired is 10 + 10 = 20
Total number of people who did not get tired is 100 + 20 = 120
120 +20 = 140
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.3 Qu 11

Question 12.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Use the survey results from Exercise 10 to make a two-way table that shows the conditional relative frequencies based on the flu vaccine totals.
Answer:

Question 13.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Three different local hospitals in New York surveyed their patients. The survey asked whether the patients physician communicated efficiently. The results, given as joint relative frequencies. are shown in the two-way table.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 12 Probability 47
a. What is the probability that a randomly selected patient located in Saratoga was satisfied with the communication of the physician?
b. What is the probability that a randomly selected patient who was not satisfied with the physician’s communication is located in Glens Falls?
c. Determine whether being satisfied with the Communication of the physician and living in Saratoga are independent events.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.3 Qu 13

Question 14.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A researcher surveys a random sample of high school students in seven states. The survey asks whether students plan to stay in their home state after graduation. The results, given as joint relative frequencies, are shown in the two-way table.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 12 Probability 48
a. What is the probability that a randomly selected student who lives in Nebraska plans to stay in his or her home state after graduation?
Answer:
In this case we consider a event A = {arandomly chosen student lives in Nebraska}
B = {a randomly chosen student plans to stay in his or her home state after graduation}
P(A) = 0.044 + 0.4 = 0.444
P(B/A) = P(A and B)/P(A) = 0.044/0.444 = 0.099
About 1% students who lives Nebraska plans to stay in his or her home state after graduation.

b. What is the probability that a randomly selected student who does not plan to stay in his or her home state after graduation lives in North Carolina?
Answer:
C = {a randomly chosen student does not plan to stay in his or her home state after graduation}
D = {a randomly chosen student lives in North Carolina}
P(C) = 0.4 + 0.193 + 0.256 = 0.849
P(D/C) = P(C and D)/P(C)
= 0.193/0.849 = 0.227
Therefore about 22.7% students who does not plan to stay in his or her home state after graduation lives in North Carolina.

c. Determine whether planning to stay in their home state and living in Nebraska are independent events.
Answer:
P(B/A) = 0.099
P(B) = 0.044 + 0.05
1 + 0.056 = 0.151
P(B/A) ≠ P(B)
This events are independent.

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 15 and 16, describe and correct the error in finding the given conditional probability.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 12 Probability 49

Question 15.
P(yes|Tokyo)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 12 Probability 50
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.3 Qu 15

Question 16.
P(London|No)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 12 Probability 51
Answer:
P(A and B) = P(A)P(B/A)
P(A) = 0.341 + 0.112+ 0.191 = 0.644
P(B/A) = P(A and B)/P(A) = 0.112/0.644 = 0.1739
In the denominator the probability P(B) = 0.248 is used instead of P(A), where P(B) is probability that a randomly chosen person live in London.

Question 17.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You want to find the quickest route to school. You map out three routes. Before school, you randomly select a route and record whether you are late or on time. The table shows your findings. Assuming you leave at the same time each morning, which route should you use? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 12 Probability 52
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.3 Qu 17.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.3 Qu 17.2

Question 18.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A teacher is assessing three groups of students in order to offer one group a prize. Over a period of time, the teacher records whether the groups meet or exceed expectations on their assigned tasks. The table shows the teacher’s results. Which group should be awarded the prize? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 12 Probability 53
Answer: Group 1 exceeded expectations 12 out of 16 times or 75% of the time.

Question 19.
OPEN-ENDED
Create and conduct a survey in your class. Organize the results in a two-way table. Then create a two-way table that shows the joint and marginal frequencies.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.3 Qu 19

Question 20.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
A research group surveys parents and Coaches of high school students about whether competitive sports are important in school. The two-way table shows the results of the survey.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 12 Probability 54
a. What does 120 represent?
Answer: 120 parents said that competitive sports are not important in school.

b. What does 1336 represent?
Answer: 1336 is the sum of parents and coaches who agree that competitive sports are important in school.

c. What does 1501 represent?
Answer: 1501 is the total number of people surveyed. Here this is the sum of the parents and the coaches who participated in the survey.

Question 21.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend uses the table below to determine which workout routine is the best. Your friend decides that Routine B is the best option because it has the fewest tally marks in the “Docs Not Reach Goal” column. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 12 Probability 55
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.3 Qu 21

Question 22.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A survey asks students whether they prefer math class or science class. Of the 150 male students surveyed, 62% prefer math class over science class. Of the female students surveyed, 74% prefer math. Construct a two-way table to show the number of students in each category if 350 students were surveyed.
Answer:
survey asks students whether they prefer math class or science class. Of the 150 male students surveyed, 62% prefer math class over science class.
62% = 0.62
0.62 = P(Math/Male)
= P(Math and Male)/P(Male)
= Number of male students who prefer math/150
Number of male students who prefer math = 0.62 × 150 = 93
0.74 = P(Math/Female)
= P(Math and Female)/P(Female)
= Number of female students who prefer math/200
Number of female students who prefer math = 0.74 × 200 = 148
So, the total number of students who prefer math class is 148 + 93 = 241
Number of male students who prefer science class = 150 -93 = 57
Number of female students who prefer science class = 200 – 148 = 52
Number of students who prefer science class = 57 + 52 = 109
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 probability img_16

Question 23.
MULTIPLE REPRESENTATIONS
Use the Venn diagram to construct a two-way table. Then use your table to answer the questions.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 12 Probability 56
a. What is the probability that a randomly selected person does not own either pet?
b. What is the probability that a randomly selected person who owns a dog also owns a cat?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.3 Qu 23

Question 24.
WRITING
Compare two-way tables and Venn diagrams. Then describe the advantages and disadvantages of each.
Answer:

Question 25.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A company creates a new snack, N, and tests it against its current leader, L. The table shows the results.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 12 Probability 57
The company is deciding whether it should try to improve the snack before marketing it, and to whom the snack should be marketed. Use probability to explain the decisions the company should make when the total size of the snack’s market is expected to (a) change very little, and (b) expand very rapidly.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.3 Qu 25

Question 26.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Baye’s Theorem is given by
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 102
Use a two-way table to write an example of Baye’s Theorem.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 probability img_17
P(Cat owner) = 61/210 = 0.29
P(Dog owner) = 93/210 = 0.442
P(Cat Owner/Dog owner) = P(Dog owner and cat owner)/P(Dog owner) = 0.387
P(Dog owner/Cat owner) = P(Cat owner/Dog owner)P(Dog owner)/P(Cat owner)
= 0.387 × 0.442/0.29
= 0.5898

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Draw a Venn diagram of the sets described.

Question 27.
Of the positive integers less than 15, set A consists of the factors of 15 and set B consists of all odd numbers.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.3 Qu 27

Question 28.
Of the positive integers less than 14, set A consists of all prime numbers and set B consists of all even numbers.
Answer:
Set A = {2. 3, 5, 7, 11, 13}
Set B = {2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12}
It can be seen that here A and B are overlapping sets.
BIM Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability img_17

Question 29.
Of the positive integers less than 24, set A consists of the multiples of 2 and set B consists of all the multiples of 3.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.3 Qu 29

12.1 – 12.3 Quiz

Question 1.
You randomly draw a marble out of a bag containing 8 green marbles, 4 blue marbles 12 yellow marbles, and 10 red marbles. Find the probability of drawing a marble that is not yellow.
Answer:
Given,
You randomly draw a marble out of a bag containing 8 green marbles, 4 blue marbles 12 yellow marbles, and 10 red marbles.
Total number of outcomes here are 8 + 4 + 12 + 10 = 34
Thus the probability of obtaining a marble that is not yellow is (8 + 4 + 10)/34
= 22/34
= 11/17
= 0.647
= 64.7%
Thus the probability of obtaining a marble that is not yellow is 64.7%

Find P(\(\)(\bar{A}))

Question 2.
P(A) = 0.32
Answer:
P(\(\)(\bar{A}) = 1 – P(A)
1 – 0.32
= 0.68
P(\(\)(\bar{A}) = 0.68

Question 3.
P(A) = \(\frac{8}{9}\)
Answer:
P(\(\)(\bar{A}) = 1 – P(A)
1 – \(\frac{8}{9}\)
= \(\frac{1}{9}\)
P(\(\)(\bar{A}) = \(\frac{1}{9}\)

Question 4.
P(A) = 0.01
Answer:
P(\(\)(\bar{A}) = 1 – P(A)
1 – 0.01 = 0.99

Question 5.
You roll a six-sided die 30 times. A 5 is rolled 8 times. What is the theoretical probability of rolling a 5? What is the experimental probability of rolling a 5?
Answer:
Given,
You roll a six-sided die 30 times. A 5 is rolled 8 times.
The theoretical probability of rolling a 5 on a number cube is \(\frac{1}{6}\) while the experimental probability of rolling a 5 on a number cube is \(\frac{8}{30}\) = \(\frac{4}{15}\)

Question 6.
Events A and B are independent. Find the missing probability.
P(A) = 0.25
P(B) = ____
P(A and B) = 0.05
Answer:
Given,
P(A) = 0.25
P(A and B) = 0.05
P(A and B) = P(A) × P(B)
P(B) = P(A and B)/P(A)
P(B) = 0.05/0.25 = 0.2
P(B) = 0.2

Question 7.
Events A and B are dependent. Find the missing probability.
P(A) = 0.6
P(B/A) = 0.2
P(A and B) = ____
Answer:
Given,
P(A) = 0.6
P(B/A) = 0.2
P(A and B) = P(A) × P(B/A)
P(A and B) = 0.6 × 0.2
= 0.12
P(A and B) = 0.12

Question 8.
Find the probability that a dart thrown at the circular target Shown will hit the given region.
Assume the dart is equally likely to hit any point inside the target.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 12 Probability 58
a. the center circle
Answer:
Total area of the given region is π × r² = π × 6² = 36π = 113.112 sq. units
Area of the center circle is π × r² = π × 2² = 4π sq. units.
Therefore the probability of hitting the center circle is 4π/36π = 1/9 = 0.11…

b. outside the square
Answer:
Area of the square is 6² = 36
So the region outside of it is equal to 36π – 36 = 77.112 sq. units
Thus the probability of hitting the region outside the square is 77.112/113.112 = 0.682

c. inside the square but outside the center circle
Answer:
Area of the center circle is π × r² = π × 2² = 4π sq. units.
Area of the square is 6² = 36
Thus the probability of hitting the region outside the center circle but inside the square is 36 – 4π = 23.432 sq. units
Thus the probability of hitting the region is 23.432/113.112 = 0.207

Question 9.
A survey asks 13-year-old and 15-year-old students about their eating habits. Four hundred students are surveyed, 100 male students and 100 female students from each age group. The bar graph shows the number of students who said they eat fruit every day.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 12 Probability 59

a. Find the probability that a female student, chosen at random from the students surveyed, eats fruit every day.
Answer:
Total number of females who eat a fruit everyday are 61 + 58 = 119
Therefore the probability of randomly choosing a female who eats a fruit everyday is 119/400= 0.2975

b. Find the probability that a 15 – year – old student. chosen at random from the students surveyed, eats fruit every day.
Answer:
Total number of 15 year old student who eat a fruit everyday are 53 + 58 = 111
Therefore the probability of randomly choosing a 15 year old student who eats a fruit everyday is 111/200 = 0.555

Question 10.
There are 14 boys and 18 girls in a class. The teacher allows the students to vote whether they want to take a test on Friday or on Monday. A total of 6 boys and 10 girls vote to take the test on Friday. Organize the information in a two-way table. Then find and interpret the marginal frequencies.
Answer:
Given,
There are 14 boys and 18 girls in a class. The teacher allows the students to vote whether they want to take a test on Friday or on Monday.
14 + 18 = 32
Number of boys who vote to take the test on Monday is 14 – 6 = 8
Number of girls who vote to take the test on monday is 18 – 10 = 8
A total of 6 boys and 10 girls vote to take the test on Friday.
The total number of students who take the test on Friday is 10 + 6 = 16
The total number of students who vote to take the test on Friday is 8 + 8 = 16
BIM Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability img_14

Question 11.
Three schools compete in a cross country invitational. Of the 15 athletes on your team. 9 achieve their goal times. Of the 20 athletes on the home team. 6 achieve their goal times. On your rival’s team, 8 of the 13 athletes achieve their goal times. Organize the information in a two-way table. Then determine the probability that a randomly elected runner who achieves his or her goal time is from your school.
Answer:
Three schools compete in a cross country invitational. Of the 15 athletes on your team. 9 achieve their goal times.
Number of runners in your team who do not achieve their goal team is 15 – 9 = 6
Number of runners in home team who do not achieve their goal team is 20 – 6 = 14
Number of runners in rival’s team who do not achieve their goal team is 13 – 8 = 5
Total number of runners who achieve their goal team is 9 + 6 + 8 = 23
Total number of runners who do not achieve their goal team is 6 + 14 + 5 = 25
The total number of rubbers who was surveyed is 23 + 25 = 48
P = Your team ans achieve their goal team/P(Archive their goal team)
P = 9/23
P = 0.39

12.4 Probability of Disjoint and Overlapping Events

Exploration 1

Work with a partner: A six-sided die is rolled. Draw a Venn diagram that relates the two events. Then decide whether the cents are disjoint or overlapping.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
To be proficient in math, you need to map the relationships between important quantities in a practical situation using such tools as diagrams.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 12 Probability 60
a. Event A: The result is an even number.
Event B: The result is a prime number.
Answer:
Bigideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability img_13

b. Event A: The result is 2 or 4.
Event B: The result is an odd number
Answer:
Bigideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability img_14

Exploration 2

Finding the Probability that Two Events Occur

Work with a partner: A six-sided die is roiled. For each pair of events. find (a) P(A), (b) P(B). (C) P(A) and (B). and (d) P(A or B).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 12 Probability 61
a. Event A: The result is an even number.
Event B: The result is a Prime number.
Answer:
P(A) = \(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
P(B) = \(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A and B)
P(A and B) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)
P(A or B) = \(\frac{5}{6}\)

b. Event A: The result is 2 or 4.
Event B: The result is an odd number.
Answer:
P(A) = \(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)
P(B) = \(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A and B)
P(A and B) = 0
P(A or B) = \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Exploration 3

Discovering Probability Formulas

Work with a partner:
a. In general, if event A and event B arc disjoint, then what is the probability that event A or event B will occur? Use a Venn diagram to justify your conclusion.
Answer:
If event A and B are disjoint, there are no common outcomes.
So we add the probabilities that each event occurs:
P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 12 Probability Answer Key img_11

b. In general, if event A and event B are overlapping, then what is the probability that event A or event B will occur? Use a Venn diagram to justify your conclusion.
Answer:
If event A and event B are overlapping, there are common outcomes.
So, we add the probabilities that each event occurs then subtract the probability of the common outcomes.
P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A and B)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 12 Probability Answer Key img_12

c. Conduct an experiment using a six-sided die. Roll the die 50 times and record the results. Then use the results to find the probabilities described in Exploration 2. How closely do your experimental probabilities compare to the theoretical probabilities you found in Exploration 2?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Chapter 12 Probability Answer Key img_12.1
a. P(A) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 50%
P(A) = \(\frac{21}{50}\) = 42%
P(B) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 50%
P(B) = \(\frac{32}{50}\) = 64%
P(A and B) = \(\frac{1}{6}\) ≈ 16.7%
P(A and B) = \(\frac{9}{50}\) ≈ 18%
P(A or B) = \(\frac{5}{6}\) ≈ 83.3%
P(A or B) = \(\frac{44}{50}\) ≈ 88%
P(A) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) ≈ 33.3%
P(A) = \(\frac{17}{50}\) = 34%
P(B) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 50%
P(B) = \(\frac{29}{50}\) = 58%
P(A and B) = 0 = 0%
P(A and B) = \(\frac{0}{50}\) = 0%
P(A or B) = \(\frac{5}{6}\) ≈ 83.3%
P(A or B) = \(\frac{46}{50}\) = 92%

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you find probabilities of disjoint and overlapping events?
Answer:
If A and B are disjoint events, then the probability of A or B is P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B). If two events A and B are overlapping, then the outcomes in the intersection of A and B are counted twice when P(A) and P(B) are added.
P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A and B)

Question 5.
Give examples of disjoint events and overlapping events that do not involve dice.
Answer:

a. Event A: The result is an even number.
Event B: The result is a prime number.
Answer:
Bigideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability img_13

b. Event A: The result is 2 or 4.
Event B: The result is an odd number
Answer:
Bigideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability img_14

Lesson 12.4 Probability of Disjoint and Overlapping Events

Monitoring Progress

A card is randomly selected from a standard deck of 52 playing cards. Find the probability of the event.

Question 1.
selecting an ace or an 8
Answer:
A: Selecting an ace
B: You select 8
We know that A has 4 outcomes and B also has 4 outcomes.
P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B)
= 4/52 + 4/52
= 8/52
= 2/13 ≈ 0.15

Question 2.
selecting a 10 or a diamond
Answer:
A: Selecting a 10
B: You select diamond
P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A and B)
= 4/52 + 13/52 – 1/52
= 16/52
= 4/13

Question 3.
WHAT IF?
In Example 3, suppose 32 seniors are in the band and 64 seniors are in the band or on the honor roll. What is the Probability that a randomly selected senior is both in the band and on the honor roll?
Answer:

Question 4.
In Example 4, what is the probability that the diagnosis is incorrect?
Answer:

Question 5.
A high school basketball team leads at halftime in 60% of the games in a season. The team wins 80% of the time when the have the halftime lead, but only 10% of the time when the do not. What is the probability that the team wins a particular game during the season?
Answer:
Given,
A high school basketball team leads at halftime in 60% of the games in a season. The team wins 80% of the time when the have the halftime lead, but only 10% of the time when the do not.
Let event A be team leads on the halftime and event B be win.
When A occurs, P(B) = 0.8
When A does not occur, P(B) = 0.1
P(B) = P(A and B) + P(\(\bar{A}\) and B)
P(A) . P(B | A) + P(\(\bar{A}\)) . P(B | \(\bar{A}\))
= 0.6 × 0.8 + 0.4 × 0.1
= 0.52

Exercise 12.4 Probability of Disjoint and Overlapping Events

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
Are the events A and \(\bar{A}\) disjoint? Explain. Then give an example of a real-life event and its complement.
Answer:
Yes A and \(\bar{A}\) are disjoint events because they are the complement of one another and so can not occur together and hence the name disjoint.
Example:
We flip a coin.
So, A = (the head fell)
\(\bar{A}\) = {the tail falls} are disjoint events.

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 12 Probability 62
How many outcomes are in the intersection of A and B?
Answer: There are 2 outcomes in the intersection of A and B.

How many outcomes are shared by both A and B?
Answer: 2 outcomes are shared by both A and B.

How many outcomes are in the union of A and B?
Answer: There are 4 + 2 + 3 = 9 outcomes in the union of A and B.

How many outcomes in B are also in A?
Answer: There are 2 outcomes in B that are also in A.

Monitoring progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6, events A and B are disjoint. Find P(A or B)

Question 3.
p(A) = 0.3, P(B) = 0.1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.4 Qu 3

Question 4.
p(A) = 0.55, P(B) = 0.2
Answer:
Given,
p(A) = 0.55, P(B) = 0.2
P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B)
P(A or B) = 0.55 + 0.2 = 0.75

Question 5.
P(A) = \(\frac{1}{3}\), P(B) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.4 Qu 5

Question 6.
p(A) = \(\frac{2}{3}\), P(B) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
Answer:
Given,
p(A) = \(\frac{2}{3}\), P(B) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B)
P(A or B) = \(\frac{2}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\)
P(A or B) = \(\frac{13}{15}\)

Question 7.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Your dart is equally likely to hit any point inside the board Shown. You throw a dart and pop a balloon. What is the probability that the balloon is red or blue?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 12 Probability 63
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.4 Qu 7

Question 8.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You and your friend are among several candidates running for class president. You estimate that there is a 45% chance you will win and a 25% chance your friend will win. What is the probability that you or your friend win the election?
Answer:
Let A be the event of you winning the election and B be of your friend winning the election
P(A) = 45% = 0.45
P(B) = 25% = 0.25
P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B)
P(A or B) = 0.45 + 0.25 = 0.70
Therefore the probability of you or your friend winning the election is 0.7

Question 9.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are performing an experiment to determine how well plants grow under different light sources. 0f the 30 Plants in the experiment, 12 receive visible light, 15 receive ultraviolet light, and 6 receive both visible and ultraviolet light. What is the probability that a plant in the experiment receives visible or ultraviolet light?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.4 Qu 9

Question 10.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Of 162 students honored at an academic awards banquet, 48 won awards for mathematics and 78 won awards for English. There are 14 students who won awards for both mathematics and English. A newspaper chooses a student at random for an interview. What is the probability that the student interviewed won an award for English or mathematics?
Answer:
Given,
There are 162 students honored at an academic awards banquet, 48 won awards for mathematics and 78 won awards for English.
There are 14 students who won awards for both mathematics and English. A newspaper chooses a student at random for an interview.
P(A) = 48/162
P(B) = 78/162
P(A and B) = 14/162
P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A and B)
P(A or B) = 48/162 + 78/162 – 14/162
P(A or B) = 112/162 = 56/81 = 0.691

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 11 and 12, describe and correct the error in finding the probability of randomly drawing the given card from a standard deck of 52 playing cards.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 12 Probability 64
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.4 Qu 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 12 Probability 65
Answer:
These 2 events are overlapping events as there is 1 card that is both a club and 9, therefore write equation of P(A or B) for overlapping events
P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A and B)
= 13/52 + 4/52 – 1/52
= 4/13

In Exercises 13 and 14, you roll a six-sided die. Find P(A or B).

Question 13.
Event A: Roll a 6.
Event B: Roll a prime number.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.4 Qu 13

Question 14.
Event A: Roll an odd number.
Event B: Roll a number less than 5.
Answer:
P(A) = 3/6
1, 3, 5 out of 6 possible outcomes
P(B) = 4/6
1, 2, 3, 4 out of 6 possible outcomes
P(A and B) = 2/6
3/4 + 4/6 – 2/6 = 5/6

Question 15.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A group of 40 trees in a forest are not growing properly. A botanist determines that 34 of the trees have a disease or are being damaged by insects, with 18 trees having a disease and 20 being damaged by insects. What is the probability that a randomly selected tree has both a disease and is being damaged by insects?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 12 Probability 66
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.4 Qu 15

Question 16.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A company paid overtime wages or hired temporary help during 9 months of the year. Overtime wages were paid during 7 months. and temporary help was hired during 4 months. At the end of the year, an auditor examines the accounting records and randomly selects one month to check the payroll. What is the probability that the auditor will select a month in which the company paid overtime wages and hired temporary help?
Answer:
P(A) = 7/12
P(B) = 4/12
P(A or B) = 9/12
P(A and B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A or B)
P(A and B) = 7/12 + 4/12 – 9/12
P(A and B) = 2/12 = 1/6
The probability of randomly selecting a month in which overtime was paid and temporary help was hired is 1/6 = 0.166…

Question 17.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
A company is focus testing a new type of fruit drink. The focus group is 47% male. 0f the responses, 40% of the males and 54% of the females said they would buy the fruit drink. What is the probability that a randomly selected person would buy the fruit drink?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.4 Qu 17

Question 18.
DRAWING CONCLUSIONS
The Redbirds trail the Bluebirds by one goal with 1 minute left in the hockey game. The Redbirds coach must decide whether to remove the goalie and add a frontline player. The probabilities of each team scoring are shown in the table.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 12 Probability 67
a. Find the probability that the Redbirds score and the Bluebirds do not score when the coach leaves the goalie in.
Answer:
Redbirds 10% x Bluebirds 90% = 9%

b. Find the probability that the Redbirds score and the Bluebirds do not score when the coach takes the goalie out.
Answer:
Redbirds 30% x Bluebirds 40% = 12%

c. Based on parts (a) and (b), what should the coach do?
Answer: Looks to be a 3% better chance to tie it up in B – pull the goalie

Question 19.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You can win concert tickets from a radio station if you are the first person to call when the song of the day is played. or if you are the first person to correctly answer the trivia question. The song of the day is announced at a random time between 7:00 and 7:30 A.M. The trivia question is asked at a random Lime between 7:15 and 7:45 A.M. You begin listening to the radio station at 7:20. Find the probability that you miss the announcement of the song of the day or the trivia question.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.4 Qu 19

Question 20.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Are events A and B disjoint events? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 12 Probability 68
Answer:
A and B are not disjoint events and in fact they are overlapping events with 1 overlapping outcome.
Disjoint events do not have any overlap and they are mutually exclusive from one another.

Question 21.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You take a bus from sour neighborhood to your school. The express bus arrives at your neighborhood at a random time between 7:30 and 7:36 AM. The local bus arrives at your neighborhood at a random time between 7:30 and 7:40 A.M. You arrive at the bus stop at 7:33 A.M. Find the probability that you missed both the express bus and the local bus.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 12 Probability 69
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.4 Qu 21

Question 22.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Write a general rule for finding P(A or B or C) for (a) disjoint and (b) overlapping events A, B, and C.
Answer:
For 2 disjoint events, the equation becomes:
P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B), based on this it can be said that the equation of P(A or B or C) will be
P(A or B or C) = P(A) + P(B) + P(C)
For 2 overlapping events, the equation becomes:
P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A and B)
P(A or B or C) = P(A) + P(B) + P(C) – P(A and B) – P(A and C) – P(B and C) + P(A and B and C)

Question 23.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
A bag contains 40 cards numbered 1 through 40 that are either red or blue. A card is drawn at random and placed back in the bag. This is done four times. Two red cards are drawn. numbered 31 and 19, and two blue cards are drawn. numbered 22 and 7. Your friend concludes that red cards and even numbers must be mutually exclusive. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Your friend is incorrect because we do not know all the number of cards. Also, from the given data we do not know all colors for cards. Therefore we can not conclude that red cards and even numbers be mutually exclusive.

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the Product.

Question 24.
(n – 12)2
Answer:
We can solve the product by using the formula
(a – b)² = a² – 2ab + b²
(n – 12)2 = (n)² – 2(n)(12) + (12)²
n² – 24n + 144

Question 25.
(2x + 9)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.4 Qu 25

Question 26.
(- 5z + 6)2
Answer:
(- 5z + 6)2 = (6 – 5z)2
We can solve the product by using the formula
(a – b)² = a² + 2ab + b²
(6 – 5z)2 = (6)² – 2(6)(5z) + (5z)²
36 – 24n + 25z²

Question 27.
(3a – 7b)2
Answer:
We can solve the product by using the formula
(a – b)² = a² + 2ab + b²
(3a – 7b)2 = (3a)² – 2(3a)(7b) + (7b)²
9a² – 42ab + 49b²

12.5 Permutations and Combinations

Exploration 1

Reading a Tree Diagram

Work with a partner. Two coins are flipped and the spinner is spun. The tree diagram shows the possible outcomes.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 71
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 72
a. How many outcomes are possible?
Answer:

b. List the possible outcomes.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Reading a Tree Diagram

Work with a partner: Consider the tree diagram below.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 82
a. How many events are shown?
Answer:

b. What outcomes are possible for each event?
Answer:

c. How many outcomes are possible?
Answer:

d. List the possible outcomes.
Answer:

Exploration 3

Writing a Conjecture

Work with a partner:

a. Consider the following general problem: Event 1 can occur in in ways and event 2 can occur in n ways. Write a conjecture about the number of ways the two events can occur. Explain your reasoning.
CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math,
you need to make conjectures and build a logical progression of statements to explore the truth of your conjectures.
Answer:

b. Use the conjecture you wrote in part (a) to write a conjecture about the number of ways more than two events can occur. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

c. Use the results of Explorations 1(a) and 2(c) to verify your conjectures.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can a tree diagram help you visualize the number of ways in which two or more events can occur?
Answer:

Question 5.
In Exploration 1, the spinner is spun a second time. How many outcomes are possible?
Answer:

Lesson 12.5 Permutations and Combinations

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
In how many ways can you arrange the letters in the word HOUSE?
Answer:

Question 2.
In how many ways can you arrange 3 of the letters in the word MARCH?
Answer:

Question 3.
WHAT IF
In Example 2, suppose there are 8 horses in the race. In how many different ways can the horses finish first, second, and third? (Assume there are no ties.)
Answer:

Question 4.
WHAT IF?
In Example 3, suppose there are 14 floats in the parade. Find the probability that the soccer team is first and the chorus is second.
Answer:

Question 5.
Count the possible combinations of 3 letters chosen from the list A, B, C, D, E.
Answer:

Question 6.
WHAT IF?
In Example 5, suppose you can choose 3 side dishes out of the list of 8 side dishes. How many combinations are possible?
Answer:

Question 7.
WHAT IF?
In Example 6, suppose there are 20 photos in the collage. Find the probability that your photo and your friend’s photo are the 2 placed at the top of the page.
Answer:

Exercise 12.5 Permutations and Combinations

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
An arrangement of objects in which order is important is called a(n) _________ .
Answer:
An arrangement of objects in which order is important is called a Permutation.

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which expression does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
\(\frac{7 !}{2 ! \cdot 5 !}\) 7C5 7C2 \(\frac{7 !}{(7-2) !}\)
Answer:
7C2 \(\frac{7 !}{(7-2) !}\) = \(\frac{7 !}{5!}\)
= 7C2
The expression \(\frac{7 !}{(7-2) !}\) does not belong with other three.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 8, find the number of ways you can arrange (a) all of the letters and (b) 2 of the letters in the given word.

Question 3.
AT
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 3

Question 4.
TRY
Answer:
a. In this case, we have to find the number of permutations all of the letters in a given word that will consist of 3 letters.
Number of permutations = (1st place can be one of three letters) × (2nd can be one of two letters that is left) × (3rd can be one letter that is left)
= 3 . 2 . 1 = 6
Therefore we have 6 ways for arrange all of the letters in given word, that is TRY, TYR, YTR, YRT, RTY and RYT.
Now, we have to find the number of permutation 2 of the letters in a given word that will consists of 3 letters
Number of permutations = (1st place can be one of three letters) × (2nd can be one of two letters that is left)
= 3 . 2 = 6
We have 6 ways for arrange 2 of the letters in given word, tthat is TR, TY, YT, YR, RT and RY.

Question 5.
ROCK
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 5

Question 6.
WATER
Answer:
In this case, we have to find the number of permutation all of the letters in a given word that will consist of 5 letters.
Number of permutations = (1st can be one of 5 letters) × (2nd place can be one of 4 letters that is left) × (3rd can be one of 3 letters that is left) × (4th can be two letters that is left) × (5th can be one letter that is left)
= 5 .4 . 3 . 2 . 1 = 120
Thus we have 120 ways to arrange all of the letters in given word, that WATER, WATRE, WARTE,…, RETAW.
Number of permutations = (1st can be one of 5 letters) × (2nd place can be one of 4 letters that is left)
= 5 . 4
= 20
Thus we have 20 ways to arrange 2 of the letters in given word, that WA, WT, WR, WE …, ER, RE.

Question 7.
FAMILY
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 7

Question 8.
FLOWERS
Answer:
We have to find the number of permutation all of the letters in a given word that will consist of 7 letters.
Number of permutations = (1st place can be one of 7 letters) × (2nd place can be one of 6 letters that is left) × (3rd place can be one of 5 letters that is left) × (4th place can be one of 4 letters that is left) × (5th place can be one of 3 letters that is left) × (6th place can be one of 2 letters that is left) × (7th place can be one of 1 letters that is left)
= 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1 = 5040
Thus we have 5040 ways to arrange all of the letters in given word, that is FLOWERS, FLOWERS, FLOWSER… SREWOLF
Now we have to find the number of permutation 2 of the letters in a given word that will consist of 7 letters.
Number of permutations = (1st place can be one of 7 letters) × (2nd place can be one of 6 letters that is left)
= 7 . 6
= 42
Thus we have 42 ways to arrange all of the letters in given word, that is FL, FO, FW, FE…RS, RE.

In Exercises 9 – 16, evaluate the expression.

Question 9.
5P2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 9

Question 10.
7P3
Answer:
7P3 = \(\frac{7 !}{(7-3) !}\) = \(\frac{7 !}{4!}\)
= 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/4 . 3 . 2 . 1
= 7 . 6 . 5
= 210
7P3 = 210

Question 11.
9P1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 11

Question 12.
6P5
Answer:
6P5 = \(\frac{6 !}{(6-5) !}\) = \(\frac{6 !}{1!}\)
= 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/1
= 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2
= 720
6P5 = 720

Question 13.
8P6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 13

Question 14.
12P0
Answer:
12P0 = \(\frac{12 !}{(12-0) !}\)
= \(\frac{12 !}{12!}\)
= 1
12P0 = 1

Question 15.
30P2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 15

Question 16.
25P5
Answer:
25P5 = \(\frac{25 !}{(25-5) !}\) = \(\frac{25 !}{20!}\)
= 25 . 24 . 23 . 22 . 21 . 20 . 19 . 18 . …. 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/20 . 19 . 18 . … 3 . 2 . 1
= 25 . 24 . 23 . 22 . 21
= 720
25P5 = 6375600

Question 17.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Eleven students are competing in an art contest. In how many different ways can the students finish first, second, and third?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 17

Question 18.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Six Friends go to a movie theater. In how many different ways can they sit together in a row of 6 empty seats?
Answer:
Given,
Six Friends go to a movie theater.
6P6 = \(\frac{6!}{(6-6) !}\)
= \(\frac{6!}{0!}\)
= 6!
= 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1
6P6 = 720

Question 19.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You and your friend are 2 of 8 servers working a shill in a restaurant. At the beginning of the shill. the manager randomly assigns 0ne section to each server. Find the probability that you are assigned Section 1 and your friend is assigned Section 2.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 19

Question 20.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You make 6 posters to hold up at a basketball game. Each poster has a letter of the word TIGERS. You and 5 friends sit next to each other in a row. The posters are distributed at random. Find the probability that TIGERS is spelled correctly when you hold up the posters.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 73
Answer:
Number of favorable outcomes = 1 (TIGERS)
Total number of outcomes = 6!
= 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1
= 720
Number of favorable outcomes/Total number of outcomes = 1/720

In Exercises 21 – 24, count the possible combinations of r letters chosen from the given list.

Question 21.
A, B, C, D; r = 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 21

Question 22.
L, M, N, O; r = 2
Answer:
4P2 = \(\frac{4!}{(4-2) !}\)
= \(\frac{4!}{2!}\)
= 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/2 . 1
= 12
4P2 = 12
So, the possible permutations of two letters in the given list L, M, N, O is
LM, ML
LN, NL
LO, OL
MN, NM
MO, MO
NO, ON
Thus the number of possible combination of a = 2 letters chosen from the list L, M, N, O
4P2 = 12/2 = 6

Question 23.
U , V, W, X, Y, Z; r = 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 23.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 23.2

Question 24.
D, E, F, G, H; R = 4
Answer:
5P4 = \(\frac{5!}{(5-4) !}\)
= \(\frac{5!}{1!}\)
=5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1
= 120
5P4 = 120
Thus the possible permutations of four letters in the given list D, E, F, G, H is
DEFG, DEGF, DGEF, DGFE, DFGD…HEFG, EHFG, EHGF, FGEH.
Thus we conclude that the number of possible combination of a = 4 letters chosen from the list D, E, F, G, H is
5C4 = \(\frac{120}{(24) !}\) = 5

In Exercise 25 – 32, evaluate the expression

Question 25.
5C1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 25

Question 26.
8C5
Answer:
8C5 = \(\frac{8!}{(8-5) !}\)
= \(\frac{8!}{3!}\) . \(\frac{1}{5!}\)
= 8 . 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/(5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1) (3 . 2 . 1)
= 8 . 7
8C5 = 56

Question 27.
9C9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 27

Question 28.
8C6
Answer:
8C6 = \(\frac{8!}{(8-6) !}\)
= \(\frac{8!}{2!}\) . \(\frac{1}{6!}\)
= 8 . 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/(6. 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1) (3 . 2 . 1)
= 8 . 7
8C5 = 56

Question 29.
12C3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 29

Question 30.
11C4
Answer:
11C4 = \(\frac{11!}{(11-4) !}\)
= \(\frac{11!}{7!}\) . \(\frac{1}{4!}\)
= 11 . 10 . 9 . 8 . 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/(7 . 6. 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1) (4 . 3 . 2 . 1)
= 11 . 10 . 3
11C4 = 330

Question 31.
15C8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 31

Question 32.
20C5
Answer:
20C5 = \(\frac{20!}{(20-5) !}\)
= \(\frac{20!}{5!}\) . \(\frac{1}{5!}\)
= 20 . 19 . 18 . 17 . 16 . 15 . … 8 . 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/(5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1) (5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1)
= 19 . 3 . 17 . 16
20C5 = 15504

Question 33.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Each year, 64 golfers participate in a golf tournament. The golfers play in groups of 4. How many groups of 4 golfers are possible?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 33

Question 34.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You want to purchase vegetable dip for a party. A grocery store sells 7 different flavors of vegetable dip. You have enough money to purchase 2 flavors. How many combinations of 2 flavors of vegetable dip are possible?
Answer:
given that,
You want to purchase vegetable dip for a party. A grocery store sells 7 different flavors of vegetable dip. You have enough money to purchase 2 flavors.
7C2 = \(\frac{7!}{(7-2) !}\)
= \(\frac{7!}{5!}\) . \(\frac{1}{2!}\)
= 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/(5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1) (2 . 1)
= 7 . 3
7C2 = 21

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 35 and 36, describe and correct the error in evaluating the expression.

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 74
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 35

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 75
Answer:
The permutation formula was used instead of the combination formula.

REASONING
In Exercises 37 – 40, tell whether the question can be answered using permutations or combinations. Explain your reasoning. Then answer the question.

Question 37.
To complete an exam. u must answer 8 questions from a list of 10 questions. In how many ways can you complete the exam?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 37

Question 38.
Ten students are auditioning for 3 different roles in a play. In how many ways can the 3 roles be filled?

Answer:
As 10 students are auditioning for 3 roles, which are different from each other, the order in which the roles are assigned to the students is important and should be taken into account.
As the Permutations formula takes into account the order of distribution. Hence the number of ways to fill the 3 roles can be found by using the permutations formula in the chapter.
So, the number of permutations of assigning the 3 roles to 3 students chosen from 10, using the permutations formula
10P3 = \(\frac{10!}{(10-3) !}\)
= \(\frac{10!}{7!}\)
= 10 . 9 . 8 . 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/(7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1)
=10 . 9 . 8
10P3 = 720

Question 39.
Fifty-two athletes arc competing in a bicycle race. In how many orders can the bicyclists finish first, second, and third? (Assume there are no ties.)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 39

Question 40.
An employee at a pet store needs to catch 5 tetras in an aquarium containing 27 tetras. In how many groupings can the employee capture 5 tetras?

Answer:
Given,
An employee at a pet store needs to catch 5 tetras in an aquarium containing 27 tetras.
27C5 = \(\frac{27!}{(27-5) !}\)
= \(\frac{27!}{22!}\) . \(\frac{1}{5!}\)
= 27. 26 . 25 . 24 . … 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/(22 . 21. … 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1)(5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1)
= 27 . 26 . 5 . 23
27C5 = 80730
Thus the number of combinations of 27 tetras taken 5 at the time is 80730.

Question 41.
CRITICAL THINKING
Compare the quantities 50C9 and 50C41 without performing an calculations. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 41

Question 42.
CRITICAL THINKING
Show that each identity is true for any whole numbers r and n, where 0 ≤ r ≤ n.
a. nCn = 1
Answer:
nCn = n!/n!(n – n)!
nCn = n!/n!0!
= 1/0!
We know that,
0! = 1
= 1/1 = 1
Thus nCn = 1

b. nCr = nCn – r
Answer:
nCn-a= n!/a!(n – a)!
nCn-a = n!/a!(n-a)! = nCn-a

c. n + 1Cr = nCr + nCr – 1
Answer:
n+1Ca = n+1!/a!(n+1-a)!
nCr + nCa-1 = n!/a!(n – a)! + n!/(n – (a – 1))! (a – 1)!
= \(\frac{(n+1)!}{(n-a+1) !}\) . \(\frac{1}{a!}\)
Thus n + 1Ca = nCa + nCa – 1

Question 43.

REASONING
Complete the table for each given value of r. Then write an inequality relating nPr and nCr. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 76
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 43

Question 44.
REASONING
Write an equation that relates nPr and nCr. Then use your equation to find and interpret the Value of \(\frac{182 P_{4}}{182 C_{4}}\).
Answer:
\(\frac{n P_{a}}{n C_{a}}\) = n!/(n – a)!/n!/a!(n – a)! = a!
\(\frac{182 P_{4}}{182 C_{4}}\) = 4! = 24

Question 45.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You and your friend are in the studio audience on a television game show. From an audience of 300 people, 2 people are randomly selected as contestants. What is the probability that you and your friend are chosen?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 45

Question 46.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You work 5 evenings each week at a bookstore. Your supervisor assigns you 5 evenings at random from the 7 possibilities. What is the probability that your schedule does not include working on the weekend?
Answer:
nCa = n!/a!(n – a)!
7C5 = \(\frac{7!}{(7-5) !}\)
= \(\frac{7!}{2!}\) . \(\frac{1}{5!}\)
=7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/(2 . 1)(5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1)
= 7 . 3
7C5 = 21
Thus we see that there are 21 possible combinations of five days formed from 7 days.
Hence we see that one of 21 possible combination of 5 days does not contain saturday and sunday.
P = P(Are chosen one combination of 21 possible)
= Number of favorable outcomes/Number of possible outcomes
= 1/21

REASONING
In Exercises 47 and 48, find the probability of winning a lottery using the given rules. Assume that lottery numbers are selected at random.

Question 47.
You must correctly select 6 numbers, each an integer from 0 to 49. The order is not important.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 47

Question 48.
You must correctly select 4 numbers, each an integer from 0 to 9. The order is important.
Answer:
nCa = n!/a!(n – a)!
10C4 = \(\frac{10!}{(10-4) !}\)
= \(\frac{10!}{6!}\) . \(\frac{1}{4!}\)
=10 . 9 . 8 . 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/(6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1)(4 . 3 . 2 . 1)
= 10 . 3 . 7
10C4 = 210
There are 210 possible combination of 10 numbers taken 4 at a time.
P (You winning a lottery) = P(Are chosen one combination 210 possible)
= Number of favorable outcomes/Number of possible outcomes
= 1/210

Question 49.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
A polygon is convex when no line that contains a side of the polygon contains a point in the interior of the polygon. Consider a convex polygon with n sides.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 77
a. Use the combinations formula to write an expression for the number of diagonals in an n-sided polygon.
b. Use your result from part (a) to write a formula for the number of diagonals of an n-sided convex polygon.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 49

Question 50.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are ordering a burrito with 2 main ingredients and 3 toppings. The menu below shows the possible choices. How many different burritos are possible
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 78
Answer:
You are ordering a burrito with 2 main ingredients and 3 toppings.
Total number of main ingredients = 6
As the order in which the ingredients are chosen is not important, the total number of ways to select 2 main ingredients out of 6 can be found by using the combinations formula.
nCa = n!/a!(n – a)!
6C2 = \(\frac{6!}{(6-2) !}\)
= \(\frac{6!}{4!}\) . \(\frac{1}{2!}\)
=6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/(4 . 3 . 2 . 1)(2 . 1)
= 3 . 5
6C2 = 15
Total number of toppings = 8
Number of toppings to be chosen = 3
nCa = n!/a!(n – a)!
8C3 = \(\frac{8!}{(8-3) !}\)
= \(\frac{8!}{5!}\) . \(\frac{1}{3!}\)
=8 . 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/(5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1)(3 . 2 . 1)
= 8 . 7
8C3 = 56
Total possible selections = ways to select main ingredients × Ways to select toppings
= 15 × 56
= 840

Question 51.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You want to purchase 2 different types of contemporary music CDs and 1 classical music CD from the music collection shown. How many different sets of music types can you choose for your purchase?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 79
a. How many combinations of three marbles can be drawn from the bag? Explain.
b. How many permutations of three marbles can be drawn from the bag? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 51

Question 52.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
A bag contains one green marble, one red marble, and one blue marble. The diagram shows the possible outcomes of randomly drawing three marbles from the hag without replacement.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 80
a. How many combinations of three marbles can be drawn from the bag? Explain.
Answer:
nCa = n!/a!(n – a)!
3C3 = \(\frac{3!}{(3-3) !}\)
= \(\frac{3!}{0!}\) . \(\frac{1}{3!}\)
=3 . 2 . 1/(1)(3 . 2 . 1)
= 1
3C3 = 1

b. How many permutations of three marbles can be drawn from the bag? Explain.
Answer:
nPa = n!/(n – a)!
3P3 = \(\frac{3!}{(3-3) !}\)
= \(\frac{3!}{0!}\)
=3 . 2 . 1/1
= 6
3P3 = 3
There are 6 possible combinations.

Question 53.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Every student in your history class is required to present a project in front of the class. Each day, 4 students make their presentations in an order chosen at random by the teacher. you make your presentation on the first day.
a. What is the probability that you are chosen to be the first or second presenter on the first day ?
b. What is the probability that you are chosen to be the second or third presenter on the first day? Compare your answer with that in part (a).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 53

Question 54.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The organizer of a cast party for a drama club asks each of the 6 cast members to bring 1 food item From a list of 10 items. Assuming each member randomly chooses a food item to bring. what is the probability that at least 2 of the 6 cast members bring the same item?
Answer:
Given,
The organizer of a cast party for a drama club asks each of the 6 cast members to bring 1 food item From a list of 10 items.
Assuming each member randomly chooses a food item to bring.
A = {At least 2 of the 6 cast members bring the same item}
\(\bar{A}\) = {All members bring different items}
First member can choose one of the 10 different products, the second can choose one of the 9 possible ways, and so on until the 6th member can choose one of the remaining 5 items.
10 . 9 . 8 . 7 . 6 . 5 = 151200
nPa = n!/(n – a)!
10P6 = \(\frac{10!}{(10-6) !}\)
= \(\frac{10!}{4!}\)
=10 . 9 . 8 . 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/4 . 3 . 2 . 1
= 10 . 9 . 8 . 7 . 6 . 5 = 151200
10P6 = 151200
10 . 10 . 10 . 10 . 10 . 10 = 1000000
P(\(\bar{A}\)) = Number of favorable outcomes/Number of possible outcomes
= 151200/1000000
= 0.1512
P(A) = 1 – P(\(\bar{A}\))
P(A) = 1 – 0.1512 = 0.8488
The probability that at least 2 of the 6 members bring the same items is about 85%

Question 55.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are one of 10 students performing in a school talent show. The order of the performances is determined at random. The first 5 performers go on stage before the intermission.
a. What is the probability that you are the last performer before the intermission and your rival performs immediately before you?
b. What is the probability that you are not the first performer?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 55

Question 56.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
How many integers, greater than 999 but not greater than 4000, can be formed with the digits 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4? Repetition of digits is allowed.
Answer:
Let fixed number 1 on the first place and in the second place can be one of 5 digits 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4. Because repetition of digits is allowed. In third and fourth place it can also be one of five digits.
Therefore we see that 5 . 5 . 5 = 125 integers which begin with 1, can be formed.
Second, If we fixed 2 on the first place, by the same logic as in the first part, we get that 5³ = 125 integers which begin with 2.
Next, if we fixed number 3 on the first place, we obtain 5³ = 125 integers which begin with 2.
5³ + 5³ + 5³ = 375
375 integers greater than 999 but not greater than 4000, can be formed with the digits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4.

Question 57.
PROBLEM SOLVING
There are 30 students in your class. Your science teacher chooses 5 students at random to complete a group project. Find the probability that you and your 2 best friends in the science class are chosen to work in the group. Explain how you found your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 57

Question 58.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Follow the steps below to explore a famous probability problem called the birthday problem. (Assume there are 365 equally likely birthdays possible.)

a. What is the probability that at least 2 people share the same birthday in a group of 6 randomly chosen people? in a group of 10 randomly chosen people?
Answer:
nPa = n!/(n – a)!
A = {At least  people share the same birthday in a group of 6 people}
So, we see that complement of event A is
\(\bar{A}\) = {All 6 people were born on different days}
nPa = n!/(n – a)!
365P6 = \(\frac{365!}{(365-6)!}\)
= \(\frac{365!}{(359)!}\)
= 365. 364 . 363 . 362 . 361 . 360 . 359 . 358 . ……. 2 . 1/(359 . 358. …. 2 . 1)
= 365. 364 . 363 . 362 . 361 . 360
For the first day we can also choose one of 365 possible for the second dat we can also choose one of 365 ways and so on.
For each of the 6 days we have the option to choose one day from 365 possible ways.
So, the number of possible outcomes is
365 . 365 . 365 . 365 . 365 . 365
P(\(\bar{A}\)) = Number of favorable outcomes/Number of possible outcomes
= 365. 364 . 363 . 362 . 361 . 360/365 . 365 . 365 . 365 . 365 . 365
= 0.959
P(A) = 1 – P(\(\bar{A}\))
P(A) = 1 – 0.959 = 0.04
P = 1 – 365P10/36510
1 – 0.883 = 0.117

b. Generalize the results from part (a) by writing a formula for the probability P(n) that at least 2 people in a group of n people share the same birthday. (Hint: Use nPr notation in your formula.)
Answer:
Based on the explanation in the part under a) we can conclude that the probability that at least two people share the same birthday in a group of n people is
P = 1 – 365Pn/365n

c. Enter the formula from part (b) into a graphing calculator. Use the table feature to make a table of values. For what group size does the probability that at least 2 people share the same birthday first exceed 50%?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability img_11
Based on the above table we see that for a group of 23 people and more, the probability that at least tweople share the same birthday exceed 50%

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Question 59.
A bag contains 12 white marbles and 3 black marbles. You pick 1 marble at random. What is the probability that you pick a black marble?
Answer:
Given,
A bag contains 12 white marbles and 3 black marbles. You pick 1 marble at random
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.5 Qu 59

Question 60.
The table shows the result of flipping two coins 12 times. For what outcome is the experimental probability the same as the theoretical probability?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 12 Probability 81
Answer:
The table shows the result of flipping two coins 12 times
P(HH) = P(HT) = P(TH) = P(TT) = 1/2 . 1/2 = 1/4
P(HH) = Number of favorable outcomes/Number of possible outcomes
= 2/12 = 1/6
P(HT) = 6/12 = 1/2
P(TH) = 3/12 = 1/4
P(TT) = 1/12
The most likely fell first heads, and second tails. Also, with the least probability fell twice tails.

12.6 Binomial Distributions

Exploration 1

Analyzing Histograms

Work with a partner: The histograms show the results when n coins are flipped.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 83
STUDY TIP
When 4 coins are flipped (n = 4), the possible outcomes are
TTTT TTTH TTHT TTHH
THTT THTH THHT THHH
HTTT HTTH HTHT HTHH
HHTT HHTH HHHT HHHH.
The histogram shows the numbers of outcomes having 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4 heads.
a. In how many ways can 3 heads occur when 5 coins are flipped?
Answer:

b. Draw a histogram that shows the numbers of heads that can occur when 6 coins are flipped.
Answer:

c. In how many ways can 3 heads occur when 6 coins are flipped?
Answer:

Exploration 2 

Determining the Number of Occurrences

Work with a partner:

a. Complete the table showing the numbers of ways in which 2 heads can occur when n coins are flipped.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 84
Answer:

b. Determine the pattern shown in the table. Use your result to find the number of ways in which 2 heads can occur when 8 coins are flipped.
LOOKING FOR A PATTERN
To be proficient in math, you need to look closely to discern a pattern or structure.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you determine the frequency of each outcome of an event?
Answer:

Question 4.
How can you use a histogram to find the probability of an event?
Answer:

Lesson 12.6 Binomial Distributions

Monitoring Progress

An octahedral die has eight sides numbered 1 through 8. Let x be a random variable that represents the sum when two such dice are rolled.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 85

Question 1.
Make a table and draw a histogram showing the probability distribution tor x.
Answer:

Question 2.
What is the most likely sum when rolling the two dice?
Answer:

Question 3.
What is the probability that the sum of the two dice is at most 3?
Answer:

According to a survey, about 85% of people ages 18 and older in the U.S. use the Internet or e-mail. You ask 4 randomly chosen people (ages 18 and older) whether they use the Internet or email.

Question 4.
Draw a histogram of the binomial distribution for your survey.
Answer:

Question 5.
What is the most likely outcome of your survey?
Answer:

Question 6.
What is the probability that at most 2 people you survey use the Internet or e-mail?
Answer:

Exercise 12.6 Binomial Distributions

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
What is a random variable?
Answer:
A random variable is a variable whose value is determined by the outcomes of a probability experiment.

Question 2.
WRITING
Give an example of a binomial experiment and describe how it meets the conditions of a binomial experiment.
Answer:
We flipping a coin 10 times and register what fell.
We know that events, coin toss are independent.
Each trial has only two possible outcomes: H and T
The probabilities are P(H) = P(T) = 1/2 and are the same for each trial.
We can conclude that this experiment is a binomial experiment.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6. make a table and draw a histogram showing the probability distribution for the random variable.

Question 3.
x = the number on a table tennis ball randomly chosen from a bag that contains 5 balls labeled “1,” 3 halls labeled “2,” and 2 balls labeled “3.”
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.6 Qu 3

Question 4.
c = 1 when a randomly chosen card out of a standard deck of 52 playing cards is a heart and c = 2 otherwise.
Answer:
Let C be a random variable that represents the randomly chosen card.
Standard desk have 52 playing cards.
P(C = 1) = Number of favorable outcomes/Total number of outcomes
= A randomly chosen card is a hard/Total number of cards
= 13/52
On the other hand,
P(C = 2) = A randomly chosen card is not a hard/Total number of cards
= 39/52

Question 5.
w = 1 when a randomly chosen letter from the English alphabet is a vowel and w = 2 otherwise.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.6 Qu 5

Question 6.
n = the number of digits in a random integer from O through 999.
Answer:
There are 10 outcomes for value 1, 90 outcomes for value 2, and 900 values for value 3.
P(N = 1) = Number of favorable outcomes/Total number of outcomes
= A randomly chosen integers in a one-digit number/Total number of integers
= 10/1000
= 1/100
P(N = 2) = 90/1000 = 9/100
P(N = 3) = 900/1000 = 9/10

In Exercises 7 and 8, use the probability distribution to determine (a) the number that is most likely to be spun on a spinner, and (b) the probability of spinning an even number.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 86
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.6 Qu 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 87
Answer:
The most likely number to be spun on the spinner is the value of random variable X(Number of spinner) of which P(X) is greatest.
From given histogram we see that this probability is greatest for X = 5.
Hence the most likely number to be spun on the spinner is 5.
P(Spinning an even number) = P(X = 10) + P(X = 20) = 1/6 + 1/12 = 1/4

USING EQUATIONS
In Exercises 9 – 12, calculate the probability of flipping a coin 20 times and getting the given number of heads.
Question 9.
1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.6 Qu 9

Question 10.
4
Answer:
P(Four success) = 20C4(1/2)4(1/2)20-4
= 20!/4!(20 – 4)!(1/2)20
= 20!/4!(16)!(1/2)20
= 0.0046
We see that the obtained probability is small, which is logical.

Question 11.
18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.6 Qu 11

Question 12.
20
Answer:
P(Four success) = 20C20(1/2)20(1/2)20-20
= 20!/20!(20 – 20)!(1/2)20
=(1/2)20
= 0.00000095

Question 13.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
According to a survey, 27% of high school students in the United States buy a class ring. You ask 6 randomly chosen high school students whether they own a class ring.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 88
a. Draw a histogram of the binomial distribution for your survey.
b. What is the most likely outcome of your survey?
c. What is the probability that at most 2 people have a class ring?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.6 Qu 13.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.6 Qu 13.2

Question 14.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
According to a survey, 48% of adults in the United States believe that Unidentified Flying Objects (UFOs) are observing our planet. You ask 8 randomly chosen adults whether they believe UFOs are watching Earth.
a. Draw a histogram of the binomial distribution for your survey.
Answer:
p = P(the American is a sports fan) = 48% = 0.48
1 – p = P(the American is not a sports fan) = 1 – 0.48= 0.52
P (0 success) = 0C8 p0(1 – p)8-0
= 8!/0!(8 – 0)! 1 . 0.528
= 0.528
= 0.1513
P (One person believe that UFOs are watching Earth) =8C1 p¹(1 – p)8-1
=0.03948
P (Two person believe that UFOs are watching Earth) =8C2 p2(1 – p)8-2
=0.1275
P (Three person believe that UFOs are watching Earth) =8C3 p3(1 – p)8-3
=0.2355
P (Four person believe that UFOs are watching Earth) =8C4 p4(1 – p)8-4
=0.2717
P (Five person believe that UFOs are watching Earth) =8C5 p5(1 – p)8-5
=0.2006
P (Six person believe that UFOs are watching Earth) =8C6 p6(1 – p)8-6
=0.0926
P (Seven person believe that UFOs are watching Earth) =8C7 p7(1 – p)8-7
=0.0244
P (Eight person believe that UFOs are watching Earth) =8C8 p8(1 – p)8-8
=0.0028
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 probability img_10

b. What is the most likely outcome of your survey?
Answer:
P (Four person believe that UFOs are watching Earth) = 0.2717
This probability has the highest, so we conclude that the most likely outcome is that four of the eight adults believe that UFOs are watching Earth.

c. What is the probability that at most 3 people believe UFOs are watching Earth?
Answer:
P (At most 3 persons believe that UFOs are watching Earth) = P (One person believe that UFOs are watching Earth) + P (Two person believe that UFOs are watching Earth) + P (Three person believe that UFOs are watching Earth)
= 0.0053 + 0.0395 + 0.1275 + 0.2355
= 0.4078

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 15 and 16, describe and correct the error in calculating the probability of rolling a 1 exactly 3 times in 5 rolls of a six-sided die.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 89
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.6 Qu 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 90
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.6 Qu 15

Question 17.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
At most 7 gopher holes appear each week on the farm shown. Let x represent how many of the gopher holes appear in the carrot patch. Assume that a gopher hole has an equal chance of appearing at any point on the farm.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 91
a. Find P(x) for x = 0, 1, 2 ….., 7.

Answer:
p = P(the gopher holes appear in the carrot patch)
= Area marked for carrot/Area of the whole farm
= Area of a square + Area of a triangle/Area of the whole farm
= 0.28125
1 – p = P(The gopher holes do not appear in the carrot patch)
= 1 – 0.28125
= 0.71875
P (0 success) = 0C7 p0(1 – p)7-0
= 7!/0!(7 – 0)! 1 . 0.727
= 0.727
= 0.099
P (There is one gopher hole in the carrot patch) =7C1 p¹(1 – p)7-1
=0.27143
P (There is two gopher hole in the carrot patch) =7C2 p¹(1 – p)7-2
=0.31863
P (There is three gopher hole in the carrot patch) =7C3 p¹(1 – p)7-3
=0.20781
P (There is four gopher hole in the carrot patch) =7C4 p¹(1 – p)7-4
=0.08131
P (There is five gopher hole in the carrot patch) =7C5 p¹(1 – p)7-5
=0.01909
P (There is six gopher hole in the carrot patch) =7C6 p¹(1 – p)7-6
=0.00249
P (There is seven gopher hole in the carrot patch) =7C7 p¹(1 – p)7-7
=0.00012

b. Make a table showing the probability distribution for x.
c. Make a histogram showing the probability distribution for x.
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.6 Qu 17.2

Question 18.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Complete the probability distribution for the random variable x. What is the probability the value of x is greater than 2?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 92
Answer:
P(X = 1) + P(X = 2) + … + P(X = n) = 1
P(X = 1) + P(X = 2) + P(X = 3) + P(X = 4) = 0.1 + 0.3 + 0.4 + P(X = 4)
= 1
P(X = 4) = 1 – 0.8 = 0.2
Now lets find a probability that value of X is greater then two, as
P(X ≥ 2) = P(X = 2) + P(X = 3) + P(X = 4)
= 0.3 + 0.4 + 0.2
= 0.9
It is very likely that the random variable k will take a value greater than 2.

Question 19.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
The binomial distribution Shows the results of a binomial experiment. Your friend claims that the probability p of a success must be greater than the probability 1 – p of a failure. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 93
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.6 Qu 19

Question 20.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
There are 100 coins in a bag. Only one of them has a date of 2010. You choose a coin at random, check the date, and then put the coin back in the bag. You repeat this 100 times. Are you certain of choosing the 2010 coin at least once? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Given,
There are 100 coins in a bag. Only one of them has a date of 2010. You choose a coin at random, check the date, and then put the coin back in the bag. You repeat this 100 times
p = P(Selected coin has a date of 2010)
= Number of favorable outcomes/Total number of outcomes
= 1/100
1 – p = 1 – 1/100  = 99/100
P (0 success) = 100C0 p0(1 – p)100-0
= 100!/0!(100 – 0)! 1 . (99/100)100
= (99/100)100
= 0.366
P(1 or more success) = 1 – P(0 success) = 1 – 0.366 = 0.634
Hence with a probability of 0.634, we will choose a coin which has a date of 2010.
We are not certain of choosing the 2010 coin at least once.

Question 21.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Assume that having a male and having a female child are independent events, and that the probability of each is 0.5.
a. A couple has 4 male children. Evaluate the validity of this statement: “The first 4 kids were all boys, so the next one will probably be a girl.”
b. What is the probability of having 4 male children and then a female child?
c. Let x be a random variable that represents the number of children a couple already has when they have their first female child. Draw a histogram of the distribution of P(x) for 0 ≤ x ≤ 10. Describe the shape of the histogram.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.6 Qu 21.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.6 Qu 21.2

Question 22.
CRITICAL THINKING
An entertainment system has n speakers. Each speaker will function properly with probability p. independent of whether the other speakers are functioning. The system will operate effectively when at least 50% of its speakers are functioning. For what values of p is a 5-speaker system more likely to operate than a 3-speaker system?
Answer:
Given,
An entertainment system has n speakers. Each speaker will function properly with probability p. independent of whether the other speakers are functioning.
The system will operate effectively when at least 50% of its speakers are functioning.
p = P(Speaker will function properly)
1 – 9 = P(Speaker will not function properly)
P(5-speaker system operate) = P(X = 3) + P(X = 4) + P(X = 5)
P(5-Speaker system operate) = P (0 success) = 5C3 p3(1 – p)5-3 + 5C4 p4(1 – p)5-4 + 5C5 p5(1 – p)5-5 = 10p3(1 – p)5-4 + 5p4(1 – p)5
P = P(X = 2) + P(X = 3)
= 5C2 p2(1 – p)5-2 + 5C3 p3(1 – p)5-3
= 10p2(1 – p)5-3 + 10p3(1 – p)2

10p3(1 – p)5-4 + 5p4(1 – p)5 + p5 > 10p2(1 – p)3 + 10p3(1 – p)2
5p2 – 4p3 – 10 + 30p – 30p2 + 10p3 > 0
A 5-speaker system operate more likely to operate than 3-speaker system when p ∈ (0.558, 1]

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

List the possible outcomes for the situation.

Question 23.
guessing the gender of three children
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 12.6 Qu 23

Question 24.
picking one of two doors and one of three curtains
Answer:
If we denote by D1 and D2 first and second door and with C1, C2, C3 first, second and third curtain, then the possible outcomes are
D1C1, D1C2, D1C3, D2C1, D2C2, D2C3
Thus there are six possible outcomes.

Probability Review

12.1 Sample Spaces and Probability

Question 1.
A bag contains 9 tiles. one for each letter in the word HAPPINESS. You choose a tile at random. What is the probability that you choose a tile with the letter S? What is the probability that you choose a tile with a letter other than P?

Answer:
Let X be a random variable that represent the letter on tile.
We know that a bag contains tiles labeled with “H”, “A”, “P”, “I”, “N”, “E” and “S”
So we can conclude that the possible values for X are letters “H”, “A”, “P”, “I”, “N”, “E” and “S” and total number of outcomes is 9.

Question 2.
You throw a dart at the board shown. Your dart is equally likely to hit any point inside the square board. Are you most likely to get 5 points, 10 points, or 20 points?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 94
Answer: It is the most likely to get 20 points.

Explanation:
From given board, we can conclude that the probability that we get 5 points is
P(5 points) = Surface of red area/Surface of board = 4/36 = 1/9
On the other hand, we see that the probability we get 10 points is
P(10 points) = Surface of yellow area/Surface of board = (16 – 4)/36 = 1/3
and the probability that we get 20 points is
P(20 points) = Surface of blue area/Surface of board = (36 – 16)/36 = 5/9
From the obtained results we get that it is the most likely to get 20 points, which is logical because the surface of the blue area is the largest.

12.2 Independent and Dependent Events

Find the probability of randomly selecting the given marbles from a bag of 5 red, 8 green, and 3 blue marbles when (a) you replace the first marble before drawing the second, and (b) you do not replace the first marble. Compare the probabilities.

Question 3.
red, then green
Answer:
We selected two marbles from a bag of 5 red, 8 green and 3 blue. With R denote the event that the red marble is drawn, with P blue, and with G green. The draws are independent because we replace the first marble before drawing the second. Therefore, the probability that we selected first red marble and then green is
P(RG) = P(R)P(G) = 5/16 . 8/16 = k5/36 = 0.15625
b. In this case, we do not replace the first marble before drawing the second. So, the draws are not independent.
P(RG) = P(R)P(G|R) = 5/16 . 8/15 = 1/6 = 0.16667
It is more likely that we selected first red marble and then green when we not replace the first marble before drawing the second.

Question 4.
blue, then red
Answer:
We selected two marbles from a bag of 5 red, 8 green and 3 blue. With R denote the event that the red marble is drawn, with P blue, and with G green. The draws are independent because we replace the first marble before drawing the second. Therefore, the probability that we selected first red marble and then green is
P(BR) = P(B)P(R) = 3/16 . 5/16 = 15/256 = 0.05859
b. In this case, we do not replace the first marble before drawing the second. So, the draws are not independent.
P(BR) = P(B)P(R|B) = 3/16 . 5/15 = 1/16 = 0.0625
It is more likely that we selected first blue marble and then red when we not replace the first marble before drawing the second.

Question 5.
green, then green
Answer:
We selected two marbles from a bag of 5 red, 8 green and 3 blue. With R denote the event that the red marble is drawn, with P blue, and with G green. The draws are independent because we replace the first marble before drawing the second. Therefore, the probability that we selected first red marble and then green is
P(GG) = P(G)P(G) = 8/16 . 8/16 = 1/4 = 0.25
b. In this case, we do not replace the first marble before drawing the second. So, the draws are not independent.
P(GG) = P(G)P(G|G) = 8/16 . 7/15 = 0.23333
It is more likely that we selected first blue marble and then red when we not replace the first marble before drawing the second.

12.3 Two-Way Tables and Probability

Question 6.
What is the probability that a randomly selected resident who does not support the project in the example above is from the west side?
Answer:
P(West side|Does not support the project) = P(West side and Does not support the project)/P(Does not support the project)
= 0.09/(0.08 + 0.09)
= 0.529
The probability that random selected resident who does not support the project is from the west side is about 0.529

Question 7.
After a conference, 220 men and 270 women respond to a survey. Of those, 200 men and 230 women say the conference was impactful. Organize these results in a two-way table. Then find and interpret the marginal frequencies.
Answer:
After a conference, 220 men and 270 women respond to a survey. Of those, 200 men and 230 women say the conference was impactful.
Number of men who say the conference had not impact = 220 – 200 = 20
By the same method we come to the conclusion
Number of women who say the conference had not impact = 270 – 230 = 40
Now, we will find the marginal frequencies.
Total number of people who say the conference was impact is 200 + 230 = 430
Total Number of people who say the conference had not impact = 20 + 40 = 60
Also from given information we know that total number of people who was surveyed is 220 + 270 = 490
BIM Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability img_2

12.4 Probability of Disjoint and Overlapping Events

Question 8.
Let A and B be events such that P(A) = 0.32, P(B) = 0.48, and P(A and B) = 0.12. Find P(A or B).
Answer:
P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A and B)
Given,
P(A) = 0.32, P(B) = 0.48, and P(A and B) = 0.12
P(A or B) = 0.32 + 0.48 – 0.12 = 0.68

Question 9.
Out of 100 employees at a company, 92 employees either work part time or work 5 days each week. There are 14 employees who work part time and 80 employees who work 5 days each week. What is the probability that a randomly selected employee works both part time and 5 days each week?
Answer:
A = {Employees either work part time},
B = {Employees either work 5 days}
Based on the given information we see that
P(A) = Number of favorable outcomes/Total Number of outcomes
= Number of Employees either work part time/Total number of employees
= 14/100
= 0.14
P(B) = Number of favorable outcomes/Total Number of outcomes
= Number of Employees either work 5 days/Total number of employees
= 80/100
= 0.8
Also, we know that 92 employees either work part time or 5 days each week
P(A or B) = Number of favorable outcomes/Total Number of outcomes
= 92/100 = 0.92
For given events A and B the probability of A or B is
P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A and B)
P(A or B) = 0.14 + 0.8 – 0.92 = 0.02
Hence the probability that a randomly selected employee works part time and 5 days each week is 0.02

12.5 Permutations and Combinations

Evaluate the expression.

Question 10.
7P6
Answer:
We know that number of permutations of n objects taken at a time (a ≤ n)
nPa = n!/(n – a)!
=  7!/(7 – 6)!
= 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1
= 5040
7P6 = 7! = 5040

Question 11.
13P10
Answer:
We know that number of permutations of n objects taken at a time (a ≤ n)
nPa = n!/(n – a)!
=  13!/(13 – 10)!
= 13!/3!
= 13. 12 . 11 . 10 . 9 . 8 . 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 = 94348800
13P10 = 94348800

Question 12.
6C2
Answer:
nCa = n!/a!(n – a)!
6C2 = 6!/2!(6 – 2)!
= 6!/2!(4)!
= 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/(2 . 1)(4 . 3 . 2 . 1)
15
6C2 = 15
nC2 = n(n – 1)/2
6C2 = 15

Question 13.
8C4
Answer:
nCa = n!/a!(n – a)!
8C4 = 8!/4!(8 – 4)!
= 68!/4!(4)!
= 8 . 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/(4 . 3 . 2 . 1)(4 . 3 . 2 . 1)
= 2 . 7 . 5
6C2 = 70

Question 14.
Eight sprinters are competing in a race. How many different ways can they finish the race? (Assume there are no ties.)
Answer:
nPn = n!
We know thata 8 sprinters are participating in a race. It is important to us in what order each of them will reach the goal. This tells us that it is necessary to calculate the number of permutations of 8 sprinters.
8P8 = 8! = 8 . 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1 = 40320
Eight sprinters can finish a race in 40320 ways.

Question 15.
A random drawing will determine which 3 people in a group of 9 will win concert tickets. What is the probability that you and your 2 friends will win the tickets?
Answer:
nCa = n!/a!(n – a)!
9C3 = 9!/3!(9 – 3)!
= 9!/3!(6)!
= 9 . 8 . 7 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/(3 . 2 . 1)(6 . 5 .  4 . 3 . 2 . 1)
= 84
9C3 = 84
The probability that you and your 2 friends will win the tickets is equal to the probability that out of 84 possibilities, the trio in which you and your friend are in will be chosen.
P = Number of favorable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes = 1/84

12.6 Binomial Distributions

Question 16.
Find the Probability of flipping a coin 12 times and getting exactly 4 heads.
Answer:
The probabilities are P(H) = P(T) = 1/2, that is p = p – 1 = 1/2 and are the same for each trial.
n = 12
P = 12!/4!(12 – 4)! . (1/2)12

= 0.1208
Therefore the probability of flipping a coin 12 times and getting exactly 4 heads is about 0.12

Question 17.
A basketball player makes a free throw 82.6% of the time. The player attempts 5 free throws. Draw a histogram of the binomial distribution of the number of successful free throws. What is the most likely outcome?
Answer:
Given,
A basketball player makes a free throw 82.6% of the time. The player attempts 5 free throws.
p = P(Successful free throw) = 82.6% = 0.826
1 – p = P(Unsuccessful free throw) = 1 – 0.826 = 0.174
P (Out of 5 free throws one was successful) = 5C1 p¹(1 – p)5-1
P (Out of 5 free throws two was successful) =5C2 p²(1 – p)5-2
P(Out of 5 free throws three was successful) = 5C3p³(1 – p)5-3
P (Out of 5 free throws four was successful) =5C4 p4(1 – p)5-4
P (All 5 throws one was successful) = 5C5(1 – p)5-5
Bigideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability img_3

Probability Test

You roll a six-sided die. Find the probability of the event described. Explain your reasoning.

Question 1.
You roll a number less than 5.
Answer:
The die has 6 sides, thus the total number of possible outcomes is 6.
The favorable outcomes are
P(n<5) = Number of favorable outcomes/Total number of outcomes
Thus there are 4 favorable outcomes.
The probability to roll a number less than 5 is
= 4/6
= 2/3

Question 2.
You roll a multiple of 3.
Answer:
The die has 6 sides, thus the total number of possible outcomes is 6.
The favorable outcomes are
P(n = 3k) = Number of favorable outcomes/Total number of outcomes
Thus there are 2 favorable outcomes.
The probability to roll a number less than 3 is
= 2/6
= 1/3

Evaluate the expression.

Question 3.
7P2
Answer:
We know that number of permutations of n objects taken at a time (a ≤ n)
nPa = n!/(n – a)!
7P2 = 7!/(7 – 2)!
=  7!/5!
= (7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1)/(5 . 4 . 3 .  2 . 1)
= 7 . 6
= 42
7P2 = 42

Question 4.
8P3
Answer:
We know that number of permutations of n objects taken at a time (a ≤ n)
nPa = n!/(n – a)!
8P3 = 8!/(8 – 3)!
=  8!/5!
= (8 . 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1)/(5 . 4 . 3 .  2 . 1)
= 8 . 7 . 6
= 336
8P3 = 336

Question 5.
6C3
Answer:
nCa = n!/a!(n – a)!
6C3 = 6!/3!(6 – 3)!
= 6!/3!(3)!
= 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/(3 . 2 . 1)(3 . 2 . 1)
= 2 . 5 . 2
= 20
6C3 = 20

Question 6.
12C7
Answer:
nCa = n!/a!(n – a)!
12C7 = 12!/7!(12 – 7)!
= 12!/7!(5)!
= 12 . 11 . 10 . 9 . 8 . 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/(7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1)(5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1)
= 11 . 2 . 9 . 4 = 792
12C7 = 792

Question 7.
In the word PYRAMID, how many ways can you arrange
(a) all of the letters and
Answer:
We have to find the number of permutation all of the letters in a given word that will consist of 7 letters. We see that it matters that order of letters are important.
Number of permutations = (In the 1st place can be one of 7 letters) × (In the 2nd place can be one of 6 letters that is left)
(In the 3rd can be one of 5 letters that is left) × (In the 4th can be 4 letters that is left)
(In the 5th can be three letter that is left) × (In the 6th can be two letters that is left)
(In the 7th can be one letter that is left)
= 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1 = 5040
Therefore, we have 5040 ways for arrange all of the letters in given word, that is PYRAMID, PYRAMDI, PYRADMI, ……., DIMARYP.

(b) 5 of the letters?
Answer:
We have to find the number of permutation all of the letters in a given word that will consist of 3 letters. We see that it matters that order of letters are important.
Number of permutations = (In the 1st place can be one of 7 letters) × (In the 2nd place can be one of 6 letters that is left)
(In the 3rd can be one of 5 letters that is left) × (In the 4th can be 4 letters that is left)
(In the 5th can be three letter that is left)
= 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3
= 2520
Therefore, we have 2520 ways for arrange 5 of the letters in given word, that is PYRAM, PYRAI, PYRAD….

Question 8.
You find the probability P(A or B) by using hie equation P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A and B). Describe why it is necessary to subtract P(A and B) when the events A and B are overlapping. Then describe why it is not necessary to subtract P(A and B) when the events A and B are disjoint.
Answer:
When the events are overlapping then P(A and B) ≠ 0. This means that the expression P(A) + P(B) already contains the probability P(A and B) and so P(A and B) is subtracted from their sum to evaluate P(A or B)
When the events are overlapping then P(A and B) = 0 and so the equation of P(A or B reduces to P(A) + P(B))

Question 9.
Is it possible to use the formula P(A and B) = P(A) • P(B/A) when events A and B are independent? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
If events A and B are independent events, then
P(A and B) = P(A) . P(B)
Also, because event B is independent of event A then P(B|A) = P(A)
P(A and B) = P(A) . P(B) = P(A) . P(B|A)
where A and B are the independent events.

Question 10.
According to a survey, about 58% of families sit down tor a family dinner at least four times per week. You ask 5 randomly chosen families whether the have a family dinner at least four times per week.
a. Draw a histogram of the binomial distribution for the survey.
Answer:
p = P(Family have dinner four times per week) = 58% = 0.58
1 – p = P(Family have no dinner dour times per week) = 1 – 0.58 = 0.42
P (One Family have dinner four times per week) = 5C1 p¹(1 – p)5-1
= 0.09024
P (Two Family have dinner four times per week) =5C2 p²(1 – p)5-2
= 0.24923
P(Three Family have dinner four times per week) = 5C3p³(1 – p)5-3
= 0.34418
P (Four Family have dinner four times per week) =5C4 p4(1 – p)5-4
= 0.23765
P (Family have dinner four times per week) = 5C5(1 – p)5-5 = 0.06563

Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability img_4

b. What is the most likely outcome of the survey?
Answer:
P(Three families have dinner four times per week) = 0.34418
This probability is the highest, so we can conclude that the most likely outcome is that three of the five families have dinner four times per week.

c. What is the probability that at least 3 families have a family dinner four times per week?
Answer:
In this part we have to find the probability that,
P(At least 3 families have dinner four times per week)
= P(Three families have dinner four times per week) + P(Four families have dinner four times per week) + P(Five families have dinner four times per week)
= 0.34418 + 0.23765 + 0.06563
= 0.64746

Question 11.
You are choosing a cell phone company to sign with for the next 2 years. The three plans you consider are equally priced. You ask several of your neighbors whether they are satisfied with their current cell phone company. The table shows the results. According to this survey, which company should you choose?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 95
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability img_5
To find the joint relative frequencies we divide each frequency by the total number of people in the survey. Also the marginal relative frequencies we find as the sum of each row and each column.
So, we can present a two way table that shows the joint and marginal relative frequencies.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability img_6
Finally, to get conditional relative frequencies we use the previous the marginal relative frequency of each row.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability img_7

Therefore we should choose company A.

Question 12.
The surface area of Earth is about 196.9 million square miles. The land area is about 57.5 million square miles, and the rest is water. What is the probability that a meteorite that reaches the surface of Earth will hit land? What is the probability that it will hit water?
Answer:
From the formula for geometric probability we get the probability that a meteorite that reaches the surface of Earth will hit lend is
P = The lend area/ The surface area of Earth = 57.5/196.9 = 0.292
Alos we know that the probability for complement of event A is
P(\(\bar{A}\)) = 1 – P(A)
In this case, complement of event {A meteorite will hit lend} is {A meteorite will hit water}.
P = 1 – 0.292 = 0.708

Question 13.
Consider a bag that contains all the chess pieces in a set, as shown in the diagram.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 96
a. You choose one piece at random. Find the probability that you choose a black piece or a queen.
Answer:
The total number of pieces is 2 + 2 + 4 + 4 + 4 + 16 = 32.
Also we see that the number of black and white pieces are the same, 16 and there are one black queen.
A = {We choose a black piece}
B = {We choose a queen}
P(A) = Number of favorable outcomes/Total number of outcomes = Number of black pieces/Total number of pieces = 16/32 = 1/2
P(B) = Number of queens/Total number of pieces = 2/32 = 1/16
P(A and B) = Number of black queens/Total number of pieces = 1/32
P(A or B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A and B)
= 1/2 + 1/16 – 1/32 = 17/32

b. You choose one piece at random, do not replace it, then choose a second piece at random. Find the probability that you choose a king, then a pawn.
Answer:
C = {We choose a king} and D = {We choose a pawn}
P(C) = Number of pawns/Total number of pieces = 16/32 = 1/2
P(C and D) = Number of pawns and king/Total number of pieces = (16 + 2)/32 = 9/16
We know that for two dependent events A and B probability that both occur is
P(A and B) = P(A)P(B|A)
P(D|C) = P(C and D)/P(C) = 1/2 × 16/9 = 8/9

Question 14.
Three volunteers are chosen at random from a group of 12 to help at a summer camp.
a. What is the probability that you, your brother, and your friend are chosen?
Answer:
nCa = n!/a!(n – a)!
12C3 = 12!/3!(12 – 3)!
= 12!/3!(9)!
= 12 . 11 . 10 . 9 . 8 . 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1/(3 . 2 . 1)(9 . 8 . 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1)
= 12 . 11 . 10/3 . 2 . 1
= 2 . 11 . 10
12C3 = 220
P = Number of favorable outcomes/Total number of outcomes = 1/220

b. The first person chosen will be a counselor, the second will be a lifeguard, and the third will be a cook. What is the probability that you are the cook, your brother is the lifeguard, and your friend is the counselor?
Answer:
We know that number of permutations of n objects taken at a time (a ≤ n)
nPa = n!/(n – a)!
12P3 = 12!/(12 – 3)!
=  12!/9!
= (12 . 11 . 10 . 9 . 8 . 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 . 1)/(9 . 8 . 7 . 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 .  2 . 1)
= 12 . 11 . 10
= 1320
12P3 = 1320
P = 1/1320

Probability Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
According to a survey, 63% of Americans consider themselves sports fans. You randomly select 14 Americans to survey.
a. Draw a histogram of the binomial distribution of your survey.
Answer:
p = P(the American is a sports fan) = 63% = 0.63
1 – p = P(the American is not a sports fan) = 1 – 0.63= 0.37
P (0 success) = 12C0 p0(1 – p)12-0
= 12!/0!(12 – 0)! 1 . 0.3712
= 0.3712
P (One American is a sports fans) =12C1 p¹(1 – p)12-1
=0.000134506
P (Two Americans are sports fans) =12C2 p2(1 – p)12-2
=0.001259628
P (Three Americans are sports fans) =12C3 p3(1 – p)12-3
=0.007149239
P (Four American is a sports fans) =12C4 p4(1 – p)12-4
=0.027389316
P (Five American is a sports fans) =12C5 p5(1 – p)12-5
=0.07461738
P (Six American is a sports fans) =12C6 p6(1 – p)12-6
=0.148226418
P (Seven American is a sports fans) =12C7 p7(1 – p)12-7
=0.216330447
P (Eight American is a sports fans) =12C8 p8(1 – p)12-8
=0.230216523
P (Nine American is a sports fans) =12C9 p9(1 – p)12-9
=0.174217909
P (Ten American is a sports fans) =12C10p10(1 – p)12-10
=0.088992392
P (Eleven American is a sports fans) =12C11 p11(1 – p)12-11
=0.023755047
P (Twelve American is a sports fans) =12C1 p12(1 – p)12-12
=0.003909188
Big Ideas math Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability img_8

b. What is the most likely number of Americans who consider themselves Sports fans?
Answer:
From histogram in part a and based on the calculations in the first part
We know that,
P(Eight Americans are sports fans) = 0.23
This probability is highest, so we can conclude that the most likley outcome is that eight of the 12 selected Americans consider themselves sports fans.

c. What is the probability at least 7 Americans consider themselves sports fans?
Answer:
In this part we have to find dthe probability that
P(At least 7 Americans consider themselves sports fans)
= P(Seven American is a sports fans) + P(Eight American is a sports fans) + P(Nine American is a sports fans) + P(Ten American is a sports fans) + P(Eleven American is a sports fans) + P(Twelve American is a sports fans)
= 0.2163 + 0.2302 + 0.1742 + 0.08899 + 0.0275 + 0.0039
= 0.7412
Therefore, we can conclude that the probability that at least 7 Americans consider themselves sports fans is 0.7412

Question 2.
What is the arc length of \(\widehat{A B}\) ?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 97
(A) 3.5 π cm
(B) 7 π cm
(C) 21 π cm
(D) 42 π cm
Answer:
Arc length of \(\widehat{A B}\) = 105/360 × 2π × 12 = 7π cm

Question 3.
you order a fruit smoothie made with 2 liquid ingredients and 3 fruit ingredients from the menu shown. How many different fruit smoothies can you order?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 98
Answer:

Question 4.
The point (4, 3) is on a circle with center (- 2, – 5), What is the standard equation of the circle?
Answer:
Given,
The point (4, 3) is on a circle with center (- 2, – 5)
(x – h)² + (y – k)² = r²
Substitute the values in the given equation
(4 – (-2))² + (3 – (-5))² = r²
100 = r²
r = √100 = 10
General equation of circle
(x – h)² + (y – k)² = r²
Substitute the values in the given equation
(x – (-2))² + (y – (-5))² = 10²
(x + 2)² + (y + 5)² = 100

Question 5.
Find the length of each line segment with the given endpoints. Then order the line segments from shortest to longest.
a. A(1, – 5), B(4, 0)
Answer:
The general equation of distance between 2 points is
d = √(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²
dAB = √(4 – 1)² + (0 – (-5))²
= √34
= 5.83

b. C(- 4, 2), D(1, 4)
Answer:
The general equation of distance between 2 points is
d = √(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²
dCD = √(1 – (-4))² + (4 – 2)²
= √29
= 5.39

c. E(- 1, 1), F(- 2, 7)
Answer:
The general equation of distance between 2 points is
d = √(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²
dEF = √(-2 – (-1))² + (7 – 1)²
= √37
= 6.083

d. G(- 1.5, 0), H(4.5, 0)
Answer:
The general equation of distance between 2 points is
d = √(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²
dGH = √(4.5 – (-1.5))² + (0 – 0)²
= √36
= 6

e. J(- 7, – 8), K(- 3, – 5)
Answer:
The general equation of distance between 2 points is
d = √(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²
dJK = √(-3 – (-7))² + (-5 – (-8))²
= √25
= 5

f. L(10, – 2), M(9, 6)
Answer:
The general equation of distance between 2 points is
d = √(x2 – x1)² + (y2 – y1)²
dLM = √(9 – 10)² + (6 – (-2))²
= √65
= 8.06
Therefore, the line segments in ascending order are JK < CD < AB < GH < EF < LM

Question 6.
Use the diagram to explain why the equation is true.
P(A) + P(B) = P(A or B) + P(A and B)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 99
Answer:
Given,
P(A) = 8/12
P(B) = 7/12
P(A or B) = 12/12
P(A and B) = 3/12
P(A) + P(B) = P(A or B) + P(A and B)
8/12 + 7/12 = 12/12 + 3/12
5/4 = 5/4

Question 7.
A plane intersects a cylinder. Which of the following cross sections cannot be formed by this intersection?
(A) line
(B) triangle
(C) rectangle
(D) circle
Answer:
If the plane is tangent to the curved surface of the cylinder, then the intersection is a line.
If the plane is cuts the cylinder parallel to its circular base, then the intersection is a circle.
If the plane cuts the cylinder perpendicular to its circular base and parallel to its curved surface, then the intersection is a rectangle.
The correct answer is option B.

Question 8.
A survey asked male and female students about whether the prefer to take gym class or choir. The table shows the results of the survey,
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 100
a. Complete the two-way table.
Answer:
From the given table we first find the joint frequencies.
Number of people who prefer gym class = 106 – 49 = 57
On the other hand, we know that 57 people prefer gym class, of which 23 was female.
Number of male who prefer the gym class = 57 – 23 = 34
Number of male who prefer the choir class = 50 – 34 = 16
Number of female who prefer the choir class = 49 – 16 = 33
Now, we will find the remaining marginal frequencies. Hence we know that 23 female prefer gym class and 33 female prefer choir class.
Total number of female is 23 + 33 = 56
BIM Answers Geometry Chapter 12 Probability img_9

b. What is the probability that a randomly selected student is female and prefers choir?
Answer:
P = Number of female who prefer choir class/Total number of students
= 33/106
= 0.31

c. What is the probability that a randomly selected male student prefers gym class?
Answer:
P(Prefer gym class|Male) = P(Male and prefer gym class)/P(Male)
= Number of male who prefer gym class/Number of male students
= 34/50
= 0.68

Question 9.
The owner of a lawn-mowing business has three mowers. As long as one of the mowers is working. the owner can stay productive. One of the mowers is unusable 10% of the time, one is unusable 8% of the time, and one is unusable 18% of the time.
a. Find the probability that all three mowers are unusable on a given day.
Answer:
P(A) = 10% = 0.1
P(B) = 8% = 0.08
P(C) = 18% = 0.18
\(\bar{A}\) = {The first mower is usable}
\(\bar{B}\) = {The second mower is usable}
\(\bar{C}\) = {The third mower is usable}
P(\(\bar{A}\)) = 1 – 0.1 = 0.9
P(\(\bar{B}\)) = 1 – 0.08 = 0.92
P(\(\bar{C}\)) = 1 – 0.18 = 0.82
Event that all three mowers are unusable on a given day is A and B and C. If we assume that the operation of the mowers are independent, then we get the probability that all three mowers are unusable on a given day as
P(A and B and C) = P(A) . P(B) . P(C) = 0.1 × 0.08 × 0.18 = 0.00144

b. Find the probability that at least one of the mowers is unusable on a given day.
Answer:
Event at least one of mowers is unusable on a given day is equivalent to event one of mowers is unusable on a given day or two of mowers is unusable on a given day.
A and \(\bar{B}\) and \(\bar{C}\) or \(\bar{A}\) and B and \(\bar{C}\) or \(\bar{A}\) and \(\bar{B}\) and C
On the other hand, event two of mowers is unusable on a given day is
A and B and \(\bar{C}\) or \(\bar{A}\) and B and C or A and \(\bar{B}\) and C
P(A and \(\bar{B}\) and \(\bar{C}\)) + P(\(\bar{A}\) and B and \(\bar{C}\)) + P(\(\bar{A}\) and \(\bar{B}\) and C)
= 0.1 × 0.92 × 0.82 + 0.9 × 0.08 × 0.82 + 0.9 × 0.92 × 0.18
= 0.28352
P(A and \(\bar{B}\) and \(\bar{C}\)) + P(\(\bar{A}\) and B and \(\bar{C}\)) + P(\(\bar{A}\) and \(\bar{B}\) and C)
= 0.1 × 0.08 × 0.82 + 0.9 × 0.08 × 0.18  + 0.1 × 0.92 × 0.18
= 0.03608
P(At least one of mowers is unusable) = P(One of mowers is unusable) + P(two of mowers is unusable)
= 0.28352 + 0.03608
= 0.3196

c. Suppose the least-reliable mower stops working completely. How does this affect the probability that the lawn-moving business can be productive on a given day?
Answer:
If the least-reliable mower stops working completely, this will not affect the probability that the lawn mowing business can be productive on a given day, because we know that as long as one of the mowers is working, the owner can stay productive.

Question 10.
You throw a dart at the board shown. Your dart is equally likely to hit any point inside the square board. What is the probability your dart lands in the yellow region?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability 101
(A) \(\frac{\pi}{36}\)
(B) \(\frac{\pi}{12}\)
(C) \(\frac{\pi}{9}\)
(D) \(\frac{\pi}{4}\)
Answer:
The total area of the given figure is (6(2))² = 144 sq. units
Area of the red circle = π × 2² = 4π
The area of the yellow ring is π × (4² – 2²) = 12π
The area of the blue ring is π × (6² – 4²) = 20π
Therefore, the probability of hitting the blue region is 12π/144 = π/12
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Conclusion:

Hope you are all satisfied with the given solutions. You can get free access to Download Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 12 Probability pdf from here. Bookmark our Big Ideas Math Answers to get detailed solutions for all Geometry Chapters.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume

Big Ideas Math Book Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume

Circumference, Area, and Volume Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the surface area of the prism.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 1

Answer:
The surface area of the prism = 158.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
l = 5 ft, w = 8 ft, and h = 3 ft.
where l = length, w = width, and h = height.
The surface area of the rectanguler prism = 2(lw + lh + wh).
surface area = 2(5×8 + 5×3 + 8×3).
surface area = 2(40 + 15 + 24).
surface area = 2(79).
surface area = 158.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 2

Answer:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 68m.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
l = 10 m, p = 4 m, and h = 10.
the surface area of the triangular prism = 2B + ph.
b = base, p = perimeter, and h = height.
surface area = 2(6 + 8) + 4(10).
surface area = 2(14) + 40.
surface area = 28 + 40.
surface area = 68m.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 3

Answer:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 42m.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
w = 10 cm, p = 4 cm, and h = 5 cm, l = 6 cm.
the surface area of the triangular prism = 2B + ph.
b = base, p = perimeter, and h = height.
surface area = 2(6 + 5) + 4(5).
surface area = 2(11) + 20.
surface area = 22 + 20.
surface area = 42cm.

Find the missing dimension.

Question 4.
A rectangle has a perimeter 0f 28 inches and a width of 5 inches. What is the length of the rectangle?

Answer:
The length of the rectangle = 9 in.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A rectangle has a perimeter of 28 inches and a width of 5 inches.
length of the rectangle = p/2 – w.
length = 28/2 – 5.
where perimeter = 28 in, and w = 5 in.
length = 14 – 5.
length = 9.
so the length of the rectangle = 9 in.

Question 5.
A triangle has an area of 12 square centimeters and a height of 12 centimeters. What is the base of the triangle?

Answer:
The base of the triangle = 2 cm.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A triangle has an area of 12 sq cm and a height of 12 cm.
The base of the triangle = 2(A)/h.
base = 2(12)/12.
base = 24/12.
base = 2cm.
so the base of the triangle = 2 cm.

Question 6.
A rectangle has an area of 84 square feet and a width of 7 feet. What is the length of the rectangle?

Answer:
The length of the rectangle = 12 ft.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
A rectangle has an area of 84 sq ft and a width of 7 feet.
area of the rectangle = l x b.
84 = l x 7.
l = 84/7.
l = 12.
so the length of the rectangle = 12 ft.

Question 7.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Write an equation for the surface area of a Prism with a length, width, and height of x inches. What solid figure does the prism represent?

Answer:
The surface area of a prism = 2(lw + wh + lh).

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
length = l, width = w, and height = x inches.
the surface area of the prism = 2(lw + wh + lh).
the solid figure does the prism represent the rectangular prism.

Circumference, Area, and Volume Monitoring Progress

Draw a net of the three-dimensional figure. Label the dimensions.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 4

Answer:
The surface area of the prism = 64 cm.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
l = 2 ft, w = 4 ft, and h = 4 ft.
where l = length, w = width, and h = height.
The surface area of the rectanguler prism = 2(lw + lh + wh).
surface area = 2(2×4 + 4×4 + 4×2).
surface area = 2(8 + 16 + 8).
surface area = 2(32).
surface area = 64.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 5

Answer:
The surface area of the prism = 392 m.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
l =8 m, w = 12 m, and h = 5 m.
where l = length, w = width, and h = height.
The surface area of the rectanguler prism = 2(lw + lh + wh).
surface area = 2(8×12 + 12×5 + 5×8).
surface area = 2(96 + 60 + 40).
surface area = 2(196).
surface area = 392.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 6

Answer:
The surface area of the triangular prism = 170 in.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
B = 10 in, p = 15 in, and h = 15 in, l = 10 in.
the surface area of the triangular prism = 2B + ph.
b = base, p = perimeter, and h = height.
surface area = 2(10) + 15(10).
surface area = 2(10) + 150.
surface area = 20 + 150.
surface area = 170 in.

11.1 Circumference and Arc Length

Exploration 1

Finding the Length of a Circular Arc

Work with a partner: Find the length of each red circular arc.

a. entire circle
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 7

Answer:

b. one-fourth of a circle
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 8
Answer:

c. one-third of a circle
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 9
Answer:

d. five-eights of a circle
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 10
Answer:

Exploration 2

Using Arc Length

Work with a partner: The rider is attempting to stop with the front tire of the motorcycle in the painted rectangular box for a skills test. The front tire makes exactly one-half additional revolution before stopping. The diameter of the tire is 25 inches. Is the front tire still in contact with the painted box? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11

Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you find the length of a circular arc?
Answer:
The length of a circular arc = 2
LOOKING FOR REGULARITY IN REPEATED REASONING
To be proficient in math, you need to notice if calculations are repeated and look both for general methods and for shortcuts.
Answer:

Question 4.
A motorcycle tire has a diameter of 24 inches. Approximately how many inches does the motorcycle travel when its front tire makes three-fourths of a revolution?
Answer:

Lesson 11.1 Circumference and Arc Length

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Find the circumference of a circle with a diameter of 5 inches.

Answer:
Circumference C = πd
C = 3.14x 5 = 15.7 in

Question 2.
Find the diameter of a circle with a circumference of 17 feet.

Answer:
Diameter d = C/π
d = 17/π = 5.41 ft

Find the indicated measure.

Question 3.
arc length of \(\widehat{P Q}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 12

Answer:
arc length of \(\widehat{P Q}\) is 5.887

Explanation:
\(\widehat{P Q}\) = \(\frac { 75 }{ 360 } \) . π(9)
= 5.887

Question 4.
circumference of ⊙N
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 13

Answer:
arc length of LM/C = LM/360
61.26/C = 270/360
C = 81.68

Question 5.
radius of ⊙G
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 14

Answer:
arc length of EF = \(\frac { 60 }{ 360 } \) • 2πr
10.5 = \(\frac { 1 }{ 6 } \) • 2πr
r = 10.02

Question 6.
A car tire has a diameter of 28 inches. How many revolutions does the tire make while traveling 500 feet?

Answer:
The car tire have to make 69 revolutions to travel 500 ft.

Explanation:
Circumference C = 2πr = πd
C = 28π
Distance travelled = number of revolutions x C
500 x 12 = number of revolutions x 28π
number of revolutions = 68.2

Question 7.
In Example 4. the radius of the arc for a runner on the blue path is 44.02 meters, as shown in the diagram. About how far does this runner travel to go once around the track? Round to the nearest tenth of a meter.

Answer:

Question 8.
Convert 15° to radians.

Answer:
15° = 15 . \(\frac { π radians }{ 180° } \) = \(\frac { π }{ 12 } \) radians

Question 9.
Convert \(\frac{4 \pi}{3}\) radians to degrees.

Answer:
\(\frac{4 \pi}{3}\) radians = \(\frac{4 \pi}{3}\) radians . \(\frac { 180° }{ π radians } \) = 240 degrees

Exercise 11.1 Circumference and Arc Length

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The circumference of a circle with diameter d is C = _______ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Describe the difference between an arc measure and an arc length.

Answer:
An arc measure is measured in degrees while an arc length is the distance along an arc measured in linear units.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 10, find the indicated measure.

Question 3.
circumference of a circle with a radius of 6 inches
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 3

Question 4.
diameter of a circle with a circumference of 63 feet

Answer:
C = 63 ft
πd = 63
d = 20.05

Question 5.
radius of a circle with a circumference of 28π
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 5

Question 6.
exact circumference of a circle with a diameter of 5 inches

Answer:
C = πd
C = 5π = 15.707

Question 7.
arc length of \(\widehat{A B}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 7

Question 8.
m\(\widehat{D E}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 16

Answer:
\(\frac { arc length of DE }{ 2πr } \) = \(\frac { DE }{ 360 } \)
\(\frac { 8.73 }{ 2π(10) } \) = \(\frac { DE }{ 360 } \)
DE = 50.01°

Question 9.
circumference of ⊙C
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 9

Question 10.
radius of ⊙R
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 18
Answer:
\(\frac { arc length of LM }{ 2πr } \) = \(\frac { LM }{ 360 } \)
\(\frac { 38.95 }{ 2πr } \) = \(\frac { 260 }{ 360 } \)
r = 8.583

Question 11.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the circumference of ⊙C.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 19
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 11

Question 12.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the length of \(\widehat{G H}\).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 20

Answer:
\(\frac { arc length of GH }{ 2πr } \) = \(\frac { m GH }{ 360 } \)
\(\widehat{G H}\). = \(\frac { 5 }{ 24 } \) . 2π(10)
= 13.08

Question 13.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A measuring wheel is used to calculate the length of a path. The diameter of the wheel is 8 inches. The wheel makes 87 complete revolutions along the length of the path. To the nearest foot, how long is the path?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 21
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 13

Question 14.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You ride your bicycle 40 meters. How many complete revolutions does the front wheel make?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 22

Answer:
Circumference of the front wheel = 2π(32.5)
= 65π cm
Distance covered = 40 m = 40 x 100 = 4000 cm
Number of revolutions = \(\frac { 4000 }{ 65π } \) = 19.58

In Exercises 15-18 find the perimeter of the shaded region.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 23
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 24
Answer:
Two horizontal edges are 2 . 3 = 6
Circumference of circle = 2π(3) = 6π
The perimeter of the shaded region = 6 + 6π

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 26
Answer:

In Exercises 19 – 22, convert the angle measure.

Question 19.
Convert 70° to radians.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 19

Question 20.
Convert 300° to radians.

Answer:
300 • (\(\frac { π }{ 180 } \)) = \(\frac { 5π }{ 3 } \) radian

Question 21.
Convert \(\frac{11 \pi}{12}\) radians to degrees.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 21

Question 22.
Convert \(\frac{\pi}{8}\) radian to degrees.

Answer:
\(\frac { π }{ 8 } \) • \(\frac { 180 }{ π } \)) = 22.5°

Question 23.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The London Eye is a Ferris wheel in London, England, that travels at a speed of 0.26 meter per second. How many minutes does it take the London Eye to complete one full revolution?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 27
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 23

Question 24.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are planning to plant a circular garden adjacent to one of the corners of a building, as shown. You can use up to 38 feet of fence to make a border around the garden. What radius (in feet) can the garden have? Choose all that apply. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 28
(A) 7
(B) 8
(C) 9
(D) 10

Answer:
C = 38 ft
2πr = 38
r = 6.04

In Exercises 25 and 26, find the circumference of the circle with the given equation. Write the circumference in terms of π

Question 25.
x2 + y2 = 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 25

Question 26.
(x + 2)2 + (y – 3)2 = 9

Answer:
The radius of circle (x + 2)² + (y – 3)² = 9 is 3
C = 2πr = 2π(3) = 6π
The circumference of the circle is 6π units.

Question 27.
USING STRUCTURE
A semicircle has endpoints (- 2, 5) and (2, 8). Find the arc length of the semicircle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 27

Question 28.
REASONING
\(\widehat{E F}\) is an arc on a circle with radius r. Let x° be the measure of \(\widehat{E F}\). Describe the effect on the length of \(\widehat{E F}\) if you (a) double the radius of the circle, and (b) double the measure of \(\widehat{E F}\).
Answer:

Question 29.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that it is possible for two arcs with the same measure to have different arc lengths. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 29

Question 30.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Over 2000 years ago, the Greek scholar Eratosthenes estimated Earth’s circumference by assuming that the Sun’s rays were Parallel. He chose a day when the Sun shone straight down into a well in the city of Syene. At noon, he measured the angle the Sun’s rays made with a vertical stick in the city of Alexandria. Eratosthenes assumed that the distance from Syene to Alexandria was equal to about 575 miles. Explain how Eratosthenes was able to use this information to estimate Earth’s circumference. Then estimate Earth’s circumference.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 29
Answer:

Question 31.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
In ⊙C the ratio of the length of \(\widehat{P Q}\) to the length of \(\widehat{R S}\) is 2 to 1. What is the ratio of m∠PCQ to m∠RCS?
(A) 4 to 1
(B) 2 to 1
(C) 1 to 4
(D) 1 to 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 31

Question 32.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
A 45° arc in ⊙C and a 30° arc in ⊙P have the same length. What is the ratio of the radius r1 of ⊙C to the radius r2 of ⊙P? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 33.
PROBLEM SOLVING
How many revolutions does the smaller gear complete during a single revolution of the larger gear?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 30
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 33

Question 34.
USING STRUCTURE
Find the circumference of each circle.
a. a circle circumscribed about a right triangle whose legs are 12 inches and 16 inches long
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 1
c² = a² + b²
c² = 12²+ 16²= 400
c = 20 in
circumference c = dπ
= 20π = 62.83 in

b. a circle circumscribed about a square with a side length of 6 centimeters
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 2
d² = 6²+ 6² = 72
d = 8.49 cm
C = dπ
C = 8.49π
C = 26.67 cm

c. a circle inscribed in an equilateral triangle with a side length of 9 inches
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 3
r = \(\frac { a√3 }{ 3 } \)
r = \(\frac { 9√3 }{ 3 } \)
r = 3√3 = 5.2
C = 2πr
C = 2π (5.2) = 32.67 in

Question 35.
REWRITING A FORMULA
Write a formula in terms of the measure θ (theta) of the central angle in radians) that can he used to find the length of an arc of a circle. Then use this formula to find the length of an arc of a circle with a radius of 4 inches and a central angle of \(\frac{3 \pi}{4}\) radians.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 35

Question 36.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Compare the circumference of ⊙P to the length of \(\widehat{D E}\). Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 31
Answer:

Question 37.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
In the diagram. the measure of the red shaded angle is 30°. The arc length a is 2. Your classmate claims that it is possible to find the circumference of the blue circle without finding the radius of either circle. Is your classmate correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 32
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 37

Question 38.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
What is the measure (in radians) of the angle formed by the hands of a clock at each time? Explain your reasoning.
a. 1 : 30 P.M.

Answer:
3π/4

b. 3:15 P.M.

Answer:
π/24

Question 39.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The sum of the circumferences of circles A, B, and C is 63π. Find AC.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 33
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 39

Question 40.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Is π a rational number? Compare the rational number \(\frac{355}{113}\) to π. Find a different rational number that is even closer π.

Answer:
π is not a rational number as it can not be represented as an equivalent fraction. π = 3.14 and 355/113 = 3.14. This fraction resembles that value of π. Therefore a more accurate fraction will be starting by the value of 7 decimla places of π, therefore 3.1415926 x x = a.

Question 41.
PROOF
The circles in the diagram are concentric and \(\overrightarrow{F G}\) ≅ \(\overrightarrow{G H}\) Prove that \(\widehat{J K}\) and \(\widehat{N G}\) have the same length.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 34
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 41.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 41.2

Question 42.
REPEATED REASONING
\(\overline{A B}\) is divided into four congruent segments, and semicircles with radius r are drawn.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 35
a. What is the sum of the four arc lengths?
Answer:

b. What would the sum of the arc lengths be if \(\overline{A B}\) was divided into 8 congruent segments? 16 congruent segments? n congruent segments? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the area of the polygon with the given vertices.

Question 43.
X(2, 4), Y(8, – 1), Z(2, – 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.1 Ques 43.1

Question 44.
L(- 3, 1), M(4, 1), N(4, – 5), P(- 3, – 5)

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 4
LP = √(-3 + 3)² + (-5 – 1)² = 6
PN = √(4 + 3)² + (-5 + 5)² = 7
MN = √(4 – 4)² + (-5 – 1)² = 6
LM = √(4 + 3)² + (1 – 1)²= 7
Area = 6 x 7 = 42 units

11.2 Areas of Circles and Sectors

Exploration 1

Finding the Area of a Sector of a Circle

Work with a partner: A sector of a circle is the region bounded by two radii of the circle and their intercepted arc. Find the area of each shaded circle or sector of a circle.

a. entire circle
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 36
Answer:

b. one – fourth of a circle
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 37
Answer:

c. seven – eighths of a circle.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 38
Answer:

d. two – thirds of a circle
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 39
Answer:

Exploration 2

Finding the Area of a Circular Sector

Work with a partner: A center pivot irrigation system consists of 400 meters of sprinkler equipment that rotates around a central pivot point at a rate of once every 3 days to irrigate a circular region with a diameter of 800 meters. Find the area of the sector that is irrigated by this system in one day.
REASONING ABSTRACTLY
To be proficient in math, you need to explain to yourself the meaning of a problem and look for entry points to its solution.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 40
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you find the area of a sector of a circle?
Answer:

Question 4.
In Exploration 2, find the area of the sector that is irrigated in 2 hours.
Answer:

Lesson 11.2 Areas of Circles and Sectors

Monitoring progress

Question 1.
Find the area of a circle with a radius of 4.5 meters.

Answer:
Circle area = πr²
A = π(4.5)² = 20.25π

Question 2.
Find the radius of a circle with an area of 176.7 square feet.

Answer:
Circle area = πr²
176.7 = πr²
r² = 56.24
r = 7.499

Question 3.
About 58,000 people live in a region with a 2-mile radius. Find the population density in people per square mile.

Answer:
The population density is about 4615.49 people per square mile.

Explanation:
A = πr² = π • 2² = 4π
Population density = \(\frac { number of people }{ area of land } \)
= \(\frac { 58000 }{ 4π } \) = 4615.49

Question 4.
A region with a 3-mile radius has a population density of about 1000 people per square mile. Find the number of people who live in the region.

Answer:
The number of people who live in the region are 28274.

Explanation:
A = πr² = π • 3² = 9π
Population density = \(\frac { number of people }{ area of land } \)
Number of people = 1000 x 9π = 28274

Find the indicated measure

Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 41

Question 5.
area of red sector

Answer:
The area of red sector = 205.25

Explanation:
m∠FDE = 120°, FE = 120° and FGE = 360° – 120° = 240°
Area of red sector = \(\frac { FE }{ 360° } \) • πr²
= \(\frac { 120 }{ 360° } \) • π(14²)
= 205.25

Question 6.
area of blue sector

Answer:
Area of blue sector = 410.5

Explanation:
Area of blue sector = \(\frac { FGE }{ 360° } \) • πr²
= \(\frac { 240 }{ 360° } \) • π(14²) = 410.5

Question 7.
Find the area of ⊙H.

Answer:
Area of ⊙H = 907.92 sq cm

Explanation:
Area of sector FHG =\(\frac { FG }{ 360° } \) • Area of ⊙H
214.37 = \(\frac { 85 }{ 360° } \) • Area of ⊙H
Area of ⊙H = 907.92 sq cm

Question 8.
Find the area of the figure.

Answer:
Area of triangle = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) • 7 • 7
= 24.5 sq m
Area of semi circle = πr²/2
= π(3.5)²/2
= 19.242255
Area of the figure = 24.5 + 19.24 = 43.74 sq m

Question 9.
If you know the area and radius of a sector of a circle, can you find the measure of the intercepted arc? Explain.

Answer:

Exercise 11.2 Areas of Circles and Sectors

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
A(n) ____________ of a circle is the region bounded by two radii of the circle and their intercepted arc.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 1

Question 2.
WRITING
The arc measure of a sector in a given circle is doubled. will the area of the sector also be doubled? Explain our reasoning.

Answer:
Yes

Explanation:
Area of sector with arc measure x and radius r is s = π/180(xr)
If x becomes doube, then s1 = π/180(2xr) = 2s
This means that if the arc measure doubles, area of the sector also doubles.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercise 3 – 10, find the indicated measure,

Question 3.
area of ⊙C
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 42
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 3

Question 4.
area of ⊙C
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 43

Answer:
Area A = πr²
A = π(10)² = 100π sq in

Question 5.
area of a circle with a radius of 5 inches
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 5

Question 6.
area of a circle with a diameter of 16 feet

Answer:
d = 2r
Circle area = πr² = (π/4)d²
= (π/4)16² = 64π

Question 7.
radius of a circle with an area of 89 square feet
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 7

Question 8.
radius of a circle with an area of 380 square inches

Answer:
A = πr²
380 = πr²
r = 10.99

Question 9.
diameter of a circle with an area of 12.6 square inches
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 9

Question 10.
diameter of a circle with an area of 676π square centimeters

Answer:
Area A = 676π square centimeters
(π/4)d² = 676π
d² = 2704
d = 52

In Exercises 11 – 14, find the indicated measure.

Question 11.
About 210,000 people live in a region with a 12-mile radius. Find the population density in people per square mile.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 11

Question 12.
About 650,000 people live in a region with a 6-mile radius. Find the population density in people per square mile.

Answer:
The population density is about 5747 people per square mile.

Explanation:
Area of region = π(6)² = 36π
Population density = \(\frac { Number of people }{ area of land } \)
= \(\frac { 650,000 }{ 36π } \) = 5747.2

Question 13.
A region with a 4-mile radius has a population density of about 6366 people per square mile. Find the number of people who live in the region.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 13

Question 14.
About 79,000 people live in a circular region with a population density of about 513 people per square mile. Find the radius of the region.

Answer:
The radius of the region is 7

Explanation:
Population density = \(\frac { Number of people }{ area of land } \)
513 = \(\frac { 79,000 }{ πr² } \)
πr² = 153.99
r = 7

In Exercises 15-18 find the areas of the sectors formed by∠DFE.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 44
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 45

Answer:
Area of sector = \(\frac { 104° }{ 360° } \) • π(14)²
= 177.88
Area of red region is 177.88 sq cm
Area of blue region = \(\frac { 256° }{ 360° } \) • π(14)²
= 437.86 sq cm

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 46
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 47

Answer:
Area of red region is 10.471 sq ft
Area of the blue region is 39.79 sq ft

Explanation:
Area of sector = \(\frac { 75° }{ 360° } \) • π(4)²
= 10.471
Area of red region is 10.471 sq ft
Area of blue region = \(\frac { 285° }{ 360° } \) • π(4)²
= 39.79 sq ft

Question 19.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding. the area of the circle.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 48
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 19

Question 20.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the area of sector XZY when the area of ⊙Z is 255 square feet.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 49

Answer:
Area of ⊙Z is 255 square feet
πr² = 255
r = 9
Area of sector XZY = \(\frac { 115 }{ 360 } \) • 255
n = 81.458 sq ft

In Exercises 21 and 22, the area of the shaded sector is show. Find the indicated measure.

Question 21.
area of ⊙M
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 50
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 21

Question 22.
radius of ⊙M
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 51

Answer:
radius of ⊙M = 3.98

Explanation:
Area of region = \(\frac { 89 }{ 360 } \) . Area of ⊙M
12.36 = \(\frac { 89 }{ 360 } \) . Area of ⊙M
Area of ⊙M = 49.99
πr² = 49.99
r = 3.98

In Exercises 23 – 28, find the area of the shaded region.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 52
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 53

Answer:
The area of the shaded region is 85.840 sq in.

Explanation:
Area of square = 20² = 400
Diameter of one circle = 10
radius of one circle = 5 in
Area of one circle = π(5)² = 78.53
Areas of four circle = 314.159
Area of shaded region = 400 – 314.159 = 85.840

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 54
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 25.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 25.2

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 55

Answer:
The area of shaded region is 301.59

Explanation:
The radius of smaller circle is 8 cm
The radius of bigger circle is 16 cm
Area of smaller semicircle = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(π(8)²) = 100.53
Area of lager semicircle = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(π(16)²) = 402.123
Area of shaded region = 402.123 – 100.53 = 301.59

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 56
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 27.1

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 57
Answer:
Area of shaded region = 7.63

Explanation:
c² = 3² + 4² = 25
c = 5
Radius = 2.5
Circle area = π(2.5)² = 19.63
Area of triangle = (3 x 4)/2 = 6
Area of shaded region = 19.63 – 12 = 7.63

Question 29.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The diagram shows the shape of a putting green at a miniature golf course. One part of the green is a sector of a circle. Find the area of the putting green.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 58
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 29.1

Question 30.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that if the radius of a circle is doubled, then its area doubles. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
The friend is not correct. doubling the radius quadruples the area.

Explanation:
Area of circle with radius r = πr²
Area of circle with radius 2r = π(2r)² = 4πr²

Question 31.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The diagram shows the area of a lawn covered by a water sprinkler.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 59
a. What is the area of the lawn that is covered by the sprinkler?
b. The water pressure is weakened so that the radius is 12 feet. What is the area of the lawn that will be covered?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 31

Question 32.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The diagram shows a projected beam of light from a lighthouse.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 60
a. What is the area of water that can be covered by the light from the lighthouse?
Answer:
Area = \(\frac { 115 }{ 360 } \) x π(18)²
= 325.15 sq mi

b. What is the area of land that can be covered by the light from the lighthouse?
Answer:
Area = \(\frac { 245 }{ 360 } \) x π(18)²
= 692.72 sq mi

Question 33.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Look back at the Perimeters of Similar Polygons Theorem (Theorem 8.1) and the Areas of Similar PoIyons Theorem (Theorem 8.2) in Section 8.1. How would you rewrite these theorems to apply to circles? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 33

Question 34.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
A square is inscribed in a circle. The same square is also circumscribed about a smaller circle. Draw a diagram that represents this situation. Then find the ratio of the area of the larger circle to the area of the smaller circle.

Answer:
We start by assigning a variable to the radius of the inner circle. It is r, therefore the area of the circle is πr²
It can be seen that the side length of square is twice this radius. Therefore it can be said that the side length of this square is 2r.
Next, it can be seen that the diagonal of the square is diameter of outer circle. Therefore, length of the diagonal of the circle d = 2r√2. outer circle radius = r√2
Area of outer circle 2πr²
The ratio of the area of larger circle to the smaller circle = 2.

Question 35.
CONSTRUCTION
The table shows how students get to school.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 61
a. Explain why a circle graph is appropriate for the data.
b. You will represent each method by a sector of a circle graph. Find the central angle to use for each sector. Then construct the graph using a radius of 2 inches.
c. Find the area of each sector in your graph.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 35.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 35.2

Question 36.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The outermost edges of the pattern shown form a square. If you know the dimensions of the other square, is it possible to compute the total colored area? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 62
Answer:

Question 37.
ABSTRACT REASONING
A circular pizza with a 12-inch diameter is enough for you and 2 friends. You want to buy pizzas for yourself and 7 friends. A 10-inch diameter pizza with one topping Costs $6.99 and a 14-inch diameter pizza with one topping Costs $12.99. How many 10-inch and 14-inch pizzas should you buy in each situation? Explain.
a. You want to spend as little money as possible.
b. You want to have three pizzas. each with a different topping, and spend as little money as possible.
C. You want to have as much of the thick outer crust as possible.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 37.1

Question 38.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
You know that the area of a circle is πr2. Find the formula for the area of an ellipse, shown below.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 63

Answer:
Ellipse area = πab

Question 39.
MULTIPLE REPRESENTATIONS
Consider a circle with a radius of 3 inches.
a. Complete the table, where x is the measure of the arc and is the area of the corresponding sector. Round your answers to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 64
b. Graph the data in the table.
c. Is the relationship between x and y linear? Explain.
d. If parts (a) – (c) were repeated using a circle with a radius of 5 inches, would the areas in the table change? Would your answer to part (c) change? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 39.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 39.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 39.3

Question 40.
CRITICAL THINKING
Find the area between the three congruent tangent circles. The radius of each circle is 6 inches.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 65
Answer:

Question 41.
PROOF
Semicircles with diameters equal to three sides of a right triangle are drawn, as shown. Prove that the sum of the areas of the two shaded crescents equals the area of the triangle.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 66
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 41

Maintaining Mathematical proficiency

Find the area of the figure.

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 67

Answer:
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(base x height)
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(18 x 6) = 54 sq in

Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 68
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 43

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 69
Answer:
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(base x height)
A = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(13 x 9) = 58.5 sq in

Question 45.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 70
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.2 Ques 45

11.3 Areas of Polygons

Exploration 1

Finding the Area of a Regular Polygon

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software to construct each regular polygon with side lengths of 4, as shown. Find the apothem and use it to find the area of the polygon. Describe the steps that you used.
a.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 71
Answer:

b.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 72
Answer:

c.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 73
Answer:

d.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 74
Answer:

Exploration 2

Writing a Formula for Area

Work with a partner: Generalize the steps you used in Exploration 1 to develop a formula for the area of a regular polygon.
REASONING ABSTRACTLY
To be proficient in math, you need to know and flexibly use different properties of operations and objects.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you find the area of a regular polygon?
Answer:

Question 4.
Regular pentagon ABCDE has side lengths of 6 meters and an apothem of approximately 4.13 meters. Find the area of ABCDE.
Answer:

Lesson 11.3 Areas of Polygons

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Find the area of a rhombus with diagonals d1 = 4 feet and d2 = 5 feet.

Answer:
Area of rhombus = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)(d₁d₂)
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)(4 x 5) = 5 sq ft

Question 2.
Find the area of a kite with diagonals d1 = 12 inches and d1 = 9 inches.

Answer:
Area of kite = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)(d₁d₂)
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)(12 x 9) = 27 sq in

In the diagram. WXYZ is a square inscribed in ⊙P.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 75

Question 3.
Identify the center, a radius, an apothem, and a central angle of the polygon.

Answer:
P is the center, PY or PX is the radius, PQ is apothem, ∠XPY is the central angle.

Question 4.
Find m∠XPY, m∠XPQ, and m∠PXQ.

Answer:
m∠XPY = \(\frac { 360 }{ 4 } \) = 90
m∠XPQ = 90/2 = 45
m∠PXQ = 180 – (90 + 45) = 45

Find the area of regular polygon

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 76

Answer:
c = √(8² + 6.5²) = 10.3
a = 20.61
Area = 0.25(√5(5+2√5) a²
Area = 0.25(√5(5+2√5) 20.61² = 730.8

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 77
Answer:
Area = \(\frac { 5a² }{ 2 } \)√(5+2√5)
= \(\frac { 5(7²) }{ 2 } \)√(5+2√5)
Area = 55377

Exercise 11.3 Areas of Polygons

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
Explain how to find the measure of a central angle of a regular polygon.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 78
Find the radius of ⊙F. Answer:

Answer:
EF = radius = 6.8

Find the apothem of polygon ABCDE.

Answer:
GF = apothem = 5.5

Find AF.

Answer:
AF = √4² + 5.5²
AF = 6.8

Find the radius of polygon ABCDE.
Answer:
AF = radius = 6.8

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6, find the area of the kite or rhombus.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 79
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 80

Answer:
d₁ = 6 + 6 = 12
d₂ = 2 + 10 = 12
area A = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)(d₁d₂)
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)(12 x 12)
= 36

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 81
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 82
Answer:
area A = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)(d₁d₂)
A = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)(5 x 6) = 7.5

In Exercises 7 – 10, use the diagram

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 83

Question 7.
Identify the center of polygon JKLMN?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 7

Question 8.
Identify a central angle of polygon JKLMN.

Answer:
∠NPM is the central angle of polygon JKLMN

Question 9.
What is the radius of polygon JKLMN?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 9

Question 10.
What is the apothem of polygon JKLMN?
Answer:
QP is the apothem of polygon JKLMN

In Exercises 11 – 14, find the measure of a central angle of a regular polygon with the given number of sides. Round answers to the nearest tenth of a degree, if necessary.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 84

Question 11.
10 sides
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 11

Question 12.
18 sides

Answer:
The measure of central angle = \(\frac { 360 }{ 18 } \) = 20

Question 13.
24 sides
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 13

Question 14.
7 sides

Answer:
The measure of central angle = \(\frac { 360 }{ 7 } \) = 51.42

In Exercises 15 – 18, find the given angle measure for regular octagon ABCDEFGH.

Question 15.
m∠GJH
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 15

Question 16.
m∠GJK

Answer:
m∠GJK = m∠GJH/2
m∠GJK = 22.5

Question 17.
m∠KGJ
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 17

Question 18.
m∠EJH
Answer:
m∠EJH = 3(45) = 135

In Exercises 19 – 24, find the area of the regular polygon.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 85
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 86
Answer:
Area = \(\frac { 5a² }{ 2 } \)√(5+2√5)
Area = \(\frac { 5(6.84)² }{ 2 } \)√(5+2√5)
A = 359.9784

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 87
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 88
Answer:
Area = \(\frac { 3√3 a²}{ 2 } \)
A = \(\frac { 3√3 (7)²}{ 2 } \)
A = 127.30

Question 23.
an octagon with a radius of 11 units
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 23

Question 24.
a pentagon with an apothem of 5 units

Answer:
A = 90.75

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 6

We know apothem a = and it divides pentagon into triangles, the central angle is divided into 360/5 = 72
After that, we halved this angle and got 2 right triangles with x = 44 and y = 36. Since we know one side and all three angles of the triangle, we can calculate p with the tangent function.
tan y = p/a
tan 36 = p/5
p = 3.63
Since p is just half of the length of the side, we have to multiply it by 2
2 . p = 2 . 3.63 = 7.26 = s
Area = \(\frac { a . s. n }{ 2 } \)
A = \(\frac { 15 x 7.26 x 5 }{ 2 } \)
A = 90.75

Question 25.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the area of the kite.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 89
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 25

Question 26.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding. the area of the regular hexagon.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 90

Answer:
s = √15² – 13² = 7.48
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(a . ns)
A = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(13 x 6 x 7.48)
A = 291.72

In Exercises 27 – 30, find the area of the shaded region.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 91
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 27

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 92

Answer:
Area of the shaded region = 223.75

Explanation:
Square side = diagonal/√2
= 28/√2 = 19.79
Area of square = 19.79² = 392
Circle area = π(14)² = 615.75
Area of the shaded region = 615.75 – 392 = 223.75

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 93
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 29

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 94
Answer:

Question 31.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Basaltic columns arc geological formations that result from rapidly cooling lava. Giant’s Causeway in Ireland contains many hexagonal basaltic columns. Suppose the top of one of the columns is in the shape of a regular hexagon with a radius of 8 inches. Find the area of the top of the column to the nearest square inch.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 95
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 31

Question 32.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A watch has a circular surface on a background that is a regular octagon. Find the area of the octagon. Then find the area of the silver border around the circular face.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 96
Answer:

CRITICAL THINKING
In Exercises 33 – 35, tell whether the statement is true or false. Explain your reasoning

Question 33.
The area of a regular n-gon of a fixed radius r increases as n increases.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 33

Question 34.
The apothem of a regular polygon is always less than the radius.

Answer:
true, the radius always reaches the end of the circle but the apothem never does

Question 35.
The radius of a regular polygon is always less than the side length.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 35

Question 36.
REASONING
Predict which figure has the greatest area and which has the least area. Explain your reasoning. Check by finding the area of each figure.
(A) Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 97
(B) Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 98
(C) Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 99
Answer:
(B) has the highest area and C has the lowest area.

Explanation:
(A) area = π(6.5)² = 132.73
(B) area = 139.25
(C) area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(18 x 15) = 135

Question 37.
USING EQUATIONS
Find the area of a regular
pentagon inscribed in a circle whose equation is given by (x – 4)2 + y + 2)2 = 25.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 37.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 37.2

Question 38.
REASONING
What happens to the area of a kite if you double the length of one of the diagonals? if you double the length of both diagonals? Justify your answer.

Answer:
Area of a kite = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)(d₁d₂)
If you double the length of one diagonal, then d₁ = 2d₁
Area of kite = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(d₁d₂)
If you double length of both diagonals
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)(2d₁2d₂) = d₁d₂
If you double the length of one diagonal, then the area becomes halve. If you double length of both diagonals, then area becomes 4 times.

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 39 and 40, write and solve an equation to find the indicated lengths. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 39.
The area of a kite is 324 square inches. One diagonal is twice as long as the other diagonal. Find the length of each diagonal.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 39

Question 40.
One diagonal of a rhombus is four times the length of the other diagonal. The area of the rhombus is 98 square feet. Find the length of each diagonal.

Answer:
The length of each diagonal is 9.89, 2.47.

Explanation:
One diagonal of a rhombus is four times the length of the other diagonal.
d₁ = 4d₂
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)(d₁d₂)
98 = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)(d₁(4d₁))
d₁ = 9.89
d₂ = 2.47

Question 41.
REASONING
The perimeter of a regular nonagon. or 9-gon, is 18 inches. Is this enough information to find the area? If so, find the area and explain your reasoning. If not, explain why not.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 41

Question 42.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that it is possible to find the area of any rhombus if you only know the perimeter of the rhombus. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
No; A rhombus is not a regular polygon.

Question 43.
PROOF
Prove that the area of any quadrilateral with perpendicular diagonals is A = \(\frac{1}{2}\)d1d2, where d1 and d2 are the lengths of the diagonals.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 100
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 43.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 43.2

Question 44.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Explain how to find the area of the regular hexagon by dividing the hexagon into equilateral triangles.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 101

Answer:

Question 45.
REWRITING A FORMULA
Rewrite the formula for the area of a rhombus for the special case of a square with side length s. Show that this is the same as the formula for the area of a square, A = s2.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 45

Question 46.
REWRITING A FORMULA
Use the formula for the area of a regular polygon to show that the area of an equilateral triangle can be found by using the formula A = \(\frac{1}{4}\)s2√3 where s is the side length.
Answer:

Question 47.
CRITICAL THINKING
The area of a regular pentagon is 72 square centimeters. Find the length of one side.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 47

Question 48.
CRITICAL THINKING
The area of a dodecagon, or 12-gon, is 140 square inches. Find the apothem of the polygon.

Answer:
Let the side length of dodecagon be 2x. The measure of each interior angle of a regular decagon is 150. This implies that the base angle C and A of the resulting isosceles triangle formed by the red sides is equal to 150/2 = 75. The adjacent to this angle is the length 2x/2 = x inches, while the opposite to it is the blue apothem in the right triangle BDC formed. Therefore a = x tan 75. Therefore, area of dodecagon is
140 = 1/2 (x tan75)(12 . 2x)
140 = 44.785 x²
x² = 3.126
x = 1.768

Question 49.
USING STRUCTURE
In the figure, an equilateral triangle lies inside a square inside a regular pentagon inside a regular hexagon. Find the approximate area of the entire shaded region to the nearest whole number.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 102
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 49.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 49.2

Question 50.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The area of a regular n-gon is given by A = \(\frac{1}{2}\)aP. As n approaches infinity, what does the n-gon approach? What does P approach? What does a approach? What can you conclude from your three answers? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 103
Answer:

Question 51.
COMPARING METHODS
Find the area of regular pentagon ABCDE by using the formula A = \(\frac{1}{2}\)aP, or A = \(\frac{1}{2}\)a • ns. Then find the area by adding the areas of smaller polygons. Check that both methods yield the same area. Which method do you prefer? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 104
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 51.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 51.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 51.3

Question 52.
USING STRUCTURE
Two regular polygons both have n sides. One of the polygons is inscribed in, and the other is circumscribed about, a circle of radius r. Find the area between the two polygons in terms of n and r.

Answer:
The radius of the smaller polygon is equal to the apothem of the larger polygon. The central angle is 360/n, therefore the apothem makes an angle of 180/n. Use sine and cosine to find the apothem and side length of the smaller polygon.
asmall = r sin\(\frac { 180 }{ n } \)
ssmall = 2r cos\(\frac { 180 }{ n } \)
Use tangent to find the side length of the large polygon.
Slarge = 2r tan\(\frac { 180 }{ n } \)
Use the formula to find the area of the smaller polygon.
Asmall = 1/2 . asmall . n . ssmall
Asmall = 1/2 . r sin\(\frac { 180 }{ n } \) . n . 2r cos\(\frac { 180 }{ n } \)
Asmall = nr² sin \(\frac { 180 }{ n } \) cos\(\frac { 180 }{ n } \)
Use the formula to find the area of the larger polygon.
ALarge = 1/2 . alarge . n . slarge
= nr² tan\(\frac { 180 }{ n } \)
The area between the polygons is equal to the area of the larger polygon minus the area of the smaller polygon. Use some trig identities to simplify the expression.
A = Alarge – Asmall
A = nr² tan\(\frac { 180 }{ n } sin²[latex]\frac { 180 }{ n }

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Determine whether the figure has line symmetry, rotational symmetry, both, or neither. If the
figure has line symmetry. determine the number of lines of symmetry. It the figure has rotational
symmetry, describe any rotations that map the figure onto itself.

Question 53.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 105
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 53

Question 54.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 106
Answer:
The figure has rotational symmetry.

Question 55.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 107
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.3 Ques 55

Question 56.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 108
Answer:
The figure has one line symmetry.

11.4 Three-Dimensional Figures

Exploration 1

Analyzing a Property of Polyhedra

Work with a partner: The five Platonic solids are shown below. Each of these solids has congruent regular polygons as faces. Complete the table by listing the numbers of vertices, edges, and faces of each Platonic solid.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 109
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 110
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
What is the relationship between the numbers of vertices V, edges E, and faces F of a polyhedron? (Note: Swiss mathematician Leonhard Euler (1707 – 1783) discovered a formula that relates these quantities.)
CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math, you need to reason inductively about data.
Answer:

Question 3.
Draw three polyhedra that are different from the Platonic solids given in Exploration 1. Count the numbers of vertices, edges, and faces of each polyhedron Then verify that the relationship you found in Question 2 is valid for each polyhedron.
Answer:

Lesson 11.4 Three-Dimensional Figures

Monitoring progress

Tell whether the solid is a polyhedron. If it is, name the polyhedron.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 111

Answer:
The solid is formed by polygons, so it is a polyhedron. The base is a square, it is a square pyramid.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 112
Answer:
The solid have curved faces. So it is not a polyhedron.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 113
Answer:
The solid is formed by polygons, so it is a polyhedron. iT has two triangles, one rectangle and two squares.

Describe the shape formed by the intersection of the plane and the solid.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 114
Answer:
The cross-section is a pentagon.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 115
Answer:
The cross-section is a hexagon.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 116
Answer:
The cross-section is a circle.

Sketch the solid produced by rotating the figure around the given axis. Then identify and describe the solid.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 117
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 8

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 118
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 9

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 119
Answer:

Exercise 11.4 Three-Dimensional Figures

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
A(n) ___________ is a solid that is bounded by polygons.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.4 Ques 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which solid does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 120

Answer:
Cone does not belong with the other three as it has a curved surface and others not.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6, match the polyhedron with its name.

3. Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 121 A. triangular Prism
4. Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 122 B. rectangular pyramid
5. Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 123 C. hexagonal pyramid
6. Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 124 D. Pentagonal prism

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.4 Ques 3
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.4 Ques 5

In Exercises 7 – 10, tell whether the solid is a polyhedron. If it is, name the polyhedron.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 125
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.4 Ques 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 126
Answer:
Yes, it is a polyhedron. It is a hexagonal prism.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 127
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.4 Ques 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 128
Answer:
Yes, it is a polyhedron, truncated square pyramid.

In Exercises 11 – 14, describe the cross section formed by the intersection of the plane and the solid.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 129
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.4 Ques 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 130
Answer:
The cross-section is a square.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 131
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.4 Ques 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 132
Answer:
The cross-section is a hexagon

In Exercises 15 – 18, sketch the solid produced by rotating the figure around the given axis. Then identify and describe the solid.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 133
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.4 Ques 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 134
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 135
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.4 Ques 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 136
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 9

Question 19.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in identifying the solid.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 137
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.4 Ques 19

Question 20.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Is the swimming pool shown a polyhedron? If it is, name the polyhedron. If not, explain why not.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 138
Answer:
It is an octagonal polyhedron.

In Exercises 21 – 26, sketch the polyhedron.

Question 21.
triangular prism
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.4 Ques 21

Question 22.
rectangular prism

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11

Question 23.
pentagonal prism
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.4 Ques 23

Question 24.
hexagonal prism
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 12

Question 25.
square pyramid
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.4 Ques 25

Question 26.
pentagonal pyramid

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 13

Question 27.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your Friend says that the polyhedron shown is a triangular prism. Your cousin says that it is a triangular pyramid. Who is correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 139
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.4 Ques 27

Question 28.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
The figure shows a plane intersection a cube through four of its vertices. The edge length of the cube is 6 inches.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 140
a. Describe the shape of the cross section.
Answer:
The cross-section is a rectangle.

b. What is the perimeter of the cross section?
Answer:
The perimeter is 2(l + b)

c. What is the area of the cross section?
Answer:
Area is lb.

REASONING
In Exercises 29 – 34, tell whether it is possible for a cross section of a cube to have the given shape. If it is, describe or sketch how the plane could intersect the cube.

Question 29.
circle
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.4 Ques 29

Question 30.
pentagon
Answer:
yes, cross-section of the cube can be a pentagon.

Question 31.
rhombus
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.4 Ques 31

Question 32.
isosceles triangle
Answer:
Yes, the cross-section can be an isosceles triangle.

Question 33.
hexagon
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.4 Ques 33

Question 34.
scalene triangle
Answer:
Yes, the cross-section can be scalene triangle.

Question 35.
REASONING
Sketch the composite solid produced by rotating the figure around the given axis. Then identify and describe the composite solid.
a.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 141
b.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 142
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.4 Ques 35

Question 36.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Describe how Plato might have argued that there are precisely five Platonic Solids (see page 617). (Hint: Consider the angles that meet at a vertex.)
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical proficiency

Decide whether enough information is given to prove that the triangles are congruent. It so, state the theorem you would use.

Question 37.
∆ABD, ∆ CDB
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 143
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.4 Ques 37

Question 38.
∆JLK, ∆JLM
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 144

Answer:
∆JLK ≅ ∆JLM by SAS congruence theorem.

Question 39.
∆RQP, ∆RTS
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 145
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.4 Ques 39

11.1 – 11.4 Quiz

Find the indicated measure.

Question 1.
m[latex]\widehat{E F}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 146
Answer:
13.7 = \(\frac { m[latex]\widehat{E F}\) }{ 360 } [/latex] • 2π(7)
m\(\widehat{E F}\) = 112.13

Question 2.
arc length of \(\widehat{Q S}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 147
Answer:
arc length of \(\widehat{Q S}\) = \(\frac { 83 }{ 360 } \) • 2π(4)
= 5.79

Question 3.
circumference of ⊙N
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 148
Answer:
8 = \(\frac { 48 }{ 360 } \) • 2πr
C = 60

Question 4.
Convert 26° to radians and \(\frac{5 \pi}{9}\) radians to degrees.

Answer:
26° = 26 . \(\frac { π }{ 180 } \) = \(\frac { 13π }{ 90 } \) radians
\(\frac{5 \pi}{9}\) = \(\frac{5 \pi}{9}\) . \(\frac { 180 }{ π } \) = 100°

Use the figure to find the indicated measure.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 149

Question 5.
area of red sector

Answer:
area of red sector = \(\frac { 100 }{ 360 } \) . π(12)²
= 125.66

Question 6.
area of blue sector

Answer:
area of blue sector = \(\frac { 260 }{ 360 } \) . π(12)²
= 326.72

In the diagram, RSTUVWXY is a reuIar octagon inscribed in ⊙C.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 150

Question 7.
Identify the center, a radius, an apothem, and a central angle of the polygon.

Answer:
C is center, CY is radius, CZ is apothem, ∠YCR is central angle of the polygon

Question 8.
Find m∠RCY, m∠RCZ, and m∠ZRC.

Answer:
m∠RCY = 360/8 = 45
m∠RCZ = 45/2 = 22.5
m∠ZRC = 180 – (22.5 + 90) = 67.5

Question 9.
The radius of the circle is 8 units. Find the area of the octagon.

Answer:
Area of octagon = 0.5 x 8 x 8 sin 45 = 22.62

Tell whether the solid is a polyhedron. If it is, name the polyhedron.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 151
Answer:
It is not a polyhedron.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 152
Answer:
The solid is a polyhedron. It is an octagonal pyramid.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 153
Answer:
The solid is a polyhedron. It is a pentagonal prism.

Question 13.
Sketch the composite solid produced by rotating the figure around the given axis. Then identify and describe the composite solid.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 154

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 14

Question 14.
The two white congruent circles just fit into the blue circle. What is the area of the blue region?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 155
Answer:
White circle diameter = radius of the blue circle.
6 = radius of the blue circle.
Area of blue circle = π6² = 113.09
Area of white circle = π3² = 28.27
Area of blue region = 113.09 – 2(28.27) = 56.541

Question 15.
Find the area of each rhombus tile. Then find the area of the pattern.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 156

Answer:
Area of yellow tile = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)(15.7 x 11.4) = 44.745
area of red tile = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)(18.5 x 6) = 27.75
Area of pattern = 32(44.745) + 23(27.75) = 2070.09 sq mm

11.5 Volumes of Prisms and Cylinders

Exploration 1

Finding volume

Work with a partner: Consider a stack of square papers that is in the form of a right prism.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 157

a. What is the volume the prism?
Answer:

b. When you twist the slack of papers, as shown at the right, do you change the volume? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

c. Write a carefully worded conjecture that describes the conclusion you reached in part (b).
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
To be proficient in math, you need to communicate precisely to others.
Answer:

d. Use your conjecture to find the volume of the twisted stack of papers.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Finding volume

Work with a partner: Use the conjecture you wrote in Exploration I to find the volume of the cylinder.

a.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 158
Answer:

b.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 159
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you find the volume of a prism or cylinder that is not a right prism or right cylinder?
Answer:

Question 4.
In Exploration 1, would the conjecture you wrote change if the papers in each stack were not squares? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Lesson 11.5 Volumes of Prisms and Cylinders

Monitoring Progress

Find the volume of the solid.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 160
Answer:
Volume = Area * height
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(5 x 9) = 22.5
Volume = 22. 5 x 8 = 180 cubic m.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 161

Answer:
Area of circle = πr² = π(8)² = 64π
Volume = 64π x 14 = 2814.86 cubic ft

Question 3.
The diagram shows the dimensions of a concrete cylinder. Concrete has a density of 2.3 grams per cubic centimeter. Find the mass of the concrete cylinder to the nearest gram.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 162
Answer:
Mass of the concrete cylinder = 32 x π(24)² = 18432π cubic in

Question 4.
WHAT IF?
In Example 4, you want the length to be 5 meters, the width to be 3 meters. and the volume to be 60 cubic meters. What should the height be?
Answer:
volume = lbh
60 = 5 x 3 x h
h = 4 m

Question 5.
WHAT IF?
In Example 5, you want the height to be 5 meters and the volume to be 75 cubic meters. What should the area of the base be? Give a possible length and width.
Answer:
volume V = base x height
75 = base x 5
Base = 15 sq m

Question 6.
Prism C and prism D are similar. Find the volume of prism D.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 163
Answer:
\(\frac { 12 }{ 3 } \) = \(\frac { 1536 }{ v } \)
v = 384
Volume of prism D = 384 cubic m

Question 7.
Find the volume of the composite solid.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 164
Answer:
Volume = area x height
Volume = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(10 x 3 x 6)
= 90 cubic ft

Exercise 11.5 Volumes of Prisms and Cylinders

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
In what type of units is the volume of a solid measured?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 1

Question 2.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
Density is the amount of _______ that an object has in a given unit of __________ .

Answer:
Density is the mass of the object divided by its volume.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6, find the volume of the prism.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 165
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 166
Answer:
Volume V = lbh
V = 1.5 x 2 x 4 = 12 m³

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 167
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 168
Answer:
Volume = 6 x 11 x 14
V = 924 m³

In Exercises 7 – 10. find the volume of the cylinder.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 169
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 170
Answer:
Volume = πr²h
V = π(13.4)² x 9.8
V = 1759.6π cm³

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 171
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 172
Answer:
Volume V = πr²h
Shoter side = 18/2 = 9
Height h = √18² – 9² = 15.588
V = π6² x 15.588
= 1763 m³

In Exercises 11 and 12. make a sketch of the solid and find its volume. Round your answer to the nearest hundredth.

Question 11.
A prism has a height of 11.2 centimeters and an equilateral triangle for a base, where each base edge is 8 centimeters.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 11

Question 12.
A pentagonal prism has a height of 9 feet and each base edge is 3 feet.

Answer:
volume is 139.32 ft³

explanation:
Pentagon area = 15.48
Height h = 9 ft
Volume V = area x height
= 15.48 x 9 = 139.32

Question 13.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A piece of copper with a volume of 8.25 cubic centimeters has a mass of 73.92 grams. A piece of iron with a volume of 5 cubic centimeters has a mass of 39.35 grams. Which metal has the greater density?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 173
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 13

Question 14.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The United States has minted one-dollar silver coins called the American Eagle Silver Bullion Coin since 1986. Each coin has a diameter of 40.6 millimeters and is 2.98 millimeters thick. The density of silver is 10.5 grams per cubic centimeter. What is the mass of an American Eagle Silver Bullion Coin to the nearest grain?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 174
Answer:
V = πr²h
V =π(20.3)²  x (2.98)
V = 3856 mm³

Question 15.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the volume of the cylinder.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 175
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 15

Question 16.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the density of an object that has a mass of 24 grams and a volume of 28.3 cubic centimeters.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 176

Answer:
Density = mass / volume
Density = \(\frac { 24 }{ 28.3 } \)
Density = 0.8480

In Exercises 17 – 22, find the missing dimension of the prism or cylinder.

Question 17.
Volume = 500 ft3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 177
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 17

Question 18.
Volume = 2700 yd3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 178

Answer:
Volume = 2700 yd³
12 x 5 x v = 2700
v = 15 yd

Question 19.
Volume = 80 cm3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 179
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 19

Question 20.
Volume = 72.66 in.3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 180
Answer:
Volume = 72.66 in.3
Area . x = 72.66
10.39 x = 72.66
x = 6.9 in

Question 21.
Volume = 3000 ft3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 181
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 21

Question 22.
Volume = 1696.5 m3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 182
Answer:
Volume = 1696.5
πr²h = 1696.5
πz² x 15 = 1696.5
z² = 36.00
z = 6

In Exercises 23 and 24, find the area of the base of the rectangular prism with the given volume and height. Then give a possible length and width.

Question 23.
V= 154 in.3, h = 11 in.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 23

Question 24.
V = 27 m3,h = 3m

Answer:
V = Bh
27 = B x 3
B = 9

In Exercises 25 and 26, the solids are similar. Find the volume of solid B.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 183
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 184
Answer:
\(\frac { 12 }{ 15 } \) = \(\frac { 4608π }{ V } \)
V = 5760π
Volume of cylinder B = 5760π

In Exercises 27 and 28, the solids are similar. Find the indicated measure.

Question 27.
height x of the base of prism A
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 185
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 27

Question 28.
height h of cylinder B
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 186
Answer:
height h of cylinder B is 40 ft

Explanation:
\(\frac { 7π }{ 5 } \) = \(\frac { 56π }{ h } \)
h = 40

In Exercises 29 – 32. find the volume of the composite solid.

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 187
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 29

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 188
Answer:
Volume V = 89.32

Explanation:
Volume of square = 4³ = 64
Volume of semicircle = π(2)² x 4 = 8π

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 189
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 190

Answer:
The volume of composite solid is 35 cubic ft

Explanation:
Volume of larger prism = 4 x 2 x 5 = 40
Volume of the smaller prism = 1 x 1 x 5 = 5
Volume of larger prism – volume of the smaller prism = 40 – 5 = 35 cubic ft

Question 33.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The Great Blue Hole is a cylindrical trench located off the coast of Belize. It is approximately 1000 feet wide and 400 feet deep. About how many gallons of water does the Great Blue Hole contain? (1 ft3 ≈ 7.48 gallons)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 191
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 33

Question 34.
COMPARING METHODS
The Volume Addition Postulate states that the volume of a solid is the sum of the volumes of all its non overlapping parts. Use this postulate to find the volume of the block of concrete in Example 7 by subtracting the volume of each hole from the volume of the large rectangular prism. Which method do you prefer? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

REASONING
In Exercises 35 and 36, you are melting a rectangular block of wax to make candles. how many candles of the given shape can be made using a block that measures 10 centimeters by 9 centimeters by 20 centimeters?

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 192
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 35

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 193

Answer:
7 triangular prism candles with the given measures can be made.

Explanation:
Volume of block = 1800
The volume of triangular prism = 4 x 6 x 10 = 240
1800/240 = 7.5

Question 37.
PROBLEM SOLVING
An aquarium shaped like a rectangular prism has a length of 30 inches, a width of 10 inches, and a height of 20 inches. You fill the aquarium \(\frac{3}{4}\) fill with water. When you submerge a rock in the aquarium, the water level rises 0.25 inch.
a. Find the volume of the rock.
b. How many rocks of this size can you place in the aquarium before water spills out?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 37

Question 38.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You drop an irregular piece of metal into a container partially filled with water and measure that the waler level rises 4.8 centimeters. The square base of the container has a side length of 8 centimeters. You measure the mass of the metal to be 450 grams. What is the density of the metal?

Answer:
The density of metal is 1.4648

Explanation:
Density = \(\frac { Mass }{ Volume } \)
Volume V = 4.8 x 64 = 307.2
Density = \(\frac { 450 }{ 307.2 } \) = 1.4648

Question 39.
WRITING
Both of the figures shown arc made up of the same number of congruent rectangles. Explain how Cavalieri’s Principle can be adapted to compare the areas of these figures.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 194
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 39

Question 40.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Each stack of memo papers contains 500 equally-sized sheets of paper. Compare their volumes. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 195
Answer:

Question 41.
USING STRUCTURE
Sketch the solid formed by the net. Then find the volume of the solid.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 196
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 41

Question 42.
USING STRUCTURE
Sketch the solid with the given views. Then find the volume of the solid.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 197

Answer:
Volume = 2.5 x 3.5 x 6
Volume = 52.5

Question 43.
OPEN-ENDED
Sketch two rectangular prisms that have volumes of 1000 cubic inches hut different surface areas. Include dimensions in your sketches.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 43

Question 44.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Which box gives you more cereal for your money? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 199

Answer:
First one gives more cerel for your money.

Explanation:
Bigger one volume = 16 x 4 x 10 = 640
Smaller one volume = 2 x 8 x 10 = 160
6 – 640 means 1 – 106.66
2 – 160 means 1 – 80

Question 45.
CRITICAL THINKING
A 3-inch by 5-inch index card is rotated around a horizontal line and a vertical line to produce two different solids. Which solid has a greater volume? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 199
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 45

Question 46.
CRITICAL THINKING
The height of cylinder X is twice the height of cylinder Y. The radius of cylinder X is half the radius of cylinder Y. Compare the volumes of cylinder X and cylinder Y. Justify your answer.

Answer:
Let the height of cylinder X be h, radius be r and its volume is πr²h
So, the height of cylinder Y is h/2 and radius is 2r, then the volume is 2πr²h
From both expressions, it can be seen that the volume of cylinder y is twice that of cylinder X.

Question 47.
USING STRUCTURE
Find the volume of the solid shown. The bases of the solid are sectors of circles.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 200
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 47

Question 48.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
You drill a circular hole of radius r through the base of a cylinder of radius R. Assume the hole is drilled completely through to the other base. You want the volume of the hole to be half the volume of the cylinder. Express r as a function of R.

Answer:
r = √R²/2

Explanation:
The radius of a solid cylinder without a hole is R. So its volume is πR²h
As per the given condition, the volume of the hole must be half of that of the solid cylinder, hole volume is πR²h/2
Volume of cylinder V = πr²h
πR²h/2 = πr²h
R²/2 = r²
r = √R²/2
r = \(\frac { R√2 }{ 2 } \)

Question 49.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
How can you change the height of a cylinder so that the volume is increased by 25% but the radius remains the same?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 49

Question 50.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
How can you change the edge length of a cube so that the volume is reduced by 40%?

Answer:
Write the equation of volume of rectangular prism which can be used to evaluate the cube volume
Volume = s x s x s
The above equation shows that the volume of a cube is directly proportional to one of its side length, therefore, if the volume is to be reduced by 40%, then its the length of one of its side must be reduced by 40%, without changing the 2 other of its sides.

Question 51.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
You have two objects of equal V0lume. Your friend says you can compare the densities of the objects by comparing their mass, because the heavier object will have a greater density. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 51

Question 52.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Cavalieri’s Principle states that the two solids shown below have the same volume. Do they also have the same surface area? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 201
Answer:

Question 53.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A barn is in the shape of a pentagonal prism with the dimensions shown, The volume of the barn is 9072 cubic feel. Find the dimensions of each half of the root.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 202
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 53

Question 54.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A wooden box is in the shape of a regular pentagonal prism. The sides, top, and bottom of the box are 1 centimeter thick. Approximate the volume of wood used to construct the box. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 203
Answer:
Pentagon area = \(\frac { 5 }{ 2 } \)(4)² sin 72
A = 38
Volume = Area x height
Volume = 38 x 6 = 228

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the surface area of the regular pyramid.

Question 55.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 204
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 55

Question 56.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 205
Answer:
Surface area = base area + 3bs
Surface area = 166.3 + 3(8)(10)
= 406.3

Question 57.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 206
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.5 Ques 57

11.6 Volumes of Pyramids

Exploration 1

Finding the Volume of a Pyramid

Work with a partner: The pyramid and the prism have the same height and the same square base.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 207
When the pyramid is filled with sand and poured into the prism, it takes three pyramids to fill the prism.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 208
Use this information to write a formula for the volume V of a pyramid.
LOOKING FOR STRUCTURE
To be proficient in math, you need to look closely to discern a pattern or structure.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Finding the Volume of a Pyramid
Work with a partner: Use the formula you wrote in Exploration 1 to find the volume of the hexagonal pyramid.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 209
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you find the volume of a pyramid?
Answer:

Question 4.
In Section 11 .7, you will study volumes of cones. How do you think you could use a method similar to the one presented in Exploration 1 to write a formula for the volume of a cone? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Lesson 11.6 Volumes of Pyramids

Monitoring Progress

Find the volume of the pyramid.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 210
Answer:
The volume of the pyramid is 400 cm³

Explanation:
Volume V = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)Bh
V = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(10 x 10 x 12)
V = 400

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 211

Answer:
The volume of the pyramid is 2494.13 cm³

Explanation:
Volume V = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)Bh
V = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(374.12 x 20)
V = 2494.13

Question 3.
The volume of a square pyramid is 75 cubic meters and the height is 9 meters. Find the side length of the square base.

Answer:
The side length of the square base is 5 m

Explanation:
Volume V = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)Bh = 75
\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)B(9) = 75
B = 25
s = 5

Question 4.
Find the height of the triangular pyramid at the left.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 212

Answer:
The height of the triangular pyramid is 8 m

Explanation:
V = 24
\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)Bh = 24
B = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(3 x 6) = 9
\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(9)h = 24
h = 8

Question 5.
Pyramid C and pyramid D are similar. Find the volume of pyramid D.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 213

Answer:
The volume of pyramid D is 12 m³

Explanation:
\(\frac { volume of pyramid C }{ volume of pyramid D } \) = (\(\frac { pyramid C base }{ pyramid D base } \))³
\(\frac { 324 }{ V } \) = (\(\frac { 9 }{ 3 } \))³
V = 12

Question 6.
Find the volume of the composite solid.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 214

Answer:
the volume of solid = 96

Explanation:
Volume of prism = Bh
B = 8 x 2 = 16
V = 16 x 5 = 80
\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)Bh
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(16 x 3) = 16
the volume of solid = 16 + 80 = 96

Exercise 11.6 Volumes of Pyramids

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Explain the difference between a triangular prism and a triangular pyramid.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.6 Ques 1

Question 2.
REASONING
A square pyramid and a cube have the same base and height. Compare the volume of the square pyramid to the volume of the cube.

Answer:
Square pyramid = 1/3 Bh
Cube = BH
So, the volume of the square pyramid is 1/3 of the volume of the cube.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4, find the volume of the pyramid.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 215
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.6 Ques 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 216

Answer:
V = 6 in³

Explanation:
V =  \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)Bh
B = 2 x 3 = 6
V = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(6 x 3)

In Exercises 5 – 8, find the indicated measure.

Question 5.
A pyramid with a square base has a volume of 120 cubic meters and a height of 10 meters. Find the side length of the square base.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.6 Ques 5

Question 6.
A pyramid with a square base has a volume of 912 cubic feet and a height of 19 feet. Find the side length of the square base.

Answer:
The side length of the square base is 12 ft

Explanation:
A pyramid with a square base has a volume of 912 cubic feet
h = 19
\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)Bh = 912
\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)B(19) = 912
B = 144
s = 12

Question 7.
A pyramid with a rectangular base has a volume of 480 cubic inches and a height of 10 inches. The width of the rectangular base is 9 inches. Find the length of the rectangular base.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.6 Ques 7

Question 8.
A pyramid with a rectangular base has a volume of 105 cubic centimeters and a height of 15 centimeters. The length of the rectangular base is 7 centimeters. Find the width of the rectangular base.

Answer:
The width of the rectangular base is 3 cm

Explanation:
A pyramid with a rectangular base has a volume of 105 cubic centimeters
h = 15
l = 7
\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)Bh = 105
\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)lbh = 105
\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(7 x 15 x b) = 105
b = 3

Question 9.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the volume of the pyramid.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 217
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.6 Ques 9

Question 10.
OPEN-ENDED
Give an example of a pyramid and a prism that have the same base and the same volume. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Let the rectangular prism have the base dimensions 4 x 2 nad a height of 5 so its volume is 4 x 2 x 5 = 40 cubic units
Therefore the base of the rectangular prism also have the dimensions of 4 x 2 and a height of 5 x 3 = 15 units so its volume V = 1/3 x 4 x 2 x 15 = 40 cubic units

In Exercises 11 – 14, find the height of the pyramid.

Question 11.
Volume = 15 ft3
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 218
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.6 Ques 11

Question 12.
Volume = 224 in.3
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 219

Answer:
The height of the pyramid is 10.5 in

Explanation:
Volume = 224
\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)Bh = 224
B = 8² = 64
\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(64)h = 224
h = 10.5

Question 13.
Volume = 198 yd3
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 220
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.6 Ques 13

Question 14.
Volume = 392 cm3
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 221

Answer:
The height of the pyramid is 12 cm

Explanation:
Volume = 392
\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)Bh = 392
B = 14 x 7 = 98
\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(98)h = 392
h = 12

In Exercises 15 and 16, the pyramids are similar. Find the volume of pyramid B.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 222
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.6 Ques 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 223

Answer:
Volume of A = 80

Explanation:
\(\frac { Volume of B }{ Volume of A } \) = (\(\frac { Side of B }{ side of A } \))³
\(\frac { V }{ 10 } \) = (\(\frac { 6 }{ 3 } \))³
V = 8 x 10
Volume of A = 80

In Exercises 17 – 20, find the volume of the composite solid.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 224
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.6 Ques 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 225

Answer:
Composite solid volume = 306

Explanation:
Base area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)bh = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(12 x 9) = 54
Bottom solid volume V = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)Bh = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(54 x 10)
V = 180
Top solid volume v = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(54 x 7) = 126
Composite solid volume = 180 + 126 = 306

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 226
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.6 Ques 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 227

Answer:
Composite solid volume = 1152

Explanation:
Volume of Box = 12 x 12 x 12 = 1728
Square pyramid volume = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)Bh = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(144 x 12)
= 576
Composite solid volume = 1728 – 576 = 1152

Question 21.
ABSTRACT REASONING
A pyramid has a height of 8 feet and a square base with a side length of 6 feet.

a. How does the volume of the pyramid change when the base slays the same and the height is doubled?
b. How does the volume of the pyramid change when the height stays the same and the side length of the base is doubled?
C. Are your answers 10 parts (a) and (b) true for any square pyramid? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.6 Ques 21.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.6 Ques 21.2

Question 22.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The cube shown is formed by three pyramids. each with the same square base and the same height. How could you use this to verify the formula for the volume of a pyramid?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 228
Answer:

Question 23.
CRITICAL THINKING
Find the volume of the regular pentagonal pyramid. Round your answer to the nearest hundredth. In the diagram. m∠ABC = 35°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 229
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.6 Ques 23.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.6 Ques 23.2

Question 24.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
A frustum of a pyramid is the part of the pyramid that lies between the base and a plane parallel to the base, as shown. Write a formula for the volume of the frustum of a square pyramid in terms of a, b, and h. (Hint: Consider the “missing” top of the pyramid and use similar triangles.)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 230
Answer:

Question 25.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Nautical deck prisms were used as a safe way to illuminate decks on ships. The deck prism shown here is composed of the following three solids: a regular hexagonal prism with an edge length of 3.5 inches and a height of 1.5 inches, a regular hexagonal prism with an edge length of 3.25 inches arid a height of 0.25 inch, and a regular hexagonal pyramid with an edge length of 3 inches and a height of 3 inches. Find the volume of the deck prism.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 231
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.6 Ques 25.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.6 Ques 25.2

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the value of X. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 232
Answer:
tan 35 = \(\frac { 9 }{ x } \)
0.7 = \(\frac { 9 }{ x } \)
x = 12.8

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 233
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.6 Ques 27

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 234
Answer:
tan 30 = \(\frac { x }{ 10 } \)
0.577 = \(\frac { x }{ 10 } \)
x = 5.77

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 235
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.6 Ques 29

11.7 Surface Areas and Volumes of Cones

Exploration 1

Finding the Surface Area of a Cone

Work with a partner: Construct a circle with a radius of 3 inches. Mark the circumference of the circle into six equal parts, and label the length of each part. Then cut out one sector of the circle and make a cone.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 236
a. Explain why the base of the cone is a circle. What are the circumference and radius
of the base?
Answer:

b. What is the area of the original circle? What is the area with one sector missing?
Answer:

c. Describe the surface area of the cone, including the base. Use your description to find the surface area.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Finding the Volume of a Cone

Work with a partner: The cone and the cylinder have the same height and the same circular base.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 237
When the cone is filled with sand and poured into the cylinder. it takes three cones to fill the cylinder.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 238
Use this information to write a formula for the volume V of a cone.
CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math, you need to understand and use stated assumptions, definitions, and previously established results in constructing arguments.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you find the surface area and the volume of a cone?
Answer:

Question 4.
In Exploration 1, cut another sector from the circle and make a cone. Find the radius of the base and the surface area of the cone. Repeat this three times, recording your results in a table. Describe the pattern.
Answer:

Lesson 11.7 Surface Areas and Volumes of Cones

Monitoring progress

Question 1.
Find the surface area of the right cone.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 239

Answer:
The surface area of the right cone is 436.17 m²

Explanation:
r = 7.8
l = 10
S = πr² + πrl
S = π(7.8)² + π(7.8 x 10)
S = 436.17

Find the volume of the cone.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 240

Answer:
The volume of the cone is 2206.44 in³

Explanation:
r = 7, h = 13
l = √13² – 7²= 10.95
S = πr² + πrl
S = π7² + π(7 x 10.95)
S = 394.74
Volume V = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(πr²h)
V = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(π x 7² x 13)
V = 2206.44

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 241

Answer:
The volume of the cone is 163.4 m³

Explanation:
h = √8² – 5² = 6.24
Volume V = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(πr²h)
V = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(π x 5² x 6.24)
V = 163.4

Question 4.
Cone C and cone D are similar. Find the volume of cone D.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 242

Answer:
Volume of cone D = 18.84 cm³

Explanation:
\(\frac { Volumeof cone C }{ Volume of cone D } \) = (\(\frac { height of C }{ height of D } \))³
\(\frac { 384π }{ Volume of cone D } \)= (\(\frac { 8 }{ 2 } \))³
Volume of cone D = 18.84

Question 5.
Find the volume of the composite solid.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 243

Answer:
Composite solid volume = 329.86 cm³

Explanation:
Volume of cylinder = πr²h = π(3)² x 10 = 90π
Volume of cone = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(πr²h)
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(π x 3² x 5)
= 15π
Composite solid volume = 15π + 90π = 105π

Exercise 11.7 Surface Areas and Volumes of Cones

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
Describe the differences between pyramids and cones. Describe their similarities.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.7 Ques 1

Question 2.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The volume of a cone with radius r and height h is \(\frac{1}{3}\) the volume of a(n) __________ with radius r and height h.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6, find the surface area of the right cone.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 244
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.7 Ques 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 245

Answer:
The surface area of cone is 219.44 sq cm.

Explanation:
S = πr² + πrl
S = π(5.5)² + π(5.5 x 7.2)
S = 219.44

Question 5.
A right cone has a radius of 9 inches and a height of 12 inches.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.7 Ques 5

Question 6.
A right cone has a diameter of 11.2 feet and a height of 19.2 feet.

Answer:
The surface area is 421.52 sq ft.

Explanation:
r = 5.6
h = 19.2
l = √19.2² – 5.6² = 18.36
Surface area S = πr² + πrl
S = π(5.6)² + π(5.6 x 18.36)
S = 421.52

In Exercises 7 – 10, find the volume of the cone.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 246Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 246
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.7 Ques 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 247

Answer:
The volume is 2.09 cubic meter

Explanation:
Volume of cone = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(πr²h)
V = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(π(1)² x 2)
V = 2.09

Question 9.
A cone has a diameter of 11.5 inches and a height of 15.2 inches.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.7 Ques 9

Question 10.
A right cone has a radius of 3 feet and a slant height of 6 feet.

Answer:
The volume is 56.54 cubic ft

Explanation:
Volume of cone = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(πr²h)
V = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(π x 3² x 6)
V = 56.54

In Exercises 11 and 12, find the missing dimension(s).

Question 11.
Surface area = 75.4 cm2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.7 Ques 11

Question 12.
Volume = 216π in.3

Answer:
The radius is 6.13 in

Explanation:
Volume = 216π in.3
\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(πr²h) = 216
\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(πr² x 18) = 216
r = 6.13

In Exercises 13 and 14, the cones are similar. Find the volume of cone B.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 248
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.7 Ques 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 249

Answer:
Volume of cone B = 24.127

Explanation:
\(\frac { Volumeof cone A }{ Volume of cone B } \) = (\(\frac { height of A }{ height of B } \))³
\(\frac { 120π }{ Volume of cone B } \) = (\(\frac { 10 }{ 4 } \))³
Volume of cone B = 24.127

In Exercises 15 and 16, find the volume of the composite solid.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 250
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.7 Ques 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 251

Answer:
Volume of the composite solid = 97.93 cubic m

Explanation:
Volume of box = lbh
V = 51 x 5.1 x 5.1 = 132.651
Cone volume = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(πr²h)
v = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(π x 2.55² x 5.1)
v = 34.72
Volume of the composite solid = 132.651 – 34.72 = 97.93

Question 17.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
A cone has height h and a base with radius r. You warn to change the cone so its volume is doubled. What is the new height if you change only the height? What is the new radius if you change only the radius? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.7 Ques 17

Question 18.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT
A snack stand serves a small order of popcorn in a cone-shaped container and a large order of popcorn in a cylindrical container. Do not perform any calculations.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 252
a. How many small containers of popcorn do you have to buy to equal the amount of popcorn in a large container? Explain.

Answer:
Volume of cone = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(πr²h)
V = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(π x 3² x 8) = 75.39
Volume of cylinder = πr²h = π x 3² x 8 = 226.19
Volume of cylinder / Volume of cone = \(\frac { 226.19 }{ 75.39 } \) = 3
You have to buy 3 small containers of popcorn to equal the amount of popcorn in a large containe.

b. Which container gives you more popcorn for your money? Explain.
Answer:
$1.25 -> 75.39 i.e $1 = 60.312
$2.50 -> 226.19 i.e $1 = 90.47
So, large containers gives you more popcorn for your money

In Exercises 19 and 20. find the volume of the right cone.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 253
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.7 Ques 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 254

Answer:
Volume of cone is 575.62 cubic yd

Explanation:
tan 32 = \(\frac { 7 }{ h } \)
h = 11.21
Volume of cone = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(πr²h)
V = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(π x 7² x 11.21)
V = 575.62

Question 21.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A cat eats hail a cup of food, twice per day. Will the automatic pet feeder hold enough food for 10 days? Explain your reasoning. (1 cup ≈ 14.4 in.3)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 255
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.7 Ques 21

Question 22.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
During a chemistry lab, you use a funnel to pour a solvent into a flask. The radius of the funnel is 5 centimeters and its height is 10 centimeters. You pour the solvent into the funnel at a rate of 80 milliliters per second and the solvent flows out of the funnel at a rate of 65 milliliters per second. How long will it be before the funnel overflows? (1 mL = 1 cm3)
Answer:
17.45 seconds

Explanation:
Volume of cone = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(πr²h)
V = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(π x 5² x 10)
V = 261.8
\(\frac { 261.8 }{ 15 } \) = 17.45

Question 23.
REASONING
To make a paper drinking cup, start with a circular piece of paper that has a 3-inch radius, then follow the given steps. How does the surface area of the cup compare to the original paper circle? Find m∠ABC.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 256
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.7 Ques 23

Question 24.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
A frustum of a cone is the part of the cone that lies between the base and a plane parallel to the base, as shown. Write a formula for the volume of the frustum of a cone in terms of a, b, and h. (Hint: Consider the “missing” top of the cone and use similar triangles.)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 257
Answer:
Volume V  = (1/3) * π * h * (r1² + r2² + (r1 * r2))

Question 25.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
In the figure, the two cylinders are congruent The combined height of the two smaller cones equals the height of the larger cone. Your friend claims that this means the total volume of the two smaller cones is equal to the volume of the larger cone. Is your friend correct? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 258
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.7 Ques 25

Question 26.
CRITICAL THINKING
When the given triangle is rotated around each of its sides. solids of revolution are formed. Describe the three solids and find their volumes. Give your answers in terms of π.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 259
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the indicated measure.

Question 27.
area of a circle with a radius of 7 feet
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.7 Ques 27

Question 28.
area of a circle with a diameter of 22 centimeters

Answer:
d = 11
A = πr²
A = 121π

Question 29.
diameter of a circle with an area of 256 square meters
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.7 Ques 29

Question 30.
radius of a circle with an area of 529 π square inches
Answer:
A = πr²
529π = πr²
r = 23

11.8 Surface Areas and Volumes of Spheres

Exploration 1

Finding the Surface Area of a Sphere

Work with a partner: Remove the covering from a baseball or softball.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 260
You will end up with two “figure 8” pieces of material, as shown above. From the amount of material it takes to cover the ball, what would you estimate the surface area S of the ball to be? Express your answer in terms of the radius r of the ball.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 261
Use the Internet or some other resource to confirm that the formula you wrote for the surface area of a sphere is correct.
USING TOOLS STRATEGICALLY
To be proficient in math, you need to identify relevant external mathematical resources, such as content located on a website.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Finding the volume of a sphere

Work with a partner: A cylinder is circumscribed about a sphere, as shown. Write a formula for the volume V of the cylinder in terms of the radius r.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 262
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 263
When half of the sphere (a hemisphere) is filled with sand and poured into the cylinder, it takes three hemispheres to till the cylinder. Use this information to write a formula for the volume V of a sphere in terms of the radius r.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 264
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 265
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you find the surface area and the volume of a sphere?
Answer:

Question 4.
Use the results of Explorations 1 and 2 to find the surface area and the volume of a sphere with a radius of(a) 3 inches and (b) 2 centimeters.
Answer:

Lesson 11.8 Surface Areas and Volumes of Spheres

Monitoring Progress

Find the surface area of the sphere.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 266

Answer:
The surface area of the sphere is 5026.54 ft²

Explanation:
D = 40
r = 20
The surface area of the sphere = 4πr²
S = 4 x π x (20)²
S = 5026.54 ft²

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 267

Answer:
The surface area of the sphere is 113.09 ft²

Explanation:
Circumference C = 6π
2πr = 6π
r = 3
The surface area of the sphere = 4πr²
S = 4π x 3²
S = 113.09

Question 3.
Find the radius of the sphere.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 268

Answer:
The radius of the sphere is 2.73 m

Explanation:
The surface area of the sphere = 4πr²
30π = 4πr²
r = 2.73

Question 4.
The radius of a sphere is 5 yards. Find the volume of the sphere.

Answer:
The volume of the sphere is 523.59 yards³

Explanation:
r = 5
The volume of the sphere V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)πr³
V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)π x 5³
V = 523.59 yards³

Question 5.
The diameter of a sphere is 36 inches. Find the volume of the sphere.

Answer:
The volume of the sphere is 24429.02 in³

Explanation:
D = 36
r = 18
The volume of the sphere V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)πr³
V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)π x 18³
V = 24429.02

Question 6.
The surface area of a sphere is 576π square centimeters. Find the volume of the sphere.

Answer:
The volume of the sphere is 2304π cm³

Explanation:
The surface area of the sphere = 4πr²
576π = 4πr²
r = 12
The volume of the sphere V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)πr³
V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)π x 12³
V = 2304π

Question 7.
Find the volume of the composite solid at the left.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 269

Answer:
The volume of the composite solid is 7.324 m³

Explanation:
The volume of cone = πr²\(\frac { h }{ 3 } \)
= π x 1² x \(\frac { 5 }{ 3 } \) = 5.23
The volume of sphere = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)πr³
= \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)π x 1³ = 4.188
The volume of the composite solid = The volume of cone + The volume of sphere/2
= 5.23 + 4.188/2
= 7.324 m³

Exercise 11.8 Surface Areas and Volumes of Spheres

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
When a plane intersects a sphere. what must be true for the intersection to be a great circle?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain the difference between a sphere and a hemisphere.

Answer:
Hemisphere is a related term of the sphere. Sphere and hemisphere are three-dimensional solids. The volume of sphere is \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)πr³ and hemisphere volume is \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)πr³. The surface area of the sphere is 4πr² and hemisphere surface area is 3πr².

Monitoring progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6, find the surface area of the sphere.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 270
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 271

Answer:
The surface area of the sphere is 225π cm²

Explanation:
The surface area of the sphere = 4πr²
S = 4π x 7.5²
S = 225π

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 272
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 273

Answer:
The surface area of the sphere is 8π ft²

Explanation:
C = 4π
2πr = 4π
r = 2
The surface area of the sphere = 4πr²
S = 4π x 2²
S = 8π

In Exercises 7 – 10. find the indicated measure.

Question 7.
Find the radius of a sphere with a surface area of 4π square feet.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 7

Question 8.
Find the radius of a sphere with a surface area of 1024π square inches.

Answer:
The radius of a sphere is 16 in

Explanation:
The surface area of the sphere = 1024π
4πr² = 1024π
r = 16

Question 9.
Find the diameter of a sphere with a surface area of 900π square meters.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 9

Question 10.
Find the diameter of a sphere with a surface area of 196π square centimeters.

Answer:
The diameter of a sphere is 14 cm

Explanation:
The surface area of the sphere = 196π
4πr² = 196π
r = 7
D = 2(7) = 14

In Exercises 11 and 12, find the surface area of the hemisphere.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 274
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 275

Answer:
The surface area of the hemisphere is 108π in²

Explanation:
D = 12, r = 6
The surface area of the sphere = 3πr²
S = 3π x 6²
S = 108π

In Exercises 13 – 18. find the volume of the sphere.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 276
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 277

Answer:
The volume of the sphere is 268.08 ft³

Explanation:
r = 4 ft
Volume of the sphere V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)πr³
V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)π x 4³
V = 268.08 ft

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 278
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 279

Answer:
The volume of the sphere is 1436.75 ft³

Explanation:
D = 14 ft
r = 7 ft
Volume of the sphere V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)πr³
V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)π x 7³
V = 1436.75 ft

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 282
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 280

Answer:
The volume of the sphere is 179.89 in³

Explanation:
C = 7π
2πr = 7π
r = 3.5
Volume of the sphere V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)πr³
V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)π x 3.5³
V = 179.89 in

In Exercises 19 and 20, find the volume of the sphere with the given surface area.

Question 19.
Surface area = 16π ft2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 19

Question 20.
Surface area = 484π cm2

Answer:
The volume of the sphere is 5575.27 cm³

Explanation:
Surface area = 484π
4πr² = 484π
r = 11
Volume of the sphere V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)πr³
V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)π x 11³
V = 5575.27

Question 21.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the volume of the sphere.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 281
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 21

Question 22.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the volume of the sphere.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 283

Answer:
Diameter = 3
radius = 1.5
Volume of the sphere V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)πr³
V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)π x (1.5)³
V = 14.137 cubic in

In Exercises 23 – 26, find the volume of the composite solid.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 284
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 285

Answer:
Volume is 288π ft³

Explanation:
Volume of hemipshere = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)πr³
= \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)π x 6³ = 144π
volume of the cone = πr²\(\frac { h }{ 3 } \)
= π x 6² x \(\frac { 12 }{ 3 } \) = 144π
Area of circle = πr² = π x 6² = 36π
Volume of hemipshere + volume of the cone = 144π + 144π = 288π

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 286
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 287

Answer:
The volume of solid is 296π m³

Explanation:
Volume of hemipshere = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)πr³
= \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)π x 6³ = 144π
Volume of cylinder = πr²h
= π x 6² x 14 = 504π
Volume of solid = 504π – 2(144π) = 296π

In Exercises 27 – 32, find the surface area and volume of the ball.

Question 27.
bowling ball
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 289
d = 8.5 in.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 27

Question 28.
basketball
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 289
C = 29.5 in.

Answer:
The surface area is 277 in², volume is 43212.27 in³

Explanation:
C = 29.5
2πr = 29.5
r = 4.69
Surface area = 4πr²
S = 4π x 4.69² = 277
Volume V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)πr³
V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)π x 4.69³
V = 43212.27

Question 29.
softball
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 290
C = 12 in.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 29

Question 30.
golf ball
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 291
d = 1.7 in.

Answer:
The surface area is 9.07 in², volume is 2.57 in³

Explanation:
d = 1.7
r = 0.85
Surface area = 4πr²
S = 4π x 0.85² = 9.07
Volume V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)πr³
V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)π x 0.85³
V = 2.57

Question 31.
volleyball
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 292
C = 26 in.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 31

Question 32.
baseball
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 293
C = 9 in.

Answer:
The surface area is 25.78 in², volume is 12.24 in³

Explanation:
C = 9
2πr = 9
r = 1.43
Surface area = 4πr²
S = 4π x 1.43²
S = 25.78
Volume V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)πr³
V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)π x 1.43³
V = 12.24

Question 33.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
You friend claims that if the radius of a sphere is doubled, then the surface area of the sphere will also be doubled. Is our friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 33

Question 34.
REASONING
A semicircle with a diameter of 18 inches is rotated about its diameter. Find the surface area and the volume of the solid formed.

Answer:
The surface area is 1018 in², volume is 3054.02 in³

Explanation:
Diameter = 18
radius r = 9
Volume V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)πr³
V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)π x 9³
V = 3054.02
Surface area = 4πr²
S = 4π x 9²
S = 1018

Question 35.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A silo has the dimensions shown. The top of the silo is a hemispherical shape. Find the volume of the silo.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 294
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 35

Question 36.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Three tennis balls are stored in a cylindrical container with a height of 8 inches and a radius of 1.43 inches. The circumference of a tennis ball is 8 inches.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 295
a. Find the volume of a tennis ball.

Answer:
C = 8 in
2πr = 8
r = 1.27
Volume V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)πr³
V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)π x 1.27³ = 8.64
The volume of tennis ball = 8.64 in³

b. Find the amount of space within the cylinder not taken up by the tennis balls.
Answer:
The surface area of tennis ball S = 4πr²
S = 4π x 1.27² = 20.26
Area of cylinder s = 2πrh+2πr²
s = 2π x 1.43 x 8+2π x 1.43²
s = 84.72
Remaining space = 84.72 – 20.26 = 64.46 in²

Question 37.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Use the table shown for a sphere.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 296
a. Copy and complete the table. Leave your answers in terms of π.
b. What happens to the surface area of the sphere when the radius is doubled? tripled? quadrupled?
c. What happens to the volume of the sphere when the radius is doubled? tripled? quadrupled?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 37

Question 38.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
A sphere has a diameter of 4(x + 3) centimeters and a surface area of 784 π square centimeters. Find the value of x.

Answer:
x =11

Explanation:
Surface area = 4πr²
784π = πr²
r = 28
2r = diameter = 4(x + 3)
r = 2(x + 3)
28 = 2(x + 3)
x = 11

Question 39.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The radius of Earth is about 3960 miles. The radius of the moon is about 1080 miles.
a. Find the surface area of Earth and the moon.
b. Compare the surface areas of Earth and the moon.
c. About 70% of the surface of Earth is water. How many square miles of water are on Earth’s surface?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 39

Question 40.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The Torrid Zone on Earth is the area between the Tropic of Cancer and the Tropic of Capricorn. The distance between these two tropics is about 3250 miles. You can estimate the distance as the height of a cylindrical belt around the Earth at the equator.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 297
a. Estimate the surface area of the Torrid Zone. (The radius of Earth is about 3960 miles.)
Answer:
Surface area of cylinder = 2πrh
S = 2π x 3960 x 3250 = 80875080
surface area of earth = 4πr²
= 4π x 3960² = 197086348.8

b. A meteorite is equally likely to hit anywhere on Earth. Estimate the probability that a meteorite will land in the Torrid Zone.
Answer:
Probability of meteorites hitting the torrid zone = 80875080/197086348.8 = 0.4104

Question 41.
ABSTRACT REASONING
A sphere is inscribed in a cube with a volume of 64 cubic inches. What is the surface area of the sphere? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 41

Question 42.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The formula for the volume of a hemisphere and a Cone are shown. If each solid has the same radius and r = h, which solid will have a greater volume? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 298
Answer:
The hemisphere has the highest volume.

Explanation:
Volume of hemisphere v = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)πr³
Volume of cone V = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)πr²h
If r = h
Volume of cone V = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)πr² x r = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)πr³
So, the hemisphere has the highest volume.

Question 43.
CRITICAL THINKING
Let V be the volume of a sphere. S be the surface area of the sphere, and r be the radius of the sphere. Write an equation for V in terms of r and S. (Hint: Start with the ratio \(\frac{V}{S}\).)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 43

Question 44.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
A spherical lune is the region between two great circles of a sphere. Find the formula for the area of a lune.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 299
Answer:

Question 45.
CRITICAL THINKING
The volume of a right cylinder is the same as the volume of a sphere. The radius of the sphere is 1 inch. Give three possibilities for the dimensions of the cylinder.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 45.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 45.2

Question 46.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A spherical cap is a portion of a sphere cut off by a plane. The formula for the volume of a spherical cap is V = \(\frac{\pi h}{6}\) (3a2 + h2), where a is the radius of the base of the cap and h is the height of the cap. Use the diagram and given information to find the volume of each spherical cap.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 300
a. r = 5ft, a = 4ft
Answer:

b. r = 34 cm, a = 30 cm
Answer:

c. r = 13 m, h = 8 m
Answer:

d. r=75 in., h = 54in.
Answer:

Question 47.
CRITICAL THINKING
A sphere with a radius of 2 inches is inscribed in a right cone with a height of 6 inches. Find the surface area and the volume of the cone.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 47.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 47.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 47.3

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the triangle. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 48.
A = 26°, C = 35°, b = 13

Answer:
B = 119°, a = 7.16, c = 9.5

Explanation:
B = 180 – (26 + 35) = 119
\(\frac { sin A }{ a } \) = \(\frac { sin B }{ b } \)
\(\frac { sin 26 }{ a } \) = \(\frac { sin 119 }{ 13 } \)
a = 7.16
\(\frac { sin C }{ c } \) = \(\frac { sin B }{ b } \)
\(\frac { sin 35 }{ c } \) = \(\frac { sin 119 }{ 13 } \)
c = 9.5

Question 49.
B = 102°, C = 43°, b = 21
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 49

Question 50.
a = 23, b = 24, c = 20

Answer:
A = 62.2, B = 65.5, C = 49.4

Explanation:
a² = b² + c² – 2bc cos A
23² = 24²+ 20² – 2(24 x 20) cos A
A = 62.2
\(\frac { sin 62.2 }{ 23 } \) = \(\frac { sin B }{ 24 } \)
B = 65.5
\(\frac { sin 62.2 }{ 23 } \) = \(\frac { sin C }{ 20 } \)
C = 49.4

Question 51.
A = 103°, b = 15, c = 24
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 11.8 Ques 51

Circumference, Area, and Volume Review

11.1 Circumference and Arc Length

Find the indicated measure.

Question 1.
diameter of ⊙P
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 301

Answer:
diameter of ⊙P is 29.99

Explanation:
Circumference = 94.24
πd = 94.24
d = 29.99

Question 2.
circumference of ⊙F
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 302

Answer:
circumference of ⊙F = 56.57

Explanation:
5.5 = \(\frac { 35 }{ 360 } \) . C
C = 56.57

Question 3.
arc length of \(\widehat{A B}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 303

Answer:
arc length of \(\widehat{A B}\) = 26.09

Explanation:
arc length of \(\widehat{A B}\) = \(\frac { 115 }{ 360 } \) . 2π(13)
= 26.09

Question 4.
A mountain bike tire has a diameter of 26 inches. To the nearest foot, how far does the tire travel when it makes 32 revolutions?

Answer:
The tire travels 2613.80 inches.

Explanation:
D = 26 in
r = 13 in
Circumference C = 2π(13) = 81.68
32 revolutions = 32 x 81.68 = 2613.80

11.2 Areas of Circles and Sectors

Find the area of the blue shaded region.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 304

Answer:
Area = \(\frac { 240 }{ 360 } \) . π(9)²
= 169.64

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 305

Answer:
Area of shaded region = 11.43

Explanation:
Area of rectangle = 6 x 4 = 24
Area of semicircle = π(2)² = 4π
Area of shaded region = 24 – 4π = 11.43

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 306

Answer:
Area of shaded region = 173.13

Explanation:
Area of small region = 27.93 = \(\frac { 50 }{ 360 } \) . πr²
πr² = 201.096
r = 8
Area of shaded region = \(\frac { 310 }{ 360 } \) . π(8)²
= 173.13

11.3 Areas of Polygons

Find the area of the kite or rhombus.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 307
Answer:
Area = 65

Explanation:
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)(d₁d₂)
A = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)(13 x 20)
A = 65

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 308
Answer:
Area = 48

Explanation:
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)(d₁d₂)
A = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)(16 x 12)
A = 48

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 309
Answer:
Area = 52.5

Explanation:
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)(d₁d₂)
A = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)(14 x 15)
A = 52.5

Find the area of the regular polygon.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 310
Answer:
Area = \(\frac { 3√3 }{ 2 } \)a²
A = \(\frac { 3√3 }{ 2 } \)(8.8)²
A = 201.195

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 311
Answer:
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(n . a. s)
A = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(9 . 5.2 . 7.6)
A = 117.84

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 312
Answer:
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(n . a. s)
A = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(5 . 4 .  3.3)
A = 33

Question 14.
A platter is in the shape of a regular octagon with an apothem of 6 inches. Find the area of the platter.

Answer:
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(n . a. s)
A = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)(8 . 6 . sin 45)
A = 16.97

11.4 Three-Dimensional Figures

Sketch the solid produced by rotating the figure around the given axis. Then identify and describe the solid.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 313
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 314
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 15

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 315
Answer:

Describe the cross section formed by the intersection of the plane and the solid.

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 316
Answer:
The cross section is a rectangle.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 317
Answer:
The cross-section is a square.

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 318
Answer:
the cross-section is a triangle.

11.5 Volumes of Prisms and Cylinders

Find the volume of the solid.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 319

Answer:
Volume = lbh
V = 3.6 x 2.1 x 1.5 = 113.4 m³

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 320

Answer:
Volume = πr²h
V = π(2)² x 8 = 100.53 mm³

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 321

Answer:
Pentagon area = 6.88
Volume = Area x height
V = 6.88 x 4 = 27.52 yd³

11.6 Volumes of Pyramids

Find the volume of the pyramid.

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 322

Answer:
Volume V = Base area x height/3
Base Area = 9² = 81
V = 81 x 7/3 = 189 ft³

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 323
Answer:
Volume V = Base area x height/3
Base Area = 4 x 15 = 60
V = 60x 20/3 = 400 yd³

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 324

Answer:
Volume V = Base area x height/3
base area = 18 x 10 = 180
V = 180 x 5/3 = 300 m³

Question 27.
The volume of a square pyramid is 60 cubic inches and the height is 15 inches. Find the side length of the square base.

Answer:
The side length of the square base is 3.46 in

Explanation:
The volume of a square pyramid is 60 cubic inches
V = 60
s²h/3 = 60
s² x 15/3 = 60
s² = 12
s = 3.46

Question 28.
The volume of a square pyramid is 1024 cubic inches. The base has a side length of 16 inches. Find the height of the pyramid
Answer:
The volume of a square pyramid is 1024 cubic inches
s²h/3 = 1024
16²h = 3072
h = 12

11.7 Surface Areas and Volumes of Cones

Find the surface area and the volume of the cone.

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 325
Answer:
Surface area is 678.58 cm²
volume is 1017.87 cm³

Explanation:
Surface area of cone S = πr² + πrl
S = π x 9² + π x 9 x 15
S = 678.58
Volume of cone = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(πr²h)
V = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(π x 9² x 12)
V = 1017.87

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 326

Answer:
Surface area is 2513.27 cm²
volume is 8042.47 cm³

Explanation:
Surface area of cone S = πr² + πrl
S = π x 16² + π x 16 x 34
S = 2513.27
Volume of cone = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(πr²h)
V = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(π x 16² x 30)
V = 8042.47

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 327

Answer:
Surface area is 439.82 m²
volume is 562.102 m³

Explanation:
Surface area of cone S = πr² + πrl
S = π x 7² + π x 7 x 13
S = 439.82
h = √13² – 7² = 10.95
Volume of cone = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(πr²h)
V = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(π x 7² x 10.95)
V = 562.102

Question 32.
A cone with a diameter of 16 centimeters has a volume of 320π cubic centimeters. Find the height of the cone.

Answer:
The height of the cone = 15 cm.

Explanation:
r = 8
Volume V = 320π
\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(πr²h) = 320π
\(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)(π x 8² x h) = 320π
h = 15

11.8 Surface Areas and Volumes of Spheres

Find the surface area and the volume of the sphere.

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 328

Answer:
The surface area is 615.75 in², volume is 1436.75 in³

Explanation:
Surface area S = 4πr²
S = 4π x 7²
S = 615.75
Volume V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)πr³
V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)π x 7³
V = 1436.75

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 329

Answer:
The surface area is 907.92 ft², volume is 2572.44 ft³

Explanation:
d = 17
r = 8.5
Surface area S = 4πr²
S = 4π x 8.5²
S = 907.92
Volume V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)πr³
V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)π x 7³
V = 2572.44

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 330

Answer:
The surface area is 2827.43 ft², volume is 14137.16 ft³

Explanation:
C = 30π
2πr = 30π
r = 15
Surface area S = 4πr²
S = 4π x 15²
S = 2827.43
Volume V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)πr³
V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)π x 15³
V = 14137.16

Question 36.
The shape of Mercury can be approximated by a sphere with a diameter of 4880 kilometers. Find the surface area and the volume of Mercury.

Answer:
The surface area and the volume of Mercury is 23814400π, 19369045330π

Explanation:
d = 4880
r = 2440
Surface area S = 4πr²
S = 4π x 2440² = 23814400π
Volume V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)πr³
V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)π x 2440³
V = 19369045330π

Question 37.
A solid is composed of a cube with a side length of 6 meters and a hemisphere with a diameter of 6 meters. Find the volume of the composite solid.

Answer:
Volume of the composite solid = 272.52

Explanation:
Volume of cube = a³
= 6³ = 216
Volume of hemisphere = \(\frac { 4 }{ 6 } \)πr³
= \(\frac { 4 }{ 6 } \)π x 3³ = 18π
Volume of the composite solid = 216 + 18π = 272.52

Circumference, Area, and Volume Test

Find the volume of the solid.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 331

Answer:
Volume = 2577.29 m³

Explanation:
Volume = \(\frac { 3√3 }{ 2 } \)a²h
= \(\frac { 3√3 }{ 2 } \) x 8² x 15.5
= 2577.29

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 332

Answer:
Volume is 17.157 ft³

Explanation:
d = 3.2
r = 1.6
Volume V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)πr³
V = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)π x 1.6³
V = 17.157

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 333

Answer:
Volume of sloid = 402.11 m³

Explanation:
Volume of cone = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)πr²h
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)π x 4² x 3
= 50.26
Volume of cylinder = πr²h
= π x 4² x 6 = 301.59
Volume of sloid = 2(50.26) + 301.59 = 402.11

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 334

Answer:
Volume of solid = 106.66

Explanation:
Volume of rectangular box = 5 x 2 x 8 = 80
Volume of pyramid = 80/3 = 26.66
Volume of solid = 80 + 26.66 = 106.66

Find the indicated measure.

Question 5.
circumference of ⊙F
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 335

Answer:
circumference of ⊙F is 109.71 in

Explanation:
64 = \(\frac { 210 }{ 360 } \) • C
C = 109.7

Question 6.
m\(\widehat{G H}\)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 336

Answer:
m\(\widehat{G H}\) = 74.27

Explanation:
35 = \(\frac { x }{ 360 } \) • 2π x 27
x = 74.27

Question 7.
area of shaded sector
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 337

Answer:
Area is 142.41 in²

Explanation:
Area = \(\frac { 360 – 105 }{ 360 } \) • π x 8²
Area = 142.41

Question 8.
Sketch the composite solid produced by rotating the figure around the given axis. Then identify and describe the composite solid.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 338
Answer:

Question 9.
Find the surface area of a right cone with a diameter of 10 feet and a height of 12 feet.

Answer:
The surface area is 486.7 sq ft

Explanation:
l² = r² + h²
l² = 5² + 12²
l = 13
Surface area S = πr² + 2πrl
S = π x 5² + 2π x 5 x 13
S = 486.7

Question 10.
You have a funnel with the dimensions shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 339
a. Find the approximate volume of the funnel.

Answer:
Volume = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)πr²h
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)π x 6² x 10
= 376.99

b. You use the funnel to put oil in a ear. Oil flows out of the funnel at a rate of 45 milliliters per second. How long will it take to empty the funnel when it is full of oil? (1 mL = 1 cm3)
Answer:

c. How long would it take to empty a funnel with a radius of 10 centimeters and a height of 6 centimeters if oil flows out of the funnel at a rate of 45 milliliters per second?
Answer:

d. Explain why you can claim that the time calculated in part (c) is greater than the time calculated in part (b) without doing any calculations.
Answer:

Question 11.
A water bottle in the shape of a cylinder has a volume of 500 cubic centimeters. The diameter of a base is 7.5 centimeters. What is the height of the bottle? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The height of the bottle is 11.3 cm

Explanation:
Volume of cylinder = 500
πr²h = 500
π(3.75)²h = 500
h = 11.3 cm

Question 12.
Find the area of a dodecagon (12 sides) with a side length of 9 inches.

Answer:
Area is 237.31

Explanation:
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)πa²cot(π/n)
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 } \)π x 9² x cot(π/12)
= 237.31

Question 13.
In general, a cardboard fan with a greater area does a better job of moving air and cooling you. The fan shown is a sector of a cardboard circle. Another fan has a radius of 6 centimeters and an intercepted are of 150°. Which fan does a better job of cooling you?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 340

Answer:

Explanation:

Circumference, Area, and Volume Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
Identify the shape of the cross section formed by the intersection of the plane and the
solid.

a.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 341
Answer:
The cross-section is a trapezoid.

b.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 342
Answer:
The cross-section is a pentagon.

c.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 343
Answer:
The cross-section is a rectangle.

Question 2.
In the diagram, Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 344 is tangent to ⊙P at Q and \(\overline{P Q}\) is a radius of ⊙P? What must be true about Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 344 and \(\overline{P Q}\)? Select all that apply.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 345
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 346
Answer:
PQ is perpendicular to RS.

Question 3.
A crayon can be approximated by a composite solid made from a cylinder and a cone.
A crayon box is a rectangular prism. The dimensions of a crayon and a crayon box containing 24 crayons are shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 348
a. Find the volume of a crayon.
Answer:
The volume of a crayon = πr²h + \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)πr²h
= π x 4.25² x 80 + \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)π x 3.25² x 10
= 4539.6 + 110.61
= 4650.21 mm³

b. Find the amount of space within the crayon box not taken up by the crayons.
Answer:
Volume of box = 94 x 28 x 71 = 186872
The volume of a crayon = 4650.21
Remaining space = 186872 – 24 x 4650.21
= 75266.96

Question 4.
What is the equation ol the line passing through the point (2, 5) that is parallel to the line x + \(\frac{1}{2}\)y = – 1?
(A) y = – 2x + 9
(B) y = 2x + 1
(C) y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 4
(D) y = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 6
Answer:
(A) y = – 2x + 9

Explanation:
x + \(\frac{1}{2}\)y = – 1
y = -2 – 2x
The slope of the line is -2
The euation of line is y – 5 = -2(x – 2)
y – 5 = -2x + 4
y = -2x + 9

Question 5.
The top of the Washington Monument in Washington, D.C., is a square pyramid, called a pyramidion. What is the volume of the pyramidion?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 347
(A) 22,019.63 ft3
(B) 172,006.91 ft3
(C) 66,058.88 ft3
(D) 207,530.08 ft3

Answer:
(A) 22,019.63 ft3

Explanation:
Volume = a²\(\frac { h }{ 3 } \)
= 34.5² x \(\frac { 55.5 }{ 3 } \)
= 22019.62

Question 6.
Prove or disprove that the point (1, √3 ) lies on the circle centered at the origin and containing the point (0, 2).
Answer:
We consider the circle centered at the origin and containing the point (0, 2).
Therefore, we canconclude that rdaius is 2 and points be (0, 0), (1, √3)
distance = √(1 – 0)² + (√3 – 0)² = 2
As radius and distance are same. The point B(1, √3) lies on the circle.

Question 7.
Your friend claims that the house shown can be described as a composite solid made from a rectangular prism and a triangular prism. Do you support your friend’s claim? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 349
Answer:
Yes

Question 8.
The diagram shows a square pyramid and a cone. Both solids have the same height, h, and the base of the cone has radius r. According to Cavalieri’s Principle, the solids will have the same volume if the square base has sides of length ______ .
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 350
Answer:
2r/√2

Explanation:
Volume of square pyramid = a²\(\frac { h }{ 3 } \)
Square diagonal = √2a
radius = √2a/2
a = 2r/√2
Volume of cone = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 } \)πr²h

Question 9.
About 19,400 people live in a region with a 5-mile radius. Find the population density in people per square mile.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 11 Circumference, Area, and Volume 351

Answer:
The number of people per square mile is 247

Explanation:
S = πr²
= π x 5² = 78.5
Number of people per square mile = 19400/78.5 = 247

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals

Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Advanced Answer Key Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals

Fractions and Decimals STEAM Video/ Performance Task

STEAM Video

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 1

Space is Big
An astronomical unit (AU) is the average distance between Earth and the Sun, about 93 million miles. Why do asn000mers use astronomical units to measure distances in space? In what different ways can you compare the distances between objects and the locations of objects using the four mathematical operations?

Watch the STEAM Video ‘Space is Big: Then answer the following questions.

Question 1.
You know the distances between the Sun and each planet. How can you find the minimum and maximum distances between two planets as they rotate around the Sun?
Answer:

Question 2.
‘The table shows the distances of three celestial bodies from Earth. It takes about three days to travel from Earth to the Moon. I low can you estimate the amount of Lime it would take to travel from Earth to the Sun or to Venus?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 2
Answer:

Performance Task

Space Explorers

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 3

After completing this Chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task.

You will use a table that shows the average distances between the Sun and each planet in our solar system to find several distances in space. Then you will use the speed of the Orion spacecraft to answer questions about time and distance.

Is it realistic for a manned spacecraft to travel to each planet in our solar system? Explain why or why not.
Answer:

Getting Ready for Chapter Fractions and Decimals

Chapter Exploration

Work with a partner. ‘the area model represents the multiplication of two fractions. Copy and complete the statement.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 4
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 5
Answer:

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 6
Answer:

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 7
Answer:

Work with a partner. use an area model to find the product.

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
\(\frac{4}{5} \times \frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{6} \times \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\frac{3}{5} \times \frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You have a recipe that serves 6 people. The recipe uses three-fourths of a cup of milk.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 8
a. How can you use the recipe to serve more people? How much milk would you need? Give 2 examples.
Answer:

b. How can you use the recipe to serve fewer people? How much milk would you need? Give 2 examples.
Answer:

Vocabulary

The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
reciprocals               multiplicative inverses
Answer:

Section 2.1 Multiplying Fractions

Exploration 1

Using Models to Solve a Problem

Work with a partner. A bottle of water is \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) full. You drink \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\) the water. Use one of the models to find the portion of the bottle of water that you drink. Explain your steps.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 9

number line
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 10

area model
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 11

tape diagram
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 12
Answer:

Exploration 2

Solving a Problem Involving Fractions

Work with a partner. A park has a playground that is \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 }\) of its width and \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 }\) of its length.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 13
a. use a model to find the portion of the park that is covered by the playground. Explain your steps.
Answer:

b. How can you find the solution of part (a) without using a model?
Answer:

Math Practice
Find General Methods
How can you use your answer to find a method for multiplying fractions?
Answer:

Lesson 2.1 Multiplying Fractions

Try It MuItiply

Question 1.
\(\frac{1}{3} \times \frac{1}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
\(\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{2} \cdot \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Try It Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 4.
\(\frac{3}{7} \times \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 5.
\(\frac{4}{9} \cdot \frac{3}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
\(\frac{6}{5} \cdot \frac{5}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
WHAT IF?
You use \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the flour to make the dough. How much of the entire bag do you use to make the dough?
Answer:

Try It Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 8.
\(\frac{1}{3} \times 1 \frac{1}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
\(3 \frac{1}{2} \times \frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 10.
\(4 \frac{2}{3} \cdot \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Try It Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 11.
\(1 \frac{7}{8} \cdot 2 \frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 12.
\(5 \frac{5}{7} \times 2 \frac{1}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 13.
\(2 \frac{1}{3} \cdot 7 \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

MULTIPLYING FRACTIONS AND MIXED NUMBERS
Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 14.
\(\frac{1}{8} \times \frac{1}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 15.
\(\frac{3}{8} \cdot \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 16.
\(2 \frac{1}{6} \cdot 4 \frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
MP REASONING
What is the missing denominator?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 14
Answer:

Question 18.
USING TOOLS
Write a multiplication problem involving fractions that is represented by the model. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 15
Answer:

Question 19.
USING TOOLS
Use the number line to find \(\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{1}{2}\) Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 16
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 20.
You spend \(\frac{5}{12}\) of a day at an amusement park. You spend \(\frac{2}{5}\) of that time riding waterslides. How many hours do you spend riding waterslides? Draw a model to show why your answer makes sense.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 17
Answer:

Question 21.
A venue is preparing for a concert on the floor shown. The width of the red carpet is \(\frac{1}{6}\) of the width of the floor. What is the area of the red carpet?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 17
Answer:

Question 22.
You travel 9\(\frac{3}{8}\) miles from your house to a shopping mall. You travel \(\frac{2}{3}\) of that distance on an interstate. The only road construction you encounter is on the first \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the interstate. On how many miles of your trip do you encounter construction?
Answer:

Multiplying Fractions Practice 2.1

Review & Refresh

Find the LCM of the numbers.

Question 1.
8, 10
Answer:

Question 2.
5, 7
Answer:

Question 3.
2, 5, 7
Answer:

Question 4.
6, 7, 10
Answer:

Divide. Use a diagram to justify your answer.

Question 5.
6 ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 8
Answer:

Question 7.
4 ÷ \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\frac{1}{5}\) ÷ 4
Answer:

Write the product as a power.
Question 9.
10 × 10 × 10
Answer:

Question 10.
5 × 5 × 5 × 5
Answer:

Question 11.
How many inches arc in 5\(\frac{1}{2}\) yards?
A. 15\(\frac{1}{2}\)
B. 16\(\frac{1}{2}\)
C. 66
D. 198
Answer:

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

MP CHOOSE TOOLS
A bottle of water is \(\frac{2}{3}\) full. You drink the given portion of the water. Use a model to find the portion of the bottle of water that you drink.
Question 12.
\(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 13.
\(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 14.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

MULTIPLYING FRACTIONS
Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 15.
\(\frac{1}{7} \times \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 16.
\(\frac{5}{8} \cdot \frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
\(\frac{1}{4} \times \frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 18.
\(\frac{3}{7} \times \frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 19.
\(\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{4}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 20.
\(\frac{5}{7} \times \frac{7}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 21.
\(\frac{3}{8} \cdot \frac{1}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 22.
\(\frac{5}{6} \cdot \frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 23.
\(\frac{5}{12}\) × 10
Answer:

Question 24.
6 • \(\frac{7}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 25.
\(\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{8}{15}\)
Answer:

Question 26.
\(\frac{4}{9} \times \frac{4}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 27.
\(\frac{3}{7} \cdot \frac{3}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 28.
\(\frac{5}{6} \times \frac{2}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 29.
\(\frac{13}{18} \times \frac{6}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 30.
\(\frac{7}{9} \cdot \frac{21}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 31.
MODELING REAL LIFE
In an aquarium, \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the fish are surgeonfish. of these, \(\frac{3}{4}\) are yellow tangs. What portion of all fish in the aquarium are yellow tangs?
Answer:

Question 32.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You exercise for \(\frac{3}{4}\) of an hour. You jump rope for \(\frac{1}{3}\) of that time. What portion of the hour do you spend jumping rope?
Answer:

MP REASONING
Without finding the products copy and complete the statement using <, >, or =. Explain your reasoning.
Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 18
Answer:

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 19
Answer:

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 20
Answer:

MULTIPLYING FRACTIONS AND MIXED NUMBERS
Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 36.
\(1 \frac{1}{3} \cdot \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 37.
\(6 \frac{2}{3} \times \frac{3}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 38.
\(2 \frac{1}{2} \cdot \frac{4}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 39.
\(\frac{3}{5} \cdot 3 \frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 40.
\(7 \frac{1}{2} \times \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 41.
\(\frac{5}{9} \times 3 \frac{3}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 42.
\(\frac{3}{4} \cdot 1 \frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 43.
\(3 \frac{3}{4} \times \frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 44.
\(4 \frac{3}{8} \cdot \frac{4}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 45.
\(\frac{3}{7} \times 2 \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 46.
\(1 \frac{3}{10} \times 18\)
Answer:

Question 47.
\(15 \cdot 2 \frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 48.
\(1 \frac{1}{6} \times 6 \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 49.
\(2 \frac{5}{12} \cdot 2 \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 50.
\(5 \frac{5}{7} \cdot 3 \frac{1}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 51.
\(2 \frac{4}{5} \times 4 \frac{1}{16}\)
Answer:

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the product. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 52.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 21

Question 53.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 22

Question 54.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A vitamin C tablet contains \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a gram of vitamin C. You take 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) every day. How many grams of vitamin C do you take every day?

Question 55.
MP PROBLEM SOLVING
You make a banner for a football ralIy.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 23
a. What is the area of the banner?
Answer:

b. You add a\(\frac{1}{4}\) foot border on each side. What is the area of the new banner?
Answer:

MULTIPLYING FRACTIONS AND MIXED NUMBERS
Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.
Question 56.
\(\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{3}{5} \times \frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 57.
\(\frac{4}{7} \cdot 4 \frac{3}{8} \cdot \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 58.
\(1 \frac{1}{15} \times 5 \frac{2}{5} \times 4 \frac{7}{12}\)
Answer:

Question 59.
\(\left(\frac{3}{5}\right)^{3}\)
Answer:

Question 60.
\(\left(\frac{4}{5}\right)^{2} \times\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)^{2}\)
Answer:

Question 61.
\(\left(\frac{5}{6}\right)^{2} \cdot\left(1 \frac{1}{10}\right)^{2}\)
Answer:

Question 62.
OPEN-ENDED
Find a fraction that, when multiplied by \(\frac{1}{2}\), is less than \(\frac{1}{4}\).
Answer:

Question 63.
MP LOGIC
You are in a bike race. When you get to the first checkpoint, you arc \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the distance to the second checkpoint. When you get to the second checkpoint, you are \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the distance to the finish. What is the distance from the start to the first checkpoint?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 24
Answer:

Question 64.
MP NUMBER SENSE
Is the product of two positive mixed numbers ever less than 1? Explain.
Answer:

Question 65.
MP REASONING
You plan to add a fountain to your garden.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 25
a. Draw a diagram o[thc fountain in the garden. Label the dimensions.
Answer:

b. Describe two methods for finding the area of the garden that surrounds the fountain.
Answer:

c. find the area. Which method did you use, and why?
Answer:

Question 66.
MP PROBLEM SOLVING
The cooking time for a ham is \(\frac{2}{5}\) of an hour for each pound. What time should you start cooking a ham that weighs 12\(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds so that it is done at 4:45 P.M. ?
Answer:

Question 67.
MP PRECISION
Complete the Four Square for \(\frac{7}{8} \times \frac{1}{3}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 26
Answer:

Question 68.
DIG DEEPER!
You ask 150 people about their pets. The results show that \(\frac{9}{25}\) of the people own a dog. of the people who own a dog, \(\frac{1}{6}\) of them also own a cat.
a. What portion of the people own a dog and a cat?
Answer:

b. How many people own a dog but not a cat? Explain.
Answer:

Question 69.
MP NUMBER SENSE
Use each of the numbers from 1 to 9 exactly once to create three mixed numbers with the greatest possible product. then use each of the numbers exactly once to create three mixed numbers with the least possible product. Find each product. Explain your reasoning. The fraction portion of each mixed number should be proper.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 27
Answer:

Section 2.2 Dividing Fractions

Exploration 1

Dividing by Fractions
Work with a partner. Answer each question using a model.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 28
a. How many two-thirds arc in four?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 29
Answer:

b. How many three-fourths arc in three?
Answer:

c. How many two-fifths arc in four-fifths?
Answer:

d. How many two-thirds arc in three?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 30
Answer:

e. How many one-thirds arc in five-sixths?

Exploration 2

Finding a Pattern

Work with a partner. The table shows the division expressions from Exploration 1. Complete each multiplication expression so that it has the same value as the division expression above it. What can you conclude about dividing by fractions?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 32
Answer:

Math Practice
Look for Structure
Can the pattern you found be applied to division by a whole number? Why or why not?
Answer:

Lesson 2.2 Dividing Fractions

Try It Write hie reciprocal of the number.

Question 1.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
5

Question 3.
\(\frac{7}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
\(\frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Try It Divide. Write the answer in simplest form. Use a model to justify your answer.

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{2} \div \frac{1}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
\(\frac{2}{5} \div \frac{3}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{8} \div \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\frac{2}{7} \div \frac{9}{14}\)
Answer:

Try It Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ 3
Answer:

Question 10.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) ÷ 10
Answer:

Question 11.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) ÷ 4
Answer:

Question 12.
\(\frac{6}{7}\) ÷ 4
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

DIVIDING FRACTIONS
Divide. Write the answer in simplest form. Draw a model to justify your answer.

Question 13.
\(\frac{2}{3} \div \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 14.
\(\frac{6}{7}\) ÷ 3
Answer:

Question 15.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which of the following does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
\(\frac{2}{3} \div \frac{4}{5}\)     \(\frac{3}{2} \cdot \frac{4}{5}\)     \(\frac{5}{4} \times \frac{2}{3}\)       \(\frac{5}{4} \div \frac{3}{2}\)
Answer:

MATCHING
Match the expression with its value.

16. \( \frac{2}{5} \div \frac{8}{15}\) (A) \( \frac{1}{12}\)
17. \( \frac{8}{15} \div \frac{2}{5}\) (B) \( \frac{3}{4}\)
18. \( \frac{2}{15} \div \frac{8}{5}\) (c) 12
19. \( \frac{8}{5} \div \frac{2}{15}\) (D) 1\( \frac{1}{3}\)

Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding, of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 20.
You have 5 cups of rice to make bibimbap, a popular Korean meal. The recipe calls for \(\frac{4}{5}\) cup of rice per serving. H0w many full servings of bibimbap can you make? How much rice is left over?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 33
Answer:

Question 21.
A band earns \(\frac{2}{3}\) of their profit from selling concert tickets and \(\frac{1}{5}\) of their profit from selling merchandise. The band earns a profit of $1500 from selling concert tickets. How much profit does the band earn from selling merchandise?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 33
Answer:

Dividing Fractions Practice 2.2

Review & Refresh

Multiply. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 1.
\(\frac{7}{10} \cdot \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
\(\frac{5}{6} \times 2 \frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\frac{4}{9} \times \frac{3}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
\(2 \frac{2}{5} \cdot 6 \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Match the expression with its value.

5. 3 + 2 × 42 A. 22
6. (3 + 2) × 42 B. 35
7. 2 + 3 × 42 C. 50
8. 42 + 2 × 3 D. 80

Answer:

Find the area of the rectangle.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 34
Answer:

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 35
Answer:

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 36
Answer:

Concepts, skills, & Problem Solving

CHOOSE TOOLS
Answer the question using a model. (See Exploration 1, Page.No 53.)

Question 12.
How many three-fifths are in three?
Answer:

Question 13.
How many two-ninths are in eight-ninths?
Answer:

Question 14.
How many three-fourths are in seven-eighths?
Answer:

WRITING RECIPROCALS
Write the reciprocal of the number.

Question 15.
8
Answer:

Question 16.
\(\frac{6}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
\(\frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 18.
\(\frac{11}{8}\)
Answer:

DIVIDING FRACTIONS
Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 19.
\(\frac{1}{3} \div \frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 20.
\(\frac{1}{8} \div \frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 21.
\(\frac{2}{7} \div 2\)
Answer:

Question 22.
\(\frac{6}{5} \div 3\)
Answer:

Question 23.
\(\frac{2}{3} \div \frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 24.
\(\frac{5}{6} \div \frac{2}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 25.
\(12 \div \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 26.
\(8 \div \frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 27.
\(\frac{3}{7} \div 6\)
Answer:

Question 28.
\(\frac{12}{25} \div 4\)
Answer:

Question 29.
\(\frac{2}{9} \div \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 30.
\(\frac{8}{15} \div \frac{4}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 31.
\(\frac{1}{3} \div \frac{1}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 32.
\(\frac{7}{10} \div \frac{3}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 33.
\(\frac{14}{27} \div 7\)
Answer:

Question 34.
\(\frac{5}{8} \div 15\)
Answer:

Question 35.
\(\frac{27}{32} \div \frac{7}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 36.
\(\frac{4}{15} \div \frac{10}{13}\)
Answer:

Question 37.
\(9 \div \frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 38.
\(10 \div \frac{5}{12}\)
Answer:

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the quotient. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 37
Answer:

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 38
Answer:

Question 41.
MP REASONING
You have \(\frac{3}{5}\) of an apple pie. You divide the remaining pie into 5 equal slices. What portion of the original pie is each slice?
Answer:

Question 42.
MP PROBLEM SOLVING
How many times longer is the baby alligator than the baby gecko?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 39
Answer:

OPEN-ENDED
Write a real-life problem for the expression. Then solve the problem.
Question 47.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 40
Answer:

Question 48.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 41
Answer:

Question 49.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 42
Answer:

MP REASONING
Without finding the quotient, copy and complete the statement using <, >, or =. Explain your reasoning.

Question 50.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 43
Answer:

Question 51.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 44
Answer:

Question 52.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 45
Answer:

Question 53.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 46
Answer:

ORDER OF OPERATIONS
Evaluate the expression. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 54.
\(\frac{1}{6}\) ÷ 6 ÷ 6
Answer:

Question 55.
\(\frac{7}{12}\) ÷ 14 ÷ 6
Answer:

Question 56.
\(\frac{3}{5} \div \frac{4}{7} \div \frac{9}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 57.
\(4 \div \frac{8}{9}-\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 58.
\(\frac{3}{4}+\frac{5}{6} \div \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 59.
\(\frac{7}{8}-\frac{3}{8} \div 9\)
Answer:

Question 60.
\(\frac{9}{16} \div \frac{3}{4} \cdot \frac{2}{13}\)
Answer:

Question 61.
\(\frac{3}{14} \cdot \frac{2}{5} \div \frac{6}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 62.
\(\frac{10}{27} \cdot\left(\frac{3}{8} \div \frac{5}{24}\right)\)
Answer:

Question 63.
MP NUMBER SENSE
When is the reciprocal of a fraction a whole number? Explain.
Answer:

Question 64.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You use \(\frac{1}{8}\) of your battery for every \(\frac{2}{5}\) of an hour that you video chat. You use \(\frac{3}{4}\) of your battery video chatting. How long did you video chat?
Answer:

Question 65.
MP PROBLEM SOLVING
The table shows the portions of a family budget that are spent on several expenses.

Expense Portion of Budget
Housing \( \frac{2}{5}\)
Food \( \frac{4}{9}\)
Automobiles \( \frac{1}{15}\)
Recreation \( \frac{1}{40}\)

a. How many times more is the expense for housing than for automobiles?
Answer:

b. How many times more is the expense for food than for recreation?
Answer:

c. The expense for automobile fuel is \(\frac{1}{60} 0\) of the total expenses. What portion of the automobile expense is spent on fuel?
Answer:

Question 66.
CRITICAL THINKING
A bottle of juice is \(\frac{2}{3}\) full. the bottle contains \(\frac{4}{5}\) of a cup of juice.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 47
a. Write a division expression that represents the capacity of the bottle.
Answer:

b. Write a related multiplication expression that represents the capacity of the bottle.
Answer:

e. Explain how you can use the diagram to verify the expression In part (b).
Answer:

d. Find the capacity of the bade.
Answer:

Question 67.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 6 pints of glaze. It takes \(\frac{7}{8}\) of a pint to glaze a bowl and \(\frac{9}{16}\) of a pint to glaze a plate.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 48
a. how many howls can you completely glaze? How many plates can you completely glaze?
Answer:

b. You want to glaze 5 bowls, and then use the rest for plates. How many plates can you completely glaze? How much glaze will be left over?
Answer:

c. How many of each object can you completely glaze so that there is no glaze left over? Explain how you found your answer.
Answer:

Question 68.
MP REASONING
A water tank is \(\frac{1}{8}\) full. The tank is \(\frac{3}{4}\) full when 42 gallons of water are added to the tank.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 49
a. How much water can the tank hold?
Answer:

b. How much water was originally in the tank?
Answer:

c. How much water is in the tank when it is \(\frac{1}{2}\) full?
Answer:

Section 2.3 Dividing Mixed Numbers

Exploration 1

Dividing Mixed Numbers

Work with a partner. Write a real-life problem that represents each division expression described. Then solve each problem using a model. Check your answers.

a. How many three-fourths arc in four and one-half?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 50
Answer:

b. How many three-eighths arc in two and one-fourth?
Answer:

c. How many one and one-halves arc in six?
Answer:

d. How many seven-sixths arc in three and one-third?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 51
Answer:

e. How many one and one-fifths are in five?
Answer:

f. How many three and one-halves arc in two and one-half?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 52

g. How many four and one-halves arc in one and one-half?
Answer:

Lesson 2.3 Dividing Mixed Numbers

Try It Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 1.
\(3 \frac{2}{3} \div \frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
\(1 \frac{3}{7} \div \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(2 \frac{1}{6} \div \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 4.
\(6 \frac{1}{2} \div 2\)
Answer:

Question 5.
\(10 \frac{2}{3} \div 2 \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 6.
\(8 \frac{1}{4} \div 1 \frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 7.
\(3 \div 1 \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 8.
\(\frac{3}{4} \div 2 \frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Try It Evaluate the expression. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 9.
\(1 \frac{1}{2} \div \frac{1}{6}-\frac{7}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 10.
\(3 \frac{1}{3} \div \frac{5}{6}+\frac{8}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 11.
\(\frac{2}{5}+2 \frac{4}{5} \div 2\)
Answer:

Question 12.
\(\frac{2}{5}+2 \frac{4}{5} \div 2\)
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

EVALUATING EXPRESSIONS
Evaluate the expression. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 13.
\(4 \frac{4}{7} \div \frac{4}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 14.
\(\frac{1}{2} \div 5 \frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 15.
\(\frac{3}{4}+6 \frac{2}{5} \div 1 \frac{3}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 16.
MP NUMBER SENSE
Is \(2 \frac{1}{2} \div 1 \frac{1}{4}\) the sense as \(1 \frac{1}{4} \div 2 \frac{1}{2}\)? Use models to justify your answer.
Answer:

Question 17.
DIFFERENT WORDS. SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “b0th” answers.
What is 5\(\frac{1}{2}\) divided by \(\frac{1}{8}\)?
What is the quotient of 5\(\frac{1}{2}\) and \(\frac{1}{8}\)?
What is 5\(\frac{1}{2}\) times 8?
What is \(\frac{1}{8}\) of 5\(\frac{1}{2}\)?
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 18.
A water cooler contains 160 cups of water. During practice, each person on a team fills a water bottle with 3\(\frac{1}{3}\) cups of water from the cooler. Is there enough water for all 45 people on the team to fill their water bottles? Explain.
Answer:

Question 19.
A cyclist is 7\(\frac{3}{4}\) kilometers from the finish line of a race. The cyclist rides at a rate of 25\(\frac{5}{6}\) kilometers per hour. How many minutes will it take the cyclist to finish the race?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 53
Answer:

Dividing Mixed Numbers Practice 2.3

Review & Refresh

Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 1.
\(\frac{1}{8} \div \frac{1}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 2.
\(\frac{7}{9} \div \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) ÷ 10
Answer:

Question 4.
12 ÷ \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Answer:

Find the LCM of the numbers.

Question 5.
8, 14
Answer:

Question 6.
9, 11, 12
Answer:

Question 7.
12, 27, 30
Answer:

Find the volume of the rectangular prism.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 54
Answer:

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 55
Answer:

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 56
Answer:

Question 11.
Which number is not a prime factor of 286?
A. 2
B. 7
C. 11
D. 13
Answer:

Concepts, Skills & Problem Solving

MP CHOOSE TOOLS
Write a real-life problem that represents the division expression described. Then solve the problem using a model. Check your answer algebraically. (See Exploration 1, Page.No 61.)
Question 12.
How many two-thirds are in three and one-third?
Answer:

Question 13.
How many one and one-sixths are in five and five-sixths?
Answer:

Question 14.
How man two and one-halves are in eight and three-fourths?
Answer:

DIVIDING WITH MIXED NUMBERS
Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 15.
\(2 \frac{1}{4} \div \frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:

Question 16.
\(3 \frac{4}{5} \div \frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

Question 17.
\(8 \frac{1}{8} \div \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 18.
\(7 \frac{5}{9} \div \frac{4}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 19.
\(7 \frac{1}{2} \div 1 \frac{9}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 20.
\(3 \frac{3}{4} \div 2 \frac{1}{12}\)
Answer:

Question 21.
\(7 \frac{1}{5} \div 8\)
Answer:

Question 22.
\(8 \frac{4}{7} \div 15\)
Answer:

Question 23.
\(8 \frac{1}{3} \div \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 24.
\(9 \frac{1}{6} \div \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 25.
\(13 \div 10 \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 26.
\(12 \div 5 \frac{9}{11}\)
Answer:

Question 27.
\(\frac{7}{8} \div 3 \frac{1}{16}\)
Answer:

Question 28.
\(\frac{4}{9} \div 1 \frac{7}{15}\)
Answer:

Question 29.
\(4 \frac{5}{16} \div 3 \frac{3}{8}\)
Answer:

Question 30.
\(6 \frac{2}{9} \div 5 \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 31.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the quotient of 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1\(\frac{2}{3}\). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 57
Answer:

Question 32.
MP PROBLEM SOLVING
A platinum nugget weighs 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) ounces. How many \(\frac{1}{4}\) ounce pieces can he cut from the nugget?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 58
Answer:

ORDER OF OPERATIONS
Evaluate the expression. Write the answer in simplest form.

Question 33.
\(3 \div 1 \frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:

Question 34.
\(4 \frac{2}{3}-1 \frac{1}{3} \div 2\)
Answer:

Question 35.
\(\frac{2}{5}+2 \frac{1}{6} \div \frac{5}{6}\)
Answer:

Question 36.
\(5 \frac{5}{6} \div 3 \frac{3}{4}-\frac{2}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 37.
\(6 \frac{1}{2}-\frac{7}{8} \div 5 \frac{11}{16}\)
Answer:

Question 38.
\(9 \frac{1}{6} \div 5+3 \frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 39.
\(3 \frac{3}{5}+4 \frac{4}{15} \div \frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 40.
\(\frac{3}{5} \times \frac{7}{12} \div 2 \frac{7}{10}\)
Answer:

Question 41.
\(4 \frac{3}{8} \div \frac{3}{4} \cdot \frac{4}{7}\)
Answer:

Question 42.
\(1 \frac{9}{11} \times 4 \frac{7}{12} \div \frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 43.
\(3 \frac{4}{15} \div\left(8 \cdot 6 \frac{3}{10}\right)\)
Answer:

Question 44.
\(2 \frac{5}{14} \div\left(2 \frac{5}{8} \times 1 \frac{3}{7}\right)\)
Answer:

Question 45.
MP LOGIC
Your friend uses the model shown to state that \(2 \frac{1}{2} \div 1 \frac{1}{6}=2 \frac{1}{6}\). Is your friend correct? Justify your answer using the model.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 59
Answer:

Question 46.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A bag contains 42 cups of dog food. Your dog cats 2\(\frac{1}{3}\) cups of dog food each day. Is there enough food to last 3 weeks? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 60
Answer:

Question 47.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 12 cups of granola and 8\(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of peanuts to make trail mix. What is the greatest number of full batches of trail mix you can make? Explain how you found your answer.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Advanced Chapter 2 Fractions and Decimals 61
Answer:

Question 48.
MP REASONING
At a track and field meet, the longest shot-put throw by a boy is 25 feet 8 inches. the longest shot-put throw by a girl is 19 feet 3 inches. How many times greater is the longest shot-put throw by the boy than by the girl?
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 | Big Ideas Math Book 2nd Grade Answer Key

Students can browse Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 on CCSS Math Answers. We have presented all the BIM Answer Key Grade 2 solutions in pdf format as per the student’s convenience. So, the students who are willing to become masters in maths can refer to Bigideas Math Book 2nd Grade Answer Key from the primary stage itself. You can get access to all BIM Textbook 2nd Grade Answers for free of cost. Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 helps the parents to understand the concepts and teach their children and make their child do homework.

Big Ideas Math Book 2nd Grade Answer Key | BIM Answers 2nd Grade Solutions Pdf

Each and every concept is explained step by step and easy manner for all Big Ideas Math 2nd Grade Chapters. So, Download Big Ideas Math Book 2nd Grade Answer Key pdf from our library. Enhance your math skills by practicing from Bigideas Math Answer Key Grade 2. Also Bigideas Math Grade 2 Answer Key helps the students to complete their homework in time. This will help the students to perform well in the performance test, practice tests, and chapter tests. Go through the list given below to know the topics covered in Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2.

Top 5 Preparation Tips to Study Well in 2nd Grade – Common Core 2019

The preparation helps the students to overcome the difficulty of the exam. We have provided the exam preparation tips for grade 2 students. Follow these tips and prepare well for the exams.

  • First, create the revision timetable.
  • Find the best study material to read.
  • Take Breaks after every chapter.
  • Enough sleep
  • Set the best study time
  • Study Everyday
  • Do not read everything the night before the exam.
  • Drink plenty of water
  • Understand the concept and write the revision notes.
  • Revise early in the morning.

FAQs on Primary School Grade 2 Answer Key – Common Core 2019

1. Which website offers Big Ideas Math 2nd Grade Answer Key?

eurekamathanswerkeys.com is the best website to get the solutions for all the chapters of BIM Book 2nd Grade Answer Key. You can get the Big Ideas Math 2nd Grade Answers in pdf format.

2. How to Download BIM Book 2nd Grade Answers?

All you have to do is to click on the links to Download Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2.

3. Where do I get the Chapterwise Common Core 2019 Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2?

The students of grade 2 can get the chapterwise Bigideas Math 6th Grade Answers on CCSS Math Answers.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 | Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Answer Key

Are you in search of diverse opportunities to develop your problem-solving skill? We have the best solution to it, just practice all grade 5 math concepts through Big Ideas Math Answer Grade 5. These Grade 5 Big Ideas Math Answers are prepared in a fun-learning way like mathematical practices through engaging activities such as games, songs, literature-based exercises, etc. to connect with elementary school mathematics. Make the most out of the Big Ideas Math 5th Grade Answer Key & prepare efficiently by clearing all your queries while practicing.

Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Answer Key | Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Solutions Pdf

Free Easy Access Student Edition of Common Core 2019 Big Ideas Math Grade 5 Solutions Chapterwise are provided below in pdf links. So, Students are notified to improve your math skills & problem-solving skills by referring to these chapter-wise Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Answer Key pdf. Also, you all can make use of these Big Ideas Math Grade 5 Answers for Homework Help & complete all your assessments properly.

Highlights of Solving Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Answers

Students can find various key highlights of solving Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 from this section. The following highlights will let you know how important is BigIdeas Math 5th Grade Answer Key. So, take a look at them once:

  • Step-by-Step explanative solutions of all mathematical concepts of grade 5 are available in Big Ideas Math 5th Grade Answers pdf.
  • CCSS Math Answers offers Solutions to all the Chapter Tests, Practice Tests from the Grade 5 Big Ideas Math Textbooks.
  • Big Idea Math 5th Grade Assessment Book Textbook Solutions is the quick reference resource for Homework Help & better practices sessions.
  • Overall it clear all your concerns regarding grade 5 mathematical concepts and enhance your subject knowledge.

FAQs on Common Core 2019 Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5

1. Do Elementary School Big Ideas Math Answer Key for Grade 5 aid to secure good grades? 

Yes, practicing the mathematical concepts of grade 5 using the Elementary School Big Ideas Math solution key definitely aid to get good scores in exams.

2. Where do I obtain Chapterwise Elementary School Grade 5 BIM Answers?

You can obtain well-organized Chapter-wise BigIdeas Math Answers for Grade 5 on our page. It helps you to practice all the concepts as per your convenience & improve your problem-solving skills.

3. How to solve Big Ideas Grade 5 Math Textbook Questions easily during Assessments & Homework?

By practicing the solutions covered in the BIM Grade 5 Answer Key, you can solve all the Big Ideas Math 5th grade Textbook questions easily during your assessments and homework and learn all the underlying concepts properly.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced | Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Advanced Answer Key

The pupils who are in search of Big Ideas Math Answers for Grade 6 Advanced Chapterwise can get them on this page. Here we provide free pdf links for all the solutions of Bigideas Math Answer Key for Grade 6 Advanced. Improve your performance by solving the problems from Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Advanced. The explanations presented here are prepared by the subject experts based on the Common Core 2019 Grade 6 Advanced Student Edition.

Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Advanced Answer Key | Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Advanced Solutions Pdf

You have access to Download BIM Grade 6 Advanced Answer Key Pdf of all the chapters. So, make use of the resources to help you to do homework or to prepare for practice tests, assignments, assessments, quizzes, etc. The resources includes all the solutions of Bigideas Math Grade 6 Advanced Answers. Get the list of the Common Core 2019 Big Idea Math Answers Grade 6 Advanced from below. Click on the links to view the solutions of all the chapters of grade 6 advanced Middle School.

Benefits of Big Idea Math Answers 6th Grade Advanced Middle School

  • The Bigideas Math Grade 6 Advanced Answer Key helps to develop the math skills in the students.
  • It consists of various techniques to solve the problems in an easy manner which helps the grade 6 students to secure highest marks in the exams.
  • CCSS Math Answers is the second essential math teaching practices for the 6th grade students.
  • Another benefit is that you can finish your homework or assignments within no time.
  • The BIM Textbook 6th Grade Advanced Solutions helps to gain grip over all the chapters.
  • Using learning targets and success criteria you become master in maths.

Big Ideas Math Tips for Grade 6 Students

  1. First you have to prepare the timetable.
  2. Connect the questions with the real time and learn the problems.
  3. Listen music for relaxation.
  4. Plan the best time to prepare.
  5. Choose the best study material to prepare.

FAQs on Middle School BIM Answer Key Grade 6 Advanced

1. Can I get Common Core 2019 Big Ideas Math Answers for Grade 6 Advanced Chapterwise at one place?

Yes, the students of grade 6 can get the step by step explanations for all the questions chapterwise at eurekamathanswerkeys.com

2. How to Download BIM Grade 6 Advanced Answer Key pdf?

You can get Free Easy Access Student Edition of Common Core 2019 Big Ideas Math Grade 6 Advanced Answers in pdf format for all the chapters on CCSS Math Answers website. All you have to do is to click on the provided links and download the required chapters.

3. Does Middle School Bigideas Math Grade 6 Advanced Answer Key helps to score good marks in exam?

Yes, of course it helps the students to understand the tricks and concepts and also it helps to you to build self confidence. So that you can gain knowledge and best score in the exams.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles

The students of middle school can get the Solution Key for Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles on this page. With the help of this Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles you can finish your homework in time and also improve your performance in the exams. Get free step by step solutions for all the questions in Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles.

Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles

Download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles pdf for free of cost. The solutions for each and every question is prepared in an easy manner. Go through the table of contents shown in the below section to know the topics covered in Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles.

Performance

Lesson: 1 Parallel Lines and Transversals

Lesson: 2 Angles of Triangles

Lesson: 3 Angles of Polygons

Lesson: 4 Using Similar Triangles

Chapter 3 – Angles and Triangles

Angles and Triangles STEAM Video/Performance

STEAM Video

Each cell in a honeycomb is in the shape of a regular hexagon. Why might bees use this shape?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 1

Watch the STEAM Video “Honeycombs.” Then answer the following questions.

Question 1.
Enid and Tony show regular tilings made out of squares, equilateral triangles, and regular hexagons. What is the sum of the interior angle measures of the tiling made from equilateral triangles, outlined below in yellow?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 2

Answer:
The sum of interior angles of the equilateral triangle = 180°
x + x + x = 180°
3x° = 180°
x = 180/3
x° = 60°

Question 2.
The cells in a honeycomb use a tiling pattern of the regular hexagon shown. A cell is 10 millimeters deep. About how much honey can one cell hold? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 3

Performance Task

Turtle Shells

After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given angle measures of shapes seen on a turtle shell.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 4
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 5
You will be asked to find angle sums and missing angle measures. What other animals have features that resemble geometric shapes?

Angles and Triangles Getting Ready for Chapter 3

Chapter Exploration

When an object is transverse, it is lying or extending across something. In the drawing, the fallen tree lying across the railroad track is transverse to the track.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 6
1. Work with a partner.
• Discuss what it means for two lines to be parallel. Decide on a strategy for drawing parallel lines. Then draw two parallel lines.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 7
• Draw a third line that intersects the parallel lines. This line is called a transversal
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 8
a. How many angles are formed by the parallel lines and the transversal? Label each angle.

Answer: 8 angles are formed by the parallel lines and the transversal
b. Which of these angles have equal measures? Explain your reasoning.

Vocabulary

The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what the terms might mean and record your thoughts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 9

Lesson 3.1 Parallel Lines and Transversals

EXPLORATION 1

Work with a partner. Use geometry software and the lines A and B shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 10
a. Are line A and B line parallel? Explain your reasoning.
b. Draw a line that intersects both line A and line B. What do you notice about the measures of the angles that are created?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 11
c. Rotate line A or line B until the angles created by the intersection of line A and line C are congruent to the angles created by the intersection of line B and line C. What do you notice about line A and line B?
d. Rotate line to create different angle measures. Are the angles that were congruent in part(c) still congruent?
e. Make a conjecture about the measures of the angles created when a line intersects two parallel lines.

3.1 Lesson

Try It

Use the figure to find the measure of the angle. Explain your reasoning

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 12

Question 1.
∠1

Answer: 63°

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Answers Chapter 3 img_1
∠1 and 63° angle are corresponding angles are formed by transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠1 is 63°

Question 2.
∠2

Answer: 117°

Explanation:
BIM Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and triangles answer key img_2
∠1 and ∠2 are supplementary angle.
∠1 + ∠2 = 180°
63° + ∠2 = 180°
∠2 = 180° – 63°
∠2 = 117°
So, the measure of ∠2 = 117°

Try It

Question 3.
Use the figureto find the measures of the numbered angles.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 13

Answer:
∠1 and 59° are the supplementary angles
∠1 + 59° = 180°
∠1 = 180° – 59°
∠1 = 121°
∠2 and 59° are vertical angles. They are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠1 is 121°
∠3 and 59° are supplementary angles.
∠3 + 59° = 180°
∠3 = 180° – 59°
∠3 = 121°
∠4, ∠5, ∠6, ∠7 corresponding angles are congruent because they are formed by a transversal intersecting parallel side.
the measure of  ∠4 is 121°
the measure of ∠5 is 59°
the measure of  ∠6 is 121°
the measure of ∠7 is 59°

Try It

In Example 3, the measure of ∠4 is 84°. Find the measure of the angle. Explain your reasoning.

Question 4.
∠3

Answer:
Bigideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles img_3
The measure of ∠4 is 84°.
∠3 and ∠4 are supplementary angles.
∠3 + ∠4 = 180°
∠3 + 84° = 180°
∠3 = 180° – 84°
∠3 = 96°

Question 5.
∠5

Answer:
∠4 and ∠5 are alternate interior angles formed by transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠5 is 84°

Question 6.
∠6

Answer:
∠3 and ∠6 are alternate exterior angles formed by transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠6 is 96°

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

FINDING ANGLE MEASURES
Use the figure to find the measures of the numbered angles.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 14

Answer:
∠1 and 120° are the supplementary angles.
∠1 + 120° = 180°
∠1 = 180 – 120
∠1 = 60°
Thus the measure of ∠1 is 60°
∠2 and 120° are the vertical angles. They are congruent.
Thus the measure of ∠2 is 120°
∠3 and 120° are the supplementary angles.
∠3 + 120° = 180°
∠3 = 180 – 120
∠3 = 60°
∠4, ∠5, ∠6, ∠7 are corresponding angles are formed by transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
Thus the measure of ∠4 is 60°
Thus the measure of ∠5 is 120°
Thus the measure of ∠6 is 120°
Thus the measure of ∠7 is 60°

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 15

Answer:
∠1 and 35° are the supplementary angles.
∠1 + 35° = 180°
∠1 = 180 – 35
∠1 = 145°
Thus the measure of ∠1 is 145°
∠2 and 35° are the supplementary angles.
∠2 + 35° = 180°
∠2 = 180 – 35
∠2 = 145°
Thus the measure of ∠2 is 145°
∠3 and 35° are the vertical angles. They are congruent.
Thus the measure of ∠3 is 35°
∠4, ∠5, ∠6, ∠7 are corresponding angles are formed by transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
Thus the measure of ∠4 is 35°
Thus the measure of ∠5 is 145°
Thus the measure of ∠6 is 145°
Thus the measure of ∠7 is 35°

Question 9.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which angle measure does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 16

Answer:
∠2, ∠6 are corresponding angles are formed by transversal intersecting parallel lines.
∠6, ∠8 are vertical angles are formed by transversal intersecting parallel lines.
∠5 does not belong to the other three because all the other three measure are equal.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 10.
A cross section of a pier is shown. Find the value of a. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 17

Answer:
The angle a and the angle of 70 degrees are complementary angles because they belong to a right triangle, where the third angle is the right angle.
∠a + 70 = 90
∠a = 90 – 70
∠a = 20°

Question 11.
The head tube angle of a bike determines how easy the bike is to steer. A bike frame with angle approximations is shown. What is the head tube angle of the bike?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 18

Answer:
The lines AB and CD are parallel.
ABC and BCD are the corresponding angles formed by transversal intersecting parallel lines.
∠BCD = 55°
∠BAC + ∠ABC + ∠ACB = 180°
The sum of the angles in a triangle is 180°
∠BAC + 55°+ 52° = 180°
∠BAC + 107° = 180°
∠BAC = 180° – 107°
∠BAC = 73°
So, the head tube angle of a bike is 73°

Parallel Lines and Transversals Homework & Practice 3.1

Review & Refresh

Find the values of the ratios (red to blue) of the perimeters and areas of the similar figures.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 19

Answer:
perimeter of red hexagon/perimeter of blue hexagon = \(\frac{3}{5}\)
The values of the ratios of the perimeter is \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Area of red hexagon/Area of blue hexagon = (\(\frac{3}{5}\))² = \(\frac{9}{25}\)
The values of the ratios of the area is \(\frac{9}{25}\)

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 20

Answer:
perimeter of red trapezium /perimeter of blue trapezium = \(\frac{7}{6}\)
The values of the ratios of the perimeter is \(\frac{7}{6}\)
Area of red hexagon/Area of blue hexagon = (\(\frac{7}{6}\))² = \(\frac{49}{36}\)
The values of the ratios of the area is \(\frac{49}{36}\)

Evaluate the expression.

Question 3.
4 + 32

Answer:
4 + 9 = 13

Question 4.
5(2)2 – 6

Answer:
5(4) – 6
20 – 6 = 14

Question 5.
11 + (-7)2 – 9

Answer:
11 + 49 – 9
11 + 40 = 50

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
EXPLORING INTERSECTIONS OF LINES
Use a protractor to determine whether lines a and b are parallel. (See Exploration 1, p. 103.)

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 21

Answer:
Use a protractor to measure ∠1 and ∠2
∠1 ≈ 60°
∠2 ≈ 60°
∠1 and ∠2, it means the two angles are congruent. The angles are exterior alternate angles.
According to the converse of the exterior alternate angles theorem, the two lines are parallel.
a || b

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 22

Answer:
Use a protractor to measure ∠1 and ∠2
∠1 ≈ 50°
∠2 ≈ 60°
∠1 and ∠2, it means the two angles are not congruent. The angles are exterior alternate angles.
According to the converse of the exterior alternate angles theorem, the two lines are not parallel.

FINDING ANGLE MEASURES
Use the figure to find the measures of the numbered angles. Explain your reasoning.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 23

Answer:
∠1 and 107° are corresponding angles. They are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠1 is 107°.
∠1 and ∠2 are supplementary angles.
∠1 + ∠2 = 180°
107° + ∠2 = 180°
∠2 = 180° – 107°
∠2 = 73°
So, the measure of ∠2 is 73°

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 24

Answer:
∠3 and 95° are corresponding angles. They are congruent.
Thus the measure of ∠3 is 95°
∠3 and ∠4 are supplementary angles.
∠3 + ∠4 = 180°
95° + ∠4 = 180°
∠4 = 180 – 95
∠4 = 85°
So the measure of ∠4 is 85°

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 25

Answer:
∠5 and 49° are corresponding angles. They are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠5 is 49°
∠5 and ∠6 are supplementary angles.
∠5 + ∠6 = 180°
49° + ∠6 = 180°
∠6 = 180° – 49°
∠6 = 131°
So, the measure of ∠6 is 131°

Question 11.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend describes a relationship between the angles shown. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 26

Answer:
Since the two lines are not parallel. Hence ∠5 is not congruent to ∠6.
By this, we can say that your friend is not correct.

Question 12.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The painted lines that separate parking spaces are parallel. The measure of ∠1 is 60°. What is the measure of ∠2? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 27

Answer:
∠1 and ∠2 are corresponding angles formed by a transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
The measure of ∠1 is 60° so the measure of ∠2 is 60°

Question 13.
OPEN-ENDED
Describe two real-life situations that use parallel lines.

Answer:
Example 1: The railroad tracks and the tram tracks are parallel lines.
Example 2:  The shelves of a bookcase.

USING CORRESPONDING ANGLES
Use the figure to find the measures of the numbered angles.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 28

Answer:
∠1 and 60° are corresponding angles formed by a transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
∠1 and ∠2 are supplementary angles.
∠1 + ∠2 = 180°
60° + ∠2 = 180°
∠2 = 180° – 60°
∠2 = 119°
So, the measure of ∠2 is 119°
∠3 and ∠1 are vertical angles. They are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠3 is 61°
∠4 and ∠2 are vertical angles. They are congruent.
∠5, ∠6, ∠7 corresponding angles are congruent because they are formed by a transversal intersecting parallel lines.
So, the measure of ∠5 is 119°
So, the measure of ∠6 is 61°
So, the measure of ∠7 is 119°

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 29

Answer:
∠1 and 99° are supplementary angles.
∠1 + 99° = 180°
∠1 = 180° – 99°
∠1 = 81°
Thus the measure of ∠1 is 81°
∠2 and 99° are vertical angles. They are congruent.
The measure of ∠2 is 99°
∠3 and ∠1 are vertical angles. They are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠3 is 81°
∠4, ∠5, ∠6, ∠7 corresponding angles are congruent because they are formed by a transversal intersecting parallel lines.
So, the measure of ∠4 is 99°
So, the measure of ∠5 is 81°
So, the measure of ∠6 is 99°
So, the measure of ∠7 is 81°

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 30

Answer:
∠1 and 90° are supplementary angles.
∠1 + 90° = 180°
∠1 = 180° – 90°
∠1 = 90°
Thus the measure of ∠1 is 90°
∠2 and 90° are vertical angles. They are congruent.
Thus the measure of ∠2 is 90°
∠3 and ∠1 are vertical angles. They are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠3 is 90°
∠4, ∠5, ∠6, ∠7 corresponding angles are congruent because they are formed by a transversal intersecting parallel lines.
So, the measure of ∠4 is 90°
So, the measure of ∠5 is 90°
So, the measure of ∠6 is 90°
So, the measure of ∠7 is 90°

USING CORRESPONDING ANGLES
Complete the statement. Explain your reasoning.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 30.1

Question 17.
If the measure of ∠1 = 124°, then the measure of Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 31

Answer:
∠1 and ∠8 are corresponding angles. They are congruent.
The measure of ∠1 = 124°, then the measure of ∠8 is 124°
∠8 and ∠4 are supplementary angles.
∠8 + ∠4 = 180°
124° + ∠4 = 180°
∠4 = 180° – 124°
∠4 = 56°
So, the measure of ∠4 is 56°

Question 18.
If the measure of ∠2 = 48°, then the measure of Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 32

Answer:
∠2 and ∠7 are corresponding angles. They are congruent.
The measure of ∠2 = 48°, then the measure of ∠7 is 48°
∠7 and ∠3 are supplementary angles.
∠7 + ∠3 = 180°
48° + ∠3 = 180°
∠3 = 180° – 48°
∠3 = 132°
Thus the measure of ∠3 = 132°

Question 19.
If the measure of ∠4 = 55°, then the measure of Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 33

Answer:
∠4 and ∠2 are alternate interior angles formed by a transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠2 is 55°

Question 20.
If the measure of ∠6 = 120°, then the measure of Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 34

Answer:
∠6 and ∠8 are alternate exterior angles formed by a transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠8 is 120°

Question 21.
If the measure of ∠7 = 50.5°, then the measure of Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 35

Answer:
∠7 and ∠2 are corresponding angles. They are congruent.
The measure of ∠7 is 50.5°, so the measure of ∠2 is 50.5°
∠2 and ∠6 are supplementary angle.
∠2 + ∠6 = 180°
50.5° + ∠6 = 180°
∠6 = 180° – 50.5°
∠6 = 129.5°
So, the measure of ∠6 is 129.5°

Question 22.
If the measure of ∠3 = 118.7°, then the measure of Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 35.1

Answer:
∠3 and ∠6 are corresponding angles. They are congruent.
The measure of ∠3 is 118.7°
So, the measure of ∠6 is 118.7°
∠6 and ∠2 are supplementary angles.
∠6 + ∠2 = 180°
118.7° + ∠2 = 180°
∠2 = 180° – 118.7°
∠2 = 61.3°
So, the measure of ∠2 is 61.3°

Question 23.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A rainbow forms when sunlight reflects of raindrops at different angles. For blue light, the measure ∠2 is 40°. What is the measure of ∠1?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 31.1

Answer:
∠4 and ∠5 are alternate interior angles formed by a transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠1 is 40°

Question 24.
REASONING
Is there a relationship between exterior angles that lie on the same side of a transversal? interior angles that lie on the same side of a transversal? Explain.

Answer:
∠7 and ∠8 are Exterior angles that lie on the same side of the transversal. Hence ∠7 and ∠8 are supplementary angles.
Big Ideas Math Answers grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles img_4
∠3 and ∠4 are interior angles that lie on the same side of the transversal. Hence ∠3 and ∠4 are supplementary angles.

Question 25.
REASONING
When a transversal is perpendicular to two parallel lines, all the angles formed measure 90°. Explain why.

Answer:
When a transversal is perpendicular to two parallel lines, all the angles formed measure 90°.
Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Answers Chapter 3 img
All the angles formed are 90 degrees because perpendicular lines form 90 degree angles.

Question 26.
REASONING
Two horizontal lines are cut by a transversal. What is the least number of angle measures you need to know to find the measure of every angle? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
BIM Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and triangles answers img_6
In the below example two horizontal lines a and b are cut by a transversal line t, we know only one angle 61 the measure of all the angles are find with the help of one known measure, 61°
∠1 and 61° are corresponding angles formed by a transversal intersecting parallel lines. the angles are congruent.
Thus the measure of ∠1 is 61°
∠1 and ∠2 are supplementary angles.
∠1 + ∠2 = 180°
61° + ∠2 = 180°
∠2 = 180° – 61°
∠2 = 119°
Thus the measure of ∠2 is 119°
∠3 and ∠1 are vertical angles. They are congruent.
Thus the measure of ∠3 is 61°
∠4 and ∠2 are vertical angles. They are congruent.
Thus the measure of ∠4 is 119°
∠5, ∠6, ∠7 corresponding angles are formed by transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
Thus the measure of ∠5 is 119°
Thus the measure of ∠6 is 61°
Thus the measure of ∠7 is 119°

Question 27.
LOGIC
Describe two ways you can show that ∠1 is congruent to ∠7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 32.1

Answer:
∠1 and ∠7 are alternate exterior angles formed by a transeversal intersecting parallel lines. So, ∠1 and ∠7 are congruent.
∠1 and ∠5 are corresponding angles formed by a transeversal intersecting parallel lines. So, ∠1 and ∠5 are congruent.
∠5 and ∠7 are vertical angles so they are congruent.
Hence ∠1 and ∠7 are congruent.

FINDING A VALUE
Find the value of x.

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 33.1

Answer:
∠1 and 50° are alternate interior angles. They are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠1 is 50°
∠2 and ∠1 are corresponding angles. They are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠2 is 50°
∠2 and x are supplementary angle.
∠2 + x = 180°
50° + x = 180°
x = 180° – 50°
x = 130°
So, the measure of x is 130°

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 34.1

Answer:
∠1 and 115° are corresponding angles. They are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠1 is 115°
∠1 and x are alternate exterior angles. They are congruent.
So, the measure of x is 115°

Question 30.
PROJECT
Trace line p and line t on a piece of paper. Label ∠1. Move the paper so that ∠1 aligns with ∠8. Describe the transformations that you used to show that ∠1 is congruent to ∠8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 35.2

Answer: 180° rotation, translation about line t.

Question 31.
OPEN-ENDED
Refer to the figure.
a. Do the horizontal lines appear to be parallel? Explain.

Answer: The three horizontal lines seem to spread apart, even though in reality they are parallel.

b. Draw your own optical illusion using parallel lines.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 36

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Solution Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 img_7

Question 32.
DIG DEEPER!
The figure shows the angles used to make a shot on an air hockey table.
a. Find the value of x.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 37

Answer:
As the lines AB and CD are parallel and ∠BCD are alternate interior angles transversal BC, they are congruent.
∠ABC ≅ ∠BCD
x = 64
b. How does the angle the puck hits the edge of the table relate to the angle it leaves the edge of the table?

Answer:
m∠MBA + m∠ABC + m∠CBN = 180°
58 ° + 64° + m∠CBN = 180°
122 ° + m∠CBN = 180°
m∠CBN = 180° – 122 °
m∠CBN = 58°

Lesson 3.2 Angles of Triangles

EXPLORATION 1

Exploring Interior and Exterior Angles of Triangles
Work with a partner.
a. Draw several triangles using geometry software. What can you conclude about the sums of the angle measures?
b. You can extend one side of a triangle to form an exterior angle as shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 38
Use geometry software to draw a triangle and an exterior angle. Compare the measure of the exterior angle with the measures of the interior angles. Repeat this process for several different triangles. What can you conclude?

Answer:

EXPLORATION 2
Using Parallel Lines and Transversals
Work with a partner. Describe what is shown in the figure below. Then use what you know about parallel lines and transversals to justify your conclusions in Exploration 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 39

Answer:

3.2 Lesson

Try It

Find the measures of the interior angles of the triangle.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 40

Answer: 81°, 25°, 74°

Explanation:
Sum of all the angles in a triangle = 180°
x° + 81° + 25° = 180°
x° = 180° – 81° – 25°
x = 74°
Thus the measure of the interior angle is 74°

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 41

Answer: 43°, 51°, 86°

Explanation:
Sum of all the angles in a triangle = 180°
x° + (x – 35)° + 43° = 180°
x° + x° – 35° + 43° = 180°
2x° + 8° = 180°
2x° = 180° – 8°
2x° = 172°
x° = 172°/2
x° = 86°
The measure of the interior angle of the triangle
(x – 35)° = 86 – 35
(x – 35)° = 51°
x° = 51° + 35°
x° = 86°

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 4.
VOCABULARY
How many exterior angles does a triangle have at each vertex? Explain.

Answer:
BIM 8th Grade Answers Chapter 3 img_8
At each vertex of a triangle, there are two exterior angles, which are congruent.

FINDING ANGLE MEASURES
Find the value of x.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 42

Answer:
Sum of all the angles in a triangle = 180°
x° + 25° + 40° = 180°
x° + 65° = 180°
x° = 180°
x° = 180° – 65°
x° = 115°
Thus the value of x is 115°

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 43

Answer:
x° = 50° + 55°
x° = 105°
Thus the value of x is 105°

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 7.
The Historic Triangle in Virginia connects Jamestown, Williamsburg, and Yorktown. The interior angle at Williamsburg is 120°. The interior angle at Jamestown is twice the measure of the interior angle at Yorktown. Find the measures of the interior angles at Jamestown and Yorktown. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
The interior angle at Williamsburg is 120°.
Let the interior angles at Jamestown be x°
Let the interior angles at Yorktown be 2x°
Big Ideas math Answers Grade 8 ch3 angles and triangle img_9
Sum of all the angles in a triangle = 180°
x° + 2x° + 120° = 180°
3x° + 120° = 180°
3x° = 180° – 120°
3x° = 60°
x° = 60/3
x° = 20°
The interior angles at Jamestown be x° = 20°
The interior angles at Yorktown be 2x° = 2(20)° = 40°

Question 8.
A helicopter travels from point C to point A to perform a medical supply drop. The helicopter then needs to land at point B. How many degrees should the helicopter turn at point A to travel towards point B? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 44

Answer:
Given,
A helicopter travels from point C to point A to perform a medical supply drop.
The helicopter then needs to land at point B.
A = 90° + 32°
A = 122°
Thus the helicopter should turn 122° at point A to travel towards point B.

Angles of Triangles Homework & Practice 3.2

Review & Refresh

Use the figure to find the measure of the angle. Explain your reasoning.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 45

Question 1.
∠2

Answer: 82°

∠2 and 82° are alternate exterior angles formed by transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
Thus the measure of ∠2 is 82°

Question 2.
∠6

Answer: 82°

∠6 and 82° are vertical angles formed by transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
Thus the measure of ∠6 is 82°

Question 3.
∠4

Answer: 82°

∠4 and 82° are corresponding angles formed by transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
Thus the measure of ∠4 is 82°

Question 4.
∠1

Answer: 98°

∠4 and 82° are corresponding angles formed by transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
Thus the measure of ∠4 is 82°
∠4 and ∠1 are supplementary angles
∠4 + ∠1 = 180°
82° + ∠1 = 180°
∠1 = 180° – 82°
∠1 = 98°

You spin the spinner shown.

Question 5.
What are the favorable outcomes of spinning a number less than 4?

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 46

Answer: 1, 2, 3

Explanation:
The favorable outcome of spinning a number less than 4 is 1, 2, and 3.

Question 6.
In how many ways can spinning an odd number occur?

Answer: two ways
Odd numbers = 1 and 3
So, in two ways spinning an odd number can occur.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING PARALLEL LINES AND TRANSVERSALS
Consider the figure below. (See Exploration 2, p. 111.)

Question 7.
Use a protractor to find the measures of the labeled angles.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 47

Answer:
Use a protractor to determine the measures of the angles A, B, C.
m∠A = 30°
m∠B = 105°
m∠C = 45°
m∠D = 150°
m∠E = 75°
m∠F = 105°
m∠G = 30°

Question 8.
Is ∠F an exterior angle of Triangle ABC ? Justify your answer.

Answer:
An exterior angle is the angle between one side of a triangle and the extension of an adjacent side. ∠F is not an exterior angle of triangle ABC because it has a side of triangle ABC, but not the extension of the adjacent side DF.

USING INTERIOR ANGLE MEASURES
Find the measures of the interior angles of the triangle.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 48

Answer:
Sum of all the angles in a triangle = 180°
x° + 90° + 30° = 180°
x° + 120° = 180°
x° = 180° – 120°
x° = 60°

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 49

Answer:
Sum of all the angles in a triangle = 180°
x° + 65° + 40° = 180°
x° + 105° = 180°
x° = 180° – 105°
x° = 75°

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 50

Answer:
Sum of all the angles in a triangle = 180°
x° + 35° + 45° = 180°
x° + 80° = 180°
x° = 180° – 80°
x° = 100°

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 51

Answer:
Sum of all the angles in a triangle = 180°
x° + (x + 65)° + 25° = 180°
x° + x° + 65° + 25° = 180°
2x° + 90° = 180°
2x° = 180° – 90°
2x° = 90°
x° = 90°/2
x° = 45°
(x + 65)° = 45 + 65 = 110
x° = 25°

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 52

Answer:
Sum of all the angles in a triangle = 180°
x° + (x – 44)° + 48° = 180°
x° + x° – 44° + 48° = 180°
2x° + 4° = 180°
2x° = 180° – 4°
2x° = 176°
x° = 176°/2
x° = 88°
(x – 44)° = 88 – 44 = 44
x° = 44°

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 53

Answer:
Sum of all the angles in a triangle = 180°
x° + (x – 11)° + 73° = 180°
x° + x° – 11° + 73° = 180°
2x° + 62° = 180°
2x° = 180° – 62°
2x° = 118°
x° = 118°/2
x° = 59°
(x – 11)° = 59 – 11 = 48
x° = 48°

FINDING EXTERIOR ANGLE MEASURES
Find the measure of the exterior angle.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 54

Answer:
x° = 38° + 90°
x° = 128°
The measure of exterior angle is 128°

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 55

Answer:
k° = 64° + 76°
k° = 140°
The measure of an exterior angle is 140°

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 56

Answer:
2a° = (a + 10°) + 44°
2a° = a + 54°
2a° – a° = 54
a° = 54
The measure of the exterior angle = 2a = 2(54°) = 108°

Question 18.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A tornado is located between city hall and a cell phone tower and is heading towards the cell phone tower. By what angle does the tornado’s direction need to change so that it passes over the radar station instead? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 57

Answer:
Sum of all the angles in a triangle = 180°
x° + 75° + 75° = 180°
x° + 150° – 150° = 180° – 150°
x° = 30°
Thus the angle that tornado direction needs to change is 30°.

Question 19.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the measure of the exterior angle shown. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 58

Answer:
Your friend is not correct because the measure of the exterior angle is equal to the sum of two non-adjacent interior angles.

Question 20.
REASONING
The ratio of the interior angle measures of a triangle is 2 : 3 : 5. What are the angle measures?

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 59

Answer:
Sum of all the angles in a triangle = 180°
2x° + 3x° + 5x° = 180°
10x° = 180°
x = 180/10
x = 18°
2x° = 2(18°) = 36°
3x° = 3(18) = 54°
5x° = 5(18) = 90°

Question 21.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The support for a window air-conditioning unit forms a triangle and an exterior angle. What is the measure of the exterior angle?

Answer:
The measure of the exterior angle DBC is
m∠DBC = m∠ABC + m∠ACB
m∠ABC + m∠ACB = 90°
5x – 6 + 3x = 90
8x – 6 = 90
8x = 90 + 6
8x = 96
x = 96/8
x = 12
m∠DBC = m∠BAC+ m∠ACB
= 90° + 3(12)°
= 126°

Question 22.
REASONING
A triangle has an exterior angle with a measure of 120°. Can you determine the measures of the interior angles? Explain.

Answer:
A triangle has an exterior angle with a measure of 120°
m∠ACB = m∠A + m∠B
m∠A + m∠B = 120°
According to the exterior angles
We have
m∠C + m∠ACD = 180°
m∠C + 120° = 180°
m∠C = 180° – 120°
m∠C = 60°

ANGLES OF TRIANGLES

Determine whether the statement is always, sometimes, or never true. Explain your reasoning.

Question 23.
Given three angle measures, you can construct a triangle.

Answer:
We can construct a triangle if the sum of the measure of the 3 angles is 180°.
As a matter of fact, if the sum of the measures of the 3 angles is 180°
We can build an infinity of triangles that are similar.

Question 24.
The acute interior angles of a right triangle are complementary.

Answer:
Let A, B, C be the angles of a right triangle with m∠A = 90°
m∠A + m∠B + m∠C = 180°
90° + m∠B + m∠C = 180°
m∠B + m∠C = 180° – 90°
m∠B + m∠C = 90°
This means ∠B and ∠C are complementary.

Question 25.
A triangle has more than one vertex with an acute exterior angle.

Answer:
An exterior angle of a triangle and the adjacent triangle’s angle are complementary. If an exterior angle is acute, it means the adjacent triangle’s angle is obtuse.
Since we are given that more than one exterior angle is acute, it means the triangle would have more than one obtuse angle, which is impossible.
The statement is never true.

Question 26.
DIG DEEPER!
Using the figure at the right, show that z = x + y. (Hint: Find two equations involving w.)
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 60

Answer:
The angles z and w are supplementary
z + w = 180°
The sum of a triangle is 180°
x + y + w = 180°
z = 180° – w
x + y = 180° – w
z = x + y

Lesson 3.3 Angles of Polygons

EXPLORATION 1
Work with a partner. In parts (a)-(f), use what you know about the interior angle measures of triangles to find the sum of the interior angle measures of each figure.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 61
g. REPEATED REASONING
Use your results in parts (a)–(f) to complete the table. Then write an equation that represents the sum of the interior angle measures of a polygon with n sides.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 62

Answer:

3.3 Lesson

Try It

Find the sum of the interior angle measures of the green polygon.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 63

Answer:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (7 – 2) . 180°
S = 5 . 180°
S = 900°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 900°

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 64

Answer:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (6 – 2) . 180°
S = 4 . 180°
S = 720°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 720°

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
WRITING
Explain how to find the sum of the interior measures of a polygon.

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 65

Answer:
Steps to find the sum of the interior measurements of the polygon:
1. Count the number of sides of the polygon.
2. Subtract the number of sides by 2.
3. Multiply the result of the subtraction by 180°

Question 6.
FINDING THE SUM OF INTERIOR ANGLE MEASURES
Find the sum of the interior angle measures of the green polygon.

Answer:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (4 – 2) . 180°
S = 2 . 180°
S = 360°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 360°

FINDING AN INTERIOR ANGLE MEASURE

Find the value of x.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 66

Answer:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (5 – 2) . 180°
S = 3 . 180°
S = 540°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 540°
x° + 160° + 110° + 105° + 95° = 540°
x° + 470° = 540°
x° = 540° – 470°
x° = 70°
Thus the value of x is 70°.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 67

Answer:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (9 – 2) . 180°
S = 7 . 180°
S = 1260°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 1260°
x° + 165° + 155° + 150° + 140° + 135° + 130° + 125° + 110° = 1260°
x° + 1105° = 1260°
x° = 1260° – 1105°
x° = 155°
Thus the value of x is 155°

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 9.
A company installs an octagonal swimming pool.
a. Find the value of a for the pool shown at the left.

Answer:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (8 – 2) . 180°
S = 6 . 180°
S = 1080°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 1080°
a° + 120° + a° + 120° + a° + 120° + a° + 120° = 1080°
4a° + 480° = 1080°
4a° = 1080° – 480°
4a° = 600°
a° = 600/4
a° = 150°
Thus the value of x is 150°.

b. The company installs a different pool that is also in the shape of an octagon. The second pool has twice the length and one-third the width of the first pool. Are the sums of the interior angles of the pools different? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 67.1

Answer:
No for any octagon the sum of the interior angles is 1080 degrees.

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
A Bronze Star Medal A is shown.
a. How many interior angles are there?

Answer: 10 interior angles are there

b. What is the sum of the interior angle measures?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 68

Answer:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (10 – 2) . 180°
S = 8 . 180°
S = 1440°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 1440°

Angles of Polygons Homework & Practice 3.3

Find the value of x.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 69

Answer: 60°

Explanation:
Sum of all the angles = 180°
x° + 60° + 60° = 180°
x° + 120° = 180°
x° = 180° – 120°
x° = 60°

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 70

Answer: 45°

Explanation:
Sum of all the angles = 180°
x° + x° + 90° = 180°
2x° + 90° = 180°
2x° = 180° – 90°
2x° = 90°
x° = 45°

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 71

Answer: 113°

Explanation:
x° = 65° + 48°
x° = 113°
Thus the measure of an exterior angle is 113°

Solve the proportion.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 72

Answer: 9

Explanation:
\(\frac{x}{12}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
12 . \(\frac{x}{12}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\) . 12
x = 3 . 3
x = 9

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 73

Answer: 2

Explanation:
\(\frac{14}{21}\) = \(\frac{x}{3}\)
3 . \(\frac{14}{21}\) = \(\frac{x}{3}\) . 3
x = 2

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 74

Answer: 3

Explanation:
\(\frac{9}{x}\) = \(\frac{6}{2}\)
2. \(\frac{9}{x}\) = 6
18 = 6x
x = 3

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
EXPLORING INTERIOR ANGLES OF POLYGONS
Use triangles to find the sum of the interior angle measures of the polygon. (See Exploration 1, p. 117.)

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 75

Answer: 360°

Explanation:
Number of sides = 4
Number of interior triangles in the given figure = 2
The Sum of the measures of the interior angles using triangle = 2 . 180° = 360°

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 76

Answer: 1260°

Explanation:
Number of sides = 9
Number of interior triangles in the given figure = 7
The Sum of the measures of the interior angles using triangle = 7 . 180° = 1260°

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 77

Answer: 540°

Explanation:
Number of sides = 5
Number of interior triangles in the given figure = 3
The Sum of the measures of the interior angles using triangle = 3 . 180° = 540°

FINDING THE SUM OF INTERIOR ANGLE MEASURES
Find the sum of the interior angle measures of the polygon.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 78

Answer: 360°

Explanation:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (4- 2) . 180°
S = 2 . 180°
S = 360°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 360°

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 79

Answer: 1080°

Explanation:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (8- 2) . 180°
S = 6 . 180°
S = 1080°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 1080°

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 80

Answer: 1260°

Explanation:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (9- 2) . 180°
S = 7 . 180°
S = 1260°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 1260°

Question 13.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the sum of the interior angle measures of a 13-gon. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 81

Answer:
To find the sum of the interior angle measures he should subtract 2 from the number of sides of the polygon and then multiply by 180°
S = (n – 2) . 180°
By this, we can say that your friend is not correct.

FINDING AN INTERIOR ANGLE MEASURE
Find the value of x.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 82

Answer:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (4- 2) . 180°
S = 2 . 180°
S = 360°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 360°
x° + 155° + 25° + 137° = 360°
x° + 317° = 360°
x° = 360° – 317°
x° = 43°

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 83

Answer:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (6- 2) . 180°
S = 4 . 180°
S = 720°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 720°
x° + x° + x° + x° + 90° + 90° = 720°
4x° + 180° = 720°
4x° = 720° – 180°
4x° = 540°
x° = 540/4
x° = 135°

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 84

Answer:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (6- 2) . 180°
S = 4 . 180°
S = 720°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 720°
3x° + 45° + 135° + x° + 135° + 45° = 720°
4x° + 360° = 720°
4x° = 720° – 360°
4x° = 360°
x° = 360/4
x° = 90°

FINDING A MEASURE
Find the measure of each interior angle of the regular polygon.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 85

Answer:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (3- 2) . 180°
S = 1 . 180°
S = 180°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 180°
In a regular polygon, each interior angle is congruent. So, divide the sum of the interior angle measures by the number of interior angles, 3.
180 ÷ 3 = 60°

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 86

Answer:

S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (9 – 2) . 180°
S = 7 . 180°
S = 1260°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 1260°
In a regular polygon, each interior angle is congruent. So, divide the sum of the interior angle measures by the number of interior angles, 9.
1260 ÷ 9 = 140°

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 87

Answer:

S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (12 – 2) . 180°
S = 10 . 180°
S = 1800°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 1800°
In a regular polygon, each interior angle is congruent. So, divide the sum of the interior angle measures by the number of interior angles, 12.
1800 ÷ 12 = 150°

Question 20.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the measure of each interior angle of a regular 20-gon. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 88

Answer:
No, my friend is not correct because to find the measure of each interior angle of a regular 20-gon, he should divide the sum of the measured interior angles by the number of interior angles, in this case, 20 but your friend divide it by 18 so he is not correct.

Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A firehydrant bolt is in the shape of a regular pentagon.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 89
a. What is the measure of each interior angle?

Answer:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (5- 2) . 180°
S = 3 . 180°
S = 540°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 540°
In a regular polygon, each interior angle is congruent. So, divide the sum of the interior angle measures by the number of interior angles, 5.
540÷ 5 = 108°

b. RESEARCH
Why are firehydrants made this way?

Question 22.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The interior angles of a regular polygon each measure 165°. How many sides does the polygon have?

Answer:
(n – 2) . 180 = 165 . n
180n – 360 = 165n
180n – 360 + 360 – 165n = 165n + 360 – 165n
15n = 360
n = 360/15
n = 24
Therefore the polygon has 24 sides

Question 23.
STRUCTURE
A molecule can be represented by a polygon with interior angles that each measure 120°. What polygon represents the molecule? Does the polygon have to be regular? Justify your answers.

Answer:
(n – 2) . 180 = 120 . n
180n – 360 = 120n
180n – 120n = 360
60n = 360
n = 6

Question 24.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The border of a Susan B. Anthony dollar is in the shape of a regular polygon.
a. How many sides does the polygon have?

Answer: The polygon has 11 sides.

b. What is the measure of each interior angle of the border? Round your answer to the nearest degree.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 91

Answer:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (11 – 2) . 180°
S = 9 . 180°
S = 1620°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 1620°
In a regular polygon, each interior angle is congruent. So, divide the sum of the interior angle measures by the number of interior angles, 11.
1620 ÷ 11 = 147°

Question 25.
REASONING
The center of the stained glass window is in the shape of a regular polygon. What are the measures of the interior angles of the green triangle?

Answer:
(n-2)180°/n = (8-2)180°/8 = 135°
m∠OAB = m∠OBA = 135/2 = 67.5°
m∠AOB + m∠OAB + m∠OBA = 180°
m∠AOB + 67.5° + 67.5° = 180°
m∠AOB + 135° = 180°
m∠AOB = 180° – 135°
m∠AOB = 45°

Question 26.
GEOMETRY
Draw a pentagon that has two right interior angles, two 45° interior angles, and one 270° interior angle.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 92

Answer:
Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Solution Key Ch 3 Angles and Triangles img_9
Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Solution Key Ch 3 Angles and Triangles img_10

Question 27.
DIG DEEPER!
The floor of a gazebo is in the shape of a heptagon, a seven-sided polygon. Four of the interior angles measure 135°. The other interior angles have equal measures. Find their measures.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 93

Answer:
The given polygon has 7 sides.
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (7 – 2) . 180°
S = 5 . 180°
S = 900°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 900°
4 . 135° + 3 . x° = 900°
540° + 3x° = 900°
3x° = 900° – 540°
3x° = 360°
x° = 360/3
x° = 120°

Lesson 3.4 Using Similar Triangles

Using Similar Triangles

EXPLORATION 1

Work with a partner. Use geometry software.
a. Draw a triangle that has a 50° angle and a 30° angle. Then draw a triangle that is either larger or smaller that has the same two angle measures. Are the triangles congruent? similar? Explain your reasoning.
a. Choose any two angle measures whose sum is less than 180°. Repeat part(a) using the angle measures you chose.
c. Compare your results in parts (a) and (b) with other pairs of students. Make a conjecture about two triangles that have two pairs of congruent angles.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 93.1

Answer:

EXPLORATION 2
Using Indirect Measurement
Work with a partner. Use the fact that two rays from the Sun are parallel to make a plan for how to find the height of the flagpole. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 94

Answer:

3.4 Lesson

Try It

Tell whether the triangles are similar. Explain.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 95

Answer: No

Explanation:
x° + 28° + 80° = 180°
x° + 108° = 180°
x° = 180° – 108°
x° = 72°
BIM Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 3 Angles and triangles img_11
y° + 28° + 71° = 180°
y° + 99° = 180°
y° = 180° – 99°
y° = 81°
The triangles do not have two pairs of congruent angles.
So, the triangles are not similar.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 96

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
x° + 66° + 90° = 180°
x° + 156° = 180°
x° = 180° – 156°
x° = 24°
y° + 24° + 90° = 180°
y° + 114° = 180°
y° = 180° – 114°
y° = 66°
The triangles have two pairs of congruent angles.
Thus the triangles are similar.

Try It

Question 3.
Can you determine whether △PQR and △TSRand are similar? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 97

Answer: No

Explanation:
We are not given any information about the lengths of the sides either, therefore with only a pair of congruent angles, we cannot tell whether the triangles are similar.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 4.
IDENTIFYING SIMILAR TRIANGLES
Tell whether the triangles are similar. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 98

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
x° + 54° + 63° = 180°
x° + 107° = 180°
x° = 180° – 107°
x° = 63°

Question 5.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 98.1
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 99

Answer: Option B

Explanation:
ΔPQR and ΔTSR are congruent as TS || PQ leads to two pairs of correspondent congruent angles.
ΔPQR is a dilation of ΔTSR because their sides are proportional, the constant of proportionality being greater than 1.
ΔPQR is a scale drawing of ΔTSR because their sides are proportional.
The question that does not fit is
“Are ΔPQR and ΔTSR the same size and shape?”
because the triangles do not have the same size, but they have the same shape.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
Engineers plan to construct an aqueduct to transport water from the top of a ridge to farmland. A portion of the project is complete. Find the length of the entire aqueduct.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 100
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 101

Answer:
Aqueduct/2.6 = 5/1
Aqueduct = 5 × 2.6
Aqueduct = 13
Thus the length of the Aqueduct is 13 km.

Question 7.
You want to go on a swamp tour. How long does it take a swamp vehicle that travels at 3.2 miles per hour to travel across the swamp, from point Z to point Y? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 102

Answer:
a/10 = 3/6
6 × a = 3 × 10
6a = 30
a = 30/6
a = 5
The length from point Z to point Y is 5 miles.
Time to travel from point Z to point Y = 5/3.5 = 1.56 hour

Using Similar Triangles Homework & Practice 3.4

Review & Refresh

Find the measure of each interior angle of the regular polygon.

Question 1.
octagon

Answer: The measure of each interior angle is 135°

Explanation:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (8- 2) . 180°
S = 6 . 180°
S = 1080°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 1080°
In a regular polygon, each interior angle is congruent. So, divide the sum of the interior angle measures by the number of interior angles, 8.
1080÷ 8= 135°

Question 2.
decagon

Answer: The measure of each exterior angle is 144°

Explanation:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (10 – 2) . 180°
S = 8 . 180°
S = 1440°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 1440°
In a regular polygon, each interior angle is congruent. So, divide the sum of the interior angle measures by the number of interior angles, 10.
1440÷ 10= 144°

Question 3.
18-gon

Answer: The measure of each interior angle is 160°

Explanation:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (18- 2) . 180°
S = 16 . 180°
S = 2880°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 2880°
In a regular polygon, each interior angle is congruent. So, divide the sum of the interior angle measures by the number of interior angles, 18.
2880 ÷ 18= 160°

Solve the equation. Check your solution.

Question 4.
3.5 + y = -1

Answer:
Given the equation
3.5 + y = -1
y = -1 – 3.5
y = -4.5

Question 5.
9x = 54

Answer:
Given the equation
9x = 54
x = 54/9
x = 6

Question 6.
-4 = \(\frac{2}{7}\)p

Answer:
Given the equation
-4 = \(\frac{2}{7}\)p
-4 × 7 = 2p
2p = -28
p = -28/2
p = -14

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving
CREATING SIMILAR TRIANGLES
Draw a triangle that is either larger or smaller than the one given and has two of the same angle measures. Explain why the new triangle is similar to the original triangle. (See Exploration 1, p. 123.)

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 103

Answer:
BIM Answers for Grade 8 chapter 3 img_12
The above triangle and the given triangle are similar because the two angles in both the triangles are the same so the third angle is also the same.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 104

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 104
The above triangle and the given triangle are similar because the two angles in both the triangles are the same so the third angle is also the same.

IDENTIFYING SIMILAR TRIANGLES
Tell whether the triangles are similar. Explain.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 105

Answer: The triangles have two pairs of congruent angles.
So, the third angles are congruent, and the triangles are similar.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 106

Answer:
x° + 36° + 72° = 180°
x° + 108° = 180°
x° = 180° – 108°
x° = 72°
y° + 33° + 72° = 180°
y° + 105° = 180°
y° = 180° – 105°
y° = 72°
The triangles do not have two pairs of congruent angles.
Therefore the triangles are not similar.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 107

Answer:
x° + 64° + 85° = 180°
x° + 149° = 180°
x° = 180° – 149°
x° = 31°
y° + 26° + 85° = 180°
y° + 111° = 180°
y° = 180° – 111°
y° = 69°
The triangles do not have two pairs of congruent angles.
Therefore the triangles are not similar.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 108

Answer:
x° + 48° + 81° = 180°
x° + 129° = 180°
x° = 180° – 129°
x° = 51°
y° + 48° + 51° = 180°
y° + 99° = 180°
y° = 180° – 99°
y° = 81°
The triangles have two pairs of congruent angles.
Therefore the triangles are similar.

Question 13.
GEOMETRY
Which of the rulers are similar in shape? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 109

Answer:
2x + 90 = 180°
2x = 180 – 90°
2x = 90°
x = 90/2
x = 45°
The ruler on the left and the ruler on the right both have the shape of a right triangle with 45° angles, therefore they are similar in shape, while the middle ruler has 60°, 30° angles.

STRUCTURE
Tell whether the triangles are similar. Explain.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 110

Answer:
m∠APB + m∠B = 90°
m∠APB + 51° = 90°
m∠APB = 90° – 51°
m∠APB = 39°
m∠APB + m∠BPD + m∠DPC = 180°
39° + 102° + m∠DPC = 180°
m∠DPC + 141° = 180
m∠DPC = 180 – 141°
m∠DPC = 39°
m∠A = m∠C
m∠APB = m∠DPC

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 111

Answer:
∠APB ≅ ∠CPD
m∠APB = m∠CPD
m∠APB = 29°
m∠A + m∠B + m∠APB = 180°
m∠A + 88° + 29° = 180°
m∠A  + 117° = 180°
m∠A = 180° – 117°
m∠A = 63°
m∠PDC + m∠PDE = 180°
m∠PDC + 91° = 180°
m∠PDC = 180° – 91°
m∠PDC = 89°

IDENTIFYING SIMILAR TRIANGLES
Can you determine whether the triangles are similar? Explain.

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 112

Answer:
PS || QR
∠PSQ and ∠SQR are interior angles using the transversal QS, thus they are congruent.
∠PSQ ≅ ∠SQR

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 113

Answer:
As AB || DE there are two pairs of congruent alternate interior angles, using the transversals AE and BD.
∠A≅ ∠E
∠B≅ ∠D
The two pairs of congruent angles are enough to prove that the triangles are similar.
ΔABC ∼ ΔEDC

Question 18.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A water sample must be taken from water atleast 20 feet deep. Find the depth of the water 50 feet from shore. Is this an appropriate location for a water sample?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 114

Answer:
ΔAMN ∼ ΔABC
MN/BC = AM/AB
1.5/d = 5/50
d = 1.5 × 10
d = 15 feet
Therefore 15 feet is not an appropriate location.

Question 19.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A map shows the number of steps you must take to get to a treasure. However, the map is old, and the last dimension is unreadable. Explain why the triangles are similar. How many steps do you take from the pyramids to the treasure?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 115

Answer:
The two triangles are similar because they are right triangles and ∠AXB ≅ ∠PXQ because they are vertical angles.
PQ/300 = 80/240
240PQ = 24000
PQ = 24000/240
PQ = 100 steps

Question 20.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A person who is 6 feet tall casts a 3-foot-long shadow. A nearby pine tree casts a 15-foot-long shadow. What is the height h of the pine tree?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 116

Answer:
Given,
A person who is 6 feet tall casts a 3-foot-long shadow.
A nearby pine tree casts a 15-foot-long shadow.
ΔXAB ∼ ΔXPQ
AB/PQ = XB/XQ
6/PQ = 3/15
PQ = 30 ft

Question 21.
OPEN-ENDED
You place a mirror on the ground 6 feet from the lamppost. You move back 3 feet and see the top of the lamppost in the mirror. What is the height of the lamppost?

Answer:
Grade 8 BIM Chapter 3 Answer Key img_13
ΔXAB ∼ ΔXPQ
AB/PQ = XB/XQ
h/PQ = 6/3
h = 2PQ

Question 22.
DIG DEEPER!
In each of two right triangles, one angle measure is two times another angle measure. Can you determine that the triangles are similar? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
We are given the right triangle ABC
m∠A = 2m∠B
Case 1:
m∠A = 90°
90° = 2m∠B
m∠B = 45°
m∠C = 180° – 90° – 45° = 45°
Case 2:
m∠B = 90°
m∠A = 2 × 90° = 180°
Case 3:
m∠C = 90°
m∠A + m∠B = 180 – m∠C = 180° – 90° = 90°
2m∠B + m∠B = 90°
3m∠B = 90°
m∠B = 30°
m∠A = 2 . 30° = 60°

Question 23.
GEOMETRY
In the diagram, \(\overline{B G}\), \(\overline{C F}\) and \(\overline{D E}\) are parallel. The length of \(\overline{B D}\) is 6.32 feet, and the length of \(\overline{D E}\) is 6 feet. Name all pairs of similar triangles in the diagram. Then find the lengths of \(\overline{B G}\) and \(\overline{C F}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 117

Answer:
ΔABG ∼ ΔACF
ΔACF ∼ ΔADE
ΔABG ∼ ΔADE
AB = BC = CD = BD/2 = 6.32/2 = 3.16
AB/CD = BG/DE
3BG = 6
BG = 2 feet
ΔACF ∼ ΔADE
AC/AD = CF/DE
2/3 = CF/6
3CF = 2(6)
CF = 4 feet

Angles and Triangles Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan

Question 1.
A dog park is divided into sections for large and small dogs. The ratio of the perimeter of the small dog section to the perimeter of the entire dog park is 7 : 12. Find the area of each section.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 118

Understand the problem
You know two dimensions of a dog park and the ratio of the perimeter of the small dog section to the perimeter of the entire park. You are asked to find the area of each section.
Make a plan
Verify that the small triangle and the large triangle are similar. Then use the ratio of the perimeters to find the base or the height of each triangle and calculate the areas.
Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.

Answer:

Question 2.
You rotate lines m and t 180° about point P. The image of line m is parallel to the original line. Use the diagram to show that when a transversal intersects parallel lines, each of the following pairs of angles are congruent. Explain your reasoning.
a. alternate interior angles
b. alternate exterior angles
c. corresponding angles
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 119

Answer:

Performance Task

Turtle Shells

At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Honeycombs.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 120

Angles and Triangles Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 121

Graphic Organizers
You can use an Example and Non-Example to list examples and non-examples of a concept. Here is an Example and Non-Example Chart for transversals.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 122

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.

  1. interior angles formed by parallel lines and a transversal
  2. exterior angles formed by parallel lines and a transversal
  3. interior angles of a triangle
  4. exterior angles of a triangle
  5. polygons
  6. similar triangles

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 123

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 124

3.1 Parallel Lines and Transversals (pp. 103–110)

Use the figure to find the measure of the angle. Explain your reasoning.

Question 1.
∠8

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 125

Answer: 140°

Explanation:
∠8 and 140 degrees angle are alternate exterior angles formed by a transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠8 is 140°

Question 2.
∠5

Answer: 140°

Explanation:
∠5 and 140 degrees angle are corresponding angles formed by a transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠5 is 140°

Question 3.
∠7

Answer: 40°

Explanation:
∠5 and 140 degrees angle are corresponding angles formed by a transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠5 is 140°
∠5 and ∠7 are supplementary angle.
∠5 + ∠7 = 180°
140° + ∠7 = 180°
∠7 = 180° – 140°
∠7 = 40°
So, the measure of ∠7 is 40°

Question 4.
∠2

Answer: 40°

Explanation:
140 and ∠2 are supplementary angle.
140° + ∠2 = 180°
∠2 = 180° – 140°
∠2 = 40°
So, the measure of ∠2 is 40°

Question 5.
∠6

Answer: 40°

Explanation:
∠5 and 140 degrees angle are corresponding angles formed by a transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠5 is 140°
∠5 and ∠6 are supplementary angle.
140° + ∠6 = 180°
∠6 = 180° – 140°
∠6 = 40°
So, the measure of ∠6 is 40°

Complete the statement. Explain your reasoning.

Question 6.
If the measure of ∠1 = 123°, then the measure of ∠7 = Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 126

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 127

Answer: 123°

Explanation:
∠1 and ∠7 are alternate exterior angles formed by a transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠7 is 123°

Question 7.
If the measure of ∠2 = 58°, then the measure of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 127.1

Answer: 122°

Explanation:
∠2 and ∠6 are corresponding angles formed by a transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠6 is 58°
∠5 and ∠6 are supplementary angle.
∠5 + ∠6 = 180°
58° + ∠5 = 180°
∠5 = 180° – 58°
∠5 = 122°
So, the measure of ∠5 is 122°

Question 8.
If the measure of ∠5 = 119°, then the measure of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 128

Answer: 119°

Explanation:
∠3 and ∠5 are alternate interior angles formed by a transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠3 is 119°

Question 9.
If the measure of ∠4 = 60°, then the measure of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 129

Answer: 60°

Explanation:
∠4 and ∠6 are alternate exterior angles formed by a transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠4 is 60°

Question 10.
In Exercises 6–9, describe the relationship between ∠2 and ∠8.

Answer: ∠2 ≅ ∠8

Question 11.
In a park, a bike path and a horse riding path are parallel. In one part of the park, a hiking trail intersects the two paths. Find the measures of ∠1 and ∠2. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 129.1

Answer: ∠1 = 108°, ∠2 = 108°

Explanation:
∠3 and 72° are alternate interior angles. They are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠3 is 72°
∠3 + ∠1 = 180°
72° + ∠1 = 180°
∠1 = 180° – 72°
∠1 = 108°
So, the measure of ∠1 is 108°
∠1 and ∠2 are alternating interior angles. They are congruent.

3.2 Angles of Triangles (pp. 111 – 116)

Find the measures of the interior angles of the triangle.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 129.2

Answer:
Sum of all the angles in a triangle = 180°
x° + 50° + 55° = 180°
x° + 105° = 180°
x° = 180° – 105°
x° = 75°

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 130

Answer:
Sum of all the angles in a triangle = 180°
x° + (x + 8)° + 90° = 180°
2x° + 8° + 90° = 180°
2x° + 98° = 180°
2x° = 180° – 98°
2x° = 82
x° = 82/2
x° = 41°
(x + 8)° = (41 + 8)° = 49°

Find the measure of the exterior angle.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 131

Answer:
s° = 50° + 75°
s° = 125°
Thus the measure of the exterior angle is 125°

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 132

Answer:
Sum of all the angles in a triangle = 180°
t° + (t + 10)° + (t + 20)° = 180°
3t° + 10° + 20° = 180°
3t° + 30° = 180°
3t° = 180° – 30°
3t° = 150°
t° = 150/3
t° = 50°
Exterior angle:
t° + (t + 10)°
t° + t° + 10°
2t° + 10°
2(50)° + 10°
= 100° + 10°
= 110°
Thus the measure of the exterior angle is 110°.

Question 16.
What is the measure of each interior angle of an equilateral triangle? Explain.

Answer:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (3- 2) . 180°
S = 1 . 180°
S = 180°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 180°
In a regular polygon, each interior angle is congruent. So, divide the sum of the interior angle measures by the number of interior angles, 3.
180 ÷ 3 = 60°

Question 17.
You draw the Leo constellation. You notice that the three stars Denebola, Zosma, and Chertan form a triangle. In your drawing, you find the measure of the interior angle at Denebola is 30° and the measure of the interior angle of the triangle at Zosma is 56°. What is the measure of the interior angle of the triangle at Chertan?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 133

Answer:
Sum of all the angles in a triangle = 180°
x° + 30° + 56° = 180°
x° + 86° = 180°
x° = 180° – 86°
x° = 94°
Thus the measure of the interior angle of the triangle at Chertan = 94°

3.3 Angles of Polygons (pp. 117–122)

Find the sum of the interior angle measures of the polygon.

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 134

Answer:
The polygon has 13 sides
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (13- 2) . 180°
S = 11 . 180°
S = 1980°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 1980°

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 135

Answer:
The polygon has 9 sides
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (9- 2) . 180°
S = 7 . 180°
S = 1260°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 1260°

Find the value of x.

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 136

Answer:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (4 – 2) . 180°
S = 2 . 180°
S = 360°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 360°
x° + 60° + 128° + 95° = 360°
x° + 283° = 360°
x° = 360° – 283°
x° = 77°
Thus the value of x is 77°.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 137

Answer:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (7 – 2) . 180°
S = 5 . 180°
S = 900°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 900°
x° + 135° + 125° + 135° + 105° + 150° + 140° = 900°
x° + 790° = 900°
x° = 900° – 790°
x° = 110°

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 138

Answer:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (6 – 2) . 180°
S = 4 . 180°
S = 720°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 720°
x° + 120° + 140° + 92° + 125° + 130° = 720°
x° + 607° = 720°
x° = 720° – 607°
x° = 113°
The value of x° is 113°

Question 23.
Find the measure of each interior angle of the regular polygon.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 139

Answer:
The given polygon is an octagon. It has 8 sides.
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (8 – 2) . 180°
S = 6 . 180°
S = 1080°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 1080°
In a regular polygon, each interior angle is congruent. So, divide the sum of the interior angle measures by the number of interior angles, 8.
1080 ÷ 3 = 135°

3.4 Using Similar Triangles (pp. 123–128)

Tell whether the triangles are similar. Explain.

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 140

Answer:
x° + 68° + 90° = 180°
x° = 180° – 158°
x° = 22°
y° + 22° + 90° = 180°
y° + 112° = 180°
y° = 180° – 112°
y° = 68°
The triangles have two pairs of congruent angles.
So, the triangles are similar.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 141

Answer:
x° + 100° + 30° = 180°
x° + 130° = 180°
x° = 180° – 130°
x° = 50°
y° + 100° + 50° = 180°
y° + 150° = 180°
y° = 180° – 150°
y° = 30°
The triangles have two pairs of congruent angles.
So, the triangles are similar.

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 142

Answer:
x° + 50° + 85° = 180°
x° + 135° = 180°
x° = 180° – 135°
x° = 45°
y° + 85° + 35° = 180°
y° + 120° = 180°
y° = 180° – 120°
y° = 60°
The triangles do not have two pairs of congruent angles.
So, the triangles are not similar.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 143

Answer:
∠B ≅ ∠D
∠A ≅ ∠C
∠AXB ≅ ∠CXD
∠AXB and ∠CXD are vertical angles.
ΔAXB ∼ ΔCXD

Question 28.
A person who is 5 feet tall casts a shadow that is 4 feet long. A nearby building casts a shadow that is 24 feet long. What is the height of the building?

Answer:
Given,
A person who is 5 feet tall casts a shadow that is 4 feet long.
A nearby building casts a shadow that is 24 feet long.
Let the height of the building = x ft
x/24 = 5/4
24 . x/24 = 5/4 . 24
x = 30
Thus the height of the building is 30 ft.

Angles and Triangles Practice Test

Practice Test

Use the figure to find the measure of the angle. Explain your reasoning.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 144

Question 1.
∠7

Answer: 47°

Explanation:
∠7 and 47° angles are alternate exterior angles formed by a transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
Thus the measure of ∠7 is 47°

Question 2.
∠6

Answer: 47°

Explanation:
∠6 and 47° angles are corresponding angles formed by a transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
Thus the measure of ∠6 is 47°

Question 3.
∠4

Answer: 133°

Explanation:
∠4 and 47° are supplementary angles.
47° + ∠4 = 180°
∠4 = 180° – 47°
∠4 = 133°
Thus the measure of ∠4 = 133°

Question 4.
∠5

Answer: 133°

Explanation:
∠6 and 47° angles are corresponding angles formed by transversal intersecting parallel lines. The angles are congruent.
Thus the measure of ∠6 is 47°
∠6 + ∠5 = 180°
47° + ∠5 = 180°
∠5 = 180° – 47°
∠5 = 133°
Thus the measure of ∠5 = 133°

Question 5.
Find the value of x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 144.1

Answer: 28°

Explanation:
Sum of all the angles in a triangle = 180°
x° + 129° + 23° = 180°
x° + 152° = 180°
x° = 180° – 152°
x° = 28°
Thus the value of x° is 28°

Question 6.
Find the measures of the interior angles.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 145

Answer: 68°

Explanation:
Sum of all the angles in a triangle = 180°
x° + (x – 24)° + 68° = 180°
x° + x° – 24° + 68° = 180°
2x° + 44° = 180°
2x° = 180° – 44°
2x° = 136°
x° = 68°
(x – 24)° = (68 – 24)° = 44°

Question 7.
Find the measure of the exterior angle.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 146

Answer:
j° = 40° + 90°
j° = 130°
The measure of an exterior angle is 130°.

Question 8.
Find the measure of the interior angle measures of the border of the coin.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 147

Answer:
The coin has 7 sides.
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (7 – 2) . 180°
S = 5 . 180°
S = 900°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 900°

Question 9.
Find the value of x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 148

Answer:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (5 – 2) . 180°
S = 3 . 180°
S = 540°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 540°
2x° + 125° + 90° + 2x° + 125° = 540°
4x° + 340° = 540°
4x° = 540° – 340°
4x° = 200°
x° = 200/4
x° = 50°
The value of x° is 50°

Question 10.
Find the measure of each interior angle of the regular polygon.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 149

Answer:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (6 – 2) . 180°
S = 4 . 180°
S = 720°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 720°
In a regular polygon, each interior angle is congruent. So, divide the sum of the interior angle measures by the number of interior angles, 6.
720 ÷ 6 = 120°

Tell whether the triangles are similar. Explain.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 150

Answer:
To find x°:
x° + 61° + 70° = 180°
x° + 131° = 180°
x° = 180° – 131°
x° = 49°
To find y°:
x° + 39° + 70° = 180°
x° + 109° = 180°
x° = 180° – 109°
x° = 71°
The triangles do not have two pairs of congruent angles.
So, the triangles are not similar.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 151

Answer:
∠A ≅ ∠QPB
∠C ≅ ∠PQB
ΔBPQ ∼ ΔBAC

Question 13.
Describe two ways you can find the measure of ∠5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 152

Answer:
One way: ∠3 and 65° are supplementary angles. ∠5 and ∠3 are alternate interior angles.
Another way: ∠8 and 65° are alternate exterior angles. ∠5 and ∠8 are supplementary angles.

Question 14.
You swim 3.6 kilometers per hour. How long (in minutes) will it take you to swim the distance d across the pond?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 153

Answer:
Given,
You swim 3.6 kilometers per hour.
d/105 = 80/140
105 . d/105 = 80/140 . 105
d = 60
The length of the pond is 60 m.
Speed = 3.6 km per hour = 1 m sec
Distance = d = 60m
Time it will take to swim across the pond
= distance/speed
= 60/1
= 60 sec = 1 min

Angles and Triangles Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
The border of a Canadian one-dollar coin is shaped like an 11-sided regular polygon. The shape was chosen to help visually impaired people identify the coin. How many degrees are in each interior angle along the border? Round your answer to the nearest degree.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 154
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 154.1

Answer:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (11 – 2) . 180°
S = 9 . 180°
S = 1620°
Thus the sum of the interior angle measure is 1620°
In a regular polygon, each interior angle is congruent. So, divide the sum of the interior angle measures by the number of interior angles, 11.
1620 ÷ 11 = 147°

Question 2.
A public utility charges its residential customers for natural gas based on the number of therms used each month. The formula shows how the monthly cost tin dollars is related to the number of terms used.
C = 11 + 1.6t
Solve this formula for t.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 155

Answer:
C = 11 + 1.6t
C – 11 = 1.6t
1.6t = C – 11
t = (C – 11)/1.6
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 3.
What is the value of x?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 156

Answer:
5(x – 4) = 3x
5x – 20 = 3x
5x – 3x = 20
2x = 20
x = 20/2
x = 10
Thus the correct answer is option I.

Question 4.
In the figures, △PQR is similar to △STU. What is the value of x?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 157
A. 9.6
B. 10\(\frac{2}{3}\)
C. 13.5
D. 15

Answer:
△PQR is similar to △STU
PQ = 12
ST = 16
SU = 20
TU = 18
PQ/ST = QR/TU
12/16 = X/18
16X = 12 × 18
X = 216/16
X = 13.5 cm
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
What is the value of x?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 158

Answer:
∠y and 125° are supplementary angles.
125° + ∠y = 180°
∠y = 180° – 125°
∠y = 55°
So, the measure of ∠y = 55°
∠x and ∠y are alternate interior angles. They are congruent.
So, the measure of ∠x = 55°

Question 6.
Your friend was solving an equation in the box shown.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 159
What should your friend do to correct the error that she made?
F. Multiply both sides by –\(\frac{5}{2}\) instead of –\(\frac{2}{5}\).
G. Multiply both sides by \(\frac{2}{5}\) instead of –\(\frac{2}{5}\).
H. Distribute –\(\frac{2}{5}\) to get 4x – 6.
I. Add 15 to -30.

Answer:
My friend made the error by multiplying both sides by –\(\frac{2}{5}\).
To correct the error she should multiply both sides by –\(\frac{5}{2}\) instead of –\(\frac{2}{5}\)
Thus the correct answer is option F.

Question 7.
In the coordinate plane below, ∆XYZ is plotted and its vertices are labeled.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 160
Which of the following shows ∆X’Y’Z’, the image of ∆XYZ after it is reflected in the y-axis?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 161

Answer:
Given,
X(-6,-1)
Y(-3,-5)
X(-2,-3)
Reflecting a point (x,y) in the y-axis.
(x, y) = (-x, y)
X(-6,-1) = X'(6, -1)
Y(-3,-5) = Y'(3, -5)
X(-2,-3) = Z'(2, -3)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 8.
The sum S of the interior angle measures of a polygon with n sides can be found by using a formula.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 162
Part A
Write the formula.

Answer:
S = (n – 2) . 180°
Part B
A quadrilateral has angles measuring 100°, 90°, and 90°. Find the measure of its fourth angle. Show your work and explain your reasoning.

Answer:
The quadrilateral has 4 sides
S = (n – 2) . 180°
S = (4 – 2) . 180°
S = 2 . 180°
S = 360 °
Thus the sum of the interior angles is 360 °
x° + 100° + 90° + 90° = 360°
x° + 280° = 360°
x° = 360° – 280°
x° = 80°
Thus the value of x° is 80°

Part C
The sum of the measures of the angles of the pentagon shown is 540°. Divide the pentagon into triangles to show why this must be true. Show your work and explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles 163

Answer:
Number of sides = 3
The number of interior triangles in the given figure = 3
Sum of the interior angles measure using triangle = 3 × 180° = 540

Conclusion:

I wish the details prevailed in the above article is beneficial for all the 8th grade students. Hope our Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 3 Angles and Triangles helped you a lot to overcome the difficulties in this chapter. Feel free to post your comments in the comment box. Stay tuned to our eurekamathanswerkeys.com to get step by step explanation for all the Grade 8 chapters.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations

Check out the detailed solutions to Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear equations here. By solving the questions from Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations Answer Key, you can understand solving systems of linear equations by graphing, solving systems of linear equations by substitution, solving systems of linear equations by elimination, and solving special systems of linear equations. We have included the answers to all the problems in an easy manner. Learn the strategies and simple ways to solve the systems of linear equations with examples on from Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations.

Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations

Quick and easy learning is possible with our best Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations. Get Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Solution Key Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations and understand the concept. This answer key is prepared and well explained by our math experts. Just download Big Ideas Math Book Grade 8 5th Chapter Systems of Linear Equations Answer Key and prepare well, score highest marks in the exam.

Performance

Lesson: 1 Solving Systems of Linear Equations by Graphing

Lesson: 2 Solving Systems of Linear Equations by Substitution

Lesson: 3 Solving Systems of Linear Equations by Elimination

Lesson: 4 Solving Special Systems of Linear Equations

Chapter: 5 – Systems of Linear Equations

Systems of Linear Equations STEAM Video/Performance

STEAM Video

Gold Alloys

An alloy is a mixture of different metals melted together at high temperatures. A dental filling is created using a gold alloy. What are other uses of alloys?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 1.1

Watch the STEAM Video “Gold Alloys.” Then answer the following questions.

Question 1.
Enid says that the proportion of gold in an alloy can be measured in karats. For example, 24 karats represent 100% gold and 18 karats represent 75% gold.
a. A dental filling is 9 karats. What percent of the filling is gold?
b. A watch is 60% gold. How many karats is the watch?

Answer:
a. 37.5% of the filling is gold.
b. 14.4 karats are the watch

Explanation:
a. A dental filling is 9 karats.
24 karats represent 100% gold
So, 9 karats = (100 * 9)/24
= 900/24
= 37.5%
37.5% of the filling is gold.
b. A watch is 60% gold
24 karats represent 100% gold
So, watch = (60 * 24)/100
= 1440/100
= 14.4
14.4 karats are the watch

Question 2.
What percent gold is each described alloy?
a. A mixture of 2 grams 10-karat gold and 2 grams 14-karat gold
b. A mixture of 6 grams 24-karat gold and 4 grams 9-karat gold

Answer:
a. 200%
b. 750%

Explanation:
a. 24 karats represents 100% gold
10 karat gold is 125/3 %
14 -karat gold gold is 175/3 %
2 grams 10-karat gold = 2(125/3) = 250/3
2 grams 14-karat gold = 2(175/3) = 350/3
The alloy mixture = (250 + 350)/3
= 600/3 = 200
b. 6 grams 24-karat gold
6 grams = 600%
9-karat gold = 75/2
4 grams 9-karat gold = 4(75)/2 = 150%
The alloy mixture = 600% + 150% = 750%

Performance Task

Mixing Alloys

After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given a list of gold alloys available at a jewelry store.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 2
You will use a system of equations to determine the amounts of the given alloys that a jeweler needs to create a new alloy. Why might a jeweler need to create a mixture with a specific proportion of gold?

Systems of Linear Equations Getting Ready for Chapter 5

Getting Ready for Chapter 5

Chapter Exploration

Question 1.
Work with a partner. Your family starts a bed-and-breakfast. You spend $500 fixing up a bedroom to rent. The cost for food and utilities is $10 per night. Your family charges $60 per night to rent the bedroom.
a. Write an equation that represents the costs.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 3
b. Write an equation that represents the revenue (income).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 4
c. A set of two (or more) linear equations is called a system of linear equations. Write the system of linear equations for this problem.

Answer:
a. C = 10x + 500
b. R = 60x
c. The system of linear equations are
C = 10x + 500
R = 60x

Explanation:
a. Cost, C = $10 per night . Number of nights, x + $500
C = 10x + 500
b.
Revenue, R = $60 per night . Number of nights x
R = 60x
c. The system of linear equations are
C = 10x + 500
R = 60x

Question 2.
Work with a partner. Use a graphing calculator to solve the system.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 5
a. Enter the equations into your calculator. Then graph the equations. What is an appropriate window?
b. On your graph, how can you determine which line is the graph of which equation? Label the equations on the graph shown.
c. Visually estimate the point of intersection of the graphs.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 6
d. To find the solution, use the intersect feature to find the point of intersection. The solution is Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 7

Answer:
The solution is (10, 600)

Explanation:
 Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations
The solution is (10, 600)

Vocabulary

The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 7.1

Lesson 5.1 Solving Systems of Linear Equations by Graphing

EXPLORATION 1
Work with a partner. You charge your headphones and your phone. The equations below represent the battery powers p% of the devices after x minutes of charging.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 8
a. You check the battery power of each device every 10 minutes. Copy and complete the table. How do the devices’ battery powers compare?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 8.1
b. After how much time do the devices have the same battery power? What is the battery power at that time? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 9
c. The solutions of a linear equation are all the points on its graph. How many solutions can two linear equations share? Explain your reasoning.
d. Graph the battery power equations in the same coordinate plane. What do you notice?
e. Use a graphing calculator to check your answers in part(b). Explain your method.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 10

Answer:
a. Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 30
d. The solution is (75/2, 125/2)

Explanation:
a. Headphones equation is p = 5/3 x
p1 = 5/3 (10) = 50/3, p2 = 5/3 (20) = 100/3, p3 = 5/3 (30) = 50, p4 = 5/3 (40) = 200/3, p5 = 5/3 (50) = 250/3
p6 = 5/3 (60) = 100
Phone equation is p = x + 25
p1 = 10 + 25 = 35, p2 = 20 + 25 = 45, p3 = 30 + 25 = 55, p4 = 40 + 25 = 65
p5 = 50 + 25 = 75, p6 = 60 + 25 = 85
b. Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 31
The solution is (75/2, 125/2)
p = 5/3 x, p = x + 25
Put x = 75/2
p = 5/3 (75/2)
= 125/2
p = 75/2 + 25
= 125/2

5.1 Lesson

Try It

Solve the system by graphing.

Question 1.
y = x – 1
y  = -x + 3

Answer:
The solution is (1, 2).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are y = x – 1, y  = -x + 3
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 1
The graphs appear to intersect at (1, 2)
So, the solution is (1, 2)

Question 2.
y = -5x + 14
y = x – 10

Answer:
The solution is (4, -6)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are y = -5x + 14, y = x – 10
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 2
The lines intersect at (4, -6)
So, the solution is (4, -6)

Question 3.
y = x
y = 2x + 1

Answer:
The solution is (-1, -1)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are y = x, y = 2x + 1
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 3
The lines intersect at (-1, -1)
So, the solution is (-1, -1)

Question 4.
y = -4x – 7
x + y = 2

Answer:
The solution is (-3, 5)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are y = -4x – 7, x + y = 2
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 4
The lines intersect at (-3, 5)
So, the solution is (-3, 5)

Question 5.
x – y = 5
-3x +  y = -1

Answer:
The solution is (-2, -7)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are x – y = 5, -3x +  y = -1
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 5
The lines intersect at (-2, -7)
So, the solution is (-2, -7)

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 16

Answer:
The solution is (4, -8)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are 1/2 x + y = -6, 6x + 2y = 8
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 7
The lines intersect at (4, -8)
So, the solution is (4, -8)

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

SOLVING A SYSTEM OF LINEAR EQUATIONS
Solve the system by graphing.

Question 7.
y = x + 1
y = 4x +1

Answer:
The solution is (0, 1).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are y = x + 1, y = 4x +1
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 8
The lines intersect at (0, 1)
So, the solution is (0, 1)

Question 8.
3x – y = -1
y = -x + 5

Answer:
The solution is (1, 4).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are 3x – y = -1, y = -x + 5
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 9
The lines intersect at (1, 4)
So, the solution is (1, 4).

Question 9.
x + 2y = 3
-x + 3y = 7

Answer:
The solution is (-1, 2).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are x + 2y = 3, -x + 3y = 7
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 10
The lines intersect at (-1, 2)
So, the solution is (-1, 2).

Question 10.
WRITING
Explain why the solution of a system of linear equations is the point of intersection of their graphs.

Answer:
The solution of a system of linear equations in two variables is an ordered pair that is a solution of each equation in the system. The ordered pair is obtained by drawing a graph for two equations and the point of intersection.

Question 11.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 20

Answer:
The solution of the system is (1, 6)
The graphs of the equations intersect at (1, 6)
Ordered pair (1, 6) makes both equations true

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 32
The point of intersection is the solution.
The solution is (1, 6).

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 12.
Your family attends a comic convention. Each autograph costs $20 and each photograph costs $50. Your family buys a total of 5 autographs and photographs for $160. How many photographs does your family buy?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 21

Answer:
The number of photographs the family buys will be 2.

Explanation:
Each autograph costs $20 and photograph costs $50
According to the question, the family buys a total of 5 items including both autographs and photographs for $160.
Let’s assume the number of autographs bought be x, while the number of photographs is 5 – x
Thus, cost to buy autographs will be 20* x = 20x and photographs will be 50(5 – x) = 250 – 50x
now, total cost becomes 20x + 250 – 50x, which will be equal to 160. lets find number of each items x
20x + 250 – 50x = 160
-30x = 160 – 250
-30x = -90
x = 3
Hence, the cost of buying autographs will be $20 * 3 = $60 and the cost to buy photographs will be (250 – 50) * 3 = 250 – 150 = $100
The number of photographs the family buys will be 5 – 3 = 2

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
Two apps on your phone take away points for using your phone at school. You have 140 points on the first app and 80 points on the second app when a school day begins. Each time you check your phone, you lose 10 points on your first app and p points on your second app. After you check your phone ten times, you have the same number of points on each app. Find the value of p.

Answer:
p = 4

Explanation:
App one has 140 points and 80 points on the second app
As per the question, app one loses 10 points for each check while app second loses p points. We check the phone 10 times
So, total points lost by app 1 will be 10 * 10 = 100, and points lost by app 2 will be p * 10 = 10p
After 10 times both apps are left with the same points.
So let’s find the value of p
Thus, points left in the first app will be 140 – 100 = 40 while in the second app will be 80 – 10p
40 = 80 – 10p
10p = 80 – 40
10p = 40
p = 40/10
p = 4

Solving Systems of Linear Equations by Graphing Homework & Practice 5.1

Review & Refresh

Write an equation in point-slope form of the line that passes through the given point and has the given slope.

Question 1.
(3, -4); m = 1

Answer:
y = x – 7

Explanation:
Given that,
(3, -4); m = 1
x₁ = 3, y₁ = -4
Slope intercept form of a line is (y – y₁) = m(x – x₁)
Therefore, (y – (-4)) = 1(x – 3)
(y + 4) = (x – 3)
y = x – 3 – 4
y = x – 7

Question 2.
(5, 6); m = \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Answer:
5y = 3x + 15

Explanation:
Given that,
(5, 6); m = \(\frac{3}{5}\)
x₁ = 5, y₁ = 6
Slope intercept form of a line is (y – y₁) = m(x – x₁)
Therefore, (y – 6) = 3/5(x – 5)
5(y – 6) = 3(x – 5)
5y – 30 = 3x – 15
5y = 3x – 15 + 30
5y = 3x + 15

Question 3.
(1, 10); m = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Answer:
4y = 41 – x

Explanation:
Given that,
(1, 10); m = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)
x₁ = 1, y₁ = 10
Slope intercept form of a line is (y – y₁) = m(x – x₁)
Therefore, (y – 10) = -1/4(x – 1)
4(y – 10) = -1(x – 1)
4y – 40 = -x + 1
4y = -x + 1 + 40
4y = 41 – x

Solve the equation. Check your solution

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 21.1

Answer:
c = 8

Explanation:
Given equation is 3/4 c – 1/4 c + 3 = 7
2/4 c + 3 = 7
1/2 c = 7 – 3
1/2 c = 4
c = 4 * 2
c = 8
Substituting c = 8 in 3/4 c – 1/4 c + 3 = 7
3/4 (8) – 1/4 (8) + 3 = 6 – 2 + 3
= 9 – 2 = 7

Question 5.
5(2 – y) + y = -6

Answer:
y = 4

Explanation:
Given equation is 5(2 – y) + y = -6
10 – 5y + y = -6
10 – 4y = -6
10 + 6 = 4y
4y = 16
y = 16/4
y = 4
Substituting y = 4 in 5(2 – y) + y = -6
5(2 – 4) + 4 = 5(-2) + 4
= -10 + 4 = -6

Question 6.
6x – 3(x + 8) = 9

Answer:
x = 11

Explanation:
Given equation is 6x – 3(x + 8) = 9
6x – 3x – 24 = 9
3x – 24 = 9
3x = 9 + 24
3x = 33
x = 33/3
x = 11
Substituting x = 11 in 6x – 3(x + 8) = 9
6(11) – 3(11 + 8) = 66 – 3(19)
= 66 – 57 = 9

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
USING A GRAPH TO SOLVE A PROBLEM
The equations below represent the numbers y of tickets sold after x weeks for two different local music festivals. (See Exploration 1, p. 199.)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 22

Question 7.
You check the ticket sales for both festivals each week for 10 weeks. Create a table for the ticket sales each week. How do the festivals’ ticket sales compare?

Answer:
We can say that tickets for the country Music Festival sold more by mid the 4th week. After the mid of 4th-week tickets for the Pop Music Festival sold more than the country music festival.

Explanation:
Ticket sales for a country music festival and pop music festival are calculated in the tables below for 10 weeks
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 33
From the above tables, we can say that tickets for the country Music Festival sold more by mid of the 4th week. After the mid of 4th-week tickets for the Pop Music Festival sold more than the country music festival.

Question 8.
After how much time have the same number of tickets been sold for both festivals? What is the number of tickets sold at that time?

Answer:
The number of tickets sold for both festivals each is 185.

Explanation:
Country music festival y = 10x + 150
Pop musuic festival y = 20x + 115
As per the question, we will equate both the equation to get x value
10x + 150 = 20x + 115
10x – 20x = 115 – 150
-10x = -35
x = 35/10
x = 3.5
Thus, we get 3.5 weeks after which both festivals would sold equal number of tickets.
Let us find the number of tickets at that time
Put x = 3.5 in y = 10x + 150
y = 10(3.5) + 150
= 35 + 150 = 185
Hence, the number of tickets sold for both festivals each are 185.

SOLVING A SYSTEM OF LINEAR EQUATIONS
Solve the system by graphing.

Question 9.
y = 2x + 9
y = 6 – x

Answer:
The solution is (-1, 7)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are y = 2x + 9, y = 6 – x
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 11
The lines intersect at (-1, 7)
So, the solution is (-1, 7)

Question 10.
y = -x – 4
y = \(\frac{3}{5}\)x + 4

Answer:
The solution is (-5, 1).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are y = -x – 4, y = \(\frac{3}{5}\)x + 4
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 12
The lines intersect at
So, the solution is (-5, 1)

Question 11.
y = 2x + 5
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 1

Answer:
The solution is (-4, -3).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are y = 2x + 5, y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 1
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 13
The lines intersect at (-4, -3)
So, the solution is (-4, -3).

Question 12.
x + y = 27
y = x + 3

Answer:
The solution is (12, 15).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are x + y = 27, y = x + 3
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 14
The lines intersect at (12, 15)
So, the solution is (12, 15).

Question 13.
y – x = 17
y = 4x + 2

Answer:
The solution is (5, 22)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are y – x = 17, y = 4x + 2
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 15
The lines intersect at (5, 22)
So, the solution is (5, 22)

Question 14.
x – y = 7
0.5x + y =5

Answer:
The solution is (8, 1).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are x – y = 7, 0.5x + y =5
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 16
The lines intersect at (8, 1)
So, the solution is (8, 1)

USING A GRAPHING CALCULATOR
Use a graphing calculator to solve the system.

Question 15.
2.2x + y = 12.5
1.4x – 4y =1

Answer:
The solution is (5, 1.5).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are 2.2x + y = 12.5, 1.4x – 4y = 1
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 17
The lines intersect at (5, 1.5)
So, the solution is (5, 1.5)

Question 16.
2.1x + 4.2y = 14.7
-5.7x – 1.9y = -11.4

Answer:
The solution is (1, 3)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are 2.1x + 4.2y = 14.7, -5.7x – 1.9y = -11.4
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 18
The lines intersect at (1, 3)
So, the solution is (1, 3)

Question 17.
-1.1x – 5.5y = -4.4
0.8x – 3.2y = -11.2

Answer:
The solution is (-6, 2)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are -1.1x – 5.5y = -4.4, 0.8x – 3.2y = -11.2
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 19
The lines intersect at (-6, 2)
So, the solution is (-6, 2)

Question 18.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the system of linear equations below. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 23
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 24

Answer:
Correct.

Explanation:
The given system of equations are y = 0.5x + 1, y = – + 7
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 34
The point of intersection is (4, 3)
So, the solution is (4, 3)

Question 19.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You have a total of 42 math and science problems for homework. You have 10 more math problems than science problems. How many problems do you have in each subject? Use a system of linear equations to justify your answer.

Answer:
26 math and 16 science problems.

Explanation:
Write the system of equations where m and s are the number of math and science problems
m + s = 42 —- (1)
m = 10 + s —- (2)
Substitute equation (2) in equation (1)
10 + s + s = 42
10 + 2s = 42
2s = 42 – 10
2s = 32
s = 32/2
s = 16
Put s = 16 in equation (2)
m = 10 + 16
m = 26
So, 26 math and 16 science problems.

Question 20.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A generator contains 60 gallons of fuel and uses 2.5 gallons per hour. A more efficient power generator contains 40 gallons of fuel and uses 1.5 gallons per hour. After how many hours do the generators have the same amount of fuel? Which generator runs longer? Justify your answers.

Answer:
After 20 hours both generators will be having an equal amount of fuel. The generator has 40 gallons of fuel that will run for a longer time.

Explanation:
A generator contains 60 gallons of fuel and uses 2.5 gallons per hour. A more efficient power generator contains 40 gallons of fuel and uses 1.5 gallons per hour
Let’s assume that after x hours, both generate will have an equal amount of fuel
Thus, fuel consumed by the first generator will be 2.5x gallons and for the more efficient generator will be 1.5x gallons
Fuel left in the less efficient generator will be (60 – 2.5x) gallons. Fuel left in a more efficient generator will be (40 – 1.5x) gallons.
60 – 2.5x = 40 – 1.5x
-2.5x + 1.5x = 40 – 60
-x = -20
x = 20
Thus, fuel left in each generator will be 60 – 2.5 * 20 = 10 gallons
Now lets find which generator will run longer.
The number of hours less efficient generator would run is equal to 60/2.5 = 24 hours
The number of hours more efficient generator would run is equal to 40/1.5 = 26.66 hours
Hence, After 20 hours both generators will be having an equal amount of fuel.
The generator has 40 gallons of fuel that will run for a longer time.

Question 21.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You and your friend are in a canoe race. Your friend is a half-mile in front of you and paddling 3 miles per hour. You are paddling 3.4 miles per hour.
a. You are 8.5 miles from the finish line. How long will it take you to catch up with your friend? your friend
b. You both maintain your paddling rates for the remainder of the race. How far ahead of your friend will you be when you cross the finish line?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 25

Answer:
a. It takes 1 hour 25 minutes for you to catch up to your friend.
b. You 0.5 miles ahead of your friend when you finish the race.

Explanation:
a. Let d be the distance traveled by your friend, h=then you have to travel d + 0.5 to catch up since you are currently 0.5 miles behind your friends.
distance = rate * time
you is d + 0.5 = 3.4t
a friend is d = 3t
Substitute the equation for your friend into the equation for y to solve d
3t + 0.5 = 3.4t
0.5 = 3.4t – 3t
0.4t = 0.5
t = 0.5/0.4
t = 1.25
b. Time it takes you to complete the race
8.5 = 3.4t
t = 8.5/3.4
t = 2.5
Distance traveled by a friend in that time 3(2.5) = 7.5
Your friend started 8 miles from the finishing line so you will be 8 – 7.5 = 0.5 miles ahead of your friend when you finish the race.

OPEN-ENDED
Write a system of linear equations that fits the description. Use a graph to justify your answer.

Question 22.
The solution of the system is a point on the line y = -9x + 1.

Answer:
The equations have infinitely many solutions.

Explanation:
The given equation is y = -9x + 1
Multiply both sides by 2
2y = 2(-9x + 1)
2y = -18x + 2
Draw a graph for the system of equations y = -9x + 1, 2y = -18x + 2
The equations have infinitely many solutions.

Question 23.
The solution of the system is (3, -1).

Answer:
m = -1/3

Explanation:
The slope intercept form is y = mx + c
-1 = 3m
m = -1/3

Question 24.
DIG DEEPER!
A graph of a system of two linear equations is shown. Write the system of linear equations represented by the graph. What is the solution to the system?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 25.1

Answer:
The systems of linear equations are y = -x + 2, y = 2x – 1
The solution is (1, 1)

Explanation:
for line 1,
x₁ = 0, y₁ = 2, x₂ = 2, y₂ = 0
Slope m = (y₂ – y₁)/(x₂ – x₁)
= (0 – 2)/(2 – 0)
= -2/2 = -1
Slope intercept form of a line is y = mx + b
The line passes through (0, 2)
2 = 0(x) + b
b = 2
y = -1(x) + 2
y = -x + 2
For line 2
x₁ = 2, y₁ = 3, x₂ = 0, y₂ = -1
Slope m = (-1 – 3)/(0 – 2)
= -4/-2
= 2
y = 2x + b
The line passes through (0, -1)
-1 = 2(0) + b
n = -1
The slope intercept form of a line is y = 2x – 1
So, the systems of linear equations are y = -x + 2, y = 2x – 1
The point of intersection in the graph is (1, 1)

Question 25.
CRITICAL THINKING
Your friend is trying to grow her hair as long as her cousin’s hair. The table shows their hair lengths (in inches) in different months.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 26
a. Write a system of linear equations that represents this situation. Let x = 1 represent January.
b. Will your friend’s hair ever be as long as her cousin’s hair? If so, in what month?

Answer:
a. The equation of the line for a friend’s hair is y = 1/2 x + 5/2, the equation of the line for a friend’s cousin hair is y =2/5x + 29/5
b. After 33 months length of hair of both girls would be the same.

Explanation:
a. The length of hair is represented by y coordinate and month is represented as x coordinate
The slope formula when we know two points is m = (y₂ – y₁)/(x₂ – x₁)
x₁ = 3, y₁ = 4, x₂ = 8, y₂ = 6.5
m = (6.5 – 4)/(8 -3)
= 2.5/5
m = 1/2
The slope form of a line is (y – y₁) = m(x – x₁)
y – 4 = 1/2 (x – 3)
2(y – 4) = (x – 3)
2y – 8 = x – 3
2y = x – 3 + 8
2y = x + 5
y = 1/2 x + 5/2
Hence, the equation of line for friend’s hair is y = 1/2 x + 5/2
Equations of line for friend’s cousin hair
x₁ = 3, y₁ = 7, x₂ = 8, y₂ = 9
m = (y₂ – y₁)/(x₂ – x₁)
= (9 – 7)/(8 – 3)
= 2/5
Now to find the equation of line for friends cousin hair
(y – y₁) = m(x – x₁)
(y – 7) = 2/5 (x – 3)
5(y – 7) = 2(x – 3)
5y – 35 = 2x – 6
5y = 2x – 6 + 35
5y = 2x + 29
y = 2/5x + 29/5
Hence, the equation of line for friend’s cousin hair is y =2/5x + 29/5
b.
2/5x x + 29/5 = 1/2 x + 5/2
2/5 x – 1/2x =5/1 – 29/5
(4x – 5x)/10 = (25 – 58)/10
-x/10 = -33/10
x = 33
Hence, after 33 months length of hair of both girls would be same.

Question 26.
REASONING
Is it possible for a system of two linear equations to have multiple solutions? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
No, it is not possible for a system of two linear equations to have multiple solutions. Because the system of linear equations is the straight lines and those lines intersect at only one point.

Question 27.
GEOMETRY
The length of a rectangle is 8 feet more than its width. The perimeter of the rectangle is 72 feet. Find the width of the rectangle.

Answer:
The width of the rectangle is 14 ft.

Explanation:
Let us say rectangle length is l, its width is l – 8
Rectangle perimeter = 2(l + b)
72 = 2(l + l – 8)
72/2 = 2l – 8
36 = 2l – 8
2l = 36 + 8
2l = 44
l = 44/2
l = 22
rectangle width is 22 – 8 = 14 ft

Lesson 5.2 Solving Systems of Linear Equations by Substitution

EXPLORATION 1
Work with a partner.
a. Find the value of each symbol in the systems below. Compare your solution methods with other pairs of students.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 26.1
b. Use a method similar to your method in part(a) to solve the system below. Then explain how to solve a system of linear equations in two variables algebraically.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 27
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 28

EXPLORATION 2
Writing and Solving Systems of Equations
Work with a partner. Roll two number cubes that are different colors. Then write the ordered pair shown by the number cubes.
a. Write a system of linear equations that has your ordered pair as its solution. Explain how you found your system.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 29
b. Exchange systems with another pair of students. Use a method from Exploration 1 to solve the system.

5.2 Lesson

Try It

Solve the system by substitution. Check your solution.

Question 1.
y = 2x + 3
y = 5x

Answer:
The solution is (1, 1)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
y = 2x + 3 —- (i)
y = 5x —– (ii)
Substitute equation (ii) in equation (i)
5x = 2x + 3
5x – 2x = 3
3x = 3
x = 3/3
x = 1
Substitute x = 1 in equation (ii)
y = 5(1)
y = 1
So, the solution is (1, 1)

Question 2.
4x + 2y = 0
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 5

Answer:
The solution is (0, -5)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
4x + 2y = 0 —– (i)
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 5 —– (ii)
Substitute equation (ii) in equation (i)
4x + 2(1/2 x) = 0
4x + x = 0
5x = 0
x = 0
putting x = 0 in equation (ii)
y = 1/2 (0) – 5
y = -5
So, the solution is (0, -5)

Question 3.
x = 5y + 3
2x + 4y = -1

Answer:
The solution is (1/2, -1/2)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
x = 5y + 3 —- (i)
2x + 4y = -1 —- (ii)
Substitute equation (i) in equation (ii)
2(5y + 3) + 4y = -1
10y + 6 + 4y = -1
14y = -1 – 6
14y = -7
y = -7/14
y = -1/2
Put y = -1/2 in equation (i)
x = 5(-1/2) + 3
= -5/2 + 3
= 1/2
So, the solution is (1/2, -1/2)

Try It

Solve the system. Explain your choice of method.

Question 4.
y = -3x + 2
y = 2

Answer:
The solution set is (0, 2)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
y = -3x + 2 —- (1)
y = 2 —- (2)
substitute equation (2) in (1)
2 = -3x + 2
2 – 2 = -3x
-3x = 0
x = 0
So, the solution set is (0, 2)

Question 5.
4y = x
x + 4y = -8

Answer:
T4y = x
x + 4y = -8

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
4y = x —– (i)
x + 4y = -8 —– (ii)
Substitute x = 4y in equation (ii)
4y + 4y = 8
8y = 8
y = 1
Put y = 1 in equation (i)
4(1) = x
x = 4
So, the solution set is (4, 1)

Question 6.
2x + 2y = 1
-x + 2y = -3

Answer:
The solution set is (4/3, -5/6)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
2x + 2y = 1 —- (i)
-x + 2y = -3
2y + 3 = x —- (ii)
Substitute equation (ii) in equation (i)
2(2y + 3) + 2y = 1
4y + 6 + 2y = 1
6y + 6 = 1
6y = 1 – 6
6y = -5
y = -5/6
Put y = -5/6 in equation (ii)
2(-5/6) + 3 = x
x = -5/3 +3
x = 4/3
So, the solution set is (4/3, -5/6)

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 7.
REASONING
Does solving a system of linear equations by graphing give the same solution as solving by substitution? Explain.

Answer:
Yes.

SOLVING A SYSTEM OF LINEAR EQUATIONS
Solve the system by substitution. Check your solution.

Question 8.
y = x – 8
y = 2x – 14

Answer:
The solution set is (6, -2)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
y = x – 8 —- (i)
y = 2x – 14 —- (ii)
Substitute equation (i) in (ii)
x – 8 = 2x – 14
-8 + 14 = 2x – x
x = 6
Putting x = 6 in equation (i)
y = 6 – 8
y = -2
Substitute x = 6, y = -2 in equation (i)
-2 = 6 – 8
So, the solution set is (6, -2)

Question 9.
x = 2y + 2
2x – 5y = 1

Answer:
The solution set is (8, 3)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
x = 2y + 2 —- (i)
2x – 5y = 1 —- (ii)
Substituting equation (i) in (ii)
2(2y + 2) – 5y = 1
4y + 4 – 5y = 1
4 – 1 = y
y = 3
Put y = 3 in equation (i)
x = 2(3) + 2
x = 8
Substitute x = 8, y = 3 in 2x – 5y = 1
2(8) – 5(3) = 16 – 15 = 1
So, the solution set is (8, 3)

Question 10.
x – 5y = 1
-2x + 9y = -1

Answer:
The solution is (-4, -1)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
x – 5y = 1
x = 1 + 5y —– (i)
-2x + 9y = -1 —- (ii)
Substitute equation (i) in (ii)
-2(1 + 5y) + 9y = -1
-2 – 10y + 9y = -1
-2 – y = -1
y = -2 + 1
y = -1
Put y = -1 in (i)
x = 1 + 5(-1)
x = 1 – 5
x = -4
Put x = -4, y = -1 in (ii)
-2(-4) + 9(-1) = 8 – 9 = -1
So, the solution is (-4, -1)

CHOOSING A SOLUTION METHOD

Solve the system. Explain your choice of method.

Question 11.
y = -x + 3
y = 2x

Answer:
The solution set is (1, 2).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
y = -x + 3
y = 2x
Equating both equations
-x + 3 = 2x
3 = 2x + x
3x = 3
x = 1
Substitute x = 1 in y = 2x
y = 2(1)
y = 2
So, the solution set is (1, 2).

Question 12.
0.5x + y = 2
0.5x = 1 + y

Answer:
The solution set is (3, 1/2).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
0.5x + y = 2 —— (i)
0.5x = 1 + y
x = 1/0.5 + y/0.5
x = 2 + 2y —- (ii)
Substitute equation (ii) in (i)
0.5(2 + 2y) + y = 2
1 + y + y = 2
2y + 1 = 2
2y = 2 – 1
2y = 1
y = 1/2
Put y = 1/2 in equation (i)
0.5x + 1/2 = 2
0.5x = 2 – 0.5
0.5x = 1.5
x = 1.5/0.5
x = 3
So the solution set is (3, 1/2).

Question 13.
x = 5y
y = 22 – 2x

Answer:
The solution set is (10, 2)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
x = 5y —- (i)
y = 22 – 2x —– (ii)
Substitute x = 5y in equation (ii)
y = 22 – 2(5y)
y = 22 – 10y
y + 10y = 22
11y = 22
y = 2
Put y = 2 in x = 5y
x = 5(2)
x = 10
So, the solution set is (10, 2)

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 14.
To stock your school store, you buy a total of 25 sweatshirts and hats for $172.50. You pay $8.00 per sweatshirt and $2.50 per hat. How many of each item do you buy?

Answer:
The number of sweatshirts you buy would be 20 and the hat you buy would be 5.

Explanation:
Let’s assume the number of sweatshirts bought be x, while the number of hats will be 25 – x
Thus, cost to buy sweatshirts is 8 * x = 8x, and for hats will be 2.5 * (25 – x) = 62.50 – 2.50x
Therefore, total cost is 8x + 62.50 – 2.5x which is equal to 172.50
8x + 62.50 – 2.5x = 172.50
5.5x = 172.50 – 62.50
5.5x = 110
x = 110/5.5
x = 20
Hence, the cost of buying sweatshirts will be $20 * 8 = $160 and the cost to buy hats will be (25 – 20)2.50 = 12.5
The number of sweatshirts you buy would be 20 and the hat you buy would be (25 – 20) = 5

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
The length of a volleyball court is twice its width. The perimeter of the court is 180 feet. Find the area of the volleyball court. Justify your answer.

Answer:
The area of the rectangle will be 1800 sq ft.

Explanation:
The perimeter of the volleyball court is 180 feet. The length of the court is twice its width
Let us take the length and width of the court be 2x, x
Perimeter = 2(l + b)
As per the question
2(l + b) = 180
2x + x = 90
3x = 90
x = 90/3
x = 30
Thus, the length of court is 2 . 30 = 60 and width is 30 ft
Area = length * width
= 60 * 30
= 1800
Hence, the area of the rectangle will be 1800 sq ft.

Solving Systems of Linear Equations by Substitution Homework & Practice 5.2

Review & Refresh

Solve the system by graphing.

Question 1.
y = 2x – 3
y = -x + 9

Answer:
The solution is (4, 5)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are y = 2x – 3, y = -x + 9
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 20
The lines intersect at (4, 5)
So, the solution is (4, 5)

Question 2.
6x + y = -2
y = -3x + 1

Answer:
The solution is (-1, 4)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are 6x + y = -2, y = -3x + 1
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 21
The lines intersect at (-1, 4)
So, the solution is (-1, 4)

Question 3.
4x + 2y = 2
3x = 4 – y

Answer:
The solution is (3, -5).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are 4x + 2y = 2, 3x = 4 – y
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 22
The lines intersect at (3, -5)
So, the solution is (3, -5)

Question 4.
Use the figure to find the measure of ∠2
A. 17°
B. 73°
C. 83°
D. 107°

Answer:
B. 73°

Explanation:
Given that,
∠1 = 107 degrees
∠1 + ∠2 = 180
107 + ∠2 = 180
∠2 = 180 – 107
= 73 degrees

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
SOLVING A SYSTEM ALGEBRAICALLY
Find the value of each symbol in the system. (See Exploration 1, p. 205.)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 30

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 31

SOLVING A SYSTEM OF LINEAR EQUATIONS
Solve the system by substitution. Check your solution.

Question 7.
y = x – 4
y = 4x – 10

Answer:
The solution set is (2, -2).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
y = x – 4 —- (i)
y = 4x – 10 —– (ii)
Substitute (ii) in (i)
4x – 10 = x – 4
4x – x = -4 + 10
3x = 6
x = 2
Put x = 2 in (i)
y = 2 – 4
y = -2
Substitute x = 2, y = -2 in equation (ii)
-2 = 4(2) – 10
= 8 – 10
So, the solution set is (2, -2).

Question 8.
y = 2x + 5
y = 3x – 1

Answer:
The solution set is (6, 17).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
y = 2x + 5 —– (i)
y = 3x – 1 —— (ii)
Substitute (ii) in (i)
3x – 1 = 2x + 5
3x – 2x = 5 + 1
x = 6
Substitute x = 6 in (i)
y = 2(6) + 5
y = 12 + 5
y = 17
Put x = 6, y = 17 in (ii)
17 = 3(6) – 1
= 18 – 1
So, the solution set is (6, 17)

Question 9.
x = 2y + 7
3x – 2y = 3

Answer:
The solution set is (-2, -9/2).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
x = 2y + 7 —– (i)
3x – 2y = 3  —– (ii)
Substitute (i) in (ii)
3(2y + 7) – 2y = 3
6y + 21 – 2y = 3
4y = 3 – 21
4y = -18
y = -9/2
Substitute y = -9/2 in (i)
x = 2(-9/2) + 7
x = -9 + 7
x = -2
Put x = -2, y = -9/2 in (ii)
3(-2) – 2(-9/2) = -6 + 9 = 3
So, the solution set is (-2, -9/2)

Question 10.
4x – 2y =14
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 1

Answer:
The solution set is (4, 1)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
4x – 2y =14 —– (i)
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 1 —– (ii)
Substitute equation (i) in (ii)
4x – 2(0.5x – 1) = 14
4x – x + 2 = 14
3x = 14 – 2
3x = 12
x = 4
Substitute x = 4 in (i)
4(4) – 2y = 14
16 – 14 = 2y
2 = 2y
y = 1
Put x = 4, y = 1 in (ii)
1 = 1/2 (4) – 1
= 2 – 1
So, the solution set is (4, 1)

Question 11.
2x = y – 10
2x + 7 = 2y

Answer:
The solution set is (-13/2, -3)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
2x = y – 10
y = 2x + 10 —- (i)
2x + 7 = 2y —— (ii)
Substitute (i) in (ii)
2x + 7 = 2(2x + 10)
2x + 7 = 4x + 20
4x – 2x = 7 – 20
2x = -13
x = -13/2
Substitute x = -13/2 in (i)
y = 2(-13/2) + 10
= -13 + 10
= -3
Put x = -13/2, y = -3 in (ii)
2(-13/2) + 7 = 2(-3)
-13 + 7 = -6
So, the solution set is (-13/2, -3)

Question 12.
8x – \(\frac{1}{3}\)y = 0
12x + 3 =y

Answer:
The solution set is (1/4, 6).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
8x – \(\frac{1}{3}\)y = 0 —– (i)
12x + 3 =y —— (ii)
Substitute (ii) in (i)
8x – 1/3(12x + 3) = 0
8x – 4x – 1 = 0
4x – 1 = 0
4x = 1
x = 1/4
Substitute x = 1/4 in (ii)
12(1/4) + 3 = y
3 + 3 = y
y = 6
Put x = 1/4, y = 6 in (ii)
12(1/4) + 3 = 3 + 3 = 6
So, the solution set is (1/4, 6).

Question 16.
MODELING REAL LIFE
There are a total of 64 students in a film making club and a yearbook club. The filmmaking club has 14 more students than the yearbook club.
a. Write a system of linear equations that represents this situation.
b. How many students are in the film making club? the yearbook club?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 32

Answer:
a. x + y = 64, x = y + 14
b. The number of students in the filmmaking club and yearbook club are 39 and 25 respectively.

Explanation:
a. Let us take the number of students in film making club to be x and the number of students in the yearbook club be y
x + y = 64 —- (i)
It is given that the number of students in the filmmaking club is greater than students in the yearbook club by 14
So, x = y + 14 —- (ii)
b. Put equation (ii) in (i)
y + 14 + y = 64
2y + 14 = 64
2y = 64 – 14
2y = 50
y = 25
Substitute y = 25 in (i)
x + 25 = 64
x = 64 – 25
x = 39
Hence, the number of students in filmmaking club and yearbook club are 39 and 25 respectively.

Question 17.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A drama club earns $1040 from production by selling 64 adult tickets and 132 student tickets. An adult ticket costs twice as much as a student ticket.
a. Write a system of linear equations that represents this situation.
b. What is the cost of each ticket?

Answer:
a. 64a + 132s = 1040, a = 2s
b. The price of a student ticket is $4, adult ticket is $8.

Explanation:
Write the system of equations that models the problem where a is the price of an adult ticket and s is the price of a student ticket
64a + 132s = 1040
a = 2s
b. Substitute a = 2s in 64a + 132s = 1040
64(2s) + 132s = 1040
128s + 132s = 1040
260s = 1040
s = 1040/260
s = $4 per student ticket
a = 2(4) = $8 per adult ticket.

Question 18.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a system of linear equations that has the ordered pair (1, 6) as its solution.

Answer:
The system of linear equations that pass through (1, 6) is y – 6 = m(x – 1)

Explanation:
We know that the equation of a line that passes through a point is (y – y₁) = m(x – x₁)
The line pass through (1,6 )
So, y – 6 = m(x – 1)
We can get system of linear equations by inserting different values of m in above equation
If we put m = 1, then equation is y – 6 = 1(x – 1)
y – 6 = x – 1
y = x – 1 + 6
y = x + 5
Hence, the system of linear equation is y – 6 = m(x – 1) that pass through (1, 6).

CHOOSING A SOLUTION METHOD
Solve the system. Explain your choice of method.

Question 19.
y – x = 4
x + y = 6

Answer:
The solution set is (1, 5)

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
y – x = 4
y = 4 + x —– (i)
x + y = 6 —– (ii)
Substitute (i) in (ii)
x + 4 + x = 6
2x + 4 = 6
2x = 6 – 4
2x = 2
x = 1
Substitute x = 1 in (i)
y = 4 + 1
y = 5
So, the solution set is (1, 5)

Question 20.
0.5x + y = 4
0.5x – y =-1

Answer:
The solution set is (3, 2.5)

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
0.5x + y = 4 —- (i)
0.5x – y =-1
0.5x + 1 = y —- (ii)
Substitute (ii) in (i)
0.5x + 0.5x + 1 = 4
x + 1 = 4
x = 4 – 1
x = 3
Substitute x = 3 in (ii)
y = 0.5(3) + 1
= 2.5
So, the solution set is (3, 2.5)

Question 21.
y = 2x + 5
y = -3x

Answer:
The solution set is (-1, 3)

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
y = 2x + 5 —- (i)
y = -3x —– (ii)
Substitute (i) in (ii)
-3x = 2x + 5
-3x – 2x = 5
-5x = 5
x = -1
Substitute x = -1 in (i)
y = 2(-1) + 5
y = -2 + 5
y = 3
So, the solution set is (-1, 3)

Question 22.
CRITICAL THINKING
A system consists of two different proportional relationships. What is the solution to the system? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The solution is (0, 0).

Explanation:
The proportional relationships in the system of linear equations mean that there is no constant available in the equation.
Therefore, the lines will always pass through the origin (0, 0)
Hence, the solution is (0, 0).

Question 23.
GEOMETRY
The measure of the obtuse angle in the isosceles triangle is two and a half times the measure of one of the acute angles. Write and solve a system of linear equations to find the measure of each angle.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 33

Answer:
The systems of linear equations are x + 2y = 180°, x = 2.5y
x = 100°, y = 40°

Explanation:
In an isosceles triangle, there are two angles that are the same and one that is different. We know there is one angle that is more than 90° because that is the definition of an obtuse angle. We also know that the sum of all the angles of a triangle equals 180°.
Let’s put all this together and find the measures of the angles.
x + 2y = 180°
x = 2.5y
Put x = 2.5 y in x + 2y = 180°
2.5y + 2y = 180°
4.5y = 180
y = 180/4.5
y = 40
Put y = 40 in x = 2.5y
x = 2.5(40)
x = 100

Question 24.
NUMBER SENSE
The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is 8. When the digits are reversed, the number increases by 36. Find the original number.

Answer:
The original number is 26.

Explanation:
Let the two-digit number be xy
The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is 8
x + y = 8
y = 8 – x —- (i)
So, the number is 10x + y
When the digits are reversed, the number increases by 36
10y + x = 36 + 10x + y
10y – y = 36 + 10x – x
9y = 36 + 9x
Put y = 8 – x
9(8 – x) = 36 + 9x
72 – 9x = 36 + 9x
72 – 36 = 18x
18x = 36
x = 36/18
x = 2
Put x = 2 in equation (i)
y = 8 – 2
y = 6
So, the original number is 26.

Question 25.
DIG DEEPER!
A hospital employs a total of 77 nurses and doctors. The ratio of nurses to doctors is 9 : 2. How many nurses are employed at the hospital? How many doctors are employed at the hospital?

Answer:
There are 63 nurses, 14 doctors are employed at the hospital.

Explanation:
Let x be the number of nurses and y be the number of doctors
A hospital employs a total of 77 nurses and doctors
x + y = 77 —- (i)
The ratio of nurses to doctors is 9:2.
x/y = 9/2
x = 9/2y
Put x = 9/2y in (i)
9/2 y + y = 77
11/2 y = 77
11y = 77 * 2
y = 14
x = 9/2 (14)
y = 63
So, there are 63 nurses, 14 doctors are employed at the hospital.

Question 26.
REPEATED REASONING
A DJ has a total of 1075 dance, rock, and country songs on her system. The dance selection is three times the rock selection. The country selection has 105 more songs than the rock selection. How many songs on the system is dance? rock? country?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 34

Answer:
582 dance, 299 countries, and 194 ock songs on the system.

Explanation:
Let d, r, c be the number of dance, rock and country songs
A DJ has a total of 1075 dance, rock, and country songs on her system
d + r + c = 1075 —- (i)
The dance selection is three times the size of the rock selection
d = 3r —- (ii)
The country selection has 105 more songs than the rock selection
c = 105 + r —– (iii)
Put (ii), (iii) in (i)
3r + r + 105 + r = 1075
5r = 1075 – 105
5r = 970
r = 194
d = 3(194) = 582
c = 105 + 194 = 299
So, 582 dance, 299 country, and 194 ock songs on the system.

Lesson 5.3 Solving Systems of Linear Equations by Elimination

EXPLORATION 1
Work with a partner. A student found the value of in the system using substitution as shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 35
a. Find another way to obtain the equation 4x = -4 from the original system. Does your method produce an equation in one variable for any system? Explain.
b. Can you use your method in part(a) to solve each system below? If so, solve the system. If not, replace one of the equations with an equivalent equation that allows you to use your method in part(a). Then solve the system.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 36
c. Compare your solution methods in part(b) with other pairs of students.

5.3 Lesson

Try It

Solve the system by elimination. Check your solution.

Question 1.
2x – y = 9
4x + y =21

Answer:
The solution set is (5, 1).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
2x – y = 9 —- (i)
4x + y =21 —– (ii)
Add both equations
2x – y + 4x + y = 9 + 21
6x = 30
x = 30/6
x = 5
Put x = 5 in (i)
2(5) – y = 9
10 – y = 9
10 – 9 = y
y = 1
Substitute x = 5, y = 1 in (ii)
4(5) + 1 = 20 + 1 = 21
So, the solution set is (5, 1).

Question 2.
-5x + 2y = 13
5x + y = -1

Answer:
The solution set is (-1, 4).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
-5x + 2y = 13 —– (i)
5x + y = -1 —— (ii)
Add both equations
-5x + 2y + 5x + y = 13 – 1
3y = 12
y = 4
Substitute y = 4 in (ii)
5x + 4 = -1
5x = -1 – 4
5x = -5
x = -1
Substitute x = -1, y = 4 in (i)
-5(-1) + 2(4) = 5 + 8 = 13
So, the solution set is (-1, 4).

Question 3.
3x + 4y = -6
7x + 4y = -14

Answer:
The solution set is (-2, 0).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
3x + 4y = -6 —- (i)
7x + 4y = -14 —– (ii)
Subtract (ii) from (i)
3x + 4y – (7x + 4y) = -6 + 14
3x + 4y – 7x – 4y = 8
-4x = 8
x = -8/4
x = -2
Substitute x = -2 in (i)
3(-2) + 4y = -6
-6 + 4y = -6
4y = -6 + 6
y = 0
Substitute x = -2, y = 0 in (ii)
7(-2) + 4(0) = -14
So, the solution set is (-2, 0).

Try It

Solve the system by elimination. Check your solution.

Question 4.
3x + y = 11
6x + 3y = 24

Answer:
The solution set is (3, 2)

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
3x + y = 11 —— (i)
6x + 3y = 24 ——- (ii)
Divide equation (ii) by 1/3
1/3(6x + 3y = 24)
2x + y = 8 —- (iii)
Subtract (iii) from (i)
3x + y – (2x + y) = 11 – 8
3x + y – 2x – y = 3
x = 3
Put x = 3 in (i)
3(3) + y = 11
9 + y = 11
y = 11 – 9
y = 2
Substitute x = 3, y = 2 in (iii)
2(3) + 2 = 6 + 2 = 8
So, the solution set is (3, 2)

Question 5.
4x – 5y = -19
-x – 2y = 8

Answer:
The solution set is (-6, -1)

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
4x – 5y = -19 —– (i)
-x – 2y = 8 —— (ii)
Multiply both sides of equation (ii) by 4
4(-x – 2y = 8)
-4x – 8y = 32 —- (iii)
Add (i) & (iii)
4x – 5y – 4x – 8y = -19 + 32
-13y = 13
y = -1
Substitute y = -1 in (ii)
-x – 2(-1) = 8
-x + 2 = 8
-x = 8 – 2
x = -6
Substitute x = -6, y = -1 in (ii)
-(-6) – 2(-1) = 6 + 2 = 8
So, the solution set is (-6, -1)

Question 6.
5y = 15 – 5x
y = -2x + 3

Answer:
The solution set is (0, 3)

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
5y = 15 – 5x —– (i)
y = -2x + 3 —– (ii)
Divide equation (i) by 1/5
1/5(5y = 15 – 5x)
y = 3 – x —– (iii)
Subtract (iii) from (ii)
y – y = -2x + 3 – (3 – x)
0 = -2x + 3 – 3 + x
-x = 0
x = 0
Substitute x = 0 in (iii)
y = 3 – 0
y = 3
Substitute x = 0, y = 3 in (ii)
3 = -2(0) + 3
So, the solution set is (0, 3)

Try It

Question 7.
Change one word in Choice B so that it represents an efficient approach to solving the system.

Answer:
Multiply equation (i) by -1 and subtract the equations.

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
x – 2y = 6 —- (i)
-x + 4y = 6 —- (ii)
multiply equation (i) by -1 and subtract the equations.
-1(x – 2y = 6)
-x + 2y = -6
-x + 2y – (-x + 4y) = -6 – 6
-x + 2y + x – 4y = -12
-2y = -12
y = 6
Put y = 6 in (i)
x – 2(6) = 6
x – 12 = 6
x = 6 + 12
x = 18

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

SOLVING A SYSTEM OF LINEAR EQUATIONS
Solve the system by elimination. Check your solution.

Question 8.
2x + y = 4
-2x + 2y = 5

Answer:
The solution set is (1/2, 3)

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
2x + y = 4 —— (i)
-2x + 2y = 5 —– (ii)
Add equations
2x + y – 2x + 2y = 4 + 5
3y = 9
y = 3
Substitute y = 3 in (i)
2x + 3 = 4
2x = 4 – 3
2x = 1
x = 1/2
Substitute x = 1/2, y = 3 in (ii)
-2(1/2) + 2(3) = -1 + 6 = 5
So, the solution set is (1/2, 3)

Question 9.
-x + y = 1
-3x + y =7

Answer:
The solution set is (-3, -2).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
-x + y = 1 —- (i)
-3x + y =7 —– (ii)
Subtract equations
-x + y – (-3x + y) = 1 – 7
-x + y + 3x – y = -6
2x = -6
x = -3
Substitute x = -3 in (ii)
-3(-3) + y = 7
9 + y = 7
y = 7 – 9
y = -2
Substitute x = -3, y = -2 in (i)
-(-3) – 2 = 3 – 2 = 1
So, the solution set is (-3, -2).

Question 10.
y = -2x + 3
4x – 5y = 13

Answer:
The solution set is (2, -1).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
y = -2x + 3
2x + y = 3 —– (i)
4x – 5y = 13 —– (ii)
Multiply equation (i) by 2 and subtract
2(2x + y = 3)
4x + 2y = 6
4x + 2y – (4x – 5y) = 6 – 13
4x + 2y – 4x + 5y = -7
7y = -7
y = -1
Substitute y = -1 in (i)
2x – 1 = 3
2x = 4
x = 2
Substitute x = 2, y = -1 in (ii)
4(2) – 5(-1) = 8 + 5 = 13
So, the solution set is (2, -1).

CHOOSING A SOLUTION METHOD
Solve the system. Explain your choice of method.

Question 11.
y = 6x – 1
y = 3x – 4

Answer:
The solution set is (-1, -7)

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
y = 6x – 1 —- (i)
y = 3x – 4 —– (ii)
Equating both the equations
6x – 1 = 3x – 4
6x – 3x = -4 + 1
3x = -3
x = -3/3
x = -1
Substitute x = -1 in equation (i)
y = 6(-1) – 1
y = -7
So, the solution set is (-1, -7)

Question 12.
3x = y + 2
3x + 2y = 5

Answer:
The solution set is (1, 1).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
3x = y + 2 —- (i)
3x + 2y = 5 —– (ii)
Substitute equation (i) in (ii)
y + 2 + 2y = 5
3y = 5 – 2
3y = 3
y = 1
Substitute y = 1 in (i)
3x = 1 + 2
3x = 3
x = 1
So, the solution set is (1, 1).

Question 13.
2x – y = 7
x + y = 5

Answer:
The solution set is (4, 1).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
2x – y = 7 —- (i)
x + y = 5 —- (ii)
Add equations
2x – y + x + y = 7 + 5
3x = 12
x = 4
Substitute x = 4 in (ii)
4 + y = 5
y = 5 – 4
y = 1
So, the solution set is (4, 1).

Question 14.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which system does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 37

Answer:
2x + 3y = 11, 3x – 2y = 10 is does not belong to other three.

Explanation:
1. 3x + 3y = 3 —- (i)
2x – 3y = 7 —- (ii)
Add equations
3x + 3y + 2x – 3y = 3 + 7
5x = 10
x = 2
Substitute x = 2 in (ii)
2(2) – 3y = 7
4 – 3y = 7
-3y = 7 – 4
-3y = 3
y = -1
The solution set is (2, -1).
2. -2x + y = 6 — (i)
2x – 3y = -10 — (ii)
Add equations
-2x + y + 2x – 3y = 6 – 10
-2y = -4
y = 2
Substitute y = 2 in (i)
-2x + 2 = 6
-2x = 4
x = -2
The solution set is (-2, 2)
3. 2x + 3y = 11 —- (i)
3x – 2y = 10
3x = 10 + 2y
x = (10 + 2y)/3
Substitute x = (10 + 2y)/3 in (i)
2(10 + 2y)/3 + 3y = 11
20 + 4y + 9y = 33
20 + 13y = 33
13y = 33 – 20
y = 1
Put y = 1 in (i)
2x + 3 = 11
2x = 11 – 3
2x = 8
x = 4

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 15.
A fitness instructor purchases exercise bikes and treadmills for two gyms. For the first gym, 2 exercise bikes and 3 treadmills cost $2200. For the second gym, 3 exercise bikes and 4 treadmills cost $3000. How much does a treadmill cost?

Answer:
The cost of a treadmill is $600.

Explanation:
Let x and y be the price of exercise bikes and treadmills, respectively
Using the fact that
Total cost = cost of exercise bike . Number of bikes in a gym + Cost of treadmill . Number of treadmills in a gym
2x + 3y = 2200 —- (i)
3x + 4y = 3000 —– (ii)
Multiply (i) by 3 and (ii) by 2
3(2x + 3y = 2200)
6x + 9y = 6600 —- (iii)
2(3x + 4y = 3000)
6x + 8y = 6000 —– (iv)
Subtract equations
6x + 9y – 6x – 8y = 6600 – 6000
y = 600
The cost of treadmill is $600.

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
At your school, cooking club members raise $5 per member for a charity, and woodshop club members raise $10 per member for a different charity. The cooking club has three times as many members as the woodshop club. The difference in the number of members in the two clubs is 12 members. How much does each club raise?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 38

Answer:
Money raised for charity by the cooking club is $90, Money raised for charity by the woodshop club $60.

Explanation:
Let x and y be the number of members of the cooking club and woodshop club
The cooking club has three times as many members as the woodshop club.
x = 3y
The difference in the number of members in the two clubs is 12 members.
x – y = 12
3y – y = 12
2y = 12
y = 6
So, x = 3(6) = 18
Money raised for charity by cooking club = Number of members in a cooking club. Charity per member of cooking club
= x . 5
= 18 . 5
= $90
Money raised for charity by woodshop club = Number of members in woodshop club. Charity per member of woodshop club
= y . 10
= 6 . 10
= $60

Solving Systems of Linear Equations by Elimination Homework & Practice 5.3

Review & Refresh

Solve the system by substitution. Check your solution.

Question 1.
x = 5 – y
x – y = 3

Answer:
The solution set is (4, 1).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
x = 5 – y —- (i)
x – y = 3 —- (ii)
Substitute equation (i) in (ii)
5 – y – y = 3
5 – 2y = 3
5 – 3 = 2y
2 = 2y
y = 1
Substitute y = 1 in (i)
x = 5 – 1
x = 4
Substitute x = 4, y = 1 in (ii)
4 – 1 = 3
So, the solution set is (4, 1).

Question 2.
x – 5y = 1
-x + y = 7

Answer:
The solution set is (-9, -2)

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
x – 5y = 1
x = 1 + 5y —- (i)
-x + y = 7 —- (ii)
Substitute (i) in (ii)
-1 – 5y + y = 7
-1 – 4y = 7
-4y = 7 + 1
-4y = 8
y = -2
Substitute y = -2 in (i)
x = 1 + 5(-2)
x = 1 – 10
x = -9
Substitute x = -9, y = -2
-(-9) – 2 = 9 – 2 = 7
So, the solution set is (-9, -2)

Question 3.
x + 6y = -2
-x = 3y – 10

Answer:
The solution set is (22, -4).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
x + 6y = -2 —- (i)
-x = 3y – 10 —- (ii)
Substitute (ii) in (i)
-3y + 10 + 6y = -2
3y + 10 = -2
3y = -2 – 10
3y = -12
y = -4
Substitute y = -4 in (ii)
-x = 3(-4) – 10
-x = -12 – 10
-x = -22
x = 22
Substitute x = 22, y = -4 in (i)
22 + 6(-4) = 22 – 24 = -2
So, the solution set is (22, -4).

The vertices of a triangle are given. Draw the triangle and its image after a dilation with the given scale factor. Identify the type of dilation.

Question 4.
A(1, 1), B(1, 3), C(3, 1); k = 2

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 35
The new triangle is larger than the original triangle so it’s an increase.

Explanation:
The vertices of a triangle are A(1, 1), B(1, 3), C(3, 1)
Multiply the coordinates by 2 and then graph the original and new coordinates.
New coordinates are D(2, 2), E(2, 6), F(6, 2)
The new triangle is larger than the original triangle so it’s an increase.

Question 5.
D(-8, -4), E(-4, 8), F(0, 0); k = 0.5

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 36
The new triangle is smaller than the original triangle so it’s a reduction.

Explanation:
The vertices of a triangle are D(-8, -4), E(-4, 8), F(0, 0)
Multiply the coordinates by 0.5 and then graph the original and new coordinates
The new coordinates are A(-4, -2), B(-2, 4), C(0, 0)
The new triangle is smaller than the original triangle so it’s a reduction.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
SOLVING A SYSTEM ALGEBRAICALLY
Explain how to obtain the equation 3x = 6 from the given system. (See Exploration 1, p. 211.)

Question 6.
2x + y = 5
x – y = 1

Answer:
Add both equations

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
2x + y = 5 —– (i)
x – y = 1 —– (ii)
Add both equations
2x + y + x – y = 5 + 1
3x = 6

Question 7.
5x + 2y = 2
x + y = -2

Answer:
Multiply the equation 2 by 2 and Subtract equation obtained equation from (i)

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
5x + 2y = 2 —– (i)
x + y = -2 —— (ii)
Multiply the equation 2 by 2
2(x + y) = 2(-2)
2x + 2y = -4
Subtract equation obtained equation from (i)
5x + 2y – 2x – 2y = 2 + 4
3x = 6

Question 8.
-x + y = -3
6x – 3y =15

Answer:
Multiply the equation (i) by 3, Add equations (i) & (iii)

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
-x + y = -3 —- (i)
6x – 3y =15 —- (ii)
Multiply the equation (i) by 3
3(-x + y = -3)
-3x + 3y = -9 —- (ii)
Add equation (i) & (iii)
6x – 3y – 3x + 3y = 15 – 9
3x = 6

SOLVING A SYSTEM OF LINEAR EQUATIONS
Solve the system by elimination. Check your solution.

Question 9.
x + 3y = 5
-x – y = -3

Answer:
The solution set is (2, 1).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
x + 3y = 5 —- (i)
-x – y = -3 —– (ii)
Add equations (i) & (ii)
x + 3y – x – y = 5 – 3
2y = 2
y = 1
Substitute y = 1 in (ii)
-x – 1 = -3
-x = -3 + 1
-x = -2
x = 2
Substitute x = 2, y = 1 in (i)
2 + 3(1) = 2 + 3 = 5
So, the solution set is (2, 1).

Question 10.
x – 2y = -7
3x + 2y = 3

Answer:
The solution set is (-1, 3).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
x – 2y = -7 —- (i)
3x + 2y = 3 —- (ii)
Add equations (i), (ii)
x – 2y + 3x + 2y = -7 + 3
4x = -4
x = -1
Substitute x = -1 in (i)
-1 – 2y = -7
-2y = -7 + 1
-2y = -6
y = 3
Substitute x = -1, y = 3 in (i)
-1 – 2(3) = -1 – 6 = -7
So, the solution set is (-1, 3).

Question 11.
4x + 3y = -5
-x + 3y = -10

Answer:
The solution set is(1, -3).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
4x + 3y = -5 —- (i)
-x + 3y = -10 —- (ii)
Subtract equations (i), (ii)
4x + 3y – (-x + 3y) = -5 – (-10)
4x + 3y + x – 3y = -5 + 10
5x = 5
x = 1
Substitute x = 1 in (ii)
-1 + 3y = -10
3y = -10 + 1
3y = -9
y = -3
Substitute x = 1, y = -3 in (i)
4(1) + 3(-3) = 4 – 9 = -5
So, the solution set is(1, -3).

Question 12.
2x + 7y = 1
2x – 4y = 12

Answer:
The solution set is (4, -1).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
2x + 7y = 1 —- (i)
2x – 4y = 12 —– (ii)
Subtract equations (i), (ii)
2x – 4y – (2x + 7y) = 12 – 1
2x – 4y – 2x – 7y = 11
-11y = 11
y = -1
Substitute y = -1 in (ii)
2x – 4(-1) = 12
2x + 4 = 12
2x = 12 – 4
2x = 8
x = 4
Substitute x = 4, y = -1 in (i)
2(4) + 7(-1) = 8 – 7 = 1
So, the solution set is (4, -1).

Question 13.
2x + 5y = 16
3x – 5y = -1

Answer:
The solution set is (3, 2).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
2x + 5y = 16 —- (i)
3x – 5y = -1 —– (ii)
Add both equations
2x + 5y + 3x – 5y = 16 – 1
5x = 15
x = 3
Substitute x = 3 in (i)
2(3) + 5y = 16
5y = 16 – 6
5y = 10
y = 2
Substitute x = 3, y = 2 in (ii)
3(3) – 5(2) = 9 – 10 = -1
So, the solution set is (3, 2).

Question 14.
3x – 2y = 4
6x – 2y = -2

Answer:
The solution set is (-2, -5).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
3x – 2y = 4 —– (i)
6x – 2y = -2 —– (ii)
Subtract equations
3x – 2y – (6x – 2y) = 4 – (-2)
3x – 2y – 6x + 2y = 4 + 2
-3x = 6
x = -2
Substitute x = -2 in (i)
3(-2) – 2y = 4
-6 – 2y = 4
-2y = 4 + 6
-2y = 10
y = -5
Substitute x = -2, y = -5 in (ii)
6(-2) – 2(-5) = -12 + 10 = -2
So, the solution set is (-2, -5).

Question 15.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the system. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 39

Answer:
Wrong.

Explanation:
The given equations are 5x + 2y = 9 —- (i)
3x – 2y = -1 —- (ii)
Add both equations
5x + 2y + 3x – 2y = 9 – 1
8x = 8
x = 1
Put x = 1 in (ii)
3(1) – 2y = -1
3 – 2y = -1
-2y = -1 – 3
-2y = -4
y = 2
So, the solution set is (1, 2).

Question 16.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You and your friend are selling raffle tickets for a new laptop. You sell 14 more tickets than your friend sells. Together, you and your friend sell 58 tickets.
a. Write a system of linear equations that represents this situation.
b. How many tickets do each of you sell?

Answer:
a. x = 14 + y, x + y = 58
b. The number of tickers you sell is 36, the number of tickets your friend sells is 22.

Explanation:
a. Let x be the number of tickets you sell and let y be the number of tickets your friend sells.
You sell 14 more tickets than your friend sells
x = 14 + y —- (i)
Together, you and your friend sell 58 tickets.
x + y = 58 —- (ii)
b. Substitute equation (i) in (ii)
14 + y + y = 58
14 + 2y = 58
2y = 58 – 14
2y = 44
y = 44/2
y = 22
Substitute y = 22 in (i)
x = 14 + 22
x = 36
So, The number of tickers you sell is 36, the number of tickets your friend sells is 22.

Question 17.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You can jog around your block twice and the park once in 10 minutes. You can jog around your block twice and the park 3 times in 22 minutes. Write a system of linear equations that represents this situation. How long does it take you to jog around the park?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 40

Answer:
The system of linear equations are 2x + y = 10, 2x + 3y = 22
It takes 6 minutes to jog around the park.

Explanation:
Let x be the number of minutes it takes to jog around the block and y be the number of minutes it takes to jog around the park
You can jog around your block twice and the park once in 10 minutes
2x + y = 10 —- (i)
You can jog around your block twice and the park 3 times in 22 minutes
2x + 3y = 22 —- (ii)
Subtract equations
2x + y – 2x – 3y = 10 – 22
-2y = -12
y = 6
Substitute y = 6 in (i)
2x + 6 = 10
2x = 10 – 6
2x = 4
x = 2
So, it takes 6 minutes to jog around the park.

SOLVING A SYSTEM OF LINEAR EQUATIONS
Solve the system by elimination. Check your solution.

Question 18.
2x – y = 0
3x – 2y = -3

Answer:
The solution set is (3, 6).

Explanation:
The systems of linear equations are
2x – y = 0 —- (i)
3x – 2y = -3 —– (ii)
Multiply equation (i) by 2
2(2x – y = 0)
4x – 2y = 0 —- (iii)
Subtract equation (ii) from (iii)
4x – 2y – (3x – 2y) = 0 – (-3)
4x – 2y – 3x + 2y = 3
x = 3
Substitute x = 3 in (i)
2(3) – y = 0
6 – y = 0
y = 6
Substitute x = 3, y = 6 in (i)
2(3) – 6 = 6 – 6 = 0
So, the solution set is (3, 6).

Question 19.
x + 4y = 1
3x + 5y = 10

Answer:
The solution set is (5, -1).

Explanation:
The systems of linear equations are
x + 4y = 1 —- (i)
3x + 5y = 10 —- (ii)
Multiply equation (i) by 3
3(x + 4y = 1)
3x + 12y = 3 —- (iii)
Subtract equation (iii) from (ii)
3x + 5y – (3x + 12y) = 10 – 3
3x + 5y – 3x – 12y = 7
-7y = 7
y = -1
Substitute y = -1 in (i)
x + 4(-1) = 1
x – 4 = 1
x = 1 + 4
x = 5
Substitute x = 5, y = -1 in (i)
5 + 4(-1) = 5 – 4 = 1
So, the solution set is (5, -1).

Question 20.
-2x + 3y = 7
5x + 8y = -2

Answer:
The solution set is (-2, 1).

Explanation:
The systems of linear equations are
-2x + 3y = 7 —- (i)
5x + 8y = -2 —– (ii)
Multiply equation (i) by 5 and equation (ii) by 2
5(-2x + 3y = 7)
-10x + 15y = 35 —- (iii)
2(5x + 8y = -2)
10x + 16y = -4 —- (iv)
Add equations (iii) & (iv)
-10x + 15y + 10x + 16y = 35 – 4
31y = 31
y = 1
Substitute y = 1 in (i)
-2x + 3(1) = 7
-2x = 7 – 3
-2x = 4
x = -2
Substitute x = -2, y = 1 in (ii)
5(-2) + 8(1) = -10 + 8 = -2
So, the solution set is (-2, 1).

Question 21.
3x + 3 = 3y
2x – 6y = 2

Answer:
The solution set is (-2, -1).

Explanation:
The systems of linear equations are
3x + 3 = 3y —- (i)
2x – 6y = 2 —- (ii)
Multiply equation (i) by 2
2(3x + 3 = 3y)
6x + 6 = 6y
6x – 6y = -6 —- (iii)
Subtract equations (ii) & (iii)
2x – 6y – 6x + 6y = 2 + 6
-4x = 8
x = -2
Substitute x = -2 in (i)
3(-2) + 3 = 3y
-6 + 3 = 3y
-3 = 3y
y = -1
Substitute x = -2, y = -1 in (i)
3(-2) + 3 = 3(-1)
-6 + 3 = -3
So, the solution set is (-2, -1).

Question 22.
2x – 6 = 4y
7y =-3x + 9

Answer:
The solution set is (3, 0).

Explanation:
The systems of linear equations are
2x – 6 = 4y
2x – 4y = 6 —- (i)
7y = -3x + 9
3x + 7y = 9 —- (ii)
Multiply (i) by 7 and (ii) by 4
7(2x – 4y = 6)
14x – 28y = 42 —- (iii)
4(3x + 7y = 9)
12x + 28y = 36 —- (iv)
Add equations (iii) & (iv)
14x – 28y + 12x + 28y = 42 + 36
26x = 78
x = 78/26
x = 3
Substitute x = 3 in (i)
2(3) – 4y = 6
6 – 4y = 6
6 – 6 = 4y
y = 0
Substitute x = 3, y = 0 in (i)
2(3) – 4(0) = 6 – 0 = 6
So, the solution set is (3, 0).

Question 23.
5x = 4y + 8
3y = 3x – 3

Answer:
The solution set is (4, 3).

Explanation:
The systems of linear equations are
5x = 4y + 8
5x – 4y = 8 — (i)
3y = 3x – 3
3x – 3y = 3 —- (ii)
Multiply (i) by 3 and (ii) by 4
3(5x – 4y = 8)
15x – 12y = 24 — (iii)
4(3x – 3y = 3)
12x – 12y = 12 —- (iv)
Subtract obtained equations
15x – 12y – 12x + 12y = 24 – 12
3x = 12
x = 4
Substitute x = 4 in (ii)
3(4) – 3y = 3
12 – 3y = 3
-3y = 3 – 12
-3y = -9
y = 3
Substitute x = 4, y = 3 in (ii)
3(4) – 3(3) = 12 – 9 = 3
So, the solution set is (4, 3).

Question 24.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the system. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 41

Answer:
Wrong.

Explanation:
Given equations are
x + y = 1 — (i)
5x + 3y = -3 (ii)
Multiply equation (i) by -5
-5(x + y = 1)
-5x – 5y = -5 — (iii)
Add equations (iii) & (ii)
-5x – 5y + 5x + 3y = -3 – 5
-2y = -8
y = 4
Put y = 4 in (i)
x + 4 = 1
x = 1 – 4 = -3
So, the solution set is (-3, 4).

CHOOSING A SOLUTION METHOD
Solve the system. Explain your choice of method.

Question 25.
x + y = 4
x – y = 4

Answer:
The solution set is (4, 0).

Explanation:
The systems of linear equations are
x + y = 4 — (i)
x – y = 4 — (ii)
Add equations
x + y + x – y = 4 + 4
2x = 8
x = 4
Substitute x = 4 in (i)
4 + y = 4
y = 4 – 4
y = 0
So, the solution set is (4, 0).

Question 26.
y = x – 3
y = -2x + 3

Answer:
The solution set is (2, -1).

Explanation:
The systems of linear equations are
y = x – 3 — (i)
y = -2x + 3 — (ii)
Equate both equations
x – 3 = -2x + 3
x + 2x = 3 + 3
3x = 6
x = 2
Substitute x = 2 in (i)
y = 2 – 3
y = -1
So, the solution set is (2, -1).

Question 27.
x + 2y = 0
2x – y = 4

Answer:
The solution set is (8/5, -4/5)

Explanation:
The systems of linear equations are
x + 2y = 0 —- (i)
2x – y = 4 —- (ii)
y = 2x – 4
Substitute y = 2x – 4 in (i)
x + 2(2x – 4) = 0
x + 4x – 8 = 0
5x = 8
x = 8/5
Substitute x = 8/5 in (i)
8/5 + 2y = 0
2y = -8/5
y = -4/5
So, the solution set is (8/5, -4/5)

Question 28.
y + 5x = 1
5y – x = 5

Answer:
The solution set is (0, 1).

Explanation:
The systems of linear equations are
y + 5x = 1 —- (i)
5y – x = 5 —- (ii)
5y – 5 = x
Substitute x = 5y – 5 in (i)
y + 5(5y – 5) = 1
y + 25y – 25= 1
26y = 1 + 25
26y = 26
y = 1
Substitute y = 1 in (i)
1 + 5x = 1
5x = 0
x = 0
So, the solution set is (0, 1).

Question 29.
2 = x – 3y
-2x + y = 4

Answer:
The solution set is (-14/5, -8/5)

Explanation:
The systems of linear equations are
2 = x – 3y
x = 2 + 3y — (i)
-2x + y = 4 —- (ii)
Substitute (i) in (ii)
-2(2 + 3y) + y = 4
-4 – 6y + y = 4
-5y = 4 + 4
y = -8/5
Substitute y = -8/5 in (i)
x = 2 + 3(-8/5)
x = 2 – 24/5
x = -14/5
So, the solution set is (-14/5, -8/5)

Question 30.
8x + 5y = 6
8x = 3 – 2y

Answer:
The solution set is (1/8, 1).

Explanation:
The systems of linear equations are
8x + 5y = 6 —- (i)
8x = 3 – 2y —- (ii)
Substitute (ii) in (i)
3 – 2y + 5y = 6
3y = 6 – 3
3y = 3
y = 1
Substitute y = 1 in (ii)
8x = 3 – 2(1)
8x = 1
x = 1/8
So, the solution set is (1/8, 1).

NUMBER SENSE
For what value of a might you choose to solve the system by elimination? Explain.

Question 31.
4x – y = 3
ax + 10y = 6

Answer:
If a is 4 or -4 it is easy to solve the systems of linear equations using the elimination method as by just subtracting or adding the equations, we can eliminate x.

Explanation:
The systems of linear equations are
4x – y = 3
ax + 10y = 6
If a is 4 or -4 it is easy to solve the systems of linear equations using the elimination method as by just subtracting or adding the equations, we can eliminate x.

Question 32.
x – 7y = 6
-6x + ay = 9

Answer:
If a is 7 or -7 it is easy to solve the systems of linear equations using the elimination method as by just adding or subtracting the equations, we can eliminate x.

Explanation:
The systems of linear equations are
x – 7y = 6
-6x + ay = 9
If a is 7 or -7 it is easy to solve the systems of linear equations using the elimination method as by just adding or subtracting the equations, we can eliminate x.

CRITICAL THINKING
Determine whether the line through the first pair of points intersects the line through the second pair of points. Explain.

Question 33.
Line 1: (-2, 1), (2, 7)
Line 2: (-4, -1), (0, 5)

Answer:
No

Explanation:
Equation of a line passing through points (x₁, y₁) and (x₂, y₂) is y – y₁ = (y₂ – y₁)/(x₂ – x₁) (x – x₁)
So, equation of line 1 is
y – 1 = (7 – 1)/(2 + 2)(x + 2)
y – 1 = 6/4 (x + 2)
y – 1 = 3/2 (x + 2)
2(y – 1) = 3(x + 2)
2y – 2 = 3x + 6
3x – 2y = -2 – 6
3x – 2y = -8
Equation of line 2 is
y + 1 = (5 + 1)/(0 + 4) (x + 4)
y + 1 = 6/4 (x + 4)
y + 1 = 3/2 (x + 4)
2(y + 1) = 3(x + 4)
2y + 2 = 3x + 12
3x – 2y = 2 – 12
3x – 2y = -10
As the slope of the lines are same, but the consant is different, the lines are parallek to each other and there is no point of intersection.

Question 34.
Line 1: (-2, 8), (0, 2)
Line 2: (3, -2), (6, 4)

Answer:
Yes

Explanation:
Equation of a line passing through points (x₁, y₁) and (x₂, y₂) is y – y₁ = (y₂ – y₁)/(x₂ – x₁) (x – x₁)
So, line 1 is
y – 8 = (2 – 8)/(0 + 2) (x + 2)
y – 8 = -6/2 (x + 2)
y – 8 = -3(x + 2)
y – 8 = -3x – 6
3x + y = -6 + 8
3x + y = 2
Line 2 is
y + 2 = (4 + 2)/(6 – 3) (x – 3)
y + 2 = 6/3 (x – 3)
y + 2 = 2(x – 3)
y + 2 = 2x – 6
2x – y = 8
As the slopes are different, so the lines intesect each other.

Question 35.
REASONING
Two airplanes are flying to the same airport. Their positions are shown in the graph. Write a system of linear equations that represents this situation. Solve the system by elimination to justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 42

Answer:
x = 6, y = 12.

Explanation:
To write the system we need the slope of each line and at least one point on the line. The two lines to consider will be the lines connecting the location of each plane to the airport they are flying to. It is also worth noting that the coordinates of the airport represent the point of intersection of the two lines and thus the solution to the system.
Airport (6, 12), Airplane 1 (2, 4), Airplane 2 (15, 9)
the slope of the line connecting airplane 1 and the airport = (4 – 12)/(2- 6)
= -8/-4 = 2
The line equation is y – 4 = 2(x -4)
2x – y = 0
slope of the line connecting airplane 2 and the airport = (4 – 9)/(2 – 15)
= -5/-13 = 5/13
The line equation is y – 9 = 5/13 (x – 15)
x + 3y = 42
So, the system of linear equations are
2x – y = 0 —- (i)
x + 3y = 42 —– (ii)
Multiply (ii) by 2
2(x + 3y = 42)
2x + 6y = 84 — (iii)
Subtract (iii) & (i)
2x – y – 2x – 6y = 0 – 84
-7y = -84
y = 12
Put y = 12 in (i)
2x – 12 = 0
x = 6
We have proven that the location of the airport is in fact the solution to our system.

Question 36.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A laboratory uses liquid nitrogen tanks of two different sizes. The combined volume of 3 large tanks and 2 small tanks is 24 liters. The combined volume of 2 large tanks and 3 small tanks is 21 liters. What is the volume of each size of tank? Justify your answer.

Answer:
The volume of the large tank is 6 lit, the volume of the small tank is 3 lit.

Explanation:
Let x and y be the volume of the large and small tank
The combined volume of 3 large tanks and 2 small tanks is 24 liters. The combined volume of 2 large tanks and 3 small tanks is 21 liters
Combined volume = No of large tanks x volume of large tank + No of small tanks x volume of small tank
3x + 2y = 24 — (i)
2x + 3y = 21 —- (ii)
Multiply (i) by -2 and (ii) by 3
-2(3x + 2y = 24)
-6x – 4y = -48
3(2x + 3y = 21)
6x + 9y = 63
Add obtained equations
-6x – 4y + 6x + 9y = -48 + 63
5y = 15
y = 3
Put y = 3 in (i)
3x + 6 = 24
3x = 24 – 6
3x = 18
x = 6
So, the volume of the large tank is 6 lit, volume of the small tank is 3 lit.

Question 37.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The table shows the numbers of correct answers on a practice standardized test. You score 86 points on the test and your friend scores 76 points. How many points is each type of question worth?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 43

Answer:
The marks for correct multiple choice questions, short response questions are 2 and 4.

Explanation:
Let x, y be the marks of multiple choice & short response questions
Total marks = no of correct MCQs x marks for correct MCQs + no of short response questions x marks for short response questions
23x + 10y = 86 — (i)
28x + 5y = 76 —- (ii)
Multiply (ii) by 2
2(28x + 5y = 76)
56x + 10y = 152 —- (iii)
Subtract (i) & (iii)
23x + 10y – 56x – 10y = 86 – 152
-33x = -66
x = 2
Put x = 2 in (i)
23(2) + 10y = 86
10y = 86 – 46
10y = 40
y = 4
So, the marks for correct multiple choice questions, short response questions are 2 and 4.

Question 38.
LOGIC
You solve a system of equations in which x represents the number of adult memberships sold and y represents the number of student memberships sold. Can (-6, 24) be the solution to the system? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
If x represents the number of adult tickets sold, then x must be a non-negative number since there can’t be a negative number of tickets sold.
Therefore (-6, 24) can’t be a solution since that would give x = 6.

Explanation:
If x represents the number of adult tickets sold, then x must be a non-negative number since there can’t be a negative number of tickets sold.
Therefore (-6, 24) can’t be a solution since that would give x = 6.

Question 39.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The table shows the activities of two tourists at a vacation resort. You want to go parasailing for 1 hour and horseback riding for 2 hours. How much do you expect to pay?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 44
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 44.1

Answer:
The cost of parasailing for 1 hour and horseback riding for hours is $90.

Explanation:
Let x and y represent per hour price for parasailing and horseback riding
Total cost = no of hours of parasailing x per hour price for parasailing + no of hours of horseback riding x per hour price for horseback riding
2x + 5y = 205 —- (i)
3x + 3y = 240 — (ii)
Multiply (i) by 3 and (ii) by 2
3(2x + 5y = 205)
6x + 15y = 615 — (iii)
2(3x + 3y = 240)
6x + 6y = 480 —- (iv)
Subtract (iii) & (iv)
6x + 15y – 6x – 6y = 615 – 480
9y = 135
y = 15
Put y = 15 in (i)
2x + 15(5) = 205
2x = 205 – 75
2x = 130
x = 65
So, the Cost of parasailing for 1 hour and harseback riding for hours is x + 2y
= 65 + 2(15)
= $95.

Question 40.
REASONING
Write a system of linear equations containing 2x + y = 0 and that has the solution (2, -4).

Answer:
The system of linear equations are 2x + y = 0, x – y = 6.

Explanation:
The equation of a line that passes through (2, -4) is y = mx + b
-4 = 2m + b
Let us take m slope as 1
-4 = 2 + b
b = -4 – 2
b = -6
So, line is y = x – 6
So, the system of linear equations are 2x + y = 0, x – y = 6.

Question 41.
REASONING
A metal alloy is a mixture of two or more metals. A jeweler wants to make 8 grams of 18-karat gold, which is 75% gold. The jeweler has an alloy that is 90% gold and an alloy that is 50% gold. old. How much of each alloy should the jeweler use?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 45

Answer:
The jeweler should use 5, 3 grams of first and second alloy.

Explanation:
Let x, y be the amount of first & second alloy
Amount of gold = percentage of gold in first alloy x amount of first alloy + percentage of gold in second alloy x amount of the second alloy
x + y = 8
0.9x + 0.5y = 6
y = 8 – x
0.9x + 0.5(8 – x) = 6
0.4x + 4 = 6
0.4x = 2
x = 5
y = 8 – 5
y = 3
The jeweler should use 5, 3 grams of first and second alloy.

Question 42.
PROBLEM SOLVING
It takes a powerboat traveling with the current 30 minutes to go 10 miles. The return trip takes 50 minutes traveling against the current. What is the speed of the current?

Answer:
The current speed is 4 miles per hour.

Explanation:
Let r be the speed of the boat and w be the speed of water current
downstream 10 = (r + w)30
1 = 3(r + w)
3r + 3w = 1 — (i)
Upstream 10 = (r – w)50
1 = 5(r – w)
5r – 5w = 1 —- (ii)
Multiply (i) by 5 and (ii) by 3 and add them
15r + 15w + 15r – 15w = 5 + 3
30r = 8
r = 4/15
substitute r = 4/15 in (ii)
5(4/15) – 5w = 1
4/3 – 5w = 1
-5w = -1/3
w = 1/15 miles per inute
= 1/15 (60) = 4 miles per hour
The current speed is 4 miles per hour.

Question 43.
DIG DEEPER!
Solve the system of equations by elimination.
2x – y + 3z = -1
x + 2y – 4z = -1
y – 2z = 0

Answer:
The solution set is (-1, 2, 1).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
2x – y + 3z = -1 —– (i)
x + 2y – 4z = -1 —- (ii)
y – 2z = 0 —– (iii)
Substitute y = 2z in (i) & (ii)
2x – 2z + 3z = -1
2x+ z = -1 —- (iv)
x + 4z – 4z = -1
x = -1
Substitute x = -1 in (iv)
2(-1) + z = -1
z = -1 + 2
z = 1
Substitute z = 1 in (iii)
y – 2 = 0
y = 2
So, the solution set is (-1, 2, 1).

Lesson 5.4 Solving Special Systems of Linear Equations

EXPLORATION 1
Exploring Solutions of Systems
Work with a partner. You spend $50 on a sewing machine to makedog backpacks. Each backpack costs you $15 for materials.
a. Represent the cost (in dollars) to make backpacks in the coordinate plane.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 46
b. You charge $25 per backpack. How many backpacks do you have to break even sell to ? Use a graph to justify your answer.
c. Can you break even when you sell each backpack for $20? $15? Use graphs to justify your answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 47
d. Explain whether it is possible for a system of linear equations to have the numbers of solutions below.

  • no solution
  • exactly one solution
  • exactly two solutions
  • infinitely many solutions

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 48

5.4 Lesson

Try It

Solve the system. Explain your choice of method.

Question 1.
y = -x + 3
y = -x + 5

Answer:
There is no solution.

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
y = -x + 3
y = -x + 5
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 37
The two lines are parallel to each other.
So, there is no solution.

Question 2.
y = -5x – 2
5x + y = 0

Answer:
The system has no solution.

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are y = -5x – 2, 5x + y = 0
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 38
The two lines are parallel to each other.
So, the system has no solution.

Question 3.
x = 2y + 10
2x + 3y = -1

Answer:
The solution set is (4, -3)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are x = 2y + 10, 2x + 3y = -1
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 39
The point of intersection of two lines is (4, -3)
So, the solution set is (4, -3)

Try It

Solve the system. Explain your choice of method.

Question 4
x + y = 3
x = y – 3

Answer:
The solution set is (0, 3).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
x + y = 3 — (i)
x = y – 3 —- (ii)
Substitute (ii) in (i)
y – 3 + y = 3
2y = 6
y = 3
Substitute y = 3 in (ii)
x = 3 – 3
x = 0
So, the solution set is (0, 3).

Question 5.
2x + y = 5
4x + 2y = 0

Answer:
The system has no solution.

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
2x + y = 5 —- (i)
4x + 2y = 0 —- (ii)
Solve by graphing
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 40
The lines are parallel so the system has no solution.

Question 6.
2x – 4y = 10
-12x + 24y = -60

Answer:
The system has infinitely many solutions.

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
2x – 4y = 10 —- (i)
-12x + 24y = -60 — (ii)
Multiply (i) by 6
6(2x – 4y = 10)
12x – 24y = 60 — (iii)
Add (ii) & (iii)
-12x + 24y + 12x – 24y = -60 + 60
0 = 0
So, the system has infinitely many solutions.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

STRUCTURE
Without graphing or solving, determine the number of solutions of the system. Explain your reasoning.

Question 7.
y = 5x – 9
y = 5x + 9

Answer:
The system has infinitely many solutions.

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
y = 5x – 9
y = 5x + 9
the slope of the two lines are the same i.e 5
So, the system has infinitely many solutions.

Question 8.
y = 6x + 2
y = 3x + 1

Answer:
The system has one solution.

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
y = 6x + 2
slope1 = 6
y = 3x + 1
slope2 = 3
Slopes are different
So, the system has one solution.

Question 9.
y = 8x – 2
y – 8x = -2

Answer:
The system has infinitely many solutions.

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
y = 8x – 2
slope 1 = 8
y – 8x = -2
y = -2 + 8x
slope 2 = 8
the slope of the two lines are the same i.e 8
So, the system has infinitely many solutions.

CHOOSING A METHOD
Solve the system. Explain your choice of method.

Question 10.
2x + y = 6
x – y = 3

Answer:
The solution set is (3, 0).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
2x + y = 6 —- (i)
x – y = 3 — (ii)
Add equations
2x + y + x – y = 3 + 6
3x = 9
x = 3
Substitute x = 3 in (ii)
3 – y = 3
y = 0
So, the solution set is (3, 0).

Question 11.
4y – 4x = 8
y = x + 2

Answer:
The system has infinitely many solutions.

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
4y – 4x = 8 — (i)
y = x + 2 —- (ii)
Substitute 2 in 1
4(x + 2) – 4x = 8
4x + 8 – 4x = 8
8 = 8
So, the system has infinitely many solutions.

Question 12.
5x – 4y = 12
7.5x = 6(y – 1)

Answer:
The system has no solution.

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
5x – 4y = 12
7.5x = 6(y – 1)
By graphing
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 41
The lines are parrel
So, the system has no solution.

Question 13.
-6x = 9
6x – y = 3

Answer:
The solution set is (-3/2, -12)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
-6x = 9
6x – y = 3
-6x = 9
x = -9/6
x = -3/2
Substitute x = -3/2 in 6x – y = 3
6(-3/2) – y = 3
-18/2 – 3 = y
y = -24/2
y = -12
So, the solution set is (-3/2, -12)

Question 14.
0.5x + 4y = -11
-1.5x – 12y = 33

Answer:
The system has infinitely many solutions.

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
0.5x + 4y = -11
-1.5x – 12y = 33
By graphing
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 42
Two equations are on the same line.
So, the system has infinitely many solutions.

Question 15.
x = y + 2
3x = 6(y + 2)

Answer:
The solution set is (0, -2).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
x = y + 2
3x = 6(y + 2)
By graphing
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 43
The point of intersection of two equations is (0, -2)
so, the solution set is (0, -2).

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 16.
Your friend wants to sell painted rocks. He spends $10.00 on startup costs, and each painted rock costs him $0.75 to make. A store offers to pay your friend’s startup costs and buy his painted rocks for $0.75 each. How many painted rocks does your friend need to sell to make a profit?

Answer:
No profit.

Explanation:
The cost on startup is $10 and each painted rock costs around $0.75 to make
A store pays startup cost and buys his painted rocks for $0.75 each
There will be no profit because the cost price and selling price is the same. He buys for $0.75 and sells the same for $0.75.

Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
The difference in age of two orangutans is 6 years. In 4 years, is it possible for the older orangutan to be twice as old as the younger orangutan? three times as old? Justify your answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 49

Answer:
Both are possible

Explanation:
Let us take the age of two orangutans as x and y
The difference in age of two orangutans is 6 years
x – y = 6
So, x is the older one
x = 6 + y
If the older orangutan to be twice as old as the younger orangutan
x = 2y
2y – y = 6
y = 6
If the older orangutan to be three times as old as the younger orangutan
x = 3y
3y – y = 6
2y = 6
y = 3
Both are possible, the older orangutan to be twice as old as the younger orangutan when younger age is 6 years and the older orangutan to be three times as old as the younger orangutan when the younger age is 3 years.

Solving Special Systems of Linear Equations Homework & Practice 5.4

Review & Refresh

Solve the system by elimination. Check your solution.

Question 1.
x + 2y = 4
-x – y = 2

Answer:
The solution set is (-8, 6)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
x + 2y = 4 — 1
-x – y = 2 — 2
Add both equations
x + 2y – x – y = 4 + 2
y = 6
Substitute y = 6 in 2
-x – 6 = 2
-x = 2 + 6
x = -8
Substitute x = -8, y = 6 in 2
8 – 6 = 2
So, the solution set is (-8, 6)

Question 2.
2x – y = 1
x + 3y – 4 = 0

Answer:
The solution set is (1, 1).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
2x – y = 1 —- (i)
x + 3y – 4 = 0 —- (ii)
Multiply (i) by 3
3(2x – y = 1)
6x – 3y = 3 —- (iii)
Add (iii) & (ii)
6x – 3y + x + 3y – 4 = 3
7x = 3 + 4
7x = 7
x = 1
Substitute x = 1 in (i)
2(1) – y = 1
2 – y = 1
2 – 1 = y
y = 1
Substitute x = 1, y = 1 in (i)
2(1) – 1 = 2 – 1 = 1
So, the solution set is (1, 1).

Question 3.
3x = -4y + 10
4x + 3y = 11

Answer:
The solution set is (2, 1).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
3x = -4y + 10
3x + 4y = 10 —- (i)
4x + 3y = 11—- (ii)
Multiply (i) by 4 and (ii) by 3
4(3x + 4y = 10)
12x + 16y = 40 —- (iii)
3(4x + 3y = 11)
12x + 9y = 33 —- (iv)
Subtract (iii) from (iv)
12x + 16y – 12x – 9y = 40 – 33
7y = 7
y = 1
Substitute y = 1 in (i)
3x + 4 = 10
3x = 6
x = 2
Substitute x = 2, y = 1 in (i)
3(2) + 4 = 6 + 4 = 10
So, the solution set is (2, 1).

Write an equation of the line that passes through the given points.

Question 4.
(0, 0), (2, 6)

Answer:
y = 3x

Explanation:
The equation of a line when two points given is
(y – y₁) = [(y₂ – y₁)/(x₂ – x₁)](x – x₁)
x₁ = 0, y₁ = 0, x₂ = 2, y₂ = 6
So, (y – 0) = [(6 – 0)/(2 – 0)] (x – 0)
y = 3x

Question 5.
(0, -3), (3, 3)

Answer:
y = 2x – 3

Explanation:
The equation of a line when two points given is
(y – y₁) = [(y₂ – y₁)/(x₂ – x₁)](x – x₁)
x₁ = 0, y₁ = -3, x₂ = 3, y₂ = 3
So, (y + 3) = [(3 + 3)/(3 – 0)](x – 0)
(y + 3)  = 2x
y = 2x – 3

Question 6.
(-6, 5), (0, 2)

Answer:
x + 2y = 6

Explanation:
The equation of a line when two points are given is
(y – y₁) = [(y₂ – y₁)/(x₂ – x₁)](x – x₁)
x₁ = -6, y₁ = 5, x₂ = 0, y₂ = 2
So, (y – 5) = [(2 – 5)/(0 + 6)](x + 6)
y – 6 = -3/6 (x + 6)
y – 6 = -1/2 (x + 6)
2(y – 6) = -1(x + 6)
2y – 12 = -x – 6
2y = -x – 6 + 12
x + 2y = 6

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving
EXPLORING SOLUTIONS OF SYSTEMS
Use a graph to determine the number of solutions of the system. (See Exploration 1, p. 219.)

Question 7.
y = 2x + 1
y = 2x + 5

Answer:
The system has no solution.

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are y = 2x + 1, y = 2x + 5
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 44
The lines are parallel
So, the system has no solution.

Question 8.
y + 8 = 0
y = 8

Answer:
The system has no solution.

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are y + 8 = 0, y = 8
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 45
The lines are parallel
So, the system has no solution.

Question 9.
x + y = 2
5x + y = 9

Answer:
The solution is (7/4, 1/4)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are x + y = 2, 5x + y = 9
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 46
The lines intersect at (7/4, 1/4)
So, the solution is (7/4, 1/4)

SOLVING A SYSTEM
Solve the system. Explain your choice of method.

Question 10.
y = 2x – 2
y = 2x + 9

Answer:
The system has no solution.

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
y = 2x – 2 — (i)
y = 2x + 9 — (ii)
Equate equations
2x – 2 = 2x + 9
So, the system has no solution.

Question 11.
y = 3x + 1
-x + 2y = -3

Answer:
The solution is (-1, -2).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are y = 3x + 1, -x + 2y = -3
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 47
The lines intersect at (-1, -2)
So, the solution is (-1, -2).

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 50

Answer:
The system has no solution.

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
y = π/3 x + π —- (i)
-πx + 3y = -6π —- (ii)
Substitute (i) in (ii)
-πx + 3(π/3 x + π) = -6π
-πx + πx + 3π = -6π
So, the system has no solution.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 51

Answer:
The system has infinitely many solutions.

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
y = -1/6 x + 5 —-(i)
x + 6y = 30 —- (ii)
Substitute (i) in (ii)
x + 6(-1/6 x + 5) = 30
x – x + 30 = 30
So, the system has infinitely many solutions.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 52

Answer:
The system has infinitely many solutions.

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
1/3 x + y = 1 —- (i)
2x + 6y = 6 —- (ii)
Divide (ii) by 1/6
1/6(2x + 6y = 6)
1/3 x + y = 1 —- (iii)
equation (i) & (iii) are same
So, the system has infinitely many solutions.

Question 15.
-2x + y = 1.3
2(0.5x – y) = 4.6

Answer:
The solution is (-2.4, -3.5)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are -2x + y = 1.3, 2(0.5x – y) = 4.6
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 48
The lines intersect at (-2.4, -3.5)
So, the solution is (-2.4, -3.5)

Question 16.
2(x + y) = 9
1 = -4(x + y)

Answer:
The system has no solution.

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are 2(x + y) = 9, 1 = -4(x + y)
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 49
The lines are parallel
So, the system has no solution.

Question 17.
y = 9x
x + y = 1

Answer:
The solution is (1/10, 9/10)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are y = 9x, x + y = 1
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 50
The lines intersect at (1/10, 9/10)
So, the solution is (1/10, 9/10)

Question 18.
0.2y = 4.6x + 1.2
-2.3x = -0.1y + 0.6

Answer:
The system has infinitely many solutions

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are 0.2y = 4.6x + 1.2, -2.3x = -0.1y + 0.6
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 51
Two equations lies on the same line
So, the system has infinitely many solutions

Question 19.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the number of solutions of the system. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 53

Answer:
Correct.

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are
y = -2x + 4
y = -2x + 6
Two equations have the same slope
So, the system has infinitely many solutions.

Question 20.
REASONING
In a pig race, your pig has a head start of 3 feet and runs at a rate of 2 feet per second. Your friend’s pig also runs at a rate of 2 feet per second. A system of linear equations that represents this situation is y = 2x + 3 and y = 2x. Does your friend’s pig catch up to your pig? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 54

Answer:
No.

Explanation:
y = 2x + 3 and y = 2x
Substitute y = 2x in y = 2x + 3
2x = 2x + 3
2x – 2x = 3
0 = 3
The system has no solution
Your friend’s pig never catch up to your pig

Question 21.
REASONING
One equation in a system of linear equations has a slope of 3. The other equation has a slope of 4. How many solutions does the system have? Explain.

Answer:
The system has one solution.

Explanation:
One equation in a system of linear equations has a slope of 3. The other equation has a slope of 4
As the slopes are different. The system has one solution.

Question 22.
LOGIC
How can you use the slopes and the y-intercepts of equations in a system one solution, infinitely many solutions, or no solution?

Answer:
The slope-intercept form of a line is y = mx + c
If the slope is the same, different y-intercept for the two equations, then the system has no solution.
If the slope is different for two equations, then the system has one solution.
If the slope is the same, the same y-intercept for two equations, then the system has infinitely many solutions.

Question 23.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You and a friend both work two different jobs. The system of linear equations represents the total earnings (in dollars) for x hours worked at the first job and y hours worked at the second job. Your friend earns twice as much as you.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 55
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 56
a. One week, both of you work 4 hours at the first job. How many hours do you and your friend work at the second job?
b. Both of you work the same number of hours at the second job. Compare the number of hours you and your friend work at the first job.

Answer:
a. 16 hours you and your friend work at the second job
b. If both work the same y hours at a second job, then both will same x hours at the first job.

Explanation:
Let x represent the first job and y represents the second job
The system of linear equations for the total number of hours for the first job & second job for you & your friend is
4x + 8y = 64
8x + 16y = 128
a. If x = 4
8(4) + 16y = 128
32 + 16y = 128
16y = 128 – 32
16y = 96
y = 16 hours
b. If both work the same y hours at the second job, then both will same x hours at the first job.

Question 24.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You download a digital album for $10.00. Then you and your friend each download the same number of individual songs for $0.99 each. Write a system of linear equations that represents this situation. Will you and your friend spend the same amount of money? Explain.

Answer:
No

Explanation:
Write the equations for you and your friends’ total cost y where x is the number of songs
you y = 10 + 0.99x
your friend y = 0.99x
The two equations have the same slope but different y-intercepts so the system has no solution.

Question 25.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The table shows the research activities of two students at an observatory. How much does a student pay to use the telescope for one hour?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 57

Answer:
A student must pay $7.5 for using a telephone per hour and $11 for using a supercomputer per hour.

Explanation:
Let the cost of telephonic use be x, supercomputer use be y. The system of equations are
5x + 3y = 70.50 — (i)
6x + 2y = 67 —- (ii)
Multiply (i) by 2 and (ii) by 3 and subtract them
10x + 6y = 141
18x + 6y = 201
10x + 6y – 18x – 6y = 141 – 201
-8x = -60
x = 7.5
Substitute x = 7.5 in (ii)
6(7.5) + 2y = 67
45 + 2y = 67
2y = 67 – 45
2y = 22
y = 11
So, a student must pay $7.5 for using telephone per hour and $11 for using supercomputer per hour.

Question 26.
REASONING
Does the system shown always, sometimes, or never have a solution when a = b? a ≥ b? a < b? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 58

Answer:
If a = b, the system will always have no solution
If a ≥ b, the system will sometimes have no solution.
If a < b, the system will never have no solution.

Explanation:
If a = b, then two linear equations will have the same slope but different y-intercepts. So, they will always have no solution
If a ≥ b, then the slopes may be different or the same so they may intersect once or not at all. Therefore, they will sometimes have no solution.
If a < b, then the equations have a different slope so they will intersect once. so, they will never have no solution.

Question 27.
LOGIC
The table shows the numbers of lift tickets and ski rentals sold to different groups. Is it possible to determine how much each lift ticket costs using the information for Groups 1 and 2? Groups 1 and 3? Justify your answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 89

Answer:
a. It is not possible to find out the cost of lift tickets using the given information.
b. The cost of a lift ticket is $14, cost of ski rental is $10.

Explanation:
Let the cost for lift tickets and cost for sky rentals be y. The system of equations are
36x + 18y = 684 — (i)
24x + 12y = 456 —- (ii)
18x + 18y = 432 —-(iii)
3(12x + 6y) = 684
12x + 6y = 228
2(12x + 6y) = 456
12x + 6y = 228
Both the equations are same. So, they have infinately many solutions.
Hence, it is not possible to find out the cost of lift tickets using the given information.
b. Subtract 1 from 2
36x + 18y – 18x – 18y = 684 – 432
18x = 252
x = 14
Put x = 14
36(14) + 18y = 684
504 + 18y = 684
18y = 180
y = 10
The cost of lift ticket is $14, cost of ski rentaks is $10.

Question 28.
DIG DEEPER!
Find the values of a and b so the system is shown has the solution (2, 3). Does the system have any other solutions for these values of a and b? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 90

Answer:
(a, b) = (2, 2)

Explanation:
Given that,
12x – 2by = 12
3ax – by = 6
The value of a, b if (x, y) = (2, 3)
12(2) – 2b(3) = 12
24 – 6b = 12
6b = 24 – 12
6b = 12
b = 2
3a(2) – 3b = 6
6a – 3(2) = 6
6a – 6 = 6
6a = 12
a = 2
The system of equations are
12x – 4y = 12
2(6x – 2y) = 12
6x – 2y = 6 — (i)
6x – 2y = 6 — (ii)
As both the equations are same, they have infinately many solutions
(a, b) = (2, 2)

Systems of Linear Equations Connecting Concepts

Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan

Question 1.
An animal shelter has a total of 65 cats and dogs. The ratio of cats to dogs is 6:7. Find the number of cats and the number of dogs in the shelter.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 91
Understand the problem.
You know the total number of cats and dogs in an animal shelter, and the ratio of cats to dogs. You are asked to find the number of cats and the number of dogs in the shelter.
Make a plan.
Write a system of equations. Use the total number of cats and dogs to write an equation relating the number of cats and the number of dogs. Use the ratio of cats to dogs to write a second equation. Then solve the system.
Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.

Answer:
The number of cats in the shelter is 30, the number of dogs are 35.

Explanation:
Let us take the number of dogs as x, cats as y
An animal shelter has a total of 65 cats and dogs.
x + y = 65 — (i)
The ratio of cats to dogs is 6:7
x : y = 6 : 7
6x = 7y
x = 7y/6
Substitute x = 7y/6 in (i)
7y/6 + y = 65
7y + 6y = 65(6)
13y = 390
y = 30
Substitute y = 30 in (i)
x + 30 = 65
x = 65 – 30
x = 35
So, the number of cats in the shelter are 30, number of dogs are 35.

Question 2.
The measure of ∠1 is 15 degrees less than two times the measure of ∠2. Find the measure of each of the four angles formed by the intersecting lines. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 92

Answer:
The angles are ∠1 = 125, ∠2 = 55, ∠3 = 125, ∠4 = 55.

Explanation:
The measure of ∠1 is 15 degrees less than two times the measure of ∠2.
∠1 – 15 = 2(∠2) — (i)
∠1 + ∠2 = 180 degrees — (ii)
∠1 = 180 – ∠2
180 – ∠2 – 15 = 2(∠2)
165 = 2∠2 + ∠2
165 = 3∠2
∠2 = 55 degrees
Substitute ∠2 = 55 in (i)
∠1 – 15 = 2(55)
∠1 = 110 + 15
∠1 = 125 degrees
So, the angles are ∠1 = 125, ∠2 = 55, ∠3 = 125, ∠4 = 55.

Question 3.
A landscaper plants grass seed over the entire area of two parks that are similar in shape. The ratio of the perimeter of Park A to the perimeter of Park B is 2 : 1. The parks have a combined area of 9000 square feet. How many square feet does the landscaper cover with grass seed at ParkA? Park B? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 93

Answer:
The landscaper cover with grass seed at ParkA is 60√2 at park B is 30√2.

Explanation:
let the side of park A is x, park b is y.
The ratio of the perimeter of Park A to the perimeter of Park B is 2 : 1
x : y = 2 : 1
x = 2y — (i)
The parks have a combined area of 9000 square feet
x² + y² = 9000 —- (ii)
Substitute x = 2y in (ii)
(2y)² + y² = 9000
4y² + y² = 9000
5y² = 9000
y² = 1800
y = 30√2
Substitute y = 30√2 in (i)
x = 2(30√2)
= 60√2
The landscaper cover with grass seed at ParkA is 60√2 at park B is 30√2.

Performance Task

Mixing Alloys

At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Gold Alloys.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 94

Systems of Linear Equations Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 95

Graphic Organizers

You can use a Four Square to organize information about a concept. Each of the four squares can be a category, such as definition, vocabulary, example, non-example, words, algebra, table, numbers, visual, graph, or equation. Here is an example of a Four Square for solving systems of linear equations by graphing.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 96

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.

  1. solving systems of linear equations by substitution
  2. solving systems of linear equations by elimination
  3. systems of linear equations with no solution
  4. systems of linear equations with infinitely many solutions

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 97

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 98

5.1 Solving Systems of Linear Equations by Graphing (pp. 199-204)

Solve the system by graphing.

Question 1.
y = 2x – 3
y = x + 2

Answer:
The solution is (5, 7)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are y = 2x – 3, y = x + 2
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 24
The lines intersect at (5, 7)
So, the solution is (5, 7)

Question 2.
y = -x + 4
x + 2y = 0

Answer:
The solution is (8, -4)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are y = -x + 4, x + 2y = 0
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 25
The lines intersect at (8, -4)
So, the solution is (8, -4)

Question 3.
x – y = -2
2x – 3y = -2

Answer:
The solution is (-4, -2).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are x – y = -2, 2x – 3y = -2
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 26
The lines intersect at (-4, -2)
So, the solution is (-4, -2)

Use a graphing calculator to solve the system.

Question 4.
y = -0.5x
y = 0.75x + 1.25

Answer:
The solution is (-1, 0.5)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are y = -0.5x, y = 0.75x + 1.25
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 27
The lines intersect at (-1, 0.5)
So, the solution is (-1, 0.5)

Question 5.
y = 0.2x – 3
10x + 3y = 5

Answer:
The solution is (1.3, -2.7)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are y = 0.2x – 3, 10x + 3y = 5
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 28
The lines intersect at (1.3, -2.7)
So, the solution is (1.3, -2.7)

Question 6.
2.6x + 1.3y = 7.8
1.2x – 3.6y = 12

Answer:
The solution is (4, -2)

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are 2.6x + 1.3y = 7.8, 1.2x – 3.6y = 12
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 29
The lines intersect at (4, -2)
So, the solution is (4, -2)

Question 7.
The sum of the two numbers is 38. Find each number when one number is 8 more than the other number. Use a system of linear equations to justify your answer.

Answer:
The numbers are 15, 28.

Explanation:
Let the two numbers be x, y
The sum of two numbers is 38
x + y = 38 — (i)
One number is 8 more than the other number
x + 8 = y — (ii)
Substitute y = x + 8 in (i)
x + x + 8  = 38
2x + 8 = 38
2x = 38 – 8
2x = 30
x = 15
Substitute x = 15 in (ii)
y = 15 + 8
y = 23
So, the numbers are 15, 28.

Question 8.
You observe the heights of two plants for an experiment. Plant A has a height of 8 centimeters and grows 1 centimeter each week. Plant B has a height of 4 centimeters and grows 2 centimeters each week.
a. Write a system of linear equations that represents this situation.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 99
b. Will the plants ever have the same height? If so, what is the height?

Answer:
a. y = x + 8, y = 2x + 4
b. The same height will be 12 cm after4 weeks.

Explanation:
Let the total height be y, growth of the plant each week be x.
Plant A has a height of 8 centimeters and grows 1 centimeter each week. Plant B has a height of 4 centimeters and grows 2 centimeters each week.
a. y = x + 8 — (i)
y = 2x + 4 —- (ii)
b. If plants ever have the same height
x + 8 = 2x + 4
2x – x = 8 – 4
x = 4
y = 4 + 8
y = 12
The same height will be 12 cm after4 weeks.

Question 9.
Write a system of linear equations containing the equation y = -3x + 2 and that has a solution of (-1, 5). Use a graph to justify your answer.

Answer:
The equation is y = x + 6

Explanation:
Equation is y = -3x + 2
The point is (-1, 5)
The slope intercept form is y = mx + c
5 = -m + c
If m = 1
then c = 5 = -1 + c
c = 6
Then the equation is y = x + 6
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 52

5.2 Solving Systems of Linear Equations by Substitution (pp. 205–210)

Solve the system by substitution. Check your solution.

Question 10.
y = -3x – 7
y = x + 9

Answer:
The solution set is (-4, 5).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
y = -3x – 7 —- (i)
y = x + 9 —- (ii)
Substitute (i) in (ii)
-3x – 7 = x + 9
-3x – x = 9 + 7
-4x = 16
x = -4
Substitute x = -4 in (i)
y = -3(-4) – 7
y = 12 – 7
y = 5
Substitute x = -4, y = 5 in (i)
5 = -3(-4) – 7 = 12 – 7
So, the solution set is (-4, 5).

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 100

Answer:
The solution set is (-8, 0)

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
1/2 x + y = -4 —- (i)
y = 2x + 16 —-(ii)
Substitute (ii) in (i)
1/2 x + 2x + 16 = -4
2.5x = -4 – 16
2.5x = -20
x = -8
Substitute x = -8 in (ii)
y = 2(-8) + 16
y = -16 + 16
y = 0
Substitute x = -8, y = 0 in (ii)
0 = 2(-8) + 16 = -16 + 16
So, the solution set is (-8, 0)

Question 12.
-x + 5y = 28
x + 3y = 20

Answer:
The solution set is (2, 6)

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
-x + 5y = 28
x + 3y = 20 —- (ii)
x = 5y – 28 —- (i)
Substitute (i) in (ii)
5y – 28 + 3y = 20
8y – 28 = 20
8y = 48
y = 6
Substitute y = 6 in (i)
x = 5(6) – 28
= 30 – 28
x = 2
Substitute y = 6, x = 2 in (ii)
2 + 3(6) = 2 + 18 = 20
So, the solution set is (2, 6)

Question 13.
Zoo admission costs $6 for children and $9 for adults. On Monday, 2200 people visit the zoo and the zoo collects $14,850 in admissions.
a. Write a system of linear equations that represents this situation.
b. How many zoo visitors are children? adults?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 101

Answer:
a. 6x + 9y = 14850, x + y = 2200
b. There are 1650 child visitors and 550 adult visitors.

Explanation:
The cost for the zoo is $6 for children & $9 for adults. On Monday, 2200 people visit the zoo and the zoo collects $14,850 in admissions.
a. The system of equations are
6x + 9y = 14850 — (i)
x + y = 2200 — (ii)
b. Multiply (ii) by 6
6x + 6y = 13200
6x + 6y – 6x – 9y = 13200 – 14850
-3y = -1650
y = 550
Substitute y = 550 in (ii)
x + 550 = 2200
x = 2200 – 550
x = 1650
There are 1650 child visitors and 550 adult visitors.

Solve the system. Explain your choice of method.

Question 14.
y = x – 2
y = -2x + 1

Answer:
The solution set is (1, -1).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
y = x – 2 — (i)
y = -2x + 1 — (ii)
x – 2 = -2x + 1
x + 2x = 1 + 2
3x = 3
x = 1
Substitute x = 1 in (i)
y = 1 – 2
y = -1
So, the solution set is (1, -1).

Question 15.
3y + 9 = 3x
y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 1

Answer:
The solution set is (3, 0).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
3y + 9 = 3x — (i)
y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 1 —- (ii)
Substitute (ii) in (i)
3(-1/3 x + 1) + 9 = 3x
-x + 3 + 9 = 3x
4x = 12
x = 3
Substitute x = 3 in (i)
9 = 9 + 3y
y = 0
So, the solution set is (3, 0).

Question 16.
-x + 2y = -4
4y = x

Answer:
The solution set is (8, 2).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
-x + 2y = -4 —- (i)
4y = x —- (ii)
Substitute (ii) in (i)
-4y + 2y = -4
-2y = -4
y = 2
Substitute y = 2 in (ii)
x = 4(2)
x = 8
So, the solution set is (8, 2).

Question 17.
The measure of an acute angle in a right triangle is one-fourth the measure of the other acute angle. Write a system of linear equations that represents this situation and use it to find the measures of the acute angles of the triangle.

Answer:
x = 72 degrees, y = 18 degrees

Explanation:
Let two acute angles be x, y
The measure of an acute angle in a right triangle is one-fourth the measure of the other acute angle
x + y = 90 — (i)
y = 1/4 x — (ii)
Substitute (ii) in (i)
x + 1/4 = 90
5/4 x = 90
x = 90 . (4/5)
x = 72 degrees
So, y = 1/4 (72)
y = 18 degrees

5.3 Solving Systems of Linear Equations by Elimination (pp. 211–218)

Solve the system by elimination. Check your solution.

Question 18.
2x + 5y = 60
2x – 5y = -20

Answer:
The solution set is (10, 8).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
2x + 5y = 60 — (i)
2x – 5y = -20 — (ii)
Add both equations
2x + 5y + 2x – 5y = 60 – 20
4x = 40
x = 10
Substitute x = 10 in (i)
2(10) + 5y = 60
20 + 5y = 60
5y = 60 – 20
5y = 40
y = 8
Substitute x = 10, y = 8 in (i)
2(10) + 5(8) = 20 + 40 = 60
So, the solution set is (10, 8).

Question 19.
4x – 3y = 15
2x + y = -5

Answer:
The solution set is (3/2, -3).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
4x – 3y = 15 —- (i)
2x + y = -5 —- (ii)
Multiply (ii) by 3
6x + 3y = -15 —- (iii)
Add (ii) & (i)
4x – 3y + 6 + 3y = 15 – 15
4x – 6 = 0
4x = 6
x = 3/2
Substitute x = 3/2 in (i)
4(3/2) – 3y = 15
6 – 3y = 15
-3y = 15 – 6
-3y = 9
y = -3
Substitute x = 3/2, y = -3 in (i)
4(3/2) – 3(-3) = 6 + 9 = 15
So, the solution set is (3/2, -3).

Question 20.
A gift basket that contains jars of jam and packages of bread mix costs $45. There are 8 items in the basket. Jars of jam cost $6 each, and packages of bread mix cost $5 each. Write and solve a system of linear equations to find the number of each item in the gift basket.

Answer:
5 jars of jam and 3 packages of bread mix.

Explanation:
Let j be the no of jars of jam, b bethe no of packages of bread mix
j + b = 8
6j + 5b = 45
5j + 5b = 40
6j + 5b – 5j – 5b = 45 – 40
j = 5
5 + b = 8
b = 3
So, 5 jars of jam and 3 packages of bread mix.

Question 21.
When might it be easier to solve a system by elimination instead of graphing?

Answer:
Substitution is easier to solve a system by elimination instead of graphing.

Question 22.
You have a total of 10 coins consisting of nickels and dimes in your pocket. The value of the coins is $0.70. Write and solve a system of linear equations to find the numbers of nickels and dimes in your pocket.

Answer:
There are 6 nickels and 4 dimes.

Explanation:
The no of coins of nickles and dimes 10.
x + y = 10 — (i)
0.05x + 0.1y = 0.70 — (ii)
Multiply (i) by 0.05
0.05x + 0.05y = 0.5
0.05x + 0.1y – 0.05x – 0.05y = 0.70 – 0.50
0.05y = 0.2
y = 4
x + 4 = 10
x = 6
There are 6 nickles and 4 dimes.

5.4 Solving Special Systems of Linear Equations (pp. 219–224)

Solve the system. Explain your choice of method.

Question 23.
x + 2y = -5
x – 2y = -5

Answer:
The solution set is (-5, 0)

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
x + 2y = -5
x – 2y = -5
add both equations
x + 2y + x – 2y = -5 – 5
2x = -10
x = -5
Substitute x = -5 in x – 2y = -5
-5 – 2y = -5
-2y = 0
y = 0
So, the solution set is (-5, 0)

Question 24.
3x – 2y = 1
9x – 6y = 3

Answer:
The system has infinitely many solutions.

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
3x – 2y = 1 —- (i)
9x – 6y = 3 —- (ii)
Multiply (ii) by 1/3
3x – 2y = 1 —- (iii)
Both (iii) & (ii) are samem so the system has infinitely many solutions.

Question 25.
8x – 2y = 16
-4x + y = 8

Answer:
The system has no solution.

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
8x – 2y = 16 — (i)
-4x + y = 8 — (ii)
Multiply (i) by 1/2
4x – y = 8 — (iii)
Add (iii) & (ii)
-4x + y – 4x + y = 8 + 8
So, the system has no solution.

Question 26.
4y = x – 8
–\(\frac{1}{4}\)x + y = -1

Answer:
The system has no solution.

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
4y = x – 8
–\(\frac{1}{4}\)x + y = -1
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 53
Lines are parallel
So, the system has no solution.

Question 27.
-2x + y = -2
3x + y = 3

Answer:
The solution set is (1, 0).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
-2x + y = -2 —(i)
3x + y = 3 — (ii)
Subtract equations
-2x + y – 3x – y = -2 – 3
-5x = -5
x = 1
Substitute x = 1 in (i)
-2(1) + y = -2
-2 + y = -2
y = 0
Substitute x = 1, y = 0 in (i)
-2(1) + 0 = -2
So, the solution set is (1, 0).

Question 28.
3x = \(\frac{1}{3}\)y + 2
9x – y =-6

Answer:
The system has no solution.

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
3x = \(\frac{1}{3}\)y + 2
9x – y =-6
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 54
The lines are parallel
So, the system has no solution.

Question 29.
You have $50 in your savings account and plan to deposit $10 each week. Your friend has $25 in her savings account and plans to also deposit $10 each week.
a. Write a system of linear equations that represents this situation.
b. Will your friend’s account ever have the same amount of money as your account? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 102

Answer:
a. y = 10x + 50, y = 10x + 25
b. No, the amount will never be equal.

Explanation:
Let the total amount be y and the number of weeks is x
a. You have $50 in your savings account and plan to deposit $10 each week.
y = 10x + 50
Your friend has $25 in her savings account and plans to also deposit $10 each week.
y = 10x + 25
b. No, the account will never have the same amounts. By inspection, the lines are parallel and have the same slopes but different y-intercepts. So, the amount will always be $25 greater than the friend account but will not be the same.

Write a system of linear equations that fits the description. Use a graph to justify your answer.

Question 30.
The system has no solution.

Answer:
The possible systems of linear equations can be y = -5x – 2, 5x + y = 0.

Explanation:
The conditions where two equations have no solution are The lines should be parallel having the same slopes but different y-intercepts.
So, let us consider the slope as -5 and different y-intercepts.
Then, the possible systems of linear equations can be y = -5x – 2, 5x + y = 0.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 38

Question 31.
The system has infinitely many solutions.

Answer:
The system of linear equations can be 0.5x + 4y = -11, -1.5x – 12y = 33.

Explanation:
The condition is lines are the same and have the same slope, y-intercepts.
So, the system of linear equations can be 0.5x + 4y = -11, -1.5x – 12y = 33
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 42

Question 32.
The system has one solution.

Answer:
The system of linear equations can be -2x + y = 1.3, 2(0.5x – y) = 4.6

Explanation:
The system has only one solution means the lines intersect and have different slopes.
So, the system of linear equations can be -2x + y = 1.3, 2(0.5x – y) = 4.6
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 48

Question 33.
Solve the system by graphing, by substitution, and by elimination. Which method do you prefer? Explain your reasoning.
5x + y = 8
2y = -10x + 8

Answer:
The system has no solution.
Out of all methods, I feel graphing is easier.

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
5x + y = 8 —- (i)
2y = -10x + 8 —- (ii)
Graph the above equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 55
The lines are parallel. So, the system has no solution.
Using substitution method
Multiply equation (ii) by 1/2
2y = -10x + 8
y = -5x + 4
Substitute y = -5x + 4 in (i)
5x + -5x + 4 = 8
4 = 8
So, the system has no solution
Using elimination method
y = -5x + 4
5x + y = 4 — (iii)
Subtract (i) & (iii)
5x + y – -5x – y = 8 – 4
0 = 4
So, the system has no solution.

Question 34.
Your friend chooses to solve the system of equations by graphing. Would you choose the same method? Why or why not?
5x + 2y = 12
y = x – 8

Answer:
The solution set is (4, -4).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
5x + 2y = 12, y = x – 8
Yes, I will also choose graphing to solve the equations.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 56
The solution set is (4, -4).

Systems of Linear Equations Practice Test

5 Practice Test

Question 1.
Solve the system by graphing.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 103

Answer:
The solution is (4, 12).

Explanation:
The given systems of linear equations are y = 1/2 x + 10, y = 4x – 4
Graph the equations
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 23
The lines intersect at (4, 12)
So, the solution is (4, 12)

Question 2.
Solve the system by substitution.
-3x + y = 2
-x + y – 4 = 0

Answer:
The solution set is (1, 5)

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
-3x + y = 2
y = 2 + 3x —- (i)
-x + y – 4 = 0 —- (ii)
Substitute (i) in (ii)
-x + 2 + 3x – 4 = 0
2x – 2 = 0
2x = 2
x = 1
Substitute x = 1 in (i)
y = 2 + 3(1)
y = 2 + 3
y = 5
So, the solution set is (1, 5)

Question 3.
Solve the system by elimination. Solve the system. Check your solution.
x + y = 12
3x = 2y + 6

Answer:
The solution set is (-18, 30)

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
x + y = 12 —- (i)
3x = 2y + 6
3x – 2y = 6 —- (ii)
Multiply equation (i) by 2
2(x + y = 12)
2x + 2y = 24 —- (iii)
Subtract (ii) from (iii)
3x – 2y – 2x – 2y = 6 – 24
x = -18
Substitute x = -18 in (i)
-18 + y = 12
y = 12 + 18
y = 30
So, the solution set is (-18, 30)

Question 4.
Solve the system. Explain your choice of method.
-2x + y + 3 = 0
3x + 4y = -1

Answer:
The solution set is (1, -1).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
-2x + y + 3 = 0
3x + 4y = -1
By graphing
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 57
The solution set is (1, -1).

Without graphing or solving, determine whether the system of linear equations has one solution, infinitely many solutions, or no solution. Explain your reasoning.

Question 5.
y = 4x + 8
y = 5x + 1

Answer:
The system has one solution.

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
y = 4x + 8 — (i)
y = 5x + 1 —- (ii)
Equate both equations
4x + 8 = 5x + 1
5x – 4x = 8 – 1
x = 7
Substitute x = 7 in (i)
y = 4(7) + 8
y = 28 + 8
y = 36
So, the system has one solution.

Question 6.
2y = 16x – 2
y = 8x – 1

Answer:
The system has infinitely many solutions

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
2y = 16x – 2 — (i)
y = 8x – 1 — (ii)
Substitute (ii) in (i)
2(8x – 1) = 16x – 2
16x – 2 = 16x – 2
So, the system has infinitely many solutions.

Question 7.
y = -3x + 2
6x + 2y = 10

Answer:
The system has  no solution.

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
y = -3x + 2 — (i)
6x + 2y = 10 — (ii)
Substitute (i) in (ii)
6x + 2(-3x + 2) = 10
6x – 6x + 4 = 10
4 = 10
So, the system has  no solution.

Question 8.
In the diagram, the measure of ∠1 is three times the measure of ∠2. Find the measure of each angle.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 104

Answer:
∠1 = 3(∠2) = ∠6
∠3 = 180 – ∠2 = ∠5 = ∠7
∠4 = ∠2

Explanation:
The measure of ∠1 is three times the measure of ∠2
∠1 = 3(∠2)
∠5 + ∠2 = 180
∠5 = 180 – ∠2
∠6 + ∠1 = 180
∠6 + 3(∠2) = 180
∠6 = 180 – 3(∠2)
∠2 + ∠3 = 180
∠3 = 180 – ∠2 = ∠5
So, ∠4 = ∠2

Question 9.
The price of 2 pears and 6 apples is $14. The price of 3 pears and 9 apples is $21. Can you determine the unit prices for pears and apples? Explain.

Answer:
They have infinitely many solutions.

Explanation:
Let the price of 1 pears be x, price of 1 apple be y
The price of 2 pears and 6 apples is $14
2x + 6y = 14 — (i)
x + 3y = 7
The price of 3 pears and 9 apples is $21
3x + 9y = 21 —- (ii)
x + 3y = 7
Both the equations are the same. So they have infinitely many solutions.

Question 10.
A bouquet of lilies and tulips has 12 flowers. Lilies cost $3 each, and tulips cost $2 each. The bouquet costs $32. Write and solve a system of linear equations to find the numbers of lilies and tulips in the bouquet.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 105

Answer:
8 lilies and 4 tulips.

Explanation:
Let l be the no of lilies, t be the no of tulips
A bouquet of lilies and tulips has 12 flowers
l + t = 12 —- (i)
Lilies cost $3 each, and tulips cost $2 each. The bouquet costs $32.
3l + 2t = 32 — (ii)
Multiply (i) by 3
3(l + t = 12)
3l + 3t = 36 — (iii)
Subtract (iii) from (ii)
3l + 3t – (3l + 2t) = 36 – 32
3l + 3t – 3l – 2t = 4
t = 4
Substitute t = 4 in (i)
l + 4 = 12
l = 12 – 4
l = 8
8 lilies and 4 tulips.

Question 11.
How much does it cost for 2 specials and 2 glasses of milk?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 106

Answer:
The cost of 2 specials & 2 glasses of milk is $16.1.

Explanation:
Let specials be x and glasses of milk be y
4x + 2y = 28 — (i)
3x + 4y = 26.25 — (ii)
2(4x + 2y = 28)
8x + 4y = 56
subtract equations
8x + 4y – (3x + 4y) = 56 – 26.25
8x + 4y – 3x – 4y = 29.75
5x = 29.75
x = 5.95
Substitute x = 5.95 in (i)
4(5.95) + 2y = 28
23.8 + 2y = 28
2y = 28 – 23.8
2y = 4.2
y = 2.1
The cost of 2 specials & 2 glasses of milk is 2x + 2y
= 2(5.95) + 2(2.1)
= 11.9 + 4.2
= 16.1
The cost of 2 specials & 2 glasses of milk is $16.1.

Systems of Linear Equations Cumulative Practice

Question 1.
What is the solution of the system of equations?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 107
B. (0, -1)
C. no solution
D. infinitely many solutions

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 108

Answer:
B. (0, -1)

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
y = 2/3 x – 1
4x + 6y = -6
By graphing
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 58
so, the solution set is (-1, 0)

Question 2.
What is the value of x?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 109

Answer:
x = 40 degrees

Explanation:
x + 140 = 180
x = 180 – 140
x = 40 degrees

Question 3.
Which of the following shows Rectangle E’F’G’H’, the image of Rectangle EFGH after it is translated 4 units down?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 110
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 111

Answer:
F.

Explanation:
By observing all the images we can say that F is the answer.

Question 4.
Which point is a solution of the system of equations?
x + 3y = 10
x = 2y – 5
A. (1, 3)
B. (3, 1)
C. (55, -15)
D. (-35, -15)

Answer:
The solution set is (1, 3).

Explanation:
The given system of linear equations are
x + 3y = 10
x = 2y – 5
Substitute x = 2y – 5 in x + 3y = 10
2y – 5 + 3y = 10
5y = 10 + 5
5y = 15
y = 3
Substitute y = 3 in x = 2y – 5
x = 2(3) – 5
x = 6 – 5
x = 1
So, the solution set is (1, 3).

Question 5.
The graph of a system of two linear equations is shown. Which point is the solution of the system?
F. (-1, 2)
G. (0, 4)
H. (2, -1)
I. (0, 0)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 112

Answer:
F. (-1, 2)

Explanation:
From the graph, the point of intersection of two equations is (-1, 2)
So, the solution set is (-1, 2).

Question 6.
A scenic train ride has one price for adults and one price for children. One family of two adults and two children pays $62 for the train ride. Another family of one adult and four children pays $70. Which system of linear equations can you use to find the price x for an adult and the price y for a child?
A. 2x + 2y = 70
x + 4y = 62
B. x + y = 62
x + y = 70
C. 2x + 2y = 62
4x + y = 70
D. 2x + 2y = 62
x + 4y = 70

Answer:
D. 2x + 2y = 62
x + 4y = 70

Explanation:
If x is the cost of an adult ticket, y is the cost of a child ticket, then
One family of two adults and two children pays $62 for the train ride.
2x + 2y = 62
Another family of one adult and four children pays $70.
x + 4y = 70.

Question 7.
Which of the following is true about the graph of the linear equation y =-7x + 5?
F. The slope is 5, and the y-intercept is -7.
G. The slope is -5, and the y-intercept is -7.
H. The slope is -7, and the y-intercept is -5.
I. The slope is -7, and the y-intercept is 5.

Answer:
H. The slope is -7, and the y-intercept is -5.

Explanation:
The given equation is y =-7x + 5
The equation in the form of y = mx + c
So, slope m = -7, y-intercept c = 5

Question 8.
What is the measure (in degrees) of the exterior angle of the triangle?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 113

Answer:
The exterior angle of the triangle is 127 degrees

Explanation:
The Sum of angles of a triangle is 180
x + 64 + y = 180
x + y = 180 – 64
x + y = 116
y = 116 – x — (i)
Sum of unknown angle and exterior angle is 180
y + 2x + 1 = 180
y + 2x = 180 – 1
2x + y = 179 —(ii)
Substitute (i) in (ii)
2x + 116 – x = 179
x + 116 = 179
x = 179 – 116
x = 63
So, the exterior angle is (2x + 1) = 2(63) + 1
= 126 + 1 = 127 degrees

Question 9.
The graph of which equation is parallel to the line that passes through the points (-1, 5) and (4, 7)?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 114

Answer:
c.

Explanation:
The equation of a line pass through two points is (y – y₁) = [ =(y₂ – y₁)/(x₂ – x₁)](x – x₁)
x₁ = -1, y₁ = 5, x₂ = 4, y₂ = 7
So, (y – 5) = (7 – 5)/(4 + 1)(x + 1)
y – 5 = 2/5(x + 1)
5(y – 5) = 2(x + 1)
5y – 25 = 2x + 2
5y = 2x + 2 + 25
5y = 2x + 27
y = 2/5 x + 27/5

Question 10.
You buy 3 T-shirts and 2 pairs of shorts for $42.50. Your friend buys 5 T-shirts and 3 pairs of shorts for $67.50. Use a system of linear equations to find the cost of each T-shirt. Show your work and explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 115

Answer:
The cost of each T-shirt is $7.5.

Explanation:
Let t be the price of a t-shirt, s be the price of a pair of shorts
You buy 3 T-shirts and 2 pairs of shorts for $42.50.
3t + 2s = 42.50
Your friend buys 5 T-shirts and 3 pairs of shorts for $67.50
5t + 3s = 67.50
Multiply the first equation by 3 and second by 2 and then subtract two equations
3(3t + 2s = 42.50) ➝ 9t + 6s = 127.50
2(5t + 3s = 67.50) ➝ 10t + 6s = 135
10t + 6s – 9t – 6s = 135 – 127.50
t = 7.5
The cost of each T-shirt is $7.5.

Question 11.
The red figure is congruent to the blue figure. Which of the following is a sequence of rigid motions between the figures?
F.Translate the red triangle 6 units left and then 4 units down.
G. Reflect the red triangle in the x-axis, and then translate 4 units down.
H. Reflect the red triangle in the y-axis, and then translate 4 units down.
I. Rotate the red triangle 180° clockwise about the origin.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 116

Answer:
I. Rotate the red triangle 180° clockwise about the origin.

Explanation:
The vertices of the red triangle is (1, 1), (4, 1), (3, 4)
The vertices of the blue triangle are (-1, -3), (-4, -3), (-3, 0)

Question 12.
Which of the following is true about the graph of the linear equation y = 2?
A. The graph is a vertical line that passes through (2, 0).
B. The graph is a vertical line that passes through (0, 2).
C. The graph is a horizontal line that passes through (2, 0).
D. The graph is a horizontal line that passes through (0, 2).

Answer:
C. The graph is a horizontal line that passes through (2, 0).

Explanation:
The graph for the linear equation y = 2 is
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 5 Systems of Linear Equations 59

Question 13.
The sum of one-third of a number and 10 is equal to 13. What is the number?
F. \(\frac{8}{3}\)
G. 9
H. 29
I. 69

Answer:
G. 9

Explanation:
Let the number be n
The sum of one-third of a number and 10 is equal to 13
1/3 n + 10 = 13
1/3 n = 13 – 10
1/3 n = 3
n = 3 x 3
n = 9

Question 14.
Solve the equation 4x + 7y = 16 for x.
A. x = 4 + \(\frac{7}{4}\)y
B. x = 4 – \(\frac{7}{4}\)y
C. x = 4 + \(\frac{4}{7}\)y
D. x = 16 – 7y

Answer:
B. x = 4 – \(\frac{7}{4}\)y

Explanation:
The given equation is 4x + 7y = 16
4x = 16 – 7y
x = (16 – 7y)/4
x = 4 – 7y/4

Conclusion:

The solutions given in this Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 5 are prepared by the subject experts. So, don’t worry about the answers just go through the answers and try to solve the problems. Test your knowledge by practicing the questions in the practice test section. After solving them cross check the answers. Follow our eurekamathanswerkeys.com to get the latest updates regarding all Grade 8 Chapters.